T.E (2019 Pattern)

Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No.
:
P996 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[5870]-1001
T. E. (Civil)
HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (301001)
Time : 2 ½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Q.No. 1 or Q.No. 2, Q.No. 3 or Q.No. 4, Q.No. 5 or Q.No. 6, Q.No. 7 or Q.No. 8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Explain Q-GIS and its application in hydrology. [10]

b) An urban catchment has area of 85 ha. The slope of catchment is 0.006
and the maximum length of water travel is 950 m. The maximum depth
of rainfall with return period of is as below. [8]
Duration (min) 5 10 20 30 40 60
Depth of rainfall (mm) 17 26 40 50 57 62
If a culvert for drainage at the outlet of this area is to be designed for a
return period of 25 years estimate the required peak flow rate, by assuming
runoff coefficient as 0.3.
OR
Q2) a) Explain watershed delineation procedure using a topo sheet with neat
sketches. [10]
b) Explain flood routing in detail. [8]
Q3) a) Explain how will you fix the capacity of reservoir using annual inflow
and outflow. [10]
b) What are reservoir losses and suggest method to control leakages from
reservoir? [7]
OR
Q4) a) What are various investigations required for reservoir planning? [10]
b) State measures to control reservoir sedimentation. [7]
[5870]-1001 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Derive the formula to calculate discharge of a well in a confined aquifer
and unconfined aquifer. [10]
b) What is water logging? Explain tile drain method and also state formula
for spacing of tile drains. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain reclamation of saline lands. [10]
b) State various types of tube wells and explain construction of slotted
type. [8]
Q7) a) Explain Piped Distribution Network (PDN) and state its advantages.[10]
b) Explain Hortons curve with neat sketch. [7]
OR
Q8) a) What is evaporation, state Meyer’s formula and Rowher’s formula nd
explain every term in formula. [10]
b) Differentiate between surface irrigation and subsurface irrigation and
explain drip irrigation in detail. [7]

[5870]-1001 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

[5870]-1002
T.E. (Civil)
WATER SUPPLY ENGINEERING
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume sutable data, if necessary and clearly state the same.
5) Use of an electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Compare in Tabular form Aluminium and Iron Based Coagulants. [10]
Minimum 10 points of comparison are expected.
b) A settling tank is designed for an SOR of 5000 l/sq m/hr. Find the
percentage of solids removal for particles of size. [8]
i) 0.07 mm and
ii) 0.03 mm. Assume temperature of water to be 20 deg C, and specific
gravity of particles as 2.65.
OR
Q2) a) Enlist 06 operational troubles in filters. Explain any 02 in detail.
[6 + 3 + 3 = 12]
b) Determine dimensions of an RSGF for a town with a population of 9000
and water supply of 200 lpcd. Assume rate of filtration to be 5000 lph per
sq m and L:B as 1.3. [6]
Q3) a) Enlist any 06 factors affecting bacterial removal efficiency of chlorine.

Explain any one in brief. [6 + 3 = 9]
b) Enlist any 05 criteria for selecting a disinfectant. Explain in brief:

mechanism of disinfection. [5 + 3 = 8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain in detail: Zeolite as water softening method. [5]
b) Explain any 06 forms of chlorination. Explain any two in detail. [12]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain in detail: steps involved in designing a water distribution system
(min 03 steps are expected) [3 × 4 = 12]
b) Enlist any 03 fixtures used in water supply to a building. Explain any one
in brief. [3 + 3 = 6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain in detail: Use of PLC and SCADA systems in Water Supply
Engineering. [5 + 5 = 10]
b) A town with a population of one lakh is supplied with 200 lpcd of water.
The variation in the demand is as follows: [6]
i) 6 AM to 9 AM: 40%
ii) 9 AM to 12 noon: 15%
iii) 12 noon to 3 PM: 10%
iv) 3 PM to 6 PM: 15%
v) 6 PM to 9 PM: 20%
Find the balancing capacity of service reservoir, assuming a uniform
pumping from 6 AM to 6 PM. Use mass curve method.
Q7) a) Explain following terms wrt Water Supply in Rural Areas : [12]
i) Participatory Approach
ii) Service Level Bench Mark
iii) Use of HDPE pipes
b) Explain in detail: Requirements of WTP for a Swimming Pool. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain in detail: requirements of plumbing in High Rise Buildings. Support
your answer wrt following points: [12]
i) Water saving fixtures
ii) Pressure Control
iii) Metered Supply to every member
b) Explain in detail: current policies of government wrt rural water supply.
Frame your answer wrt har ghar jal mission of central government.
[5]

[5870]-1002 2

[5870]-1003
T.E. (Civil)
DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES

1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat sketches must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Take Fe 410 grade of steel and fy = 250 MPa.
5) Take ultimate stress in bolt, f = 400 N/mm2.
7) Use of electronic pocket calculator, IS : 800-2007 and Steel Table is allowed.
8) Use of cell phone is prohibited in the examination hall.
Q1) Check adequacy of ISHB 450 @ 8.4 Kg/m to carry a factored compressive
load of 750 kN at an eccentricity of 270 mm about major axis. The effective
length of column is 3m. Consider only section strength. [17]
OR
Q2) Column ISHB 350 @ 661.2N/m carries an axial compressive load of 1700
kN. Design suitable bolted gusset base. The base rests on M15 grade concrete
pedestal. Also design the bolted connection. [17]
Q3) a) Design laterally supported beam of effective span 6m which is subjected

to bending moment of 150 kNm and shear force of 210 kN. Apply usual
checks including check for web bucking and crippling. [14]
b) Write short note on web buckling and web crippling with neat sketches.[4]
OR
Q4) a) Design a laterally unsupported beam for the following data [14]
Effective span = 4m,
Maximum Bending Moment 550 KN-m,
Max. S.F. = 200KN
b) Differentiate between laterally supported beam and laterally unsupported
beam. [4]
P.T.O.
Q5) A truss as shown in figure 1 is having rise of 4m and spaced at 4m centre to
centre used for an industrial building situated at Pune. The truss is covered
with AC sheets of weight 180 N/m2. Calculate panel point dead load, live load
and wind load. Design member LoU1 and L1U1. The design wind pressure is
876N/m2 and (Cpe - Cpi) = ±0.8. [18]
OR
Q6) Design a gantry girder supporting an electrically operated crane girder with
following data : [18]
a) Crane capacity 250 kN
b) Self-weight of the crane girder excluding trolley 150 kN
c) Self-weight of the trolley, electric motor, hook, etc. 50 kN
d) Span of crane girder = 16m
e) Minimum hook approach = 1m
f) Wheel base = 3.5m
g) Span of gantry girder = 6.5m
h) Self-weight of rail section 300 N/m
Q7) A welded plate girder of span 25 m is laterally restrained throughout its length.
It has to carry working load of 80 KN/m over the whole span excluding the
self-weight. Design section of girder, end bearing stiffener and welded
connections. [17]
OR
Q8) a) A welded plate girder of span 40 m subjected to uniformly distributed
load of 100 kN/m excluding self-weight. Assume compression flange to
be laterally supported. Design cross section for plate girder. [12]
b) Write short note on stiffners with sketch. [5]

[5870]-1003 2
[5870]-1004
T.E. (Civil Engineering)
ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6. Q.7 or Q.8.
4) Assume suitable data if required.
5) Use of non programmable scientific calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Explain how construction financial management is different. [5]

b) Describe in details the role of financial manager in Construction financial
management. [6]
c) A company’s contract ledger shows the following details in respect of
Contract, which commenced on 1 April 2019. [6]
Particular Amount (Rs.)
Material Used 7,60,000
Direct Wages 8,00,000
Cost of Plant 2,00,000
Chargeable Expenses 70,000
Establishment Charges 50,000
The contract was completed by 31 March 2020 at a contract price of
Rs. 20,00,000. The values of the materials and plant returned to store on
31 March 2020 were Rs 60,000 and Rs. 1,20,000 respectively. The contract
price was received in full on 31 March 2020, Prepare a contract account.
P.T.O.
OR
Q2) a) Who is responsible for construction financial management? Explain the

role of each. [6]
b) What is Contract? Explain any two types of Contracts. [5]
c) Explain how recording of site accounts is performed at project site. [6]
Q3) a) What is Budget? What are essential elements of budget? [6]

b) What is Depreciation? Enlist different method for calculation of
Depreciation and explain any one in detail. [5]
c) A Company is considering two projects having cash flows as: [6]
Period Project A Project B

0 1500000 3000000
1 150000 100000
2 300000 500000
3 500000 1000000
4 200000 1500000
5 600000 200000
6 500000 500000
7 100000 1000000
Discounted Rate 10% 13%
Using the profitability index method, which project should the company
undertake?
OR
Q4) a) What are different types of Budget? Explain any two in details. [5]
b) What are discounted cash flow techniques of Capital Budgeting? Explain
any one in detail. [5]
c) A construction excavator cost Rs.900000, having a salvage value of 45000
after useful life of 15 years, assuming compound interest of 8%; calculate
the depreciation on an equipment after 5 years by; [7]
i) Constant percentage method.
ii) Sinking fund method.
[5870]-1004 2
Q5) a) What are the financing resources of working capital? Explain any one in
details. [6]
b) Following is the data associated with the Company XYX, considering
10% contingencies calculate the required working capital. [6]
Particular Amount (Rs.) Particular Amount (Rs.)
Bank Balance 1,05,000 Leasehold property 16,00,000
Plant & machinery 9,00,000 Goodwill 3,00,000
Investment in subsidiary 11,50,000 Profit and loss account 70,000
Socks of finished goods 1,20,000 Account receivable 2,40,000
Unclaimed dividend 6,000 Underwriting commission 45,000
Share capital 20,65,000 Deposits from public 9,00,000
Staff PF 80,000 Account payable 2,10,000
Capital redemption reserve 2,20,000 Short term loan 1,78,000
General reserve 1,90,000
c) Explain the components of working capital. What are the factors affecting
working capital? [6]
OR
Q6) a) What is Working capital? Why working capital is required? [6]

b) Prepare an estimate of working capital requirement from the following
information of trading concern. [6]
i) Projected annual sales Rs. 6,50,000
ii) Percentage of net profit on sales 25%
iii) Average credit period allowed to debtors 10 Weeks
iv) Average credit period allowed by creditors 4 Weeks
v) Average stock holding in terms of sales requirements 8 Weeks
Allow 20% for contingencies
c) The yearly requirement of cement by a construction firm is 1000 bags.
The cost of one bag of cement is Rs. 400 and ordering cost per order is
Rs. 150. Assume annual carrying cost for inventory of 20% of average
inventory management. Calculate EOQ and number of orders in one year.
If the lead time is 5 days calculate order point. [6]
[5870]-1004 3
Q7) a) Write down the roles and functions of following financial regulatory bodies:
[6]
i) IRDA (Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority)
ii) RBI (Reserve Bank of India)
b) What is GST? With example explain the 3 components of GST. [6]
c) Calculate tax to be paid on property in Delhi, from following data: [6]
i) Covered area – 800 sq.ft.
ii) Unit area value for l month = 5.00/ Sq.ft.
iii) Age Factor = 1.0
iv) Use Factor = 1.2
v) Structure Factor = 1.0
vi) Occupancy factor = 1.0
vii) Tax rate=11%
OR
Q8) a) What is property tax? Explain different methods used to calculate property
tax. [7]
b) What is Direct Tax? Explain any four types of direct taxes which are
imposed in India. [6]
c) Calculate the property tax for the apartment which used only for residential
purpose, from following location data: [5]
i) No of floors – 10 (Floor factor – 1.05)
ii) Base value – Rs. 300/Sqft
iii) User category factor – 0.5
iv) Nature and type of structure – RCC (factor-1)
v) Age of building – 26years (Age factor – 0.75)
vi) Carpet area – 400 Sq ft
vii) Location – Mumbai
viii) Tax rate – 0.775%

[5870]-1004 4
[5870]-1005
T.E. Civil
ADVANCED FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULIC
MACHINES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (301005A)
1) Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) A jet of water issuing from an orifice 25 mm diameter under a constant

head of 1.5 m falls 0.915 m vertically before it strikes the ground at a
distance of 2.288 m measured horizontally from the vena-contracta. The
discharge was found to be 102 lit/min. determine Cd, Cv, and Cc for the
orifice. [6]
b) Why does water hammer occur in a pipe flow? What it its effect and what
are the methods to reduce water hammer? [6]
c) Calculate the velocity of propagation of a pressure surge in a circular
conduit with rigid walls in the following cases: [6]
3
i) water with K = 2.22 × 10 MPa
ii) oil with K = 1.5 × 103 MPa, specific gravity = 0.8.
OR
LV
Q2) a) Prove that for gradual closure of valve, rise in pressure is hi  . [6]
gt
b) Explain one complete cycle of water phenomenon. [6]

c) A tank having constant cross-sectional area was emptied through a sharp-
edged orifice situated at the bottom of the tank. It took 100 seconds to
empty the upper third of the tank. How long will it to empty the middle
third? [6]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) A jet of water 75 mm diameter and with velocity of 20 m/s flows
tangentially on to a stationary vane which deflects the water through 120º.
What is the magnitude and direction of the resultant force on the vane? If
the jet flows on to a series of vanes moving in the direction of the jet with
velocity 12 m/s, find [9]
i) the force on the system of vanes in the direction of motion,
ii) the work done per second
b) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally as series of flat
plates mounted on the periphery of a wheel never exceeds 50%. [8]
OR
Q4) a) A jet of water 50mm in diameter having a velocity of 20 m/s, strikes
normally a flat smooth plate. Determine the thrust on the plate [9]
i) if the plate is at rest;
ii) if the plate is moving in the same direction as the jet with a velocity
of 8 m/s.
Also find the work done per second on the plate and the efficiency of the
jet when the plate is moving.
b) Show that the maximum efficiency is 100%, when a jet strikes on series
of frictionless semicircular moving curved vane fixed around the
circumference of a wheel. [8]
Q5) a) What are operating characteristic curves of a turbine? How do they differ
from main characteristic curves? [8]
b) A Pelton wheel develops 10,000 kW, under a head of 350 m with an
overall efficiency of 85% when revolving under a speed of 292 rpm. Find
the unit discharge, unit power, and unit speed. If the head on same turbine
falls to 260 m, find discharge, power and speed for this head. [10]
OR
Q6) a) A Pelton wheel develops 4000 kw under a net head of 120 m at a speed
of 200 rpm. Assume Cv = 0.98, speed ratio = 0.46, efficiency = 80 %
and the jet diameter ratio = 1/9. Determine i) the flow required, ii) the
diameter of the wheel, iii) the diameter and number of jets required. [10]
[5870]-1005 2
b) A model of Francis turbine is prepared to a scale of 1:6 and is tested
under a head of 6 m. The model generates 0.2 15 kW power when running
at 1232 rpm. What will be the speed and power generated by the prototype
when working under a head of 80 m? [8]
Q7) a) Differentiate between a single stage and multistage pump. Describe

multistage pumps with impellers in series and parallel. [8]
b) A centrifugal pump running at 1455 rpm discharges 115 lit/s against a
head of 25 m. If the diameter of the impeller is 250 mm and its width is
50 mm, find the vane angle at the outer periphery. The manometric
efficiency of the pump is 75%. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Draw a neat sketch of centrifugal pump. Explain function of each

component. [8]
b) The inlet and outlet blade angles of the impeller of centrifugal pump are
60º and 40º respectively. The width of the impeller is 30 mm. The inlet
and outlet diameters of the impeller are 180 mm and 600mm respectively.
Find the speed of the pump to deliver 0.15 m3/s of water. Flow at inlet is
entirely radial. Find also the head generated by the impeller and the
manometric head and the impeller power. The manometric efficiency of
the pump is 85%. [9]

[5870]-1005 3
[5870]-1006
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND IPR (Elective - I)
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (301005b)
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right bracket indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary and clearly state.
Q1) a) Define the term ‘Data’, How it is different from ‘facts’ and ‘scores’?[9]
b) Why is the data edited? Also list the various steps in the processing of
data. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Indicate the need for data collection and describe the nature of data. [9]
b) Explain how would researcher work out the following statistical measures
which often used? [9]
i) Coefficient of variation;
ii) Arithmetic average;
iii) Coefficient of skewness;
iv) Regression equation of X on Y;
Q3) a) Describe the precautions that the researcher should take while interpreting
his findings. [8]
b) Explain essential features of report writing highlighting the importance
and implication of research outcomes. [9]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Describe the qualitative and quantitative data interpretation methods. [8]
b) Discuss the guidelines of oral presentation of a research report. [9]
Q5) a) How does WIPO promote the protection of intellectual property? [8]
b) Outline the main differences between utility models and patents. Does
India have legislation on Utility models? [9]
OR
Q6) a) What are the basic principles of international Intellectual Property
protection? [8]
b) What is Intellectual Property Rights (IPR)? What are the different types
of IPR, explain who is benefitted from each type of IPR and how? [9]
Q7) a) Comment on the Patent Act 1970 and its amendment. Explain in brief the
Patent filing procedure. What are the differences between Product Patents
and Process Patents? [9]
b) Define Industrial Design and discuss the need to protect it as an intellectual
property. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Describe Copyright and the works protected under copyright act. Briefly
explain the process of obtaining copyright. [9]
b) Define Patentability? Explain the utility of patents. [9]

[5870]-1006 2
[5870]-1007
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (301005C)
1) Answer any one from questions 1 or 2, 3 or 4, 5 or 6, 7 or 8.
Q1) a) What is Working capital? Explain in detail. [6]
b) Explain Minimum Wages act 1948 and its importance. [6]
c) Explain the need and importance of labor laws in construction sector. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Write short note on Project balance sheet. [6]
b) Explain Workman compensation Act 1923 and its importance. [6]
c) Write short note on Profit loss account statement. [6]
Q3) a) Explain Value engineering along with its applications. [6]
b) Explain the importance of insurance in risk management. [6]
c) Explain Sensitivity analysis. [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain decision tree analysis, simulation analysis. [6]
b) What is energy cost escalation? Comment on impacts of energy cost

escalation on infrastructure projects. [6]
c) What are the principals of risk management? [5]
Q5) a) Explain the role of material management in construction management. [6]

b) Explain Codification and classification in material management. [6]
c) Explain the concepts of logistics and supply chain management. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the role of ERP in material management. [6]
b) Write short note on EOQ and inventory control methods. [6]
c) Explain the role and responsibility of material manager. [6]
Q7) a) Write short note on Fuzzy logic and Genetic algorithm. [6]
b) Write short note on performance evaluation and appraisal. [6]
c) Write short note on Human resource information system. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the role of ERP in human resource management. [6]

b) What are the applications of ANN in Civil Engineering? [6]
c) Write short note on training and development. [5]

[5870]-1007 2
[5870]-1008
T.E. (Civil)
Elective - I: ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (301005D)
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right, indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn whereever necessary.
Q1) a) What are air entraining admixtures? How do they improve the workability?
[9]
b) What are corrosion inhibiting admixtures? [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain polycarboxylate based admixtures. [9]
b) Explain naphthalene based admixtures. [9]
Q3) a) What are hybrid fiber blends? How do they improve the performance of
concrete? [8]
b) What are the types of steeel fibers? Explain their applications. [9]
OR
Q4) a) What are synthetic fibers? Explain using appropriate examples. [8]
b) How do steel fibers affect the fresh properties of concrete? [9]
Q5) a) How can plastic shrinkage be minimized? [9]

b) Explain the mechanism involved in autogenous shrinkage. [9]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) What are the transport properties of concrete? [9]
b) Explain carbonation in concrete. [9]
Q7) a) Explain the working of ultrasonic pulse velocity meter. [8]

b) What is corrosion? How is it measured? [9]
OR
Q8) a) What are concrete cores? How are they extracted? [8]
b) Explain the permeability test on concrete. [9]

[5870]-1008 2
[5870]-1009
T.E. (Civil)
MATRIX METHODS OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (301005e)
Q1) a) Develop the stiffness matrix [S], force matrix [A] and displacement matrix
[D] for the bar shown in the figure. Write the equilibrium equation in form
A = SD. [9]
b) Develop the member stiffness matrix for member AD, ED and CD for the
truss shown in figure. Take AE = 5000 kN for all the bars. Write the
force vector and the displacement vector in form of known and unknown
quantities. [9]
P.T.O.
OR
Q2) a) For the given truss having equilateral triangular shape, derive the global
stiffness matrix using direct stiffness matrix. Length of the member = L,
area = A and Young’s modulus of elasticity = E. [9]
b) A square bar of 20 mm side is held between two rigid supports and

loaded as shown in Figure. Find the reactions at the supports A and C
and the extension of portion AB. Assume E = 200 GPa. Use stiffness
matrix approach. [9]
Q3) a) A beam AC with overhang of 1 m is loaded and supported as shown in

figure. Using member stiffness approach of matrix method of analysis,
determine the rotations at B and C. The 20 kN load is acting at the centre
of span AB and at the free end of span BC. [8]
b) Explain the significance of transformation matrix. Derive the standard

transformation matrix of plane frame element. [9]
OR
[5870]-1009 2
Q4) a) For the frame shown in the figure, determine the member stiffness matrix
[Sm]G in global coordinates for element 1 of the frame shown in figure.[8]
Take E = 200 GPa, A = 0.04 m2, I = 0.0004 m4, L = 3.5 m.
b) Derive the standard stiffness matrix of beam element. [9]
Q5) a) Explain the significance of transformation matrix for grid element. Derive
the standard transformation matrix of grid element. [9]
b) Derive the local stiffness matrix for a grid member having the following
details. Take G = 70 GPa, A = 0.04 m2, I = 0.0004 m4, L = 3.5 m. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Derive the standard stiffness matrix of grid element. [9]
b) Derive the transformation matrix for a grid member having its local axis
inclined at an angle of 45 degree with the global x axis and having the
following details. [9]
2 4
Take G = 70 GPa, A = 0.04 m , I = 0.0004 m , L = 3.5 m.
Q7) a) Write the computer algorithm and flowcharts for generating the global/
structure stiffness matrices for bar. [8]
b) For a space frame member, develop the member stiffness matrix with
proper sketches. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Derive the local member stiffness matrix and transformation matrix for
space truss member. [8]
b) Write the flowchart showing the generation of the global stiffness matrix
for a plane frame member. [9]

[5870]-1009 3
[5870]-1010
T.E. (Civil)
Elective - I: ADVANCED MECHANICS OF STRUCTURES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (301005f)
Time : 3 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
6) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Two point loads of 100 kN and 200 kN spaced 3m apart cross a girder of
span 12m from left to right with the 100 kN leading. Draw the ILD for
shear force and bending moment and find the values of maximum shear
force and bending moment at a section 4m from the left hand support.
Also evaluate the absolute maximum bending moment due to the given
loading system. [12]
b) Draw the ILD for the forces in members, U2L2 and U2L3 of the truss
shown in figure. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) Draw the influence line diagram for the force in member ‘a’ of the truss
shown in figure. [6]
b) A simply supported beam has a span of 16m is subjected to a UDL (dead

load) of 5 kN/m and a UDL (live load) of 8 kN/m (longer than the span)
traveling from left to right. Draw the ILD for shear force and bending
moment at a section 4m from the left end. Use these diagrams to determine
the maximum shear force and bending moment at this section. [12]
Q3) a) A truck with axle loads of 40 kN and 60 kN on a wheel base of 5m rolls

across a 10m span. Compute the maximum bending moment and the
maximum shearing force. [7]
b) A system of concentrated load shown in figure, role beam left to right,
S.S. beam span of 10m and 10 kN load leading. Find Absolute max+ve
S.F, Absolute max-ve S.F and Absolute max BM. [10]
OR
Q4) a) A train of 5 wheel loads crosses a simply supported beam of span 22.5m.
Using influence lines, calculate the maximum positive and negative shear
forces at mid span and absolute maximum bending moment anywhere in
the span. [7]
b) A single rolling load of 100 kN moves on a girder of span 20m.
(i) Construct the influence lines for (1) shear force and (1) bending
moment for a section 5m from the left support. (ii) Construct the influence
lines for points at which the maximum shears and maximum bending
moment develop. Determine these values. [10]
[5870]-1010 2
Q5) a) Explain stresses in curved beam. [9]
b) Difference between a straight beam and a curved beam. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Winkler-Bach theory. [8]
b) Why stress concentration occur at inner side or concave side of curved
beam. [10]
Q7) a) Derive the expression for the horizontal thrust in a three hinged parabolic
arch carrying UDL over entire span. [9]
b) Find the maximum bending moment at a section 30m from the left end of
the three hinged stiffening girder of span 100m when a UDL of 10 kN/m,
5m length crosses the girder. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Which theorem is utilized in solving the two hinged arch? State the
theorem. What is a three hinged arch and two hinged arch. [8]
b) Derive the expression for the horizontal thrust when the two hinged arch
is subjected to uniformly distributed load throughout the span. [9]

[5870]-1010 3

[5870]-1011
T.E. (Civil)
WASTE WATER ENGINEERING
(301012) (2019 Pattern) (Semester - II)

5) Use of scientific calculators is allowed.
Q1) a) Explain the purpose of biological treatment of wastewater? [4]

b) Explain the term Aeration period (H.R.T.), Volumetric BOD loading,
F/M Ratio, Sludge age in detail. [7]
c) An average operating data for activated sludge treatment plant is as
follows [7]
i) Wastewater flow = 35000 m3/day
ii) Volume of aeration tank = 10900 m3
iii) Influent BOD = 250 mg/lit
iv) Effluent BOD = 20 mg/lit
v) MLSS = 2500 mg/lit
vi) Effluent suspended solids = 30 mg/lit
vii) Waste sludge suspended solids = 9700mg/lit
viii) Quantity of waste sludge = 220 m3/day
Calculate
1) Aeration period (hrs)
2) F/M ratio
3) % efficiency of BOD removal
4) Sludge age (days)
P.T.O.
OR
Q2) a) Explain difference between suspended growth and attached growth
process. [4]
b) Draw flow diagram of activated sludge process and explain its working.
[7]
c) An average operating data for conventional activated sludge treatment is
as follows. [7]
i) Wastewater flow 20500 m3/d
ii) Volume of aeration tank - 3500 m3
iii) Influent BOD - 300 mg/lit
iv) BOD removal from primary sedimentation tank - 30%
v) Effluent BOD - 10 mg/lit, mixed liquor suspended solids - 2500
mg/lit. Determine aeration period (hrs), food to microorganism ratio,
percentage efficiency of BOD removal.
Q3) a) Explain the aerated lagoon with respect to its working principle and
applications. [3]
b) Design an oxidation pond for treating sewage from residential colony
with 5000 persons, contributing sewage @ 120 lit per capita per day.
The 5-day BOD of sewage is 300 mg/lit. [7]
c) Explain the construction and working of oxidation pond with neat labeled
sketch. [7]
OR
Q4) a) What is phytoremediation and root zone technology? [3]
b) Explain the construction and working of Trickling filter with labeled
sketch. [7]
c) Determine the size of High-Rate Trickling Filter for the following data.[7]
i) Sewage flow = 4.5 MLD
ii) Recirculation ratio (R/I) = 1.5
iii) BOD of raw sewage = 250 mg/lit
iv) BOD removal in primary sedimentation tank = 30%
v) Final effluent BOD desired = 30 mg/ lit
[5870]-1011 2
Q5) a) Explain Up-flow anaerobic sludge blanket reactor UASBR with neat
sketch. [4]
b) Explain the construction and working of Septic Tank. [7]
c) Design the dimensions of septic tank for small colony of 150 persons
provided with an assured water supply from municipal head works at
the rate of 120 lit per person per day. Assume suitable data required.[7]
OR
Q6) a) Write shorts notes on tretiary treatment of waste water. [4]
b) Explain the working of Sequential batch reactor (SBR) and Moving bed
bio reactor (MBBR) in detail. [7]
c) Explain the working of Fluidized membrane bioreactor (FMBR) and
membrane bio reactor (MBR) in detail. [7]
Q7) a) Write the different techniques for dewatering of sludge? [3]

b) Draw a neat sketch of single stage anaerobic digester and explain its
working. [7]
c) Sedimentation tank is treating the flow of 4.5 MLD containing 275 ppm
of suspended solids. Tank removes around 50% of suspended solids.
Calculate the quantity of sludge produce per day in bulk and weight if
[7]
i) Moisture content of the sludge is 98%
ii) Moisture content of the sludge is 96%
OR
Q8) a) What are the advantages of grey-water recycling? [3]
b) Explain driving forces for recycling and reuse of waste water. [7]
c) Discuss the reuse opportunities of wastewater in municipal, industrial
and agricultural sectors. [7]

[5870]-1011 3

[5870]-1012
T.E. (Civil)
DESIGN OF RC STRUCTURES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (301013)

1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Bold figures to the Right indicate full marks.
3) IS 456-2000 and non programmable calculator are allowed in the
examination.
5) Mere reproduction from IS Code as answer, will not be given full credit.
6) If necessary, assume suitable data and indicate clearly.
Q1) a) What is Redistribution of moments and what are advantages of it? [5]
b) Design the second flight (midlanding level to first floor level) of a dog
legged staircase of public building with the following data: [13]
i) Floor to floor height = 3.3m
ii) Rise = 150mm; Tread = 300mm; Width of flight = 1.5m
iii) Width of mid level landing = 1.5m
iv) width of floor level landing = 1.8m
v) Width of supporting beams = 300mm
vi) Supporting beams are provided at the outer edges of both landings
vii) Material = M30, Fe 500
viii) Draw details of reinforcement. USe LSM approach.
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) Explain the terms bond stress and development length. Calculate
development length for 20mm diameter bar in tension by LSM approach.
[5]
i) for M25 concrete and Fe 500 steel.
ii) for M20 concrete and Fe 250 steel.
b) Cantilever reinforced concrete floor beam with following data : [13]

i) Center Span of beam = 2.5 m
ii) Width of supporting columns = 450mm
iii) Beam width = 230 mm
iv) The beam is subjected to working dead load of 20 kN/m (including
its self-weight) and working live load of 18 kN/m.
v) Material - M25, Fe 500
vi) Design longitudinal reinforcement (with curtailment) and shear
reinforcement.
vii) Show details of reinforcement. Use LSM
Q3) Design a continuous beam ABCD for flexure and shear using IS Code method.
AB=BC=CD=4.5m. The beam carries dead load of 20 kN/m (including its
self-weight) and live load of 12 kN/m. Take material M25 and Fe 500. Show
the reinforcement detail in longitudinal section and cross-section at continuous
supports and at mid spans. Use LSM. [17]
OR
Q4) Continuous RC beam ABCD of rectangular section is simply supported at
A and D and continuous over support B and C. Span AB = 5.0m, BC = 4.0m
and CD = 6.0m. The beam carries working dead load of 20 kN/m (including
its self-weight) and working live load of 12 kN/m. The beam supports 120mm
slab on one side. Calculate design moment for all spans and supports after
20% redistribution of moments. Design all spans and supports sections for
flexure only. Draw the reinforcement details. [17]
Material - Concrete of grade M30, Fe 500 reinforcement.
[5870]-1012 2
Q5) a) Explain different parameters of interaction curves for the design of
column. [5]
b) Design a uni-axial short column by limit state method with material M25
and Fe 500 to carry a working load of 800 kN, working moment of 60
kN-m about major axis bisecting the depth of column. The unsupported
length of column is 4.0m.The column is fixed at both the ends. Show
detailed design calculations and reinforcement details. [13]
OR
Q6) Design a bi-axial short column by limit state method with material M20 and
Fe 500 to carry Ultimate load of 1600 kN. Factored moment of 110 kN-m
about major axis bisecting the depth of column and 60 kN-m about minor
axis bisecting the width of column. The unsupported length of column is
3.6m. The column is fixed at both the ends. Show details of reinforcement in
plan and sectional elevation. [18]
Q7) Design an isolated pad footing for a working axial load of 800 kN. Use M25
grade of concrete and Fe 500 grade of steel. SBC of soil is 200 kN/m2. Show
detailed design calculations and reinforcement details in plan and sectional
elevation. [17]
OR
Q8) Design a slab type rectangular combined footing for two columns A and B
subjected to working axial load 750 kN and 800 kN, respectively. Center to
center to distance between two columns is 2.5m. Size of both the columns is
380 × 380mm. Safe bearing capacity of soil is 150kN/m2. Use M25 concrete
and Fe 500 steel. neglect check for one way shear. [17]
[5870]-1012 3
[5870]-1012 4
[5870]-1012 5

[5870]-1012 6

[5870]-1013
T.E. (Civil)
REMOTE SENSING & GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
SYSTEM
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II)

4) use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed in the examination.
Q1) a) Describe Global Navigation satellite system in detail. [6]

b) Explain the necessity of GNSS in various fields. [6]
c) Compare different GNSS systems throughout the world. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Define IRNSS and illustrate its structure. [6]
b) Define DGPS. Write sources of errors of DGPS. [6]
c) Write Advantages of GPS. [5]
Q3) a) List the image interpretation keys and explains any two in detail with the
help of necessary diagram. [6]
b) Describe digital image classification (supervised & unsupervised). [6]
c) Define Triangular Irregular network Model (TIN) and its applications.[6]
OR
Q4) a) What is Digital Image Processing? What are the most common image
processing functions. [6]
b) Differentiate between Visual and Digital image interpretation. [6]
c) State the application of DEM. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write in detail about various components of GIS. [6]
b) Illustrate Cloud computing with types and applications. [6]
c) Define Database? Name the types of data base. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Write a note on fundamentals of Cartography and map creation in GIS.[6]
b) Define Geographical Information system and state spatial data types.[6]
c) Enlist the applications of GIS in Civil Engineering & Explain any one in
detail. [5]
Q7) a) Define Raster and Vector Data types. Explain with neat diagram. [6]
b) Explain the application of GIS in Demarcation of Dam Catchment. [6]
c) What is Georeferencing of GIS data? And explain its importance in the
field of GIS? [6]
OR
Q8) a) Enumerate different Attribute Data models and explain any one of them.
[6]
b) Write GIS data types and its representation. [6]
c) Explain the application of GIS in Urban Planning. [6]

[5870]-1013 2

[5870]-1014
T.E. (Civil)
ADVANCED ENGINEERING GEOLOGY WITH ROCK
MECHANICS
(2019 Pattern) (Elective - II) (Semester - II) (301015A)

Q1) a) Write a note on amygdaloidal basalt as construction material. [6]

b) Explain in detail the role of geology in Urban development and planning.
[6]
c) What is R.I.S.? Explain R.I.S. with case study, in Deccan Trap area.[6]
OR
Q2) a) What are favorable conditions/characteristics of the rock for the purpose
of construction material? [6]
b) Write in detail on treatments given to fracture/fracture zone. [6]
c) Explain case studies of historical buildings constructed without
consideration of geology and now facing serious problems. [6]
Q3) a) Define rock mechanics. Explain the importance of it in civil engineering.[6]

b) Calculate RQD recovery and Core recovery from following table. [6]
Run in m Piece No. Length in cm Nature of fracture
1 13 J
2 10 J
3 90 M
4 45 M
3-6 m 5 50 M
6 13 J
7 50 J
8 6 J
9 8 J
10 120 M
11 70 M
6-9 m 12 90 M
13 10 M
P.T.O.
c) Calculate apparent resistivity values at different depth zones. [6]
Sr. No R A apparent resistivity
1 1.80 1 ?
2 1.76 2 ?
3 1.57 3 ?
4 1.42 4 ?
5 1.29 5 ?
6 1.10 10 ?
OR
Q4) a) Describe Q-system of classification of rock masses. [6]
b) What is R.Q.D.? Is this system useful for Deccan trap rocks? Explain.[6]
c) What is electrical Resistivity method of Geophysical Exploration? Explain
Wenner method. [6]
Q5) a) Write case study illustrating the failure of major projects owing to
negligence of geological studies. [6]
b) Explain treatment to be given to a dyke crossing dam alignment. [6]
c) What are the reasons of tail channel erosion in Deccan Trap area? [5]
OR
Q6) a) Write a note on suitability of amygdaloidal basalt for percolation tank.[6]
b) Discuss relationship between local Geology and location of Spillway in
Deccan Trap. [6]
c) Discuss the strength and water tightness characters of Amygadaloidal
Basalt from dam foundation point of view. [5]
Q7) a) Describe various unfavorable field characters of rocks during tunneling.

[6]
b) Whether the tunnels are suitable through limestone and quartzite. [6]
c) Explain in brief safe bearing capacity during bridge construction. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Can we locate a pier of bridge partly on weathered rock and on dyke?[6]
b) Discuss with suitable examples suitability of compact basalts from
tunneling point of view. [6]
c) Explain in detail engineering geological investigations for tunneling. [5]

[5870]-1014 2

[5870]-1015
T.E. (Civil)
SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES
(2019 Pattern) (Elective - II) (Semester - II) (301015b)

3) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
Q1) a) Discuss various statistical parameters for model evaluation. [9]
b) Determine the functional value of the 3 × 2 × 1 neural network in forward

pass with the following data. Inputs [6, 6, 8], First layer weights (input
to hidden): [0.4 –0.5 0.6;–0.3 0.8 –0.7], First layer bias: [3; –3.7], Second
layer weights (hidden layer to output layer): [0.35 0.55], Second layer
bias: [2]. Use sigmoidal transfer function between the first layer and
hidden layer and Linear function between the hidden layer and output
layer. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain validation of data, data division and overfitting. Discuss Data
preprocessing. [9]
b) Determine the functional value of the 3 × 2 × 1 neural network in forward

pass with the following data. Inputs [6, 6, 8], First layer weights (input
to hidden): [0.4 –0.5 0.6;–0.3 0.8 –0.7], First layer bias: [3; –3.7], Second
layer weights (hidden layer to output layer): [0.35 0.55], Second layer
bias: [2]. Use sigmoidal transfer function between the first layer and
hidden layer and hyperbolic tangent function between the hidden layer
and output layer. [9]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Distinguish between Recurrent networks and generalized regression neural
networks with suitable example for each. [8]
b) The power developed by a water turbine(P) depends upon the rotational
speed N, Operating head(H), Gravitational acceleration(g), diameter(D)
and breath(B) of the runner, density() and viscosity() of water. Design
a 3 layered neural network using the above parameters and give the
following details : [9]
i) Input and output parameters
ii) Architecture with figure
iii) Size of weight and Bias matrix
iv) Activation function/s between layers
v) Performance function/s
OR
Q4) a) Discuss working of self-organized feature maps with a suitable example.
[8]
b) 28-day Compressive strength of concrete (in MPa) depends on the
quantity (in Kg/m3) of Cement, Fine aggregate, coarse aggregate and
water. Design a neural network using the above parameters and give the
ii) Architecture with figure
iii) Size of weight and Bias matrix
iv) Activation function/s between layers
Q5) a) Discuss in detail an application fo Genetic algorithm in Civil Engineering.

[9]
b) Discuss the basic principle of Support Vector Regression. What do you mean
by generalization error in terms of the SVM? [9]
OR
Q6) a) Discuss the Genetic operators in Genetic algorithm in detail. [9]
b) Explain the basic principle of Support vector Machine. What are hard
margin and soft Margin SVMs? [9]
[5870]-1015 2
Q7) a) Discuss working of Random Forest and Feature importance in a random
forest. [8]
b) The power developed by a water turbine(P) depends upon the rotational
speed N, Operating head(H), Gravitational accelaeration(g), diameter(D)
and breath(B) of the runner, density() and viscosity() of water. Design
a Model using Random Forest using the above parameters and give the
ii) No. of tress
iii) Data division
iv) Out of bag estimates
v) Performance function
OR
Q8) a) Discuss working of Model Tree with M5 Algorithm. Explain Out of Bag
estimate in Random Forest. [8]
b) 28-day Compressive strength of concrete (in-MPa) depends on the
quantity (in Kg/m3) of Cement, Fine aggregate, coarse aggregate and
water. Design a model using Model Tree, using the above parameters
and give the following details : [9]
ii) No. of rules
iii) Splitting criteria
iv) Standardization of data

[5870]-1015 3

[5870]-1016
T.E. (Civil)
ADVANCED SURVEYING (ELECTIVE - II)
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (301015c)

1) Answer Q.No. 1 or Q.No. 2, Q.No. 3 or Q.No. 4, Q.No. 5 or Q.No. 6, Q.No. 7 or
Q.No. 8.
Q1) a) Determine the azimuth and altitude of a star from the following data:[6]
Declination of star = 20°30’N Hour angle of star = 42°6’
Latitude of observer = 50°N
b) Explain the method of locating soundings. [4]
c) Explain the analytical method of determining the position of boat in
hydrographic surveying. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Mention the properties of spherical triangle. [6]
b) What are tides? Explain the weight gauge. [4]
c) In order to locate the position of boat, observations were made with a
sextant to three points A, B and C on shore. The angles AOB and BOC
were found to be 50°56’ and 27°23’ respectively. From the map, AB
was scaled as 394 m and BC as 198 m while the angle ABC measured
163°18’. What were the distances of O from A, B & C respectively?[8]
Q3) a) Define relief displacement. Derive an expression for the same. [6]
b) Define vertical photograph, tilted photograph and oblique photograph.[5]
c) The scale of an aerial photograph is 1 cm = 160 m & the size of the
photograph is 20 cm × 20 cm. If the longitudinal overlap is 65% and
side overlap is 35%, determine the number of photographs required to
cover an area of 232 sq. Km. [6]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) What are the applications of photogrammetry? Explain any one of them
in detail. [6]
b) Define perspective projection, nadir point and tilt. [5]
c) Determine the minimum number of aerial photographs required to cover
an area of 40 km × 30 km, with the following details: [6]
Size of an aerial photograph = 23 cm × 23 m
Scale of aerial photograph: 1 cm = 150 m
Longitudinal overlap = 60%
Side overlap = 30%
Q5) a) Explain the components of ideal remote sensing system. [5]

b) Describe the working principle of electronic total station. [8]
c) Enlist and explain the advantages of LIDAR technology. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the components of GIS. [5]
b) Explain the salient features of Electronic total station. [8]
c) Explain the interaction of electromagnetic energy with the earth’s surface.
[5]
Q7) a) Explain the working principle of GPS. What are the differences between
hand held GPS and differential GPS. [9]
b) Explain differential GPS survey. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the basic principle of GPS and its applications in Civil Engineering.
[9]
b) Explain digital terrain modelling. [8]

[5870]-1016 2

[5870]-1017
T.E. (Civil)
ADVANCED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (301015d)

Q.No. 8.
Q1) a) Differentiate between unconsolidated drained test and a drained test.

Under what conditions are these test results used for design purposes?[6]
b) Write a note on : [6]
i) Consolidated drained strength from direct shear test
ii) Parameters affecting pore water pressure
c) Explain factors affecting shearing resistance. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the shear characteristics of sand and normally loaded clay. [6]
b) What is the effect of pore pressure in strength of soils? [6]
c) A cylindrical specimen of a saturated soil fails under an axial stress 100
km/m2 in an unconfined compression test. The failure plane makes an
angle of 40° with the horizontal. Calculate the cohesion and angle of
internal friction of the soil. [6]
Q3) a) Drained triaxial compression test results are given below. Plot the stress
path in a– r. [6]
1 (kPa) 3 (kPa) u (kPa)
300
400
500 300 100
565
590
b) Draw and explain the stress path (t-s.s) for stress produced below
foundation due to undrained loading. [6]
c) What is stress path? state the factors influencing the stress path. [5]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Undrained triaxial compression test results are given below. Plot the
stress path in a–r. [6]
1 (kPa) 3 (kPa) u (kPa)
300 100
350 165
380 300 200
396 224
398 332
b) Draw and explain the stress path (t - s,s) for stress changes near retaining
wall. [6]
c) State and explain the variants of MIT plot. [5]
Q5) a) What do you mean by soil stabilization? Explain the principle and
mechanism of lime stabilization. [6]
b) Explain in detail mechanical stabilization of soils. [6]
c) Explain how the engineering properties of soils are changed by the process
of bituminous stabilization. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What is the need for stabilization of expansive soils? [6]
b) Discuss the mechanisms of Bituminous stabilization of in-situ soils. [6]
c) Discuss cement and lime stabilization along with its merits and demerits.
[6]
Q7) a) What is the purpose of sand drain? Also explain functions of vertical
sand drain. [6]
b) State the procedure of vibro-flotation technique for ground improvement.
[6]
c) Discuss various grouting techniques with their suitability. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the steps for vibro-flotation with inserting reinforcement with
neat sketch. [6]
b) Explain in detail technique of deep mixing. [6]
c) Discuss any three methods of soil improvement. [5]

[5870]-1017 2

[5870]-1018
T.E. (Civil)
ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNING
(2019 Pattern) (Elective - II) (Semseter - II) (301015e)

Q1) a) Write a brief note on T P Scheme (Sketch is essential). [9]

b) Explain different planning approaches dealt with Neighbourhood with
suitable example. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Elaborate MRTP Act 1966 in relation with its importance, objectives
and chapter wise contents of the same. [9]
b) Mention the steps involved while preparing DP. What are the expected
outcomes of DP? [9]
Q3) a) Enlist the surveys carried out in relation with a mention of planning level
and explain the civic surveys for DP and mention the importance of it.
[9]
b) Draw and explain the organizational structure and responsibilities of
different departments of MHADA. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Draw and explain the organizational structure and responsibilities of
different departments of CIDCO. [8]
b) Write an explanatory note on ITS. (sketch it) [9]
Q5) a) What is the use of URDPFI guidelines? What details are mentioned?[9]
b) Write a note on LARR Act with calculations in Rural and Urban areas. [9]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) Write an explanatory note on RERA with expected benefits in real estate
world. [9]
b) Write an explanatory note on AMRUT guidelines with a mention of case
study. [9]
Q7) a) Write a detailed note on Special Township with a mention of a case

study details. [9]
b) Write an explanatory note on CRZ (sketch is essential). [8]
OR
Q8) a) Elaborate the need and strategies in relation with, "Rural development".[9]
b) Mention various applications of each of the following in town planning:
GIS, GPS (Sketches are essential) [8]

[5870]-1018 2

[5870]-1019
T.E. (Civil)
Solid Waste Management
(2019 Pattern) (Elective - II) (Semester - II) (301015F)

Q.No. 8.
3) Draw neat figures wherever necessary.
5) Use of scientific calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Suggest and justify the criteria adopted for the execution of
vermicomposting. [6]
b) Explain with sketch the Bangalore Method of composting. [6]
c) State the terms related to Solid waste management [6]
i) Segregation
ii) Recovery
iii) Recycling
OR
Q2) a) Write a note on material recovery facility. [6]
b) Specify the role of transfer station in municipal solid waste management.
[6]
c) Explain integrated waste management. [6]
Q3) a) What are the factors affecting anaerobic digestion? [6]

b) Write environmental impacts of waste to energy system. [6]
c) What are the different types of incinerators? Explain any one. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Describe the incineration technologies and air emissions and its control
in detail. Explain the following: [6]
i) Pyrolysis
P.T.O.
ii) Refuse derived fuel
iii) Bio gasification
b) How to estimate of low and high heating value of any material. [6]
c) Write working principle, advantages and disadvantages of anaerobic
digestion process. [5]
Q5) a) Write short note on legacy waste management. [6]

b) Write methods of slope stability analysis. [6]
c) Describe the factors which affect production of leachate and landfill gas
in the landfill? [6]
OR
Q6) a) What is engineered landfill? Why it is essential? Explain in brief different
methods of landfilling. [6]
b) Enlist methods of Biomining and explain any one method of it. [6]
c) Identify the adverse effects of a landfill leachate and list appropriate
control measures? [6]
Q7) a) Suggest the appropriate method for disposal of industrial solid waste
and need of its recycling. [6]
b) Write objectives and major provision in construction and demolition
(C&D) waste management rules - 2016. [6]
c) Suggest various management technologies for biomedical waste. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain any one case study of material recovered from e-waste. [6]
b) Explain any one case study of processing and reuse of construction &
demolition waste. [6]
c) Write objectives and major provision in plastic waste management
rules -2016. [5]

[5870]-1019 2
[5870]-1020
T.E. (Mechanical/Mechanical (Sandwich))
NUMERICAL AND STATISTICAL METHODS
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
0.8
Q1) a) Evaluate formula. l   log ( x  1)  sin(2 x) dx
0
e by using Gauss-
Quadrature two-point. [9]
b) Draw Flow Chart for Numerical integraration using Simpsons 3/8 Method.
[8]
OR
Q2) a) That table below gives the Velocity v of moving particle at time t seconds.
[8]
t 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
v 4 6 16 34 60 94 136
Find the distance covered by particle in 12 seconds using Simpson’s 1/3rd

rule.
b) Find double integration of f(x,y) = 1/(x + y)
For x = 2 to 3.2 and y = 1 to 2.8 taking no. of steps in both x and y as

nx = ny = 3. Use Trapezoidal rule. [9]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Draw Flow Chart for power equation y = axb [9]
b) A set of x values and respective y values are given below. Using lagrange
inverse interpolation method, find the value of x at y = 0.42 [9]
x 10 20 30 40 50
y 0.1105 0.1985 0.2727 0.4101 0.5123
OR
Q4) a) The values of Nusselt numbers (Nu) and Reynold numbers (Re) found
experimentally are given below. If the relation between Nu and Re is of
the type Nu = a. Reb. Find the values of a and b for the given values of
Nu and Re. [9]
2000 2400 2800 3200 3600 4000
13.0102 13.5091 14.0789 14.4192 15.1297 16.7535
b) Draw a flowchart for Lagrange’s inverse interpolation. [9]
Q5) a) Define & Explain with example. [8]
i) Mean
ii) Median
iii) Mode
iv) Standard Deviation
b) Calculate the first four moments about the mean of the given distribution.
Find 1 and 2 and comment on skewness and kurtosis. [9]
X 5 7 13 24 29 36 40 45 50
f 4 6 17 25 18 12 9 3 2
OR
[5870]-1020 2
Q6) a) Arithmetic mean and standard deviation of 30 items are 20 and 3
respectively out of these 30 items, item 22 and 15 are dropped. Find new
A.M. and S.D. if item 22 is replaced by 8 and 15 is replaced by 17 [9]
b) Define and explain the following terms : [8]
i) Kurtosis
ii) Skewness
Q7) a) On an average a box containing 10 articles is likely to have 2 defectives.

If we consider a consignment of 100 boxes, how many of them are
expected to have three or less defectives [9]
2 1
p = Probability of box containing defective articles  
10 5
4
q = Probability of non-defective items 
5
b) What is probability distribution? [9]
Explain following terms with illustrations :
i) Marginal probability distribution
ii) Joint probability distribution
OR
Q8) a) Describe Binomial poison, normal distribution in details & solve problem.
In a certain factory turning out razor blades, there is a small change of 1/
500 for any blade to be defective. The blades are supplied in a pocket of
10. Use poisson distribution to calculate the approximate number of
packets containing no defective and two defective blades, in a
consignment of 10,000 packets. [9]
b) Describe joint, conditional and marginal probability in details & solve
problem A set of five similar coins is tossed 210 times and the result is
[9]
No. of Heads 0 1 2 3 4 5
Frequency 2 5 20 60 100 23
Test the hypothesis that the data follow a binomial distribution.

[5870]-1020 3
[5870]-1021
T.E. (Mechanical)
HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
Q1) a) A vertical plate is maintained at 40ºC in 20ºC still air. Determine the
height at which the boundary layer will turn turbulent if turbulence sets in
at A Gr. Pr = 109. Repeat the problem for water flow at film temperature
of 30ºC. Comment on the results of solution. [9]
b) Explain in brief (Any two) [8]
i) Local and average Heat Transfer coefficient
ii) Hydrodynamic and Thermalboundary layer
iii) Critical Heat Flux
iv) Significance of any 2 non dimensionless numbers
OR
Q2) a) Explain the types of boiling and pool boiling phenomenon in detail with
neat sketch of boiling curve. [8]
b) Air at atmospheric pressure and 40ºC flows with velocity of U = 5
m/sec over a 2 m long flat plate whose surface is kept at a uniform
temperature of 120ºC. Determine the average heat transfer coefficient
over 2 m length of plate. Also determine the rate of heat transfer
between the plate and air per 1 m width of plate (Air at 1 atm. And
80ºC, v = 2.107 × 105 m2/sec, k = 0.03025 W/mk, Pr = 0.695). [9]
Q3) a) The energy received from the sun at the earth’s atmosphere has been
measured as 1353 W/m2. The diameter of the earth = 1.29 × 107m.
Diameter of the sun = 1.39 × 109 m. Mean distance = 1.5×1011m. Estimate
the emissive power of the sun and the surface temperature assuming it to
be black. Assuming that the source of energy for the earth is from the
sun and earth to be black, estimate the temperature of the earth. [8]
P.T.O.
b) Explain in brief [10]
i) Kirchoffs Law
ii) Stefan Boltzmans law
iii) Wiens Displacement law
iv) Shape Factor
v) Electrical analogy for radiation
OR
Q4) a) Two large parallel plates with ε = 0.5 each are maintained at different
temperatures and are exchanging heat only by radiation. Two equally
large radiation shields with surface emissivity 0.05 are introduced in parallel
to the plates; find the percentage reduction in net radiative heat transfer.
[10]
b) Define shape factor algebra and explain any 4 salient features of shape
factor. [8]
Q5) a) Explain Fick’s law for mass diffusion. [8]
b) The molecular weights of the two components A and B of a gas mixture
are 24 and 28 respectively. The molecular weight of gas mixture is found
to be 30. If the mass concentration of the mixture is 1.2 kgm3, determine
the following [9]
i) Molar fractions
ii) Mass fractions
iii) Total pressure if temperature of mixture is 290K
OR
Q6) a) Explain in brief convective mass transfer and Explain the term
conservation of species. [8]
b) Hydrogen gas is maintained at pressure of 2.4 bars and 1 bar on opposite
sides of a plastic membrane 0.3 mm thick. The binary diffusion coefficient
for hydrogen in the plastic is 8.6x 10-8 m2/s and solubility of hydrogen
in the membrane is 0.00145 kg mole/m3-bar. (molecular weight of hydrogen
- 2kg/kg mole)
Calculate under uniform conditions of 24ºC, the following: [9]
i) Molar concentration of hydrogen at opposite face of membrane
ii) Molar and mass diffusion of hydrogen through membrane
[5870]-1021 2
Q7) a) Derive LMTD for parallel flow heat exchanger. [8]
b) In a double pipe heat exchanger hot water flows at the rate of 5000kg/h
and gets cooled from 95ºC to 65ºC. At the same time 50000kg/h of
cooling water at 30ºC enters heat exchanger. The flow conditions are
such that overall heat transfer coefficient remains constant at 2270 W/
m2K. Determine the heat transfer area required and the effectiveness,
assuming two streams are in parallel flow. Assume for both the streams
Cp = 4.2 kJ/kgK. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Derive LMTD for Counter flow heat exchanger. [8]
b) A counter flow double pipe heat exchanger uses superheated steam to

heat water at the rate of 10500kg/h. The steam enters the heat exchanger
at 180ºC and leaves at 130ºC. The inlet and exit temperatures of water
are 30ºC and 80ºC, If the overall heat transfer coefficient from steam to
water is 814 W/m20C. Calculate the heat transfer area. What would be
the increase in area if the fluid passes are in parallel? [10]

[5870]-1021 3
[5870]-1022
T.E. (Mechanical/Mechanical Sandwich)
DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS
2) Draw neat labeled diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Assume Suitable/Standard data if necessary.
5) Use of non programmable electronic calculator is permitted.
Q1) a) What are the different types of screw threads used for power screw? [4]
b) Derive the expression for the torque required to overcome collar friction.
[5]
c) A sluice gate weighing 18 kN is raised and lowered by means of square
threaded screws, as shown in Fig. The frictional resistance induced by
water pressure against the gate when it is in its lowest position is 4000 N.
The outside diameter of the screw is 60 mm and pitch is 10 mm. The
outside and inside diameter of washer is 150 mm and 50 mm respectively.
The coefficient of friction between the screw and nut is 0.1 and for the
washer and seat is 0.12. Find: i) The maximum force to be exerted at the
ends of the lever raising and lowering the gate, ii) Efficiency of the
arrangement, and iii) Number of threads and height of nut, for an allowable
bearing pressure of 7 N/mm2. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) Describe the term: Virtual coefficients of friction. [4]
b) Explain self-locking and over-hauling property of screw. Prove the

condition for screw to be self-locking. [5]
c) A C-clamp, as shown in Figure, has trapezoidal threads of 12 mm outside

diameter and 2 mm pitch. The coefficient of friction for screw threads is
0.12 and for the collar is 0.25. The mean radius of the collar is 6 mm. If
the force exerted by the operator at the end of the handle is 80 N, find:
i) The length of handle; ii) The maximum shear stress in the body of the
screw and where does this exist; and iii) The bearing pressure on the
threads. [8]
Q3) a) Write a short note on; Modified Goodman diagram. [4]
b) Write a short note on Fatigue Failure. [5]
c) A spherical pressure vessel, with a 500 mm inner diameter, is welded

from steel plates. The welded joints are sufficiently strong and do not
weaken the vessel. The plates are made from cold drawn steel 20C8
(Sut = 440 N/mm2 and Syt = 242 N/mm2). The vessel is subjected to
internal pressure, which varies from zero to 6 N/mm2. The expected
reliability is 50% and the factor of safety is 3.5.The size factor is 0.85.
The vessel is expected to withstand infinite number of stress cycles.
Calculate the thickness of the plates. Take Ka = 0.82, Kb = 0.85, Kc = 1.
[8]
OR
[5870]-1022 2
Q4) a) Define and explain Notch Sensitivity. [4]
b) What is the difference between the Gerber curve, Soderberg and Godman
lines? [5]
c) A machine component is subjected to fluctuating stress that varies from

40 to 100N/mm2. The corrected endurance limit stress for the machine
component is 270 N/mm2. The ultimate tensile strength and yield strength
of the material are 600 and 450 N/mm2 respectively. Find the factor of
safety using (i) Gerber theory (ii) Soderberg line (iii) Goodman line Also,
find the factor of safety against static failure. [8]
Q5) a) What are the assumptions made in the design of welded joint? [4]
b) Discuss the procedure for designing an eccentric loaded welded joint.

[6]
c) A wall bracket is attached to the wall by means of four identical bolts,

two at A and two at B, as shown in Figure. Assuming that the bracket is
held against the wall and prevented from tipping about the point C by all
four bolts and using an allowable tensile stress in the bolts as 35 N/mm2,
determine the size of the bolts on the basis of maximum principal stress
theory. [8]
OR
Q6) a) State the advantages and disadvantages of welded joints. [4]
b) Explain with neat sketch, following screw fasteners [6]
i) Through Bolts ii) Tap Bolts iii) Cap Screws
[5870]-1022 3
c) A 200 × 150 × 10 mm angle is to be welded to a steel plate by fillet welds
as shown in Figure. If the angle is subjected to a static load of 200 kN,
find the length of weld at the top and bottom. The allowable shear stress
for static loading may be taken as 75 MPa. [8]
Q7) a) Define following terms : [4]

i) Solid length
ii) Spring index
iii) Active and Inactive coils
iv) Spring Rate
b) Explain A.M. Wahl’s factor and state its importance in the design of
helical springs. [6]
c) A helical spring is made from a wire of 6 mm diameter and has outside
diameter of 75 mm. If the permissible shear stress is 350 MPa and
modulus of rigidity 84 kN/mm2, find the axial load which the spring can
carry and the deflection per active turn. [8]
OR
Q8) a) How will you find whether the given helical spring is a compression
spring or tension spring? [4]
b) Explain with the neat sketch, nipping of leaf spring. [6]
c) Design a valve spring of a petrol engine for the following operating
conditions: Spring load when the valve is open = 400 N; Spring load
when the valve is closed = 250 N; Maximum inside diameter of spring =
25 mm; Length of the spring when the valve is open = 40 mm; Length of
the spring when the valve is closed = 50 mm; Maximum permissibl shear
stress 400 MPa. [8]

[5870]-1022 4

[5870]-1023
T.E. (Mechanical/Mechanical Sandwich)
MECHATRONICS

Instructions to Candidates:
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.No. 2, Q.No. 3 or Q.No. 4, Q.No.5 or Q.No. 6, Q.No. or
Q.No.8.
3) Use Graph paper for Graphical solution.
Q1) a) Using suitable diagram explain the application of Automotive Engine

Management System. [6]
b) Reduce the block diagram in Fig. (a) And determine the transfer function:
Y(s)/X(s). [6]
c) Find the poles and zeros of the transfer function

s 2 + 3s + 2
G (S ) =
(s + 4)( s 2 + 6s + 25) and sketch pole-zero plot. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) Compare open loop and closed loop control system. [6]
b) By using Routh-Hurwitz stability criterion determine the stability of the
system represented by the characteristic equation
5 4 3 2
9S – 20S + 10S – S –9S – 10 = 0. Comment on the location of roots
of characteristics equation. [6]
c) Define “Transfer Function” and discuss its importance in the context of

control of a mechatronic system. [6]
Q3) a) Define the following terms:
i) % Overshoot ii) Steady state errors
iii) Damping Frequency iv) Natural Frequency [8]
b) Determine the values of delay time, rise time, peak time, settling time and
% overshoot when the control system shown in Fig. (b) is subject to a
unit step input. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Compare tome domain and frequency domain techniques for analysis of
systems. [8]
b) Write a short note on the following point: [9]
i) Gain Margin
ii) Phase Margin
iii) Bode Plot
[5870]-1023 2
Q5) a) Using a suitable block diagram explain the working of PID control in
parallel form. [8]
b) Draw the controller response for given error graph as shown in Fig. (c)
KP = 5, KD = 0.5 s and PO = 20%.
[10]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Derivation control with a neat diagram and equation. Why
derivative controller cannot be used alone? [8]
b) For a proportional controller, the controller variable is a process
temperature with a range of 50°C to 130°C and a set point of 73.5°C.
Under nominal conditions, the set point is maintained with an output of
50%. Find the controller output having proportional gain of 2, if the
temperature is:
i) 61°C
ii) 122°C and
iii) A ramping temperature of (82 + 5t) °C. [10]
Q7) a) List the criterion for the selection of a PLC and explain any two criterions
in details. [8]
b) In a certain bank each of three bank officers has a unique key to the
vault. The bank rules requires that two out of the three officers be present
when the vault is opened. Draw the ladder diagram for a relay logic
circuit that will unlatch the door and turn on the light when the three keys
are inserted. [9]
OR
[5870]-1023 3
Q8) a) Using a suitable example, draw a ladder diagram and explain how timer
is implemented. [8]
b) A circuit involves four NO type switches P1, P2, S1 and S2 and a DC
motor (M). Draw a ladder diagram such that the said circuit satisfies
following objectives:
i) When P1 is pushed the circuit shall turn ON and shall continue to
remain ON until P2 is pushed.
ii) When S1 is pushed and S2 is not pushed then Motor is ON in
clockwise direction.
iii) When S2 is pushed and S1 is not pushed then Motor is ON in anti-
clockwise direction.
iv) When P2 is pushed the circuit turns OFF. [9]

[5870]-1023 4

[5870]-1024
T.E. (Mechanical /Automobile)
ADVANCED FORMING AND JOINING PROCESSES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (302045-A) (Elective - I)

Instructions to Candidates:
1) All questions are compulsory i.e. Solve Que 1 or Que 2, Que 3 or Que 4, Que
5 or Que 6, Q7 or Q8.
Q1) a) Explain in detail, weld thermal cycles and their effects with sketches.[8]
b) Explain in details concept of Heat Affected Zone (HAZ) with sketches
and Effects of HAZ on the different properties? [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in detail importance of effects of pre and post weld heat treatments
processes? [8]
b) Explain in detail concept of weldability & its assessment; explain the
importance of weldability. [9]
Q3) a) Explain with sketch, Cold pressure welding process with advantages
and limitations. [9]
b) Explain in detail with sketch, Ultrasonic welding process features and
applications. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain in detail with sketch, Explosive welding process with features
and advantages. [9]
b) Explain in detail with sketch, Forge welding process with advantages
and limitations. [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Analyze with the sketch, working of Electroslag welding process and its
applications. [8]
b) Explain with sketch, working principle of Electron beam welding and its
applications. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Analyze with the sketch, working of Laser Beam welding process and its
applications. [8]
b) Explain the role of welding automation in aerospace, nuclear and surface
transport vehicles. [9]
Q7) a) Explain in detail, sustainability and drivers for sustainable development

and sustainable manufacturing. [9]
b) Explain the importance of Safety norms in forming and welding also
explain Socio-economic aspects related to forming and welding. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain one case study on waste recycling and one on material recycling.
[9]
b) Explain various Environment protection norms and recycling techniques.[9]

[5870]-1024 2
[5870] - 1025
T.E. (Mechanical /Automobile)
MACHINING SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (302045 - B) (Elective - I)
1) All questions are compulsory i.e. Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or
Q.8.
Q1) a) Demonstrate the lapping process with heat sketch. [8]

b) Classify in details different grinding machines with sketches? [9]
OR
Q2) a) Demonstrate the honing process with neat sketch. [8]
b) Categorized the various abrasives and types of bonds. [9]
Q3) a) Analyze the concept of degrees of freedom with 3-2-1 principle of location
with sketch. [9]
b) Selection procedure for the Box type of Jig, explain in detail with sketch.
[9]
OR
Q4) a) Categorized the various elements of Jigs and Fixtures with sketches. [9]
b) Analyze the design considerations in fixtures. [9]
Q5) a) Analyze the various methods of process planning. [8]

b) Materials selection process and evaluation methods of materials,
explain in detail. [9]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) Process selection factors and Process selection methods, explain in
details. [8]
b) Factors involved in Production equipment selection and various
documents required in the Process planning, explain in detail. [9]
Q7) a) Formulate the importance of word address format in CNC programming.

[9]
b) Generate CNC part programming for G-75 Grooving cycle (Canned cycle)
on Lathe Machine with neat sketch. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the various types of G-Codes and M-Codes used in CNC part
programming. [9]
b) Explain with example, the various steps in developing CNC part program
with sketch. [9]

[5870] - 1025 2

[5870]-1026
T.E. (Mechanical)
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE & MACHINE LEARNING

3) Use of calculator is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Explain following terms in decision tree : [6]

i) entropy
ii) information gain
iii) Gini index
b) What is the difference betwen KNN and K means? Also state advantages
and limitations of KNN and K means? [5]
c) How does the Bayes algorithm differ from decision trees? [6]
OR
Q2) a) What is Supeort Vector Machine? How does the SVM work? [6]
b) Define pruning. What are various types of pruning? Explain any one
type of pruning. [5]
c) Differentiate between logistic regression and linear regression. [6]
Q3) a) What are different hyperparameter tuning algorithms? Elaborate using

an example. [8]
b) Why data pre-procesing is required? Explain the techniques in pre-
processing. [6]
c) State advantages and disadvantages of random forest. [4]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Explain the difference between training data and Testing data in a Dataset?
How it is useful in a Machine Learning Model? [8]
b) Explain the following terms : [6]
i) Over fitted model
ii) Underfitted model
iii) Good model
c) Define following terms [4]
i) ACCURACY
ii) PRECISION
iii) RECALL
iv) F1SCORE
Q5) a) What do you understand from on policy and off policy algorithm in
reinforcement learning? Explain SARSA algorithm for Reinforcement
learning. [8]
b) Explain with neat diagrame quivalence of biological neuron and artificial
neuron? [6]
c) Compute the output of the following neuron if the activation function is
sigmoid. Assume bias to be 2.1. [4]
OR
Q6) a) What are different activation functions? Explain any one in details. [8]
b) Explain [6]
i) Positive Learning
ii) Negative Learning with respect to Reinforcement learning
c) What are applications of Reinforcement learning in Mechanical
engineering? [4]
[5870]-1026 2
Q7) a) Write short note on use of AIML in material inspection. [8]
b) What are the advantages of using fault detection in Automobile cars.[5]
c) What are the different applications of AIML in health care. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Explain in detail different applications of AIML. [8]
b) Write short note on use of AIML in traffic control. [5]
c) What are the different types of sensors used in Human machine
interactions? [4]

[5870]-1026 3
P736 [5870] - 1027
[Total No. of Pages : 3
T.E. (Mechanical)
COMPUTER AIDED ENGINEERING
4) Assume the suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) An axial load P = 300 kN is applied on a stepped steel bar as shown

Figure 1. A1 = 250 mm2; A2 = 400 mm2; E = 200 GPa. [12]
Formulate:
i) Element stiffness matrix [k1], [k2], [k3].
ii) Global stiffness matrix [K].
Determine using elimination approach:
i) Nodal displacement vectors [u1], [u2], [u3], [u3],
ii) Element Stresses [1], [2]
b) State and explain the principle of minimum potential energy. [6]

OR
Q2) a) For the two-bar truss shown in Figure 2 below. All the elements have
E = 200 GPa and A = 600 mm2. [12]
[5870] - 1027 1
P.T.O.
Formulate:
i) Element stiffness matrix [k1], [k2]
ii) Global stiffness matrix [K]
Determine using elimination approach:
i) Nodal displacement vectors at node 2 [u3].
ii) Element Stresses in element 1 [1].
b) Formulate an expression of temperature effects of bar element. [6]
Q3) a) Explain what is meant by Plane Stress and Plane Strain condition and
how it is used for conversion of 3D problem into 2D problem. [9]
b) What is CST element? Explain in details natural coordinate and shape
function for CST element. [8]
OR
Q4) a) In Post-processing of Computer Aided Engineering (CAE). [10]
i) How to validate and check accuracy of the result in Computer Aided
Engineering.
ii) How to view and interpret results.
b) Write down the special tricks for Post Processing. [7]
Q5) a) What is Non-linear analysis? Write down the comparison of linear and
non-linear finite element analysis. [9]
b) Explain Geometric Nonlinearity and Material Nonlinearity related to non-
linear problems. [8]
OR
[5870] - 1027 2
Q6) a) What is Dynamic analysis? Write down the comparison of static and
dynamic finite element analysis. [9]
b) Explain the following terms in dynamic analysis [8]
i) Time domain
ii) Frequency domain
iii) Simple harmonic motion
iv) Free vibrations
Q7) a) Illustrate the applications of Computer Aided Engineering (CAE) in Noise,

Vibration and Harness with examples. [10]
b) Elaborate the CAE based applications in casting and sheet metal
simulations. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Elaborate the durability analysis used in finite element method. Explain in
detail FEA based fatigue analysis using: [10]
i) Stress - life approach
ii) Strain - life approach
b) Illustrate the applications of Computer Aided Engineering in Computational
Fluid Dynamics in different sectors. [8]

[5870] - 1027 3
[5870]-1028
T.E. (Mechanical)
DESIGN OF TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

1) Answer Four questions from the following.
Q1) a) Explain design and performance variables of hydrodynamic journal

bearing? [5]
b) Derive the Petroff’s equation for hydrodynamic bearing. Also state its
limitation? [6]
c) A single row deep groove ball bearing subjected to 30 second work
cycle that consist Part-I: Radial load 45 kN; Axial Load 12.5 kN; duration
10 second; speed 720 rpm. Take X=l and Y=0 Part II: Radial load 15kN;
Axial Load 6.25 kN; duration 20 second; speed 1440 rpm, take X=0.56
and Y=1.42. Take C0 = 50 kN; C = 68. Find Expected life of the bearing
in hours. [6]
OR
Q2) a) A single row deep groove ball bearing is subjected to Fr=8 kN, Fa=3 kN,
X = 0.56, Y = 1.4 and N = 1200 rpm. Diameter of shaft is 75 mm,
Bearing number 6315 with C=l 12000 N Find : [5]
i) L10 for 90% reliability;
ii) reliability for 1=20000 hrs.
b) Derive the Stribecks equation for basic static capacity of bearings. State
the assumption made. [6]
c) Explain the procedure for selection of the ball bearing from manufacturing
catalogue. [6]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain self-energizing block brake and self-locking block brake. [4]
b) Draw a diagram for pivoted Block brake with long shoe’? Write the equation
for reaction on pivot points and Braking torque. [6]
c) Draw neat sketch diagram of Cone clutch and explain construction and
working. Why is the semi-cone angle of a cone clutch made 12.5°? [7]
OR
Q4) a) What are the two theories applied to friction plates? Why clutches are
usually designed on the basis of uniform wear? [4]
b) Draw neat sketch diagram, explain construction and working of single
plate clutch and multi plate clutch. [6]
c) What is the condition of self-locking in differential band brake? Why
should it be avoided in speed-control brakes? What are the advantages
and disadvantages of band brake? [7]
Q5) a) What is the need of multi-speed gear box in drive system of a machine
tool? [4]
b) Explain the following parameters considered in kinematic design of multi-
speed gear box; [4]
i) Range Ratio
ii) Geometric Progression Ratio
iii) Number of spindle speed steps
iv) Number of stages of gear box
c) A 9 speed gear box is to be connected to a motor running at 720 rpm
through a belt drive. The gear box is to have a minimum speed of 31.5
rpm and a maximum speed of 500 rpm. Using standard spindle speeds.
[10]
i) Draw the structure and speed diagram for the arrangement;
ii) Draw the gear box;
iii) Select suitable standard pulley diameter for connecting the motor
to the gear box shaft. The standard pulley diameters are based on
R20 series with a diameter starting from 80 mm.
OR
[5870]-1028 2
Q6) a) State the law of Harmonic progression used in machine tool gearbox
design. State its advantages and disadvantages. [4]
b) Justify the statement: All the structural formulae of the form z = P1(x1)
P2(x2) ......... Pn(xN) cannot be converted into structural diagrams, and
hence are not feasible. [6]
c) Draw structural diagrams for the following structural formulae and identify
the optimum structural formula out of them. Draw the gearing diagram
for the optimum structural formula. [8]
i) 2(1) 3(2); ii) 2(3) 3(1);
iii) 3(2) 2(1); iv) 3(1) 2(3)
Q7) a) Classify the Hybrid Electric Vehicle? Explain any one in detail from Series
or Parallel Configuration of Hybrid Electric Vehicles. [6]
b) Explain The basic modes of operations used of Hybrid Electric Vehicles?
Define Degree of Hybridization. [6]
c) Explain any six components of Hybrid Electric Vehicles? [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain how the performance analysis carried in Series and parallel Hybrid
Electric Vehicles? [6]
b) What are the advantages and disadvantages of Hybrid Electric Vehicles?
[6]
c) Explain Power Split Device with neat sketch? [6]

[5870]-1028 3
[5870]-1029
T.E. (Mechanical/Automobile)
COMPOSITE MATERIALS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (302052-A) (Elective - II)

1) Answer Q. 1 or Q. 2. Q.3 or Q. 4, Q.5 or Q. 6, Q. 7 or Q. 8.
3) Use of a calculator is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data. if necessary.
Q1) a) Describe the in-situ process of fabrication of a metal matrix composite.

[6]
b) Explain interfaces and wettability of a metal matrix composite. [6]
c) List three kinds of metal matrix composites and write typical
reinforcements used in particle type metal matrix composites. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain with neat sketch the stir-casting process of fabrication of a metal
matrix composite in detail. [6]
b) Describe liquid infiltration process with a neat sketch. [6]
c) Give the names of important metallic matrices used as matrix materials
and the broad categorization of processes for fabricating metal matrix
composites. [6]
Q3) a) Derive an expression for longitudinal and transverse Young’s modulus

and in plane shear modulus of unidirectional composite using mechanics
of material approach. [6]
b) Write a short note on [6]
i) Unidirectional continuous fiber
ii) Discontinuous fiber
iii) Woven reinforcements.
c) Calculate longitudinal and transverse Young’s modulus of the composite
with 30% fibers by volume. Elastic moduli of glass fibers. And epoxy
resin are 70 and 3.5 GPa. respectively. [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Derive an expression for volume and weight fraction of composite. [6]
b) Explain five ultimate strength parameters of unidirectional lamina. [6]
c) Consider a unidirectional reinforced glass fiber/epoxy composite. The fibers
are continuous and 60% by volume. The tensile strength of glass fibers is
1 GPa and the Young’s modulus is 70 GPa. The tensile strength of the
epoxy matrix is 60 MPa and its Young’s modulus is 3 GPa. Compute the
tensile strength of the composite in the longitudinal direction. [5]
Q5) a) Explain double-cantilever beam test method for measurement of fracture

toughness of composite. [6]
b) Describe tensile testing of unidirectional composites according to ASTM
standard. [6]
c) Explain inter-laminar shear strength of composite material in detail. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What is the significance of bond strength and adhesion in composite?
Explain in detail ASTM F904 for comparison of bond strength or ply
adhesion. [6]
b) Describe shear testing of unidirectional composites according to ASTM
standard. [6]
c) What are test standards used in composite materials’? State any six test
standards. [6]
Q7) a) Explain Multimaterial” concept used in automobile industry with example?[6]

b) List and describe the applications of composite for marine applications?[6]
c) Write a short note: Eco-friendly prime mover. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Write down various applications of composite material in the Aerospace
sector and explain use of composite in manufacturing light combat aircraft
(LCA) and Light Combat Helicopter LCH? [6]
b) Justify the use of Composites in sports equipment and discuss any two
applications of composites used for protection of players. [6]
c) Elaborate on the applications of Composite for the Transportation Sector.
[5]

[5870]-1029 2
[5870]-1030
T.E. (Mechanical)
SURFACE ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (302052B)
Q1) a) Compare Carburizing and Nitriding processes. [6]

b) Define Case Depth. List techniques of case depth measurement. Explain
any two techniques with suitable sketches. [6]
c) Explain Induction Hardening with neat and labeled diagram. State
limitations and at least two applications of Induction Hardening. [6]
OR
Q2) a) State Ficks law of diffusion. List two applications of Ficks law of
diffusion. [6]
b) Comment with clarification on suitability of Plain Carbon Steels and
Alloy Steels for Nitriding process. [6]
c) Describe laser hardening process. List advantages and applications. [6]
Q3) a) Describe electro less coating? State advantages, limitations and

applications of electro less coatings. [6]
b) What is the necessity of Ion Implantation? State advantages and
limitations. [6]
c) Write in brief principle of Sol gel coating technology. List applications
of Sol gel coating technology. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Discuss conversion coatings for corrosion resistance with at least two
examples. [6]
b) Describe method of dielectric coatings of Si-C alloy films. [6]
c) Write short note on laser alloying. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) List techniques for applying PVD coatings. Describe any two techniques
of applying physical vapour deposition techniques. [6]
b) Explain steps of Hot dipping operations? [6]
c) What is the purpose of Hardfacing? Explain thermal spray technique of
Hardfacing with neat diagram and suitable example. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Categories clad metal systems. Write short note on any two clad metal
systems. [6]
b) Write at least two examples of Metal Coating, Inorganic coating and
Organic coating each. [6]
c) Describe with neat diagram application of inorganic coatings by spraying.
[6]
Q7) a) Describe with neat diagram microscopy for surface imaging by force.
[6]
b) Discuss various methods of surface roughness measurement. [6]
c) Describe any one method of residual stress measurement. [5]
OR
Q8) a) List coatings defects. Describe any three along with corrective measures.
[6]
b) List methods of coating thickness measurement. Write steps of coating
thickness measurement by any one method. [6]
c) Compare scanning probe microscopy and atomic force microscopy. [5]

[5870]-1030 2
[5870]-1035
T.E. (Mechanical SW)
FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER - AIDED
ENGINEERING

5) Use of a non-programmable scientific calculator allowed.
Q1) a) A cluster of five springs is shown in the below figure. One end of the
assembly is fixed while a force of 1 kN is applied at the other end. Using
the finite element method, determine the deflection of each spring. [12]
b) Explain temperature effect in 1D elements and write the equation for

thermal stress. [5]
OR
Q2) a) The arrangement of a two bar truss is shown in the below figure. The
modulus of elasticity for material is 70 × 103 N/mm2 and the cross section
area of each element is 200 mm2. Using the finite element method,
determine: [12]
i) Nodal displacements
ii) Stress in each element
iii) Reaction force at the support.
P.T.O.
b) The CST element is defined by three nodes located at (1,1), (6,3) and
(4,5). For a point P located inside the element, the shape functions N1
and N2 are 0.2 and 0.3 respectively. Determine X and Y coordinates of
point P. [5]
Q3) a) Develop a part program using G and M code to turn mild steel job of size
φ 80 × 120 mm length, as shown in below figure. Assume suitable cutting
parameters and various canned cycles to turn the final shape from the raw
material of size φ90 × 130 mm. [12]
b) Explain DNC machine tools with block diagram. [5]

OR
Q4) a) Write a NC part using G and M code to cut a slot for the component
shown in the below figure by using an end mill of 10mm. Assume suitable
data for machining parameters. [12]
b) Compare absolute and incremental method of CNC programming. [5]
[5870]-1035 2
Q5) a) Define robots and explain the basic architecture of industrial robots. [9]
b) Define Automation and explain different types of Automation. [9]
OR
Q6) a) List various types of flexible manufacturing systems. Explain types of
FMS based on the type of layout in detail. [9]
b) Explain different generations of robots and state the advantages and
limitations of robots in industry. [9]
Q7) a) How the CAE results are validated and checked for accuracy? Explain in
brief. [7]
b) Describe the three dimensions of fluid dynamics. [7]
c) Explain the Stress life (S-N) approach for durability analysis. [4]
OR
Q8) a) What are the common mistakes made by CAE Engineers? [7]
b) Explain the implicit integration scheme for crash analysis. [7]
c) Write a short note on CAE Reports. [4]

[5870]-1035 3
[5870]-1036
T.E. (Automobile)
NUMERICAL & OPTIMIZATION METHODS

Q1) a) Use Taylor’s series method solve equation dy/dx = x2 + y2. Given initial
conditions are x = 0, y = 1 estimate y(0.5) take h = 0.25. [6]
b) An object having surface area of 0.1m2 is initially at 0ºC is dipped in hot
water bath. Water is at 95ºC. Find the temperature of object after 10 sec.,
taking dt = 2 sec. Take mass of the object 1.2 kg. Cp = 450 J/Kg K, Heat
transfer co-efficient = 1200 W/m2 K. dT/dt = H.A(T-Tf/-m.Cp). [6]
c) Using ‘Runge-Kutta method of order 4’, find y for x = 0.1, 0.2, 0.3.
Given that dy/dx = xy + y2, y(0) = 1. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Solve for ∂u/∂t =∂2u/∂x2 the following explicit finite scheme, given by,
[10]
i) u = sin(πx) for t = 0 where 0 < x < 1,
ii) u = 0 for x = 0 and x = 1 for t = 0 to 0.06, and
iii) Increment in t is k = 0.02 and in x is h = 0.2 Calculate values of u
for t = 0 to 0.06 at x = 0 to 1.
b) A steel plate of 750 × 750 mm has its two adjacent sides maintained at
100°C. While the two other sides are maintained at 0°C. What will be the
steady state temperatue at interior assuming a grid size of 250 mm. [8]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Find the integration x3 + x – 1 with limits 1 to 4 using Gauss 2 point
formula. [5]
b) A body is in the form of solid of revolution. The diameter D in cms of its
sections at distance x cm from one end is given below. Estimate volume
of the solid by Simpson’s 3/8th rule. [7]
x 0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0
D 5 5.5 6.0 6.75 6.25 5.5 4.0
c) A curve is drawn to pass through the points given by the following table:
[5]
x 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
y 2 2.2 2.7 2.8 3 2.6
Find the area under the curve using Trapezoidal rule.
OR
Q4) a) Find double integral of f(x, y) = x2 y2 dx dy for x = 0 to 1 and y = 0 to 1
taking step length in x and y as 0.25 using Trapezoidal rule. [7]
b) Find double integral of f(x, y) = x2 + y2 + 5 for x = 0 to 2 and y = 0 to 2 taking
increment in both x and y as 0.5. Applying Simpson’s 1/3rd rule. [10]
Q5) a) Explain classification of optimization problem. [5]

b) Determine the maximum value of root of Equation f(x) = 0.51x – sinx by
Newton’s method. Take initial guess as 2. Do 4 iterations. [7]
c) Explain Golden-section search method. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Maximize Z = 6x1 + 4x2 [10]
Subjected to condition,
2x1 + 3x2 < 100
4x1 + 2x2 < 120
x1, x2 > 0
Use simplex method to calculate x1, x2 and maximize profit Z.
b) What is optimization and explain Engineering applications of
optimizations. [7]
[5870]-1036 2
Q7) a) Write short note on Simulated annealing. [9]
b) Write short note on Particle swarm optimization. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain in detail: Ant colony optimization. [9]
b) Explain modern method of optimization : Genetic algorithm. [9]

[5870]-1036 3
[5870]-1037
T.E. (Automobile Engineering)
HEAT TRANSFER
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
5) Use of logarithmic tables, sliderule, electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Explain the following non dimensional Numbers [8]

i) Nu ii) Pr
iii) Re iv) Pe
b) When 0.6 kg of water per minute is passed through a tube of 2cm diameter,
it is found to be heated from 20°C to 60°c. The heating is achieved by
condensing steam on the surface of the tube and subsequently the surface
temperature of the tube is maintained at 90°C. Determine the length of
the tube required for fully developed flow.(Use Data book for correlation).
[9]
OR
Q2) Write short notes on :
a) Thermal & Hydrodynamic Boundary Layer [6]
b) Temperature response [6]
c) Bulk mean temperature and mean film temperature. [5]
Q3) a) Explain the following with diagram :Film wise and drop wise condensation
in detail with diagrams. [8]
b) A vertical pipe 80 mm diameter and 2 m height is maintained at a constant
temperature of 120°C. the pipe is surrounded by still atmospheric air at
30°C. Find heat loss by natural convection.
Use correlation Nu = 0.10 (GrPr)0.333 [10]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Plot and explain Boiling curve for saturated water at atmospheric pressure
[8]
b) A horizontal cylinder of 0.4 m dia. at a surface temperature of 40°C is
placed in air at 80°C. Compare the heat gain by the cylindrical surface
with that of a [10]
  0.4 m
vertical plate of height under the same conditions.
2
Use correlation for Cylinder Nu = 0.53 (Gr Pr)1/4
And for plate Nu = 0.59 (Gr Pr)1/4
Q5) a) Explain the concept of overall Heat transfer coefficient used for heat
exchange. [4]
How fouling factor affects the performance of heat exchanger. Explain
with illustration. [4]
b) A counter flow heat exchanger is employed to cool 0.55 kg/s (Cp = 2.45
kj/kg°C) of oil from 115°C to 40°C by the use of water. The inlet and
outlet temperature of cooling water are 15°C and 75°C respectively. The
overall heat transfer coefficient is expected to be 1450 W/m2°C. [9]
Using NTU method, calculate the following :
i) The mass flow rate of water.
ii) The effectiveness of heat exchanger.
iii) The surface area required
OR
Q6) a) Explain the concept of LMTD and derive the expression for counter
flow heat exchanger. [8]
b) In a counter flow double pipe heat exchanger, water is heated from 25°C
to 65°C by oil with specific heat of 1.45 kJ/kg K and mass flow rate of
0.9 kg/s. The oil is cooled from 230°C to 160°C. If overall Heat transfer
coefficient is 420 Wm2 °C.
Calculate following : [9]
a) The rate of heat transfer
b) Tha mass flow rate of water, and
c) The surface area of heat exchanger
[5870]-1037 2
Q7) a) The flat floor of a hemispherical furnace is at 800 K and has emissivity
of 0.5. The corresponding values for the hemispherical roof are 1200K
and 0.25. Determine the net heat transfer from roof to floor. Take
 = 5.67×10– 8. [9]
b) Define : [3×3]
i) Monochromatic emissive power and total emissive power.
ii) What is shape factor obtain the expression for it.
iii) Explain what do you mean by absorptivity. reflectivity and
Transmissivity
OR
Q8) a) Two large parallel planes with emissivities of 0.3 and 0.5 are maintained
at temperatures of 527°C and 127°C respectively. A radiation shield having
emissivities of 0.05 on both sides is palaced between them.
Calculate. [9]
i) Heat transfer rate between them without shield.
ii) Heat transfer rate between them with shield
b) Explain the following : [3×3]
i) Weins Displacement law
ii) Kirchhoff's law
iii) Radiation resistances

[5870]-1037 3
P738 [5870] - 1038

DESIGN OF MACHINE COMPONENTS
1) Answer Four questions from the following.
Q1) a) Explain the different forms of threads. [8]

b) The lead screw of a lathe has single start ISO trapezoidal threads of 30
mm diameter and 6 mm pitch. It drives a tool carriage and exerts an axial
load of 1.5 KN on a collar of 30 mm inside diameter and 50 mm outside
diameter. If the lead screw rotates 40 rpm, find the power required to
drive the screw and efficiency. Take the coefficient of friction for power
screw as 0.14 and for collar as 0.09. [10]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the types of fastenings. [6]
b) A double riveted lap joint is made between 15 mm thick plates. If the
ultimate stresses are 400 MPa in tension, 620 MPa in crushing and 330
MPa in shear. Take the factor of safety 4. Design the joint. [12]
Q3) a) A steel connecting rod is subjected to a reversed axial loading 180 KN.
Determine the required diameter of rod using factor of safety 2. Take
ultimate stress = 363 MPa, yield shear stress = 216 MPa, yield stress =
470 MPa, fatigue stress concentration factor = 1, correction factor =
0.7, surface finish factor = 1, size factor = 0.89. [10]
b) The brasses of an automobile engine connecting rod have worn so as to
allow play which gives shock loading equivalent to a weight 6000 N
falling through a height 0.2 mm. The connecting rod is 250 mm long and
has a cross-sectional area 300 mm2. Determine the maximum stress
induced in connecting rod, resilience in tension or compression.
Take E = 200000 MPa. [7]
OR
[5870] - 1038 1
P.T.O.
Q4) a) A hot rolled steel rod is subjected to torsional load varying from -110
N-m to 440N-m and axial load varying from 4500N to 13500N. Assume
factor of safety as 8. Take ultimate stress = 550 MPa, yield shear stress
= 235 MPa, yield stress = 470MPa, fatigue stress concentration factor
= 1, load factor = 0.7 for axial and 1 for torsion, surface finish factor
= 0.89, size factor = 1. Calculate the diameter of rod. [10]
b) Write a short note on Modified Goodman diagram. [7]
Q5) a) Explain the classification of gears. [6]

b) Design a pair of helical gears are to transmit 15 KW at 10,000rpm of the
pinion with PCD 80mm. The transmission ratio is 3:1. Assume  = 20°
FDI, =45°. d=193.2 MPa, BHN = 250 for pinion and gear. Check only
tangential tooth load. Y = (0.154–0.912/Ze), Cv = 5.55/5.55+V0.5. [12]
OR
Q6) a) Design spur gear set to transmit 20 KW at 900rpm of pinion. The
transmission ratio is 3. Take 20° FDI, Z1 = 18, d = 193.2 MPa,
BHN = 250 for pinion and d = 47.1 MPa, BHN = 200 for gear. Check
only tangential tooth load. Form factor Y = (0.154-0.912/Z), CV=3.05/
3.05+V [12]
b) Derive Lewis equation for beam strength. [6]
Q7) a) Compare involute and cycloidal teeth profile. [5]

b) Two shafts are right angles to each other are connected by 20° full depth
involute teeth bevel gears. The velocity ratio is 3:1. The pinion transmits
37.5 KW at 750 rpm. Assume number of teeth on pinion is 20. Design
the gear set. Take d=233.4 MPa, BHN=200 for pinion and d=172.6
MPa, BHN=150 for gear. Form factor Y =  (0.154-0.912/Ze),
CV=6.1/6.1+V [12]
OR
Q8) a) What are the advantages and disadvantages of worm gear drive? [5]
b) A worm gear drive is to connect two shafts to transmit 10 KW. The
transmission ratio is 20:1 and worm shaft rotates at 1440 rpm. Design
the gear set. Assume single start square thread. Take d=207 MPa, for
worm and d = 82.4 MPa, for worm wheel. Form factor Y = (0.154-
0.912/Z) [12]

[5870] - 1038 2
[5870]-1039
T.E. (Automobile)
AUTOMOBILE ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS
Q1) a) What are the different types of battery tests? Explain any one in brief.[6]
b) What is use of current regulator? Explain any one type of current regulator.
[6]
c) Discuss the selection of cranking motor with the help of performance
curve. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain principle and construction of lead acid battery and also state the
reaction for charging and discharging. [8]
b) Explain working of Fuel gauge. [10]
Q3) a) Enlist the different types of battery tests. [5]

b) What is use of Voltage regulator? [5]
c) Explain working of Oil pressure gauge. [7]
OR
Q4) a) What are the different types of sensors? Explain any one. [5]
b) Explain with neat sketch Solenoid Actuators. [5]
c) Write short note on cold and warm start system. [7]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are the different types of actuators? Explain any one. [5]
b) Explain with neat sketch MAP Sensor. [5]
c) Write down the difference between Group and sequential injection system.
[7]
OR
Q6) a) Explain CRDI system with neat sketch. [5]
b) Explain Collision avoidance system with layout. [5]
c) Write short note on Smart Parking Assist System (SPAS). [7]
Q7) a) Explain Radar warning system. [6]

b) What is Driver State monitoring? Explain in brief. [6]
c) Explain MPFI system with neat sketch. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain ABS System with layout. [6]

b) Explain Global Positioning System (GPS). [6]
c) What is Adaptive Cruise Control? Explain in brief. [6]

[5870]-1039 2

[5870]-1042
T.E. (Automobile)
AUTOMOTIVE REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

5) Use of steam table and psychrometric chart is allowed.
Q1) a) Explain Human Comfort. [6]

b) Explain Effective temperature. [6]
c) Explain air distribution modes (any three). [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain temperature control systems. [6]
b) Explain Cool-down Performance of A/c system of vehicle. [6]
c) Explain AC ducts in brief. [6]
Q3) a) Define following Psychrometric properties. [8]

i) DBT
ii) DPT
iii) Specific humidity
iv) Relative humidity
b) A sample of moist air has a DBT of 43°C and WBT of 29°C. Determine
the following without using psychrometric chart. [9]
i) Partial pressure of water vapour
ii) Sp. humidity
iii) Relative humidity
iv) DPT
v) Sp. Enthalpy of moist air
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Explain in detail bypass factor of cooling coil. [7]
b) Moist air at 32°C DBT and 50% RH enters a cooling coil at 10000
cubic meter per hour. It is desired that the air leaving the coil has a DBT
of 20°C and WBT of 18°C. Determine following: [10]
i) ADP of cooling coil
ii) BPF of coil
iii) SHF of coil
iv) Total heat removed
v) Mass of water vapour removed
Q5) The following data refer to summer air conditioning of a building: [18]
Outside design condition:- 43°C DBT, 27°C WBT
Inside design condition:- 25°C DBT, 50% RH
Room sensible heat gain : 84000 kJ/hr
Room latent heat gain : 21000 kJ/hr
By-pass factor of cooling coil used = 0.2
The return air from the room is mixed with the outside air before entry to
cooling coil in the ratio of 4:1 by mass. Determine :
a) ADP of cooling coil
b) Supply air temperature
c) Fresh air mass flow rate
d) Refrigeration load on cooling coil
OR
Q6) An AC system is to be designed for a restaurant with following data; [18]
Outside design condition :- 40°C DBT, 28°C WBT
Inside design condition:- 25°C DBT , 50% RH
Solar heat gain through walls, roofs ,floor = 5.87 kW
Solar heat gain through glass = 5.52 kW, No. of occupants = 25
SH gain per person = 58 W, LH gain per person = 60W
Internal lighting load = 15 lamps of 100W and fluorescent tubes of 80W.
SH gain from other sources = 11.60 kW.
[5870]-1042 2
SH gain from infiltration = 4.6 kW, LH gain from infiltration = 6.97 kW
If 25% fresh air and 75% recirculated air is mixed and passed through cooling
coil, By assuming BPF of cooling coil as 0.2, Find following;
a) Dew point temperature of cooling coil
b) Condition of supply air to room
c) Amount of total air required in cubic meter per hour
d) Capacity of plant
Q7) a) Explain Refrigerant retrofitting. [6]

b) Explain Leak detection methods in AC. [6]
c) Explain refrigerant charging. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Automotive AC systm flushing. [6]
b) Explain Odour rmoval in AC. [6]
c) Explain initial vehicle inspection. [5]

[5870]-1042 3
[5870]-1043
AUTOMOTIVE CHASSIS ADN TRANSMISSION
1) Answer four questions from the following.
3) Draw the neat sketches wherever required.
Q1) a) List out the major components of Tyre construction & Explain in detail
each component. [10]
b) Explain in detail Tyre performance parameters. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in detail Hydraulic Brake system component & write importance
of air bleeding. [10]
b) Differentiate between radial & bias ply tyre. [8]
Q3) a) Write the requirements of clutch & explain the Diaphragm spring clutch. [10]
b) Explain in detail Centrifugal clutch. [7]
OR
Q4) a) Draw & explain about the synchromesh gear box. [10]
b) Explain the performance characteristics of typical gear box. [7]
Q5) a) Write the need of differential & Explain about locking of Differential.[10]
b) List out the types of Axle & Explain Semi-Floating axle. [8]
OR
[5870]-1043 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Draw & explain real axle with types of load acting on rear axle. [10]
b) Explain Hotchkiss Drive with neat sketch. [8]
Q7) a) Explain in detail about Automatic Transmission. [10]
b) Discuss the construction and working of fluid flywheel. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Continuous Variable Transmission with advantages &

disadvantages. [10]
b) Explain the construction and working of Torque convertor. [7]

[5870]-1043 2

[5870]-1044
DESIGN OF ENGINE COMPONENTS

4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Explain Procedure for Design of lubricating system. [10]
b) Explain the function of valve mechanism in Engine. [7]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the design procedure of rocker arm of valve mechanism. [7]
b) Explain the design Procedure for Poppet valves with neat diagram.[10]
Q3) a) Explain with the turnig moment diagram of multi-cylinder engine, the
Coefficient of Fluctuation of Energy of flywheel. [7]
b) A single cylinder dobuble acting steam engine develops 150 kW at a

mean speed of 80 r.p.m. The coefficient of fluctuation of energy is 0.1
and the fluctuation of speed is ± 2% of mean speed. If the mean diameter
of the flywheel rim is 2 metres and the hub and spokes provide 5 percent
of the rotational inertia of the wheel, find the mass of the flywheel and
cross-sectional area of the rim. Assume the density of the flywheel material
(which is cast iron) as 7200 kg/m3. [10]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Discuss the various types of stresses induced in a rim of rimmed flywheel.
[7]
b) The intercepted areas between the output torque curve and the mean
resistance line of a turning moment diagram for a multicylinder engine,
taken in order from one end are as follows: –35, + 410, – 285, + 325,
– 335,+ 260, – 365, + 285, – 260 mm2. The diagram has been drawn to
a scale of 1 mm = 70N-m and 1 mm = 4.5°. The engine speed is 900
r.p.m. and the fluctuation in speed is not to exceed 2% of the mean
speed. Find the mass and cross-section of the flywheel rim having 650
mm mean diameter. The density of the material of the flywheel may be
taken as 7200 kg/m3. The rim is rectangular with the width 2 times the
thickness. Neglect effect of arms, etc. [10]
Q5) a) Explain the procedure for selection of roller bearing from manufacturer's
catalogue. [7]
b) A single-row deep groove ball bearing is subjected to a pure radial force of 3
kN from a shaft that rotates at 600 rpm. The expected life L10h of the bearing is
35000 h. The minimum acceptable diameter of the shaft is 45 mm. Select a
suitable ball bearing for this application.Dimensions and static and dynamic
load capacities of single-row deep groove ball bearings are as below. [7]
Principal Basic load
dimensions (mm) ratings(N) Designation
d D B C C0
40 52 7 4160 3350 61808
68 9 13300 7800 16008
68 15 16800 9300 6008
80 18 30700 16600 6208
90 23 41000 22400 6308
110 27 63700 36500 6408
45 58 7 6050 3800 61809
75 10 15600 9300 16009
75 16 21200 12200 6009
85 19 33200 18600 6209
100 25 52700 30000 6309
120 29 76100 45500 6409
c) Enlist the elements of roller contact bearing. [4]
OR
[5870]-1044 2
Q6) a) Enlist the selection of parameters for bearing design. Explain in detail
any one parameter. [6]
b) The following data is given for a 360° hydrodynamic bearing : [12]
radial load = 10 KN
journal speed = 1440 rpm
unit bearing pressure = 1000 kPa
clearance ratio (r/c) = 800
viscosity of lubricant = 30 milli Pa s
Assuming that the total heat generated in the bearing is carried by the
total oil flow in the bearing, calculate :
i) dimensions of bearing ii) coefficient of friction
iii) Power lost in friction iv) total flow of oil
v) side leakage; and vi) Temperature rise
æ l ö÷ æ h0 ö÷ æ r ö÷ æ Q ö÷ æ Qs ö÷ æ p ö÷
çç ÷ çç ÷ çç ÷ f çç ÷ çç ÷ çç ÷÷
çè d ÷ø  çè c ÷ø S  çè c ÷ø çè rcn l ÷÷ø çè Q ø÷ çè p ÷
s max . ø
 0 1.0  (70.92)   0 -
0.1 0.9 0.240 69.10 4.80 3.03 0 0.826
0.2 0.8 0.123 67.26 2.57 2.83 0 0.814
0.4 0.6 0.0626 61.94 1.52 2.26 0 0.764
0.6 0.4 0.0389 54.31 1.20 1.56 0 0.667
0.8 0.2 0.021 42.22 0.961 0.760 0 0.495
0.9 0.1 0.0115 31.62 0.756 0.411 0 0.358
0.97 0.03 - - - - 0 -
1.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 0 1.0  (85)   0 -
0.1 0.9 1.33 79.5 26.4 3.37 0.150 0.540
0.2 0.8 0.631 74.02 12.8 3.59 0.280 0.529
0.4 0.6 0.264 63.10 5.79 3.99 0.497 0.484
0.6 0.4 0.121 50.58 3.22 4.33 0.680 0.415
0.8 0.2 0.0446 36.24 1.70 4.62 0.842 0.313
0.9 0.1 0.0188 26.45 1.05 4.74 0.919 0.247
0.97 0.03 0.00474 15.47 0.514 4.82 0.973 0.152
1.0 0 0 0 0 0 1.0 0
[5870]-1044 3
Q7) a) Explain different types of IC Engines with applications. [8]
b) State and explain in detail the different types of cylinder arrangements.
What are their relative advantages and disadvantages as per the design
considerations? [10]
OR
Q8) Write Short Note : [18]
a) Cylinder power balance.
b) Distributor dwell angle.
c) Mechanical fuel pump testing.

[5870]-1044 4
[5870]-1045
T.E. (Automobile)
AUTOMOTIVE AERODYNAMICS AND BODY
ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (316488A)

Q1) a) What is meant by Lift and pitching? [6]

b) What is meant by Aerodynamic Stability? [6]
c) What is the design Factors to remove water and dirt accumulation on
body? [6]
OR
Q2) a) Draw a Neat Sketch of a car showing air flow pattern on it. [8]
b) Explain Full scale Open type Wind Tunnel with neat sketch. [10]
Q3) a) What is meant by Blind Spot? Give two Examples. [5]

b) Explain the term “Pressure Drag” on vehicle. [5]
c) What are the methods of improving space in cars? Discuss. [7]
OR
Q4) a) What is meant by Wind - Rush Noise? [5]
b) Differentiate between conventional and integral type construction of bus
body. [5]
c) Explain different types of Bus Body Layouts with sketch. [7]
Q5) a) Explain dimensions of driver seat in relation to control. [5]

b) What is Importance of Downword Visibility? [5]
c) What is the Commercial type construction of bus body? [7]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain types of Light construction vehicle body. [5]
b) Explain driver cabin design. [5]
c) Explain the design of chassis frame. [7]
Q7) a) Explain Ergonomics and aesthetics. [6]

b) Explain symmetric & asymmetric vertical loads in cars. [6]
c) Explain longitudinal load and load distribution on vehicle structure. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Types of seat used in automobiles. [6]
b) Explain Types of safety belts. [6]
c) Write a short on Importance of Bumper in automobile. [6]

[5870]-1045 2
[5870]-1046
T.E. (Automobile)
AUTOMOTIVE MATERIALS
(2019 Pattern) (Elective - II) (Semester - II) (316488-B)

Q1) a) What is composite? Explain the various types of composites used in

making the car bodies, bonnet and Alloy wheels. [9]
b) Explain Injection moulding process with neat sketch. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the processing of polymer matrix composites in detail. [9]
b) Write short notes on: [9]
i) Hand lay-up process.
ii) Spray lay-up process.
iii) Reinforcement of fibres in composites.
Q3) a) Explain the importance of Nano-particle in paint technology. [7]

b) What is automotive paint? Explain the basic types of automotive paint
and its recent trends in automotive industry. [10]
OR
Q4) a) What is tempering of glass? Explain the various approaches used to
improve toughness and shatter resistance. [9]
b) What are the components of a paint. Write a typical formulations. [8]
Q5) a) Explain the working of fuel injector with neat sketch. [9]
b) Write short notes on: [8]
i) Fuel Injector materials
ii) Magneto-Rheological suspension system.
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) Explain the Powder metallurgy process for making disc brake pads. [8]
b) Explain the various Automotive smart materials used in the automobile
industry. [9]
Q7) a) Explain the classification of various types of materials used in making

the different systems in automobiles. [8]
b) Explain the importance of Ashby charts in automotive industry with neat
sketch. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the case study of Ferrari for material development process. [9]
b) Explain the steps involve in material selection process in automotive
industry. [9]

[5870]-1046 2
[5870]-1047
T.E. (Electrical)
INDUSTRIAL AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
Q1) a) What do you understand by patent? Describe patent’s format and

structure. [8]
b) What is human resource planning? Explain importance of H.R. planning

for efficient working of the organization. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Describe the criteria for the grant of a patent in India. [8]
b) Explain the role of HR in the training and development process. [9]
Q3) a) Explain poka-yoke in detail. How does it help in mistake proofing? [10]
b) What are quality standards? Explain its importance in maintaining quality.

[8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain six sigma in detail. Discuss it’s limitations. [10]
b) Explain different quality management system standards. [8]
[5870]-1047 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain with example the different types of markets and their
characteristics. [8]
b) What is product development? Explain different phases of product life
cycle. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What is financial management? Explain the need and scope. [8]
b) Elaborate on causes and significance of depreciation. Explain one method
of calculation of Depreciation. [9]
Q7) a) Write a short note on: [10]

i) Herzberg’s two factor theory
ii) McClelland’s three needs theory
b) Explain Decision making under certainty, uncertainty and risk [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the following: [10]
i) McGregor’s theory X and theory Y.
ii) Types of leadership
b) Explain the group dynamics on the basis of types and interactions of
groups, stages of group dynamics. [8]

[5870]-1047 2
[5870]-1048
T.E. (Electrical)
POWER ELECTRONICS

Q1) a) Explain working of single phase semi controlled bridge converter

connected to R Load with neat circuit diagram and waveforms. [6]
b) Derive the equation for average and rms output voltage of single phase
fully controlled converter connected to RL. Load. [6]
c) The semi controlled converter with RL Load is connected to a 120 V, 60
Hz supply. The load current IL is assumed to be continuous and ripple
free. If delay angle is 90 degrees, calculate average output voltage, rms
voltage, DF and PF. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain working of single phase fully controlled bridge converter
connected to R Load with neat circuit diagram and waveforms. [6]
b) Derive the equation for average and rms output voltage of single phase
semi controlled converter connected to RL Load. [6]
c) A single phase fully controlled bridge converter is connected to R Load
of 10Ω. The input voltage to the bridge is 230 V. Calculate. [6]
i) Average and RMS load voltage
ii) Average and RMS load voltage
Firing angle is 60 degrees.
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain working of single phase AC Voltage regulator with R Load. Draw
output voltage waveforms. [5]
b) A three phase full converter operating from 3 phase 415 V, 50 Hz supply

with Resistive load. Determine average output voltage for α = 30 degrees
& α = 90 degrees. [5]
c) Explain working of Three phase fully controlled converter connected to

R Load with neat circuit diagram and waveforms. Consider firing angle
α = 60 degrees. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain working of two stage AC Voltage regulator with RL Load. Draw
output voltage waveforms. [5]
b) Compare Three phase Semi converter and Three phase fully controlled
converters based on Number of SCRs, Quadrant of Operation, Modes
of Operation, Energy feedback, Average load voltage for RL Load. [5]
c) Explain working of Three phase semi controlled converter connected to

R Load with neat circuit diagram and waveforms. Consider firing angle
α = 30 degrees. [8]
Q5) a) Explain working of single phase full bridge voltage source Inverter
connected to RL load with neat circuit diagram. Draw output voltage
and current waveforms. [7]
b) What is need of controlling output voltage in an inverter? Explain any

one method in detail. [5]
c) Compare current source inverter and voltage source Inverter. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Explain working of single phase full bridge voltage source inverter
connected to R load with neat circuit diagram. Draw output voltage and
current waveforms. [7]
b) Explain working of single phase current source inverter with neat circuit
diagram. Draw output voltage and current waveforms. [5]
c) What is need of UPS? Explain working of UPS with neat circuit diagram.
[5]
[5870]-1048 2
Q7) a) What are different harmonic elimination techniques in inverter? Explain
any one method. [5]
b) What is necessity of using Multilevel Inverters? Draw circuit diagram of
H bridge multilevel Inverter. [5]
c) Explain working of three phase inverter with 180 degree conduction mode
with neat diagram and switching sequence of switches. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Compare multi-pulse and multilevel inverters. [5]
b) Draw circuit diagram of three level flying capacitor converter and explain
its principal of operation. [5]
c) Explain working of three phase inverter with 120 degree conduction mode
with neat diagram and switching sequence of switches. [7]

[5870]-1048 3
P746 [5870] - 1049
T.E. (Electrical Engineering)

ELECTRICAL MACHINES - II
(Semester - I) (2019 Pattern) (303143)

1) Answer Q. 1 or Q. 2, Q. 3 or Q. 4, Q. 5 or Q. 6, Q. 7 or Q. 8.
5) Use Electronic pocket calculater is allowed.
Q1) a) Explain following methods of starting 3 phase synchronous motor.

i) Use of Damper winding
ii) Use of Pony motor [8]
b) The input to 11kV, 3 phase star connected synchronous motor is 50A.
The effective resistance and synchronous reactance per phase are 1
and 30 respectively. Calculate
i) the power supplied to the motor at 0.8 p.f lagging
ii) induced emf for a power factor of 0.8 leeding
iii) the induced emf for a power factor of 0.8 lagging. [10]
OR
Q2) a) Describe the phenomenon of hunting in synchronous motor. Explain
how it can be reduced? [8]
b) With neat phasor diagrams, explain the operation of synchronous motor
at constant local & variable excitation. [10]
Q3) a) Draw the torque-speed characteristics of 3 phase induction motor showing

clearly the motoring and generating region. Hence explain the operation
of 3 phase Induction motor as induction generator. State applications of
Induction generator. [8]
b) State different methods of controlling speed of 3 phase induction motor
with neat diagram explain cascade connection method. [9]
OR
[5870] - 1049 1 P.T.O.

Q4) a) With neat diagram, explain construction and working of permanent magnet
stepper motor. [8]
b) With neat diagram, explain construction and working of permanent magnet
D.C. motor. State its applications. [9]
Q5) a) Explain operation of D.C. series motor on A.C. supply. Hence explain
the problems associated with a.c. operation. [10]
b) Compare compensated a.c. series motor with uncompensated A.C. series
motor. [7]
OR
Q6) a) A universal motor has resistance of 20 and inductance of 0.4H. When
connected to 220V D.C. supply, it takes 1.0 Amp and runs at 2000rpm.
Determine the speed, torque and power factor when connected to 220V
a.c. supply at 50Hz and taking same current of 1.0Amp. [10]
b) Discuss the different modifications necessary in design and construction
of D.C. series motor so that it can work satisfactorily on A.C. supply as
a universal motor. [7]
Q7) a) State the applications of Capacitor start Induction motor. [4]

b) Draw constructional diagram of capacitor start induction motor. Explain
its working. Draw its torque-speed characteristics. [6]
c) With neat diagram explain double revolving field theory. Hence draw
torque - speed characteristics of single phase induction motor. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Draw the equivalent circuit diagram of single phase induction motor and
explain how to find total impedance & current. [8]
b) Draw the circuit diagram to conduct no load and blocked roter test on
capacitor start 1 phase induction motor. Write down the procedure for
the same. [10]

[5870] - 1049 2
[5870]-1050
T.E. (Electrical)
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION, DESIGN AND CONDITION
BASED MAINTENANCE
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6. Q7 or Q8.
Q1) a) Which are the causes of failure of on line Tap Changer. [4]
b) Explain following Terms: [6]
i) Polarization Index
ii) Dielectric absorption ratio
c) Explain Motor Current Signature Analysis. [8]
OR
Q2) a) What is maintenance? State its importance and its advantages. [4]
b) Explain following Terms: [6]
i) Role of thermography in electric field
ii) State the basic causes of insulation degradation
c) Explain Dissolved Gas Analysis. [8]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Write short notes on Price catalogue. [3]
b) What are the essentials of estimating and costing? [6]
c) State the general factors to be considered in estimation of LT lines. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Write short notes on Guidelines for inviting tenders. [3]
b) Write short notes on the following: [6]
i) Schedule of rates
ii) Labour rates
c) What are the qualities of good estimator? [8]
Q5) a) Write down all rules for residential wiring work [4]
b) Write short notes on the following: [6]
i) Current carrying capacity
ii) Voltage drop
c) Explain the procedure of installation of underground LT service line. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Write short note on Minimum permissible size of the conductor. [4]
b) How to determine size of conductor for lines. [6]
c) Explain various residential wiring methods. [8]
Q7) a) Explain about Danger arising due to failure of insulation of the equipment.
[3]
b) Write short note on: [6]
i) Contents of first aid box
ii) Precautions to be taken to avoid accidents.
c) List out various objectives of electrical safety. [8]
[5870]-1050 2
OR
Q8) a) Explain different methods of artificial respiration. [3]
i) PAT Tester
ii) Procedures for first aid
c) Classify hazardous areas and how they can be prevented. [8]

[5870]-1050 3
[5870]-1051
T.E. (Electrical)
ADVANCED MICROCONTROLLER AND EMBEDDED
SYSTEM
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (303145A)
Q1) a) Draw CCP1CON and list the steps involved in programming PIC18F458
microcontroller in capture mode. [9]
b) Find PR2 value for the following PWM frequencies. Assume XTAL =
10MHz and prescalar = 1 a) 10kHz b) 25kHz. [8]
OR
Q2) a) How DC motor speed control is achieved using PWM mode of CCP
module of PIC18F458. [9]
b) Use PWM mode of CCP module, write a program in C for PIC18F458

to create a 2.5 MHz PWM waveform with 75% duty cycle on CCP1 pin.
Assume XTAL = 10MHz. [8]
Q3) a) Write a note on enabling and disabling interrupts and steps to enable
interrupts in PIC 18. [9]
P.T.O.
b) Write a C Program for PIC18 toggle the LED connected to pin7 of the
PORT B every time INT1 is activated by a pulse generator connected at
INT1(RB1). The program will toggle the LED on falling edge of the pulse.
Assume XTAL = 10MHz. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Enlist and explain various Interrupt Priority Registers. Also explain
Timer 0 Interrupts Programming. [9]
b) Assuming crystal frequency = 10MHz, write a program in C language to

generate square wave form with a frequency of 25kHz on PORTB.4.
Use timer 0 in 8 bit mode. [9]
Q5) a) With neat diagram explain measurement of power using PIC

microcontroller. [8]
b) With the help of interfacing diagram and flow chart, explain how PIC
microcontroller can be used to measure temperature using LM35 sensor.
[9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain features of on-board ADC of PIC18F458. Also explain in detail

the functions of ADIF and ADFM bits. [8]
b) Draw interfacing diagram of 16 × 2 LCD with PIC18 microcontroller and

explain the functions of various pins of LCD. [9]
[5870]-1051 2
Q7) a) Draw and explain the block diagram of USART transmitter in PIC18.[9]
b) Write a note on Modbus communication protocol. [9]
OR
Q8) a) List the steps for programming PIC18 to transfer the data serially. [9]
b) Explain the SPBRG register functions and uses. Also find the value to be
loaded in SPBRG register to have baud rate of 4800 and Fosc = 10MHz.
Assume asynchronous mode and low baud rate. [9]

[5870]-1051 3
[5870]-1052
T.E. (Electrical)
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (303145B)
Q1) a) State and prove following properties of DTFT. [8]

i) Time shifting
ii) Frequency shifting
b) For the sequence given below find the frequency response, plot magnitude

and phase response for     to  with step size of
3
1 1
h(n)   (n  1)   (n)   (n  1) [9]
2 2
OR
Q2) a) Explain frequency response of first order system. [8]
b) Find the discrete time fourier transform of [9]
n 1
1
i)   u (n  1)
2
ii)  (n  2)   (n  2)
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Prove the relation between : [8]
i) Z-transform and DTFT
ii) Z-transform and DFT
b) Find the DFT of the sequence x(n) = {1, 1, –2, –2} [9]
OR
Q4) a) State and prove following properties of DFT [8]

i) Linearity
ii) Time reversal
b) Find linear and circular convolution of following two sequences. [9]
x1(n) = {4, 3, 2, 1} and x2(n) = {1, 1, 1, 1}
Q5) a) State following statements are true or false with justification. [6]
i) To get correct information of any signal sampling frequency must
be equal to maximum frequency present in the signal.
ii) In filter realization, number of memory location required in direct
form-II structure are greater than direct form-I structure.
2
b) For the analog transfer function H ( s)  . Determine H(z)
( s  2)( s  1)
using impulse invariance method. Assume T = 1 sec. [6]
c) Explain realization of IIR digital filters using cascade structure. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Obtain direct form-I realization for the system described by difference
equation. [6]
1 1 2
y (n)  y (n  1)  y (n  2)  x(n)  x(n  1)
2 4 5
b) Explain impulse invariance method used in design of digital filters from
analog filters. [6]
c) Write any six points which support the statement “Digital filters are superior
over analog filters”. [6]
[5870]-1052 2
Q7) a) Design ideal band pass filter with frequency response [12]
 
j 1 for 0 |  |
H d (e )   4
0 otherwise
Find the value of h(n) for N = 7. Use rectangular window.
b) Explain any one method used to speed control of induction motor using
DSP. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Obtain direct form realization of system function [6]
H ( z ) 1  z 1  3 z 2  5 z 4  8 z 5
b) Compare FIR and IIR filters. [6]
c) Write short note on “Application of DSP for protective relaying”. [6]

[5870]-1052 3

[5870]-1054
T.E. (Electrical)
POWER SYSTEM - II

Q1) a) Take base MVA=20MVA and base kV=6kV on motor load in figure 1
and draw per-unit impedance diagram to these base values. [8]
Figure 1
b) Justify the following statements. [9]
i) Y-bus is perferred instead of Z-bus in power system analysis.
ii) Per unit system is preferred over actual system parameters.
iii) The decoupled load flow method is faster than the Newton-Raphson
load flow method.
OR
Q2) a) Determine the unknown elements from the following YBus matrix. [10]
é ? ? ? ? ù
ê ú
ê- j 2 ? - j5 ? ú
YBUS =ê ú
ê- j 4 ? ? - j 4 ú
ê ú
ê 0 - j7 ? ? úû
ë
b) Prove that per unit impedance of transformer on both sides are same.[7]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) What are the different types of current limiting reactor? With circuit
diagram, elaborate operation of each type. [9]
b) Two 11kV, three phase 3MVA generators having sub-transient reactance

of 15% operates in parallel.The generator is connected to a transmission
line through a transformer of 6 MVA 11/22kV with leakage reactance of
5%. Choose the base MVA=6MVA and base kV = 11kV on the generator,
convert circuit into per unit diagram. Determine fault MVA and fault
current in kA, if the three-phase fault is on [9]
i) HT side
ii) LT side of transformer
OR
Q4) a) In case of three phase fault at the terminal of an unloaded alternator,

prove that x''d < xd' < xd and If'' < If' < If with mathematical relation and
diagram. (where If is fault current) [9]
b) The generating station at Koyna power plant is rated at 11kV with short
circuit capacity of 1000MVA. The generating station at Radhanagar is
also rated at 11kV with short circuit capacity of 670MVA. If these two
generating stations are connected with interconnector of reactance j0.4,
calculate possible short circuit MVA at each station. Take 1000MVA as
base (Hint: Short circuit MVA=Base MVA/reactance in pu, Take base
MVA=1000MVA and base kV=11kV). [9]
Q5) a) In case of LLG fault, show that fault current [9]
-3Ea1Z 2
If =
Z1Z 2 + Z 2 Z 0 + Z 0 Z1
b) A three phase 100MVA synchronous generator with line to line voltage

of 11kV is subjectd to a line to ground fault. The sequence reactance are
x1 = j0.3pu, x2 = j0.1pu and x0 = j0.05pu. If the generator neutral is
grounded through a reactance of xn = j0.05pu, determine fault current
and fault voltages. Also determine line currents and phase voltages of
other phases if the fault is on phase a. [9]
OR
[5870]-1054 2
Q6) a) An unsmmetrical loaded transmision line is given in following figure 2.
Show that Z0 = Zs + 2Zm + 3Zn and Z1 = Z2 = Zs – Zm [9]
Figure 2
b) The potential difference to the neutral of a three phase, four wire systems
are – 36V, j48V and 64V respectively. The currrents in corresponding
line wires are (–1 + j2) Amp, (– 1 + j5) Amp and (– j3) Amp. Calculate
negative sequence power. [9]
Q7) a) Compare HVDC and EHVAC transmisson system based on following

points with due justification [8]
i) Insulation requirement
ii) Power transfer capability
iii) Conductor size
iv) Short circuit fault level
b) Draw the complete single line diagram of HVDC system showing all
components and elaborate any three components in detail. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Write short note on : [8]
i) Homopolar HVDC link
ii) Back-to-Back HVDC link
b) Explain Constant current control in HVDC lines [9]

[5870]-1054 3
P751 [5870] - 1055
T.E. (Electrical)
COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN OF ELECTRICAL MACHINES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester -II) (303149)
Time: 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
1) Answers Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8
3) Neat diagram must be drawn whenever necessary.
Q1) a) Explain the procedure to estimate the no load current of three phase
transformer. [6]
b) Calculate the percentage regulation at full load 0.8pf lag for a 300kVA,
6600/440v, delta-star, 3 phase, 50HZ, core type transformer having
cylindrical coils of equal length with the following data. Height of coils=4.7
cm, thickness of HV coil=1.6 cm, thickness of LV coil=2.5 cm, insulation
between LV&HV coils=1.4 cm, Mean diameter of the coils=27 cm, volt/
turns=7.9 V, full load copper loss=3.75Kw [8]
c) State & explain the measures to overcome the mechanical forces under
short circuit conditions [4]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss mechanical forces developed under short circuit condition in a
transformer. [6]
b) Draw and explain generalized flow chart for design of transformer. [6]
c) State the assumptions made while calculating leakage reactance of
transformer. [6]
Q3) a) Discuss the various factors to be considered for selection specific
magnetic loading (Bav) and specific electric loading (ac). [10]
b) What are the various types of AC windings for three phase induction
motor? Explain in brief any two. [7]
OR
Q4) a) Derive the output equation of a 3 phase induction motor in terms of its
specific loadings. Also indicate the significance of terms involved. [7]
b) Estimate the main dimensions for 3, 50Hz, 10kW, 400V, 4 pole squirrel
cage induction motor. Assume full load efficiency of 0.85, full load power
factor of 0.9 and winding factor 0.96. The specific magnetic loading is
0.6 wb/m2 and the specific electric loading=22000A/m. Take rotor
peripheral speed as 25 m/s at synchronous speed. [10]
[5870] - 1055 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the factors should be considered when estimating the length of
air gap of three phase induction motor. Why the air gaps should be as
Small as possible? [10]
b) Discuss the design of wound rotor w.r.t the following [8]
i) no. of rotor slots
ii) no.of rotor turns
iii) area of rotor conductors
iv) rotor windings.

OR
Q6) a) Discuss the various factors which decide selection of number of stator
slots in case of 3 phase induction motor [8]
b) A 15KW, 3, 50Hz, 400V, 4 pole, star connected squirrel cage induction
motor has 60 slots, each containing 7 conductors. The rotor slot’s are
50. Assume full load efficiency as 0.85 full load Power factor as 0.9 and
rotor mmf is 80% of stator mmf. Calculate the value of bar and end ring
current. Also find the area of each bar and each end ring, if current
density is 5A/mm2 [10]
Q7) a) Derive the equation for No Load Current of 3 induction motor. [10]
b) Draw and explain generalized flow chart for design of three phase
induction motor. [7]
OR
Q8) a) State and explain with neat sketches different types of leakage fluxes in
an induction motor and estimate slot leakage reactance in an induction
motor. [10]
b) Explain the effect of ducts on the calculation of magnetizing current of
3 induction motor. [7]

[5870] - 1055 2

[5870]-1056
CONTROL SYSTEM ENGINEERING

2) Use of electronic calculator is permitted.
Q1) a) What is angle and magnitude criterion for a point to be on root locus.
Explain any five rules for sketching of root locus. [9]
b) The OLTF of a unity feedback system is given by
K
G(s)=
(s+2)(s+4)(s2 + 6s + 25) . By applying routh criterion determine
stability of system. Find value of K which will cause sustained oscillations.
Determine frequency of sustained oscillations. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain routh Hurwitz criterion for stability. Explain special cases of
routh's criterion. [8]
b) Sketch the root locus, for unity feedback system determine range of
K
values of K and comment on stability. G (s) = s(s + 2)(s 2 + 2s + 2) . [9]
Q3) a) Explain different frequency domain specifications. [7]

b) Sketch Polar plot for the system given. Also determine GM and PM.[10]
K
G (s) =
s(s + 2)(s +5)
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain co relation between frequency domain and time domain. [7]
b) Sketch the nyquist plot, for given system and comment on stability
50
G (s) =
s(s + 4)(s +6) . [10]
Q5) a) State advantages of Bode plot. [6]

b) Draw bode plot for a unity feedback system with G(s) given as. Also find
GM,PM and comment on stability of system. [12]
10(s +10)
G (s) =
s(s + 2)(s +5)
OR
Q6) a) Explain terms gain cross over frequency, phase cross over frequency,
gain margin and phase margin in Bode plot. [6]
b) Draw bode plot for a unity feedback system with G(s) given as. Also
find GM,PM and comment on stability of system. [12]
20(s + 2)
G (s) =
s(s +10)
Q7) a) Derive transfer function of armature controlled DC servo motor. [9]

b) Using Ziegler Nicholas method design a PID controller for a system
1
with unity feedback and G (s) = s(s +1)(s +5) . [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Lead network, its pole zero plot and transfer function. [9]
b) Explain P, PI, PID controller. [9]

[5870]-1056 2
[5870]-1057
T.E. (Electrical)
IOT AND ITS APPLICATIONS IN ELECTRICAL
ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Elective - II) (Semester - II) (303151(A))

Q1) a) A switch is connected to digital pin 7 and a LED is connected to digital

pin 13 of Arduino UNO board. Write a program in C to glow the LED
when the switch is closed. [9]
b) Explain with syntax and example, following control statements in Python.
[9]
i) if-else ii) while loop
iii) for loop iv) nested if-else
OR
Q2) a) Explain with syntax and example, following functions from Arduino IDE.
[9]
i) pinMode() ii) digitalWrite()
iii) analogWrite() iv) analogRead()
b) Write a program in Python to accept lower and upper limit of a range of
numbers from user and print all the odd numbers in that range. [9]
Q3) a) Explain in detail LM35 sensor. Also, with a neat diagram, show interfacing
of LM35 sensor with NodeMCU. [9]
b) Write a short note on Ultrasonic sensors. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Write a program to read data from DHT11 sensor and display it on serial
monitor using Arduino IDE. Sensor is connected to D4 pin of NodeMCU.
[9]
b) Explain with a neat diagram, interfacing of stepper motor with NodeMCU.

[8]
Q5) a) Write a short note on Wi-Fi communication technology. [9]
b) Write a short note on Zigbee communication technology. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Write a short note on Bluetooth communication technology. [9]
b) Write a short note on Z-Wave communication technology. [9]
Q7) a) Explain the steps in sending the sensor data to cloud platform. [9]
b) What is API in IoT Cloud ? Explain in short, its 4 types. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on Thing Speak cloud platform. [9]
b) What is meant by Data Visualization ? Explain in short, any 4 techniques
of data visualization. [8]

[5870]-1057 2
[5870]-1058
T.E. (Electrical)
ELECTRICAL MOBILITY
(2019 Pattern) (Elective - II) (Semester - II) (303151B)

Q1) a) Draw block diagram of Battery Management System and explain it. [8]
b) Explain Constant current charging algorithm used in battery charging. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain functions of battery management system. [8]
b) Explain Coulomb Counting method used in SOC estimation. [9]
Q3) a) Draw block diagram for vehicle speed control system and explain it. [10]
b) Draw schematic diagram of series HEV drive train and explain its working.
[8]
OR
Q4) a) Draw Control Architecture of HEV and all electronic control systems.
[10]
b) Draw schematic diagram of parallel HEV drive train and explain its working.
[8]
Q5) a) Draw charger Architecture and explain it. [8]

b) Explain Advantages of PMSM drives for HEV. [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Write KW rating of AC. Fast Charger of type A,B,C,D and state
applications. [8]
b) Write short note on battery swapping. [9]
Q7) a) Draw and explain block diagram of interactive operation between EVs
and Power grid. [10]
b) Draw block diagram of Home control and Vehicle control in V2H and
explain it. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Draw Flowchart for EV Charging Infrastructure and explain it. [10]
b) Explain V2G concept and state advantages of V2G. [8]

[5870]-1058 2
[5870]-1059
T.E. (Electrical)
CYBERNETICS ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (303151-C)

Q1) a) Define transfer function, poles, zero and pole-zero plot. [6]
b) What do you meant by optimal control system? [6]
c) What do you mean by nonlinear system? What are the different types of
nonlinearities? [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the concept of adaptive control system with block diagram. [6]
b) Explain different types of control systems. [6]
c) Explain the concept of multivariable control system with example. [6]
Q3) a) Why mathematical modeling is required? How mathematical modeling is

carried out? [6]
b) How the linearization of the nonlinear system is carried out? [6]
c) Obtain the representation of separately exited DC motor using linear
ordinary differential equations. [5]
OR
Q4) a) List out various simulation tools for mathematical modeling of the system
and explain any two tools. [6]
b) How to get the solution of ordinary differential equation using ODE
solver? [6]
c) What is the significance of the differential equations of the physical
system? [5]
Q5) a) Write short note on computer architecture. [8]

b) How data communication is carried out in the industrial environmental.[10]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) What are various analog and digital interface? [8]
b) Explain system components for embedded and industrial applications.[10]
Q7) a) Define optimization. List out at least five applications of optimization.[7]

b) Explain Genetic Algorithm using example. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Write statement of an optimization problem. [7]
b) Explain particle swarm optimization method using example. [10]

[5870]-1059 2
[5870]-1060
T.E. (Electrical)
ENERGY MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Elective - II) (Semester - II) (303151D)

4) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket
calculator and steam tables is allowed.
Q1) a) Discuss in detail the avenues under supply side management. [9]
b) Explain role of tariff in energy management. Discuss tariff structures
used for energy management. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain with suitable examples role of renewable energy in energy
management. [9]
b) With suitable flow graph explain implementation of demand side
management for industrial consumers. [9]
Q3) a) What is energy audit? Explain steps in detailed energy audit. How it is
different from preliminary energy audit? [9]
b) In a process industry data of energy consumption and production is
given below. Use Cusum technique to estimate energy saving in plant.
Also plot Cusum graph. The specific energy consumption of plant being
800 kCal/T. Fixed consumption of the plant is 3000kCal. [8]
Month Production (MT) Actual Energy
Consumption (kCal)
1 1000 750000
2 900 720000
3 1100 800000
4 1400 900000
5 1200 800000
6 1300 850000
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Discuss use of various instruments for energy audit. [9]
b) Discuss clustering techniques used in data analytics. What information
can be obtained from it? [8]
Q5) a) A paper mill has investment option for energy saving projects:
Option: A Investment envisaged Rs. 40 lakhs, annual return is Rs.8 lakhs,
life of the project is 10 years, discount rate 10% . Calculate economic
feasibility by calculating net present value method. [9]
b) Explain Time value of Money. How it affects financial appraisal? How
appraisal criteria will change in lending and borrowing condition. [9]
OR
Q6) a) 100 numbers of fused 60 Watt incandescent light bulbs (ILB) are replaced
by same numbers of 12 Watt CFL instead of new ILB. Calculate the
following for 4000 hours of operation per year. [9]
i) The annual “kWh saved”
ii) The annual “kVAh saved” if the power factor of the CFL is 0.6.
iii) The annual reduction in electricity costs if Rs. 4 per kWh is the
energy charge and Rs. 250 per kVA per month is the demand charge.
iv) The simple payback period if the ILB costs Rs. 10 and the CFL
costs Rs. 100 (assume life of ILB and CFL as 1000 hours and 4000
hours respectively).
b) Explain energy conservation options in sugar industry. [9]
Q7) a) Explain energy conservation measures in compressors and blowers. [8]

b) Discuss energy management options in T & D sectors. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Discuss energy saving options in pumps and piping systems. [8]
b) Discuss different cogeneration systems. [9]

[5870]-1060 2
[5870]-1061
T.E. (Electronics & Telecommunication)
DIGITAL COMMUNICATION

1) Answers Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, and Q7 or Q8.
Q1) a) Explain how eye pattern can be used to study ISI. [4]
b) Find the maximum value of error probability Pe for16-PSK, 16-FSK

(orthogonal) and 16-QAM if energy per bit duration is 5×10–5 J and double
sided power spectral density (PSD) of AWGN is 10-9 W/Hz. [6]
Given :
erfc (3.1622) = 0.00000774819
erfc (1.9634375) = 0.00549
erfc (7.0710678) = 1.5239709 ×10–23
c) Describe with the help of block diagram, MSK transmitter along with
waveforms. Mention the bandwidth requirement. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Compare MSK & QPSK. [4]
b) With the help neat block diagram explain OFDM transmitter and receiver
system. [8]
c) Write short note on : Raised cosine function: a solution to Inter Symbol

Interference (ISI) and mention its limitations. [6]
[5870]-1061 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) A BPSK-DSSS system using coherent detection is used to transmit data
at 250bps & system has to work in a hostile jamming environment with
minimum error performance of one error in 20000 bits. Determine the
minimum chipping rate if the jamming signal is 300 times stronger than
the received signal. [9]
b) Write a short note on : [8]
i) PN sequence Generator
ii) Frequency hop Spread spectrum
OR
Q4) a) Information bit duration of DS-BPSK SS system is 1 MHz. Assuming

an average error probability of 10–5. Calculate jamming margin if
Q(4.25) = 10–5. [9]
b) Explain DSSS based CDMA. [8]
Q5) a) Given the messages X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 with respective probabilities of
0.4, 0.19, 0.16, 0.15 and 0.1. Construct codeword by minimum variance
Huffman code. Compute source entropy, codeword length, efficiency,
redundancy and variance. [10]
b) Calculate the capacity of an AWGN channel whose bandwidth is 1 MHz

and S/N ratio of 40 dB. [4]
c) State and explain channel coding theorem. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Compute Shannon Fano code for following message ensemble. [10]
Symbols X1 X2 X3 X4
Probabilities 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1
Compute average codeword length, Entropy and coding efficiency.
b) State and explain Information Capacity theorem. [4]
c) Compare between source coding and Channel coding. [4]
[5870]-1061 2
Q7) a) For a systematic (7, 4) LBC parity matrix is given as : [9]
1 1 0
0 1 1
P= 
1 1 1
 
1 0 1
i) Construct a generator matrix.
ii) Find code vectors for messages [1 1 0 0] and [0 0 1 1]
iii) If the received code vector is R = [0 1 1 1 1 0 1], find the corrected

codeword
b) Explain the generation of systematic and non systematic cyclic code.

[8]
OR
Q8) a) Define following terms for LBC [9]
i) Code vector
ii) Code rate
iii) Hamming distance
iv) Hamming weight
v) Systematic code
b) What are Turbo codes? Explain its bit error performance for uncoded
transmission. [8]

[5870]-1061 3
[5870] - 1062
T.E. (E & TC)
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD THEORY
5) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
Q1) a) Derive the boundary condition between two perfect dielectric. [10]
b) Electric field intensity E = 60ax + 20ay - 30az V/m at a point on the
interface between air and a conducting surface. Find D & s at that
point. [8]
OR
Q2) a) The two concentric spherical shells having inner radius is 0.1m and its
potential is 0 Volts. The outer radius is 0.2m and its potential is 100
Volts. The medium between them is a free space. Find E and D using
spherical coordinate system. [10]
b) Derive Poisson's and Laplace equation. [8]
Q3) a) Derive an expression for magnetic vector potential in the region

surrounding an infinitely long straight current carrying conductor along
z-direction. [9]
b) Explain motional e.m.f. and transformer e.m.f. [8]
OR
V
Q4) a) In free space E = 20cos( wt - 50 x)a y, Calculate current density and
m
magnetic field intensity. [9]
b) Write Maxwell's equation in differential and integral form for good
conductor. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Derive electromagnetic wave equation E & H in phasor form. [9]
b) A uniform plane wave is travelling at a velocity of 3.5 × 105 m/s having
wavelength 0.35mm in a non-magnetic good conductor. Find the
frequency of wave and the conductivity of a medium. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What is polarization of uniform plane wave? Explain the different types
of polarization. [9]
b) Find the reflected and transmitted electric and magnetic field intensity at
the interface between er = 8.5, mr = 1, s = 0, Ei = 1.5V and in free space.
[9]
Q7) a) Write the primary and secondary parameters of transmission line and
derive the relationship between Z0 in terms of primary constant. [9]
2.5m H
b) A line has zero dissipation has R = 0.006/m, L = ,
m
C = 4.45m F / m,. If the line is operated at 10MHz. Calculate
characteristics impedance, propagation constant, Velocity of propagation,
and wavelength. [8]
OR
Q8) a) The characteristic impedance of a high frequency line is 100. It is
terminated in an impedance of 100 + j100 . Using smith chart find the
impedance at 0.125 wavelength away from the load end. [9]
b) Derive the relationship between standing wave ratio and reflection
coefficient. [8]

[5870] - 1062 2
P759 [5870] - 1063
T.E. (Electronic and Telecommunications/Electronic)

DATABASE MANAGEMENT
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8 from following questions.
Q1) a) Explain how constraints are defined in SQL-Primary key, Foreign key,
Unique key. [7]
b) Explain with example, aggregate function. [5]
c) What are stored procedures and stored functions? [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain what do you mean by DDL, DML and DCL in SQL. [7]
b) Explain in short use of groups in SQL. [5]
c) What are transaction control commands in SQL? [5]
Q3) a) Explain basic concept of transaction and properties of transaction. [7]

b) Explain concept of schedule. What is serial schedule? [5]
c) Explain with example, deadlock handling in concurrency control. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain with example, transaction management. [7]
b) Explain serializability with respect to conflict and view. [5]
c) What is need of locking method? Explain types of locking methods in
short. [5]
[5870] - 1063 1
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain with schematic diagram, multi-user DBMS architecture. [6]
b) What are performance parameters for parallel database? [6]
c) Explain with example, evaluating parallel query in parallel databases.[6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain with schematic diagram, Oracle architecture. [6]

b) Explain with example, types of parallel database architectures. [6]
c) With suitable schematic diagram, explain virtualization on Multicore
processors. [6]
Q7) a) Explain with suitable example, distributed database management system.

[6]
b) With suitable schematic diagram, explain architecture of distributed
database. [6]
c) Explain, how distributed database is stored. [6]
OR
Q8) a) What are factors encouraging DDBMS and advantages of distributed
databases. [6]
b) Explain with example, concurrency control in distributed database. [6]
c) Explain with example, what are types of distributed databases. [6]

[5870] - 1063 2
[5870]-1064
T.E. (E & TC)
MICROCONTROLLERS
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary
Q1) a) Explain in depth the programming model of PIC 18Fxxxx microcontroller.

[6]
b) Explain the power down modes of PIC l8Fxxxx. [6]
c) Enlist features of PIC l8Fxxx Microcontroller. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Draw and explain the Reset functional diagram of PIC 18Fxxxx. [6]
b) Explain with example functioning of ALU in PIC 18Fxxxx. [6]
c) Draw and explain the program memory of PIC 18Fxxxx. [6]
Q3) a) Enlist specifications of ADC used, also draw the interfacing diagram of
temperature sensor with PIC 18Fxxxx with initialization program. [9]
b) Explain interrupt structure of PIC l8Fxxxx with reasons. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Draw and explain the Timer 1 operation of PIC l8Fxxxx in details, compare
the Timer 0,1 and 2. [9]
b) Write a program for I KHz and 10% duty cycle PWM generation with
Fosc = 10MHz. [8]
Q5) a) Write an embedded C program to blink LED connected to port B of PIC

l8Fxxxx with delay of 1 msec using Timer 0, 16 bit [9]
b) Design a PIC l8Fxxxx test board with facility of status indication on
LED, Buzzer, and lamp connected PIC l8Fxxxx through relay, write
embedded C program [9]
OR
Q6) a) Draw and explain port structure of PIC 18Fxxxx Microcontroller with
different registers used in Programming. [9]
b) Interface 2 lines, 16 characters LCD to PIC l8Fxxxx microcontroller,
write embedded C program to display a message “HELLO” on LCD at
second line.
[9]
Q7) a) Explain with block diagram I2C mode of MSSP structure in detail. [9]
b) State features of RTC and draw an interfacing diagram with PIC l8Fxxxx.
[8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the use of BRG register for calculation for baud rate with UART
receiver block diagram. [9]
b) Draw an interfacing diagram of EEPROM with PIC l8Fxxxx using SPI
protocol with initialization program. [8]

[5870]-1064 2
[5870] - 1065
T.E. (Electronics & Telecommunication Engineering)
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (Elective - I)
3) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
Q1) a) Compute DFT of x[n] = {1,2,0,1} using direct computation method and
matrix method. [8]
b) Compute FFT of x[n] = {1,1,0,0} using decimation in time (DIT) FFT
algorithm and decimation in frequency (DIF) FFT algorithm. [10]
OR
Q2) a) Compute circular convolution of x1[n] = {1,2,3,4}and x2[n] = {1,2,3}
using graphical method and matrix method. [8]
b) Derive decimation in time FFT algorithm for 8 point DFT and explain
how butterfly structure is used in FFT. [10]
Q3) a) Design analog Butterworth filter to have magnitude of 0.9 at 100 Hz and
magnitude of 0.2 at 300 Hz. [8]
b) Write transfer function of second order analog Butterworth low pass
filter with cutoff frequency 0.8 rad/sec and convert it into digital Butterworth
filter using bilinear transformation method with sampling period of 0.1
second. [5]
c) Realize the following IIR filter using direct form I and direct form II
1  2 z -1  3z -2
H(z) = [5]
1  4 z -1  5 z -2  7 z -3
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Design digital Butterworth filter to meet the following specifications using
bilinear transformations with sampling period of 0.5 seconds. [14]
0.8  H (e jw )  1 , 0  w  0.3
H(e jw )  0.1 , w  0.7

b) Realize the following IIR filter using cascade realization [4]
1  3z -1  2 z -2
H(z) =
1  1.2 z -1  0.32 z -2
Q5) a) Design FIR filter with order 10 to meet the following specifications using
Hamming window. [9]
H(e jw )  1 , w  0.5
H(e jw )  0 , w  0.5
b) Design FIR filter to meet following specifications using Hamming window.
[8]
Hd(e jw )  e3 jw , w  0.4
Hd(e jw )  0 , w  0.4
OR
Q6) a) Design FIR filter to meet following specifications using Blackmann window.
[9]
Hd(e jw )  e 4 jw , 0.2  w  0.5

=0 , otherwise
b) Design FIR filter to meet following specifications using rectangular window.

[8]
Hd(e jw )  e 5 jw ,0  w  0.3 ,0.5  w  

=0 , otherwise
[5870] - 1065 2
Q7) a) Draw the diagram of human speech production system and explain the
role of vocal cords, velum and vocal tract. [8]
b) What is artifact ? What are different artifacts in ECG? State their reasons
and suggest methods to supress these artifacts. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Draw the diagram of standard ECG signal and explain different waves
and segments in ECG signal with reference to heart activity. [8]
b) Explain ZCR and autocorrelation methods for pitch detection of speech
signal. [9]

[5870] - 1065 3
[5870] - 1066
T.E. (Electronics & Telecomm.)
ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS (Elective - I)
1) Solve Questions Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to right side indicate full marks.
Q1) a) With help of diagram, explain frequency selective wave analyser. [9]
b) Define synthesizer. Describe the frequency synthesis technique in detail. [9]
OR
Q2) a) With diagram, explain conventional standard signal generator. [9]
b) Draw the block diagram & explain function generator. [9]
Q3) a) Using diagram, explain function of each block of CRO. Write applications
of CRO. [9]
b) Illustrate the z - modulation and x-y mode operation. List and explain the
measurements on CRO. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain power scope with diagram. Write functions and application of it.[9]
b) Compare CRO and DSO on the basis of specifications. [8]
Q5) a) Explain internal and external acquisition cards. [9]

b) With block diagram, explain OLED Display. [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) With the help of diagram explain LCD display. Explain functional pins.[9]
b) What is universal counter? How it is used? Write down the specification

of EIA/ TIA 232, 423, 422 and 488? [9]
Q7) a) Explain in detail industrial revolution and their impact on industrial

automation. [9]
b) With the help of diagram, describe all functional blocks of Microwave

measurements using network analyzer. [8]
OR
Q8) a) With the help of neat diagram, describe the all functional blocks of
Spectrum Analyzer. [9]
b) Describe in detail EMI/ EMC test instruments.Illustrate the OTDR. [8]

[5870] - 1066 2
P1005 [5870] - 1068
T.E. (Electronic & Telecommunication)

COMPUTER NETWORKS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (304185 (D) (Elective-I)
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenver necessary.
Q1) a) Explain the various performance parameters of network layer. [6]
b) Explain the services provided by Network Layer. [6]

c) Compare datagram switching and virtual circuit switching [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain error reporting messages, informational messages, neighbour

discovery messages and group membership messages related to ICMPv6.
[6]
b) Explain the network id and host id. [6]
c) What is the difference between classless addressing and classful

addressing? Concepts related to IPv4 addresses. [6]
Q3) a) Explain the unicast routing and multicast routing protocol [8]
b) What is routing? Explain the distance vector routing algorithm [9]
OR
Q4) a) What is routing? Explain the link state routing algorithm [8]
b) Explain inter-domain and intra-domain routing. [9]
[5870] - 1068 1 P.T.O.

Q5) a) Explain TCP Connection establishment, TCP data transfer and TCP
connection termination. [9]
b) What are the duties of Transport Layer? List the services provided by
Transport Layer to upper layers. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Waht is congestion control? Explain the leaky bucket algorithm with
suitable diagram. [9]
b) Draw TCP header and explain function of each field. [9]
Q7) a) Explain the DNS in detail. [8]

b) Explain the architecture of E-mail. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the telnet protocol and FTP Protocol with diagram. [8]
b) Explain BOOTP and DHCP Protocol. [9]

[5870] - 1068 2

[5870]-1069
T.E. (E & TC)
CELLULAR NETWORKS
(2019 Pattern) (Semseter - II)

1) Answer any 4 questions form Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or
Q.8.
Q1) a) With neat diagram, describe co-channel and adjacent channel interference
in cellular network. [8]
b) Draw and explain following Hand-off mechanism [9]
i) Mobile controlled Hand-off
ii) Network controlled Hand-off
OR
Q2) a) Discuss the path-loss exponent effect on frequency Reuse for a cellular system
with total 500 duplex voice channel without fequency reuse. The service area
is divided into 152 cells. The required signal to co-channel interference ratio is
17 dB. Considering path loss exponent is 3 to calculate : [9]
i) Cell cluster size
ii) No of cell cluster in the service Area
iii) Maximum no of users in service at any instant.
b) Explain the following terms with diagram : [8]
i) Macro cell ii) Micro cell
iii) Pico cell iv) Femto cell
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Define Blocking probability. With neat diagram and assumptions, explain
Teletraffic system model. [9]
b) Derive an expression to measure required transmitted power at station
with link budget expression. [8]
OR
2
Q4) a) Each side of hexagon cell is . A cellular system has N = 48 channels/
3
cell with blocking probability of 0.02. Further, traffic per user is 0.04E.
the cell radius is 1km. With neat diagram, Calculate no. of users supported
in a area of 900 km2. Total traffic is 38.4E. [9]
b) Define and explain : [8]
i) Grade of service
ii) Offerred Traffic
iii) Delay system
iv) Loss system
Q5) a) Describe with neat diagram wireless LAN. Compare Infrastructure and
Adhoc based wireless LAN. [9]
b) Draw and explain Radio protocol Architecture for LTE - Advanced system [9]
OR
Q6) a) Draw and explain in detail LTE Architecture. [9]
b) Compare 3G and 4G with respect to following : [9]
i) Data Rate supported
ii) Modulation Technique
iii) Frequency Band
iv) Technology used
Q7) a) With neat diagram, use of network coding for Content distribution in a
multi - Hop network. [9]
b) Classify Schedulers & Explain in brief. [9]
i) Weighted Round Robin Scheduling
ii) Weighted Fair Queuing.
OR
Q8) a) Explain following terms with reference to Scheduler Design : [8]
i) Classifier ii) Channel Quality
b) List various Design forces for link Adoptation Schemes at physical and
MAC loyers. [10]

[5870]-1069 2
P765 [5870] - 1070

PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Q1) a) Explain the importance of Team Management. [6]

b) What are different organisational structures. [6]
c) Write a short note on Diversity Management. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the need of project management in detail. [6]
b) Derive an equation for Break Even Point. [6]
c) List out various project team member responsibilities. [6]
Q3) a) Explain the two important methods of Project planning in brief. [6]
b) What is AOA network and AON network? Explain with suitable example.
[6]
c) Define Free Float and bring out its importance. How is it determined.[6]
OR
Q4) a) What do you understand by Bar Chart? With suitable example, describe
the process of construction of Gantt’s chart. [6]
b) Describe the different types of activities in a network and explain the use
of durmmy activity of updating decided. [6]
c) What information is necessary for updating the project during execution?
How is frequency of updating decided? [6]
[5870] - 1070 1 P.T.O.

Q5) a) What is risk management? [6]
b) What are the different method to control risk in projects? [5]
c) Explain the role of risk management in a project? [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain various risk management tools. [6]
b) Enlist various steps in risk management. [5]
c) Explain the process of project Financial Management. [6]
Q7) a) Write a short note on Entrepreneurship. [6]

b) What are the factors affecting emerging entrepreneurship? [5]
c) Explain project development and its steps. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on Patents, Copyright, Trademark. [6]
b) Explain Product Planning. [5]
c) What are the Characteristics of Successful Entrepreneurs? [6]

[5870] - 1070 2

[5870]-1071
T.E. (E & TC Engineering)
POWER DEVICES & CIRCUITS

2) Neat diagrams and wave forms must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of nonprogrammable calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) What are PWM techniques in inverter? Explain Multiple PWM technique
with waveforms. [5]
b) Give the classification of inverters?Draw Three Phase voltage source
inverter for balanced star R load? [5]
c) Explain working of single phase full bridge inverter for R load with input
& output waveforms. Derive an expression for rms o/p voltage. [7]
OR
Q2) a) Draw a three phase inverter for balanced star R load? Explain its operation
of 120° mode with gate signals & output waveforms. [12]
b) What is mean by harmonics in inverters? Explain effects of harmonics.[5]
Q3) a) Explain with neat diagram the operation of 4 quadrant chopper with dc
motor as a load. [8]
b) Explain operation of step up chopper with circuit diagram and derive an
Vs
expression for its o/p voltage : Vo = where D is duty cycle.[6]
(1 - D)
c) A step down DC chopper has a resistive load of R = 15  and input
voltage Edc = 200V. The chopper frequency is 1KHz. If the duty cycle
is 50%, determine [4]
i) Average output voltage
ii) rms output voltage
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) A step up chopper is used to deliver load voltage is 660V from 220V
DC source. If the blocking period of thyristor is 500s, compute the
turn on time. [4]
b) What are various types of choppers? Explain operation of type C
chopper with circuit diagram. [8]
c) Explain with block schematic working of SMPS. [6]
Q5) a) What are different over voltage protection techniques in power

electronics? Explain any one in detail. [7]
b) Explain ZCS resonant converter with circuit & waveforms. [6]
c) For a thyristor, Maximum junction temperature is 110°C. The thermal
resistances are JC = 0.16, CS = 0.08°C/W. For heat sink temparature of
60°C, calculate total average power loss in thryistor - sink combination.
If heat sink temperature is reduced to 50°C, find new total average power
loss in thyristor - sink combination. [4]
OR
Q6) a) What is EMI? Explain various sources & minimizing techniques of EMI.
[7]
b) Compare resonant converters: ZVS with ZCS. [5]
c) Explain with neat diagram working of snubber circuit used in power
devices. [5]
Q7) a) Explain with neat diagram BLDC drive. [6]

b) Explain operation of On-line & off-line UPS with block schematic.[12]
OR
Q8) a) Explain with neat diagram variable voltage type three phase induction
motor drive. [5]
b) Explain with diagram architecture of EVs battery charger. [5]
c) Draw & explain single phase full wave ac voltage controller has a resistive
load with following waveforms : [8]
i) Gate signals for both SCRs
ii) Output rms voltage & current
iii) Voltage waveform across first SCR

[5870]-1071 2

[5870]-1072
T.E. (E & TC)
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (304195A) (Elective - II)

3) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
Q1) a) Explain any one line detection mask in all directions. [6]
b) What is first order and second order derivative for edge detection?
Compare performance of both. [6]
c) Explain region growing & region split & merge w.r.to image segmentation.
[6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in brief adaptive thresholding & how it is achieved through Otsu’s
method. [6]
b) Explain edge defection using Prewitt and Sobel operator. [6]
c) What is Hough Transform. How it is used for edge linking. [6]
Q3) a) Draw & explain block diagram of image compression model. [6]
b) Explain Quantitative & Qualitative fidility criteria in image compression.[6]
c) What is motion estimation. Explain any one algorithm in detail. [5]
OR
Q4) a) What is data redundancy. Explain any two redundancies in detail. [6]
b) Explain image compression using JPEG with suitable block diagram.[5]
P.T.O.
c) Generate Huffman code for the following data. Calculate efficiency of
Huffman code. [6]
Gray Level Probability
a1 0.2
a2 0.3
a3 0.06
a4 0.1
a5 0.04
a6 0.3
Q5) a) Draw and explain in detail image degradation model. [6]

b) Explain in detail Weiner filter for image restoration. [6]
c) Explain any three types of noise models. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Define image enhancement & image restoration. Compare both in detail.
[6]
b) Write short note on estimating the degradation function in image
restoration. [6]
c) Explain any three geometric transforms in image restoration. [6]
Q7) a) Explain pattern and pattern classes. [6]

b) Explain any one algorithm of content based image retrieval in object
recognition. [6]
c) Explain object recognition using structural methods. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain any one image classification algorithm. [6]
b) Explain in detail character recognition with suitable block diagram. [6]
c) Write short note on deep learning using CNN. [5]

[5870]-1072 2
P767
[5870]-1073
T.E. (E&TC)
SENSORS IN AUTOMATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (304195(B))
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8. Q.9 or Q.10.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Define Sensor, explain Role of Sensors in Automation. [4]

b) Explain working principle and one application of Piezoelectric Transducer.
[6]
OR
Q2) a) What is thermo emf, explain seeback effect? [4]
b) Explain in detail about operating principle of differential Pressure
Transducer (With neat sketch diagram). [6]
Q3) a) Explain in detail Solid - State Pressure Sensors. [5]

b) What is Fiber optic sensing? How does Fiber sensing work? [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain LVDT? Write applications of LVDT sensors? [5]
b) What is Pressure Sensor? Explain it working principle along with types?
[5]
Q5) a) What are the different selection criteria for Solid state flow sensors?
Explain with example. [8]
b) Distinguish between piezoelectric sensors and sensors based on strain
gauges. [4]
c) Write a short note on a) YF-S201 2)E8FC-25D (Solid state 1C) [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Which transducer measure changes in acceleration, strain, pressure and
temperature? Justify answer with example. [8]
b) List out advantages and disadvantages of strain gauge transducer. [4]
e) Describe flow and force sensors with neat diagrams. [4]
Q7) a) List out advantages and disadvantages of RFID Sensor. [8]

b) Write a short note on Camera sensor and Colour Sensor. [4]
c) How LDR works give in detail. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Explain in detail about working principle of Light Sensors and RFID
Sensor with application. [8]
b) How the Ultrasonic proximity detector works for motion detection. [4]
c) What do you mean by Ph Measurement? [4]
Q9) a) What is Data acquisition system? Explain the single and multichannel
DAC with the help of block diagram. [10]
b) Explain the IOT based Greenhouse system with the help of block diagram.
[4]
c) What are different types of sensors in IOT? [4]
OR
Q10)a) Explain the IOT based healthcare system with the help of block diagram.
[10]
b) Explain UART Interface with the help of block diagram. [4]
c) Write a note on : Internet of things. [2]
d) State various applications of IOT. [2]

[5870]-1073 2
[5870]-1074
T.E. (E & TC & Electronics)
ADVANCED JAVA PROGRAMMING
(2019 Pattern) (Elective - II) (304195C) (Semester - II)
Q1) a) What is ArrayList in Java? Explain with example. [6]

i) Border Layout
ii) Grid Layout
c) What are AWT component? Explain some AWT component. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Write a program to add Three Menu Item and One Sub Menu to Menu,
add two MenuItem to SubMenu and add these components to Menubar.
[10]

i) Hashing in java
ii) Java.util Package
P.T.O.
Q3) a) What is JDBC? Explain driver types of JDBC. [9]
b) Give the details of the Executing SQL commands. [8]
OR
Q4) a) What is database connection? Explain how to connect any java application
with the database using JDBC. [9]
b) Give a brief explanation for executing queries. [8]
Q5) a) Define RMI and explain the architecture of RMI with suitable diagram.
State the goals of RMI. [9]
b) Explain the concept of stub, skeleton, parameter marshalling and un-
marshalling in the context of RMI. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Compare between Stub and Skelton? Explain with neat diagram the RMI
Architecture. [9]
b) Write a java program to perform addition of two numbers with Client/
Server Application using RMI. [9]
Q7) a) Difference between Servlet and JSP. [5]

b) Explain in brief what are cookies. [4]
c) Explain Datagram, Datagram Socket and Datagram packet. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Write a simple Java socket programming where client sends a text and
server receives and prints it. [10]
b) What is TCP/IP client socket in JAVA? Discuss some methods of TCP/
IP client socket class. [7]

[5870]-1074 2
[5870]-1075
T.E. (E&TC)
EMBEDDED PROCESSORS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (304195(D)) (Elective - II)
Q1) a) Write algorithm or flowchart to generate triangular waveform using DAC

of LPC2148 [4]
b) List the features of ON chip ADC of LPC2148. [6]
c) Draw and Explain interfacing of EEPROM using I2C communication to
LPC2148. Draw flowchart to read and write data in EEPROM. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Write features of DAC in LPC2148. [6]
b) Write down the features of VART of LPC2148 write algorithm to transmit
character ‘P’ to PC. [8]
c) Compare ARM cortex M3 with ARM7TDMI. [4]
Q3) a) Explain CMSIS standard. [8]

b) Write features of STM32F4XX processor. [5]
c) Compare ARM Cortex A, M and R. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain different peripherals in STM32F4XX. [8]
b) Enlist different clocks of STM32F4XX. [5]
c) Compare ARM Cortex M3 with ARM cortex M4. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Enlist various registers required to configure serial communication of
STM32F4XX Microcontroller. Explain any two registers with suitable
example. [9]
b) Explain an algorithm to send “SPPU” serially via STM32F4XX controller

to desktop PC with baudrate 9600. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Write note on a different types of registers of STM32F4XX. [5]
b) Draw an interfacing diagram and algorithm to interface push button and

LED using STM32F4XX. [7]
c) Write an algorithm to display 0 to 9 on 7 segment display. [5]
Q7) a) Enlist the features of CAN bus. [4]
b) Draw an interfacing diagram of STM32F4XX with accelerometer MPV

6050. [5]
c) Interface 7 segment with STM32F4XX. Write algorithm to display ‘’3’’.[8]
OR
Q8) a) Advantages & Disadvantages of ultrasonic proximity sensor. [4]
b) Explain how PWM is used to control speed and direction of DC motor.

[8]
c) Explain CAN bus & its application. [5]

[5870]-1075 2
[5870]-1076
T.E. (E&TC)
NETWORK SECURITY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (304195(E)) (Elective - II)
Q1) a) Compare symmetric key encryption and Asymmetric key encryption.[6]

b) Explain Diffie-Helman key exchange algorithm with example. [6]
c) What is Block cipher? Discuss Block cipher modes of operation. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss RC4 Stream Cipher with an example. [6]
b) Draw and Explain Feistal Cipher structure in detail. [6]
c) Using RSA algorithm encrypt plain text “03”, with p = 11, q = 3, & e = 13.
[6]
Q3) a) Explain Knapsack algorithm. [6]

b) Write a note on Digital Signature algorithm. [6]
c) What is authentication? Explain various methods of authentication. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Discuss x. 509 authentication service. [6]
b) Elaborate the characteristics needed in secure Hash function. [6]
c) What is message digest? Compare MAC with SHA1 [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain in detail, working of PGP algorithm. [6]
b) Describe IPsec security services. [6]
c) What is security association and what are the fields of SAD. Discuss in
brief. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What is S/MIME? State its operation in detail. [6]
b) Discuss Authenticati Header and Encapsulation in email security. [6]
c) Draw the IPsec security architecture and explain in detail. [6]
Q7) a) What are the types of firewall? Explain any two in detail. [6]
b) Discuss nature of viruses and the types of viruses. [6]
c) List and briefly define three classes of intruders. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain SSL protocol in detail. [6]
b) Write a note on secure Electronic Transaction. [6]
c) Enlist four techniques used by firewalls to control access and enforce a

security policy. [5]

[5870]-1076 2
[5870]-1077
T.E. (Electronics)
POWER AND INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (304201) (Theory)

1) Answers Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
Q1) a) Explain the difference between SCR based conventional rectifiers and
IGBT based rectifiers. [9]
b) Give an Overview of applications of controlled rectifies in DC drives.
[9]
OR
Q2) a) Draw and explain single phase full converter for R load. [9]
b) Draw the circuit diagram, waveforms and explain operation of 3 phase
semi converter for RL Load. [9]
Q3) a) Explain single phase AC voltage controller with R load. [9]

b) A chopper circuit is operating on TRC principle at a frequency of 2kHz
on a 220V d.c. supply. If a load voltage is 170V, compute the conduction
and blocking period of thyristor in each cycle. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain with circuit diagram and waveforms, working of 2 Quadrant and
4 Quardrant chopper. [9]
b) A step-up chopper has input voltage of 220V and output voltage of
660V. If the non-conducting time of thyristor chopper is 100 Micro
seconds, compute the pulse-width of output voltage. In case the pulse-
width is halved for constant frequency operation, find the new output
voltage. [8]
[5870]-1077 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain voltage control of Inverters using PWM. [9]
b) Draw and explain Three Phase Inverter for R Load. 120 degree
conduction mode. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Design of control circuit for three phase inverters. [9]
b) Elaborate Variable frequency and Voltage control of inverters. [9]
Q7) a) Draw and explain monopolar HVDS transmission system. Also state its
advantages. [9]
b) Explain application of power electronics in induction heating. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the applications of Power Electronics in Electric Vehicles &

Traction applications. [9]
b) Write a short note on UPS: On-line and Off-line. [8]

[5870]-1077 2
[5870] - 1078
T.E. (Electronics Engineering)
ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND PROPAGATION
THEORY
Q1) a) A circular loop conductor lies in plane z = 0 and has a radius of 0.1 m
and resistance of 5. Given B = 0.2sin103 t az T, determine the current
in the loop. [9]
b) Explain the Boundary conditions for time varying fields. [8]
OR
Q2) a) If the magnetic field H = [3x cos b + 6 y sin a]az , find current density J
if fields are invariant with time. [9]
b) Calculate the displacement curent through parallel plate air filled capacitor
having plates of area 10 cm2 separated by a distance 2 mm connected to
300 V, 1 MHz source. [8]
Q3) a) Explain the terms propagation constant, attenuation constant and phase
constant in relation with uniform plane wave. [9]
b) If a wave with 100 MHz frequency propagates is free space. Calculate
the propagation constant. [8]
OR
Q4) a) A Uniform plane wave in air has, E = 10cos(2p ´106 t- b z )a y . Calculate
 and . [9]
b) Enlist and explain the different modes of propagation of electromagnetic
waves. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) A line with zero dissipation has R = 0.006 /m, L = 2.5H/m and
C = 4.45 pF/m. If the line is operated at 10 MHz. Find [10]
i) Characteristics impedance (R0),
ii) Propagation constant ()
iii) Attenuation constant ()
iv) Phase constant ()
v) Wavelength ()
b) What is reflection on transmission line? What are the disadvantages of
reflection? Explain the reflection coefficient? [8]
OR
Q6) a) A telephone line has R = 30/km, L = 10mH/km, G = 0, C= 20F/km at
f = 1 kHz find, [10]
i) A characteristics impedance of the line
ii) Propagation constant
iii) Phase Velocity
b) Explain the Characteristic Impedance and Voltage Standing Wave Ratio
(VSWR). [8]
Q7) a) Explain the Microwave Frequency Bands. Give the Advantages and
Applications of Microwaves. [10]
b) Explain the following parameters of rectangular waveguide, [8]
i) Cutoff Frequency
ii) Cutoff Wavelength
iii) Guide Wavelength
iv) Phase Velocity
OR
Q8) a) What is waveguide? Explain the TE mode and TM mode of Rectangular
waveguide. [10]
b) Give the brief comparison between the stripline and microstripline. [8]

[5870] - 1078 2
[5870]-1080
MICROCONTROLLER AND APPLICATIONS

Q1) a) Sate the features of DAC 0808 and draw an interfacing diagram of DAC
with 8051. [10]
b) Write an embedded C Program to rotate stepper motor clock wise with

a delay of 1sec using Timer 1, mode 1. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Draw an interfacing diagram of DAC 0808 and write embedded C program
to generate ramp wave continuously. [10]
b) Write embedded C Program and draw interfacing diagram for interface

buzzer to 8051. The buzzer should sound when key connected to P1.1
is pressed. [8]
Q3) a) Compare PIC 10, PIC12, PlC 16 and PIC 18 families. [8]
b) State the features of PICl8. Draw and explain the block schematic of
PIC 18FXXX. [10]
OR
Q4) a) Draw and explain the program memory map and stack of PIC 18
b) Explain with example the functioning of ALU in PIC 18 for transfer of

data. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) List and describe in brief different interrupt sources of PIC l8. [8]
b) Explain the compare and capture mode of PIC 18 in detail. [10]
OR
Q6) a) Write an embedded C program for reading single analog input from 0 to
5 V and display on LCD. [8]
b) Draw and explain the port structure of PIC 18 microcontroller with

different registers used in programming. [10]
Q7) a) Design a DAS for indicating excess temperature on LED connected to

PORT 1 along with indication by use of buzzer. Draw the flowchart.[8]
b) Draw interfacing diagram and write embedded C program for water level
monitoring and controlling using PIC 18FXX. [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is DAS? Draw block diagram of generalised DAS. [8]
b) Draw interfacing diagram and write embedded C program for environment

monitoring and controlling using PIC 18FXX. [8]

[5870]-1080 2
[5870] - 1081
INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (304205)
Q1) a) Define flow and flow rate. Explain different types of flows. Explain basic
principle of flow meter. [6]
b) Draw neat diagram of float type liquid level sensor and explain it in detail.[6]
c) Define differential flow meter / obstruction type flow meter. Explain Orifice,
venture and flow nozzle type differential transducer for flow measurement.
[8]
OR
Q2) a) With the help of neat diagram explain working of Electromagnetic flow
meter. [6]
b) Draw neat diagram Ultrasonic type liquid level sensor and explain it in
detail. [6]
c) With the help of neat diagram explain Capacitance Level Sensor for the
following [8]
i) Conductive liquid
ii) Non-conductive liquid
Q3) a) With the help of neat diagram explain Rotary/Angular absolute optical
encoder. Compare absolute optical encoder and incremental optical
encoder. [8]
b) Explain structure of CMOS image sensor cell. Explain CMOS Pixel
Architecture. [8]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Explain working principle of ultrasonic transducer. With the help of neat
diagram explain ultrasonic transducer for distance measurement. [8]
b) Draw neat construction diagram of LVDT. Explain working and
characteristics of LVDT. Sate its advantages and disadvantages of LVDT.
[8]
Q5) a) With the help of neat construction diagram explain Magneto-Resistive

Elements (MRE) and Magneto transistors. [8]
b) Draw neat block diagram Smart sensor and explain functioning of each
block. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Define MEMS. State application Areas of MEMS Technology. With the
help of neat construction diagram explain Hall Effect Magnetic field
sensors. [8]
b) Explain bulk micromachining process with the help of neat diagram. [8]
Q7) a) With the help of neat diagram explain solenoid operated spool valve. [6]
b) Explain poppet bidirectional Control Valve. Compare finite position valve
and infinite position valve. [6]
c) Draw construction of a DC motors and explain its operating principle.[6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the following w.r.t valve characteristics. [6]
i) Linear flow characteristic
ii) Equal percentage
iii) Quick opening
b) Explain single acting cylinder and double acting cylinder with suitable
diagram and compare them. [6]
c) Draw relay driver circuit using transistor and explain design of relay driver
circuit using transistor. [6]

[5870] - 1081 2
[5870] - 1082
T.E. (Electronics Engg./E & TC)
FUNDAMENTALS OF JAVA PROGRAMMING (Elective - I)
Q1) a) Explain inheritance and types of inheritance in Java. [8]

b) With the help of proper example, explain use of super keyword. [5]
c) Write a program to calculate the length of a string. [5]
OR
Q2) a) What are the wrapper classes? Explain autoboxing and unboxing in
wrapper class. [8]
b) Write a program using command line arguments to add two numbers.[5]
c) Write a program to compare elements in two arrays. [5]
Q3) a) What is a difference between interface and class? [4]

b) What is a package ? Explain with the help of simple example. [8]
c) How do we add class or interface to a package? Explain with suitable
example. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Design a package containing a class which defines a method to find area
of circle. Import it in Java application to calculate area of a circle. [9]
b) What is an interface in Java? How do we create it? Give example to create
and to implement the interface. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Differentiate between multithreading and multi tasking. [5]
b) Explain life cycle of an applet. [8]
c) Explain try and catch block. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Write a program to handle arithmetic exception. [5]
b) Write a program to create an applet. [5]
c) Explain life cycle of a thread. [8]
Q7) a) List the difference between swing and AWT in Java. [5]
b) Write a Java program using swing to create text field. [8]
c) Explain the classes associated with file handling. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the hierarchy of AWT. [8]
b) Explain how to read and write a sentence in a file with the help of program.
[9]

[5870] - 1082 2
[5870]-1083
T.E. (Electronics Engg.)
MACHINE LEARNING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (304205)

1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
Q1) a) What is first-order logic in artificial intelligence? Which are the parts of
first-order logic.? With the help of suitable example draw the model for
first-order-logic. [8]
b) What is knowledge Engineering in First Order Logic? Which are the

steps required in knowledge Engineering projects? [9]
OR
Q2) a) What is Hidden Markov Model? List the steps required for simplified
matrix algorithm. [8]
b) Explain the following terms: [9]
i) Forward Chaining
ii) Backward Chaining
Q3) a) What is Natural Language Processing? Which Components play the role
to implement Natural Language Understanding? [9]
b) Define the term Parsing. Show syntactic parsing using Bottom Up parsing.
Compare Top-Down and Bottom-Up Parsing. [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is probabilistic language processing? Which are the Probabilistic
Language Models? [9]
b) Which parsing approach/procedure is used in Augmented Transition

Networks? How Augmented Transition Networks can be used in Natural
Language understanding? [9]
Q5) a) Which are different learning paradigms? In short explain supervised

learning. [9]
b) What is Reinforcement learning? Distinguish between passive and active

reinforcement learning. [8]
OR
Q6) a) How different nodes of decision trees are represented? Explain the
structure of a decision tree. [9]
b) Explain generalizations in reinforcement learning. [8]
Q7) a) Discuss - any four properties and operations of fuzzy sets. [9]
b) Explain in short Fuzzy’ logic based induction motor speed control with
neat diagram. [9]
OR
Q8) a) What do you mean by membership function? Explain the features of the
membership function. [9]
b) Explain in short neural network based PWM controller with neat diagram.
[9]

[5870]-1083 2
[5870] - 1084
DATA COMMUNICATION (Elective - I)
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (304205D)
Q1) a) Explain ARQ in detail. [4]

b) Explain hardware implementation of block codes for encoder &; syndrome
decoder. [4]
c) The generator matrix of a (6,3) systematic Block Code is given by [10]
1 0 0 0 1 1
[G]  0 1 0 1 0 1
0 0 1 1 1 0
i) Find all code vectors.
ii) Find the parity check matrix.
iii) Find the error syndrome.
OR
Q2) a) The parity check bits of a (7, 4) block code are generated by [8]
C5 = d1+d2+d3
C6 = d1+d2+d3
C7 = d2+d3+d4
-Where d1, d2, d3 and d4 are the message digits.
-Find the generated matrix and parity check matrix for this code.
-Find the minimum weight of this code.
-Find error detecting capability of this code.
P.T.O.
b) A rate1/3 convolution encoder has generating vectors as g1= (100), g2 = (111),
g3 = (101) [10]
i) Sketch the encoder configuration.
ii) Draw the code tree, state diagram and trellis diagram.
Q3) a) Apply Huffman binary coding procedure for the following message
ensemble. Also determines its efficiency. [9]
x x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7
p 1/3 1/27 1/3 1/9 1/9 1/27 1/27

b) A continuous signal is band limited to 1 kHz. The signal is quantized to 4
level of PCM system with probabilities 1/8, 1/8, 3/8 and 3/8. Calculate
the rate of information. [8]
OR
Q4) a) The voice frequency modulating signal of a PCM system is quantized in
16 levels with the following probabilities : [9]
p1 = p2 = p3 = p4 = 0.1
p5 = p6 = p7 = p8 = 0.005
p9 = p10 = p11 = p12 = 0.075
p13 = p14 = p15 = p16 = 0.25
Calculate the entropy and information rate.Assume fm = 3 kHz.
b) Apply Shannon – fano coding procedure for the following message
ensemble. Also determine its efficiency. [8]
x x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6
p 0.4 0.2 0.12 0.08 0.08 0.04
Q5) a) Explain the generation and reception of BFSK with the help of neat block
diagram. [6]
b) Explain QPSK modulation and demodulation in details. [6]
c) Explain BPSK spectrum and bandwidth of BPSK. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain principle and block diagram of OFDM. [6]
b) Write short note on BPSK. [6]
c) Explain the generation and reception of ASK with the help of neat block
diagram. [6]
[5870] - 1084 2
Q7) a) Explain the operation of DS-SS transmitter with the help of block diagram.
[6]
b) The information bit duration in DS-BPSK spread spectrum communication
system is 10msec while the chipping rate is 1MHZ .Assuming an average
error probability is 10–6 for proper detection of message signal . Calculate
the jamming margin. [6]
c) Write a short note on CSMA. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Write short note on FH-SS communication. [6]
b) Compare FDMA, TDMA and CDMA. [6]
c) Write short note on pure ALOHA and slotted ALOHA. [5]

[5870] - 1084 3
P776 [5870] - 1085
T. E. (Electronics Engineering)
COMPUTER NETWORKS
(2019 Pattern ) (Semester - I) (304205E) (Elective - I)
Instructions to the candidates: .
1) Attempt all the Questions out of Q.1, or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
Q1) a) What are the responsibilities of data link layer? [9]
b) What are the issues in data link layer? [9]
OR
Q2) a) What is Flow Control & Error Control? [9]
b) What are the ways to address the framing problem? [9]
Q3) a) What are the responsibilities of Network Layer? [9]
b) Explain, what is DHCP & its benefits? [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the duties of transport layer. [9]
b) Explain distance vector routing and link state routing. [8]
Q5) a) What are the responsibilities of Application Layer? [9]
b) Explain the functions of SMTP. [9]
OR
[5870] - 1085 1
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain the Fundamental HTML Elements. [9]
b) What is DNS? Explain detail about Domain Name System. [9]
Q7) a) Explain basics of Network administration. [9]
b) Explain protocol analyzer. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Cisco packet tracer. [9]
b) Explain leased line & dial up. [8]

[5870] - 1085 2

[5870]-1086
T.E. (Electronics)
FUNDAMENTALS OF HDL

Q1) a) Differentiate between CPLD and FPGAS ? [7]

b) Describe in brief types of FPGA technologies. [7]
c) Explain macrocell with neat diagram. [6]
OR
Q2) a) With neat schematic explain the architectural building block of FPGA.[7]
b) Explain the following terms related to CPLD [7]
i) Functional Blocks / PAL Blocks
ii) I/O Blocks
c) List the basic types of programmable logic Devices. [6]
Q3) a) Explain different verilog operators with example in detail. [8]

b) Find the value of following expressions if the two unsigned variables
A = 4' b 1101 and B = 4' b1001. [8]
i) {A & & B} ii) (A || B) iii) {4{A}, 2{B}} iv) B>>2
OR
Q4) a) Write down short notes on following : [8]
i) Arrays
ii) Variables & constant declaration
b) Explain verilog modeling styles. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Implement 4 bit synchronous counter using behavioral modeling in verilog
HDL. [8]
b) Implement 2:4 decoder using dataflow modeling in verilog HDL. [6]
c) Write verilog code for half adder in dataflow modeling. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Write verilog code for the following flipflops using behavioral modeling
in verilog HDL. [8]
i) D flip flop
ii) JK flip flop
b) Implement 2:1 multiplexer using case statement in verilog HDL. [6]
c) Write verilog code for full adder in dataflow modeling. [4]
Q7) a) Explain procedure syntax with example. [8]

b) What do you understand by a subprogram? What is subprogram
overloading? Explain with VHDL example. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Write HDL description of a full adder using Procedure and Task. [8]
b) Explain difference between Task and Function. [8]

[5870]-1086 2
P778 [5870] - 1087

EMBEDDED PROCESSORS AND APPLICATIONS
Q1) a) Interface LED’s to P1.24 to P1.31 port pins of LPC2148. Write an

embedded C program to blink LED’s. [6]
b) For configuring the PLL0 system design for FOSC = 10MHz and requires
CCLK=60MHz, find value of M (PLL Multiplier value) and P (PLL Divider
value). [6]
c) State the features of LPC2148 Microcontroller. Explain the function of
IOSET, IOCLR and IODIR registers of LPC2148. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Draw block diagram of timer of LPC2148. Explain functions of Timer
Counter Register and Timer Control Register. [6]
b) Explain steps in PLL programming of LPC 2148. Explain with neat
diagram the relation between CCLK and PCLK with the help of VPB/
APB divider. [6]
c) Interface LCD to LPC2148 and write an Embedded C program to display
string “WELCOME” along with flowchart and algorithm. [8]
Q3) a) List the features of UART0 of LPC2148. Draw and explain architecture
of UART0 of LPC2148. [8]
b) List the features of on chip ADC of LPC2148. Write an Embedded C
program for temperature monitoring using on chip ADC including
interfacing diagram. [8]
OR
[5870] - 1087 1 P.T.O.

Q4) a) Draw and explain interfacing of 12C EEPROM with LPC2148. Write an
algorithm and draw flowchart for reading and writing data from EEPROM.
[8]
b) List features DAC of LPC2148. Write an Embedded C program for
generation of triangular waveform using on chip DAC of LPC2148 with
its flowchart and interfacing diagram. [8]
Q5) a) List the features of CORTEX M3 Processor. Draw the block diagram of
CORTEX M3 Processor and explain functions of each block. [8]
b) Explain the advantages of ARM Cortex M-3 for embedded application.
Compare ARM7 with CORTEX M series. [8]
OR
Q6) a) State the features of Cortex A, Cortex R, Cortex M series processors.
Compare ARM Cortex A, Cortex R, Cortex M Series processors. [8]
b) Explain need of operating system in developing complex applications in
embedded system What are the desired functions of operating system
for embedded system? [8]
Q7) a) Define Embedded System. Explain the characteristics of Embedded

System. [6]
b) Draw and explain the block diagram of Embedded system with IoT. [6]
c) Explain case study of Smart Home Automation using IoT with detailed
diagram. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Define Internet of Things. What is importance and benefits of Internet of
Things. [6]
b) Explain case study of Smart Parking system using IoT with detailed
diagram. [6]
c) Define Sensors and Actuators with suitable examples. Compare Sensors
and Actuators. [6]

[5870] - 1087 2

[5870]-1088
T.E. (Electronics)
INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Theory) (304214)

Q1) a) Discuss in details - The ISO - Quality Management System Standard.[9]
b) Elaborate Quality Management Assistance Tools. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Illustrate types of quality - quality of design, conformance and

performance, phases of quality management. [9]
b) Elaborate Six sigma Quality Management Standards. [9]
Q3) a) Illustrate Social Responsibility of Business in details. [9]
b) Explain Business Ethics with suitable examples. [8]
OR
Q4) a) What do you mean by Changing Concepts and Objectives of a Business?

[9]
b) Elaborate Social Audit in details. [8]
Q5) a) Write a short note on Services sector. [9]
b) Differentiate between Private sector and Cooperative Sector in details. [9]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) Differentiate between Sole Proprietorship and Partnership firms in details.

[9]
b) Illustrate Joint stock companies - their features, relative merits, demerits
& suitability. [9]
Q7) a) Explain Concept of Entrepreneurship, Identification of business
opportunities in details. [9]
b) Illustrate Preparation of business proposal with suitable example. [8]
OR
Q8) a) What are Government policies and incentives for a Business? [9]
b) Explain a Business plan in details. [8]

[5870]-1088 2
[5870] - 1089
T.E. (Electronics)
PLC & AUTOMATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (304215 A) (Elective - II)
Q1) a) Compare Digital Gate logic vs Relay logic. [6]

b) Develop a ladder diagram to fulfil the following conditions, [6]
i) When the start switch is ON the motor is ON.
ii) When the stop switch is ON the motor is OFF.
iii) When the motor is ON the green light is ON.
iv) When the motor is OFF the red light is ON.
c) Explain in details Timers and Counter used in PLC. [8]
OR
Q2) a) What is Micro PLCs? Explain its functions in details? [6]
b) Explain Relay type instructions, Instruction addressing, Branch
Instructions. [6]
c) Design ladder logic for a system using comparisons instructions, [8]
Motor 1 starts as soon as the PLC starts as soon as PLC starts. After 10
seconds, Motor 1 goes OFF and Motor 2 starts. After 5 seconds Motor
2 goes OFF and Motor 3 Starts. After another 10 seconds Motor 2
restarts and after 5 seconds it stops and Motor I starts and cycle is
repeated?
P.T.O.
Q3) a) List the parameters need to be check while PLC installation? How will
you protect PLC from Electrical noise and Voltage variation & Surge?[8]
b) Which are the preventive maintenance tasks should be carried for PLC
systems? [8]
OR
Q4) a) Extend your view on Troubleshooting of a PLC system for following
sections, [8]
i) Processor module,
ii) Input & Output malfunctions
b) What do you mean by Program Editing & Commissioning of PLC? List
general steps followed when commissioning a PLC system? [8]
Q5) a) Explain with block diagram SCADA system. [9]

b) What is RTU & MTU? Explain its functions with diagram. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What is HMI’? Explain Interfacing technique of PLC with HMI. [9]
b) Illustrate MTU operating interfaces & applications? [9]
Q7) a) List the Types of communication interface? Explain Serial communication

with its advantages? [8]
b) Explain working of Modbus and Fieldbus with diagram? [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is CAN? Explain working principle of it in detail? [8]
b) Which Types of networking channels used in PLC? Discuss any one in
brief? [8]

[5870] - 1089 2

[5870]-1090
(2019 Pattern) (Elective - II) (Semester - II) (304215)

Q1) a) Explain Gibb’s Phenomenon and how it can be overcome. [4]

b) Explain the steps to design butterworth low pass digital filter using bilinear
transformation. [6]
c) List any 5 windows used in FIR filter design. Write the mathematical
equation and draw the window shape of any 2 windows. Compare them
for bandwidth. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Obtain H(Z) if Ha(s)=1/(S+1)2 if T = 0.1 Sec using bilinear transformation.
[10]
b) Explain the impulse invariance technique indetail.What is drawback of
it? How Bilinear transformation removes it? [8]
Q3) a) The transfer function of discrete causal system is given as follows. [6]
H(z) = (1–Z–1)/(1–0.2Z–1 –0.15Z–2)
i) Find the difference equation
ii) Draw cascade realization
b) Obtain direct form I and II realisation of a system described by. [12]
Y(n)+0.81 Y(n–1) + 0.75y(n–2)=X(n)+0.25X(n–1)
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is the effect of quantization on FIR filter coefficient? How to
minimize this error? [8]
b) Draw parallel realization of [10]
H(z)=(1–Z–1)/(1–0.2Z–1 –0.15Z–2)
Q5) a) Draw a block diagram of interpolator. Explain the working of an

interpolator with the help of waveforms. Explain the role of anti-imaging
filter. [8]
b) Design a two stage decimator that down samples an audio signal by a
factor of 30, satisfying the following constraints : [10]
Input sampling frequency : 240KHz
Highest frequency of interest : 3.4KHz
Passband ripple : 0.05 dB
Stopband attenuation : 0.01dB
Highest frequency of interest : 3KHz
OR
Q6) a) Draw a block diagram of decimator. Explain the working of decimator
with the help of waveforms. Explain the role of anti-aliasing filter. [8]
b) What do you understand by Multirate DSP? What is need for multirate
DSP? Explain types of multirate DSP based on sampling rate. [10]
Q7) a) Draw neat block diagram and explain general architecture of DSP. [8]
b) List various applications of DSP in speech processing. Explain any one
application in detail by drawing a neat block diagram and appropriate
waveforms. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Describe any 5 important features of digital signal processor. [8]
b) Compare a microprocessor and DSP processor. Write any 6 differences.
[8]

[5870]-1090 2
[5870]-1092
FIBER OPTIC COMMUNICATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (304215D) (Elective - II)
1) Solve question Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
Q1) a) List the advantages of optical communication systems. Explain the

important factors responsible for power loss in optical fiber. [8]
b) ‘Optical signal distortion limits the information carrying capacity of the
fiber’ Justify the comment with an elaborate analysis. [10]
OR
Q2) a) State the various types of misalignment losses and losses due to mismatch
of fiber parameters and bending losses.
Solve :
The mean optical power launched into an optical fiber link is 1.5 mW
and the fiber has an attenuation of 0.5 dB km–1. Determine the maximum
possible link length without repeaters (assuming lossless connectors)
when the minimum mean optical power level required at the detector is 2
W. [8]
b) Explain by writing short notes on : [10]
i) Dispersion shifted fiber (DSF)
ii) NZDSF
iii) Dispersion flattened and
iv) Polarization maintaining fiber
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Describe with the aid of suitable diagrams the mechanism giving the
emission of light from an LED. Discuss the effects of this mechanism
on the properties of the LED in relation to its use as an optical source for
communications. [9]
b) Compare between the photodiodes: p-n, pi-n, APD and phototransistor.

Comment on their usefulness from link design perspective. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the important performance and compatibility requirements for

detectors used in optical fiber communication links. [9]
b) The power generated internally within a double-hetero junction LED is

28.4 mW at a drive current of 60 mA. Determine the peak emission
wavelength from the device when the radiative and nonradiative
recombination lifetimes of the minority carriers in the active region are
equal. [8]
Q5) a) Draw a neat labeled diagram of a WDM system. Explain the need of
wavelength division multiplexing in fiber optic communication systems.
[9]
b) Explain the optical components: optical isolators, circulators and fiber

Bragg grating for multiplexers & De-multiplexers. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the various loss mechanisms that arise on account of joints,
splices, connectors, mismatch of parameters and fiber misalignment in a
fiber optic link. [9]
b) Compare the SOA, EDFA and the Raman amplifiers in relation to the
provision of amplification within optical fiber communication systems.
[9]
Q7) a) Draw a neat labelled diagram to show a point to point fiber optic
communication link. Explain the system design considerations for each
of the components on the path. [9]
[5870]-1092 2
b) In an experimental setup for establishing an analog optical fiber link, a
student chooses the components with the 10% to 90% rise time values
as indicated below:
Source (LED) : 10 ns
Detector (APD) : 3 ns
Fiber cable (intermodal) : 9 ns/km
The desired link length without repeaters is 5 km and the required optical
bandwidth is 6 MHz. Predict whether the above selection of components
gives a viable system. [8]
OR
Q8) a) A 1550 nm single mode digital fiber optic link needs to operate at 622
Mb/s over 80 km without amplifiers. A single mode InGaAsP laser
launches an average optical of 13 dBm into the fiber. The fiber has a loss
of 0.35dB/km, and there is a splice with a loss of 0.1 dB every kilometer.
The coupling loss at the receiver is 0.5 dB and the receiver uses an
InGaAs APD with a sensitivity of -39 dBm. Excess noise penalties are
predicted to be 1.5 dB. Set up an optical power budget for this link and
find the system margin. Calculate the system margin at 2.5 Gb/s with an
APD sensitivity of -31 dBm? [9]
b) Explain the various methods used for the analysis of the optical fiber
links. What metrics are useful for evaluating the performance of optical
fiber analog links and digital links. [8]

[5870]-1092 3

[5870]-1093
E - MOBILITY
(2019 Pattern) (Elective - II) (Semester - II) (304215E)

2) Neat diagrams and waveforms must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of nonprogrammable calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Explain in brief Metal Air Battery, Zinc Chloride battery. [6]
b) Compare flywheel energy storage system & hydraulic energy storage
system. [5]
c) Explain construction & working of Sodium based batteries. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain role of Ultra capacitors in energy storage system of EVs. [6]
b) Explain construction & working of Lithium based batteries. [7]
c) Compare Lead Acid battery & Nickel based battery. [4]
Q3) a) Explain with block diagram OFF board conductive charging. [8]
b) Explain various requirements for a battery charger in EVs. [5]
c) Explain concept of charge equalization process in battery. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain various battery indication methods. [8]
b) Standard power levels of conductive chargers - Explain. [5]
c) Explain with diagram working of basic charger circuit. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain various types of EV charging connectors. [6]
b) Explain North American EV Plug Standards. [6]
c) Explain Occasional Charging Station. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Fast Charging station. [5]
b) Explain public charging infrastructure. [6]
c) Explain European EV Plug Standards. [6]
Q7) a) Explain with diagram 6LoWPAN protocol? Give its applications. [8]
b) Explain with diagram power line carrier communication. [6]
c) Explain I2C protocol. [4]
OR
Q8) a) What is Ethernet? Why it is used? Give its advantages & disadvantages.
[8]
b) Explain with diagram LIN bus protocol. [6]
c) What is Modbus protocol? Explain where it is used. [4]

[5870]-1093 2

[5870]-1094
T.E. (Instrumentation & Control)
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

1) Attempt Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
Q1) a) List and explain the types of instructions in 8051. [8]

b) Differentiate between conditional and unconditional branching instructions.
[8]
c) What do you mean by indexing. [2]
OR
Q2) a) Differentiate between Assembly language and C language. [8]
b) Elaborate on Assembler Directives. [10]
Q3) a) Draw and explain how to interface a push button to 8051. [8]
b) Draw and explain how to interface a stepper motor to 8051. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Draw and explain how to interface LM35 to 8051. [9]
b) Draw and explain how to interface a relay to 8051. [8]
Q5) a) Draw block diagram of temperature controller using thermocouple for

8051. [8]
b) What the safety interlocks in a washing machine? [5]
c) How is AC motors interfaced to 8051 in washing machine? [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Draw block diagram of AC heater using thermocouple for 8051. [8]
b) Draw and explain block diagram of line tracing robot with flowchart.[10]
Q7) a) Differentiate between RISC and CISC controllers. [8]

b) What is embedded firmware? [4]
c) Explain characteristics of embedded systems. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Differentiate between microprocessors and microcontrollers. [8]
b) Explain ASIC with example. [9]

[5870]-1094 2
[5870] - 1095
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION - I
1) All questions are compulsory.
Q1) a) What is IEC 6113 1-3.Explain with example. [5]

b) Implement the basic PID equation by making use of PLC instructions.[4]
OR
Q2) a) Convert the temperature in degree Celsius to degree Fahrenheit by making
use of PLC instructions. [5]
b) Consider a process which compares the set and actual temperature and
generates a digital output if the actual value is greater than set temperature.
Develop a ladder logic by assuming required data. [4]
Q3) a) List 2 PLC instructions and explain them in detail with example. [5]
b) Explain difference between move and bulk move instructions by making
use of example. [4]
OR
Q4) Consider a process which compares the set and actual temperature and
generates a digital output for following conditions
a) Red lamp if actual value is greater than set temperature.
b) Green lamp if actual value is equal to set temperature.
c) Orange lamp if actual value is greater than or equal to set temperature.
d) Amber lamp if actual value is less than or equal to set temperature.
Develop a ladder logic by assuming required data. [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) Explain the signal processing of analog output module. By making using of
PLC instructions draw a ladder and scale an analog output of 0-1000 rpm
to 0 - 10V. [9]
OR
Q6) Draw a ladder diagram for the figure shown below. List the IO’s, assign them
the ad-dress and also write the sequence of operation.
Process description :
When the high level switch is true the inlet valve should be off and when
low level switch is sensed the inlet valve should be off. Once level is healthy
and both inlet and outlet valves are off switch on the heater. if actual temperature
sensed by the temperature sensor is equal to or greater than 40 degree then
switch off the heater and after 5 sec open the outlet valve. Outlet valve should
be on till low level switch is sensed. [9]
Q7) a) List 5 functions of a PID block used in PLC. [5]

b) Enlist and elaborate in short 2 applications where PLC is used. [4]
OR
Q8) a) List 5 functions of a HSC block used in PLC. [5]
b) List 2 manufacturers of PLC and compare at least 5 instructions used in
both of them. [4]
Q9) a) Explain three different architectures of SCADA. [10]

b) Write a short note on trend management in SCADA. [7]
OR
[5870] - 1095 2
Q10)a) Develop a SCADA system for a bottle filling plant.
Prepare below mentioned screens -
i) Welcome Screen,
ii) Parameter Screen,
iii) MIMIC Screen,
iv) Alarm screen.
Assume suitable data where ever required. [10]
b) Write a short note on functions of SCADA? [7]
Q11)a) Develop a MIMIC for conveyor control system using HMI instructions.
[12]
b) Write short note on speed control methods of drive. [5]
OR
Q12)a) Develop a MIMIC for tank level control system using HMI instructions.
[12]
b) Explain with block diagram concept of servo drive. [5]

[5870] - 1095 3
P782 [5870] - 1096
T.E. (Instrumentation and Control)

MODERN CONTROL THEORY
1) Solve Q. No.1 or Q. No.2, Q. No. 3 or Q. No.4, Q. No. 5 or Q. No.6, Q. No.7 or
Q. No.8.
3) Use of non-programmable Calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Check Controllability and observability of system whose state space

representation as below. [10]
 x1  0 1 1  x1   3   x1 
 x   1 1 1   x    2  u and y  1 0 0  x 
 2   2     2 
 x3  1 1 0   x3   1   x3 
0 1 0
b) The state model of system given by 
x   1 2  x  1  u Determine
   
stability of system using direct method of Lyapunov Analysis. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Check Controllability and observability of system whose state space
representation as below [12]
 x1  1 0 2   x1  1 1  x1 
 x   3 3 0   x    2 0  u and 1   y   0 4 1   
 2   2    y  0 2 3  x2 
 x3  0 0 1   x3   0 0   2   
 x3 
b) Describe Lyapunov stability analysis (direct method) for continuous time
LTI systems. [6]
Q3) A state space equation and output equation of control system is as follows it
is desired to place the poles at location –3, –4, –5 using state feedback. Find
state feedback gain matrix for the system. [17]
 x1   0 1 0   x1  0   x1 
 x    0 0 1   x   0  u and y  2 0 1  x 
 2   2     2 
 x3   3 6 7   x3  1   x3 
OR
[5870] - 1096 1
P.T.O.
Q4) Design a full order observer for the system defined by following state equation.
 x1   0 1 0   x1  0   x1 
 x    0 0 1   x2   0  u and y  1 0 0  x2 
 2       
 x3   6 11 6   x3  1   x3 
Given the set of desired poles for the Observer to be s = –6,–6,–6. [17]
Q5) a) Draw a neat block diagram of discrete time control system and explain
each block in brief. [10]
b) Explain ADC and DAC operation in sampled data control system. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Derive an expression for Zero Order Hold (ZOH). Explain importance
of ZOH. [10]
b) State and explain different advantages of discrete time control system.[8]
Q7) a) Solve difference equation

1 3
y (k  2)  3 y (k  1)  2 y (k )  0; y (1)   , y (2)  [10]
2 4
b) Find the equivalent sampled impulse response sequence and the equivalent
z-transfer.
Function for the cascade of the two analog systems with sampled input.
1 2
H1 ( s )  and H 2 ( s )  [7]
s2 s4
OR
Q8) Consider system described by y(k) – 0.6y(k–1)–0.81y(k–2)+0.67y(k–3)

–0.12y(k–4) = x(k) Where x(k) is input and y(k) is output of system. Determine
stability of system. Use Jury’s stability test. [17]

[5870] - 1096 2
[5870] - 1097
T.E. (Instrumentation and Control Engineering)
OPERATING SYSTEM(Theory)
2) Neat circuit diagrams should be drawn whenever necessary.
Q1) a) What do you mean by contiguous memory allocation? Explain multiple

and variable partition schemes. Also describe first fit, best fit and worst
fit strategies. [8]
b) What is page fault and page replacement? Describe Least Recently Used
(LRU) page replacement algorithm. [9]
OR
Q2) a) What is paging? Explain logical and physical memory model. [8]
b) Determine the number of page faults for a reference string:
7, 0, 1, 2, 0, 3, 0, 4, 2, 3, 0, 3, 0, 3, 2, 1, 2, 0, 1, 7, 0, 1
Algorithm to be used is Least Recently Used and there are 3 frames per
page. [9]
Q3) a) What is deadlock? Explain 4 conditions for deadlock to occur. [9]

b) What do you mean by deadlock detection? Explain process termination
and resource preemption as means of recovery from deadlock. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Write a note on resource allocation graph. [9]
b) Describe in detail Banker's algorithm. [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Which are the operations to be performed on directory? Explain single
level directory. [9]
b) Briefly explain file operations and types of files. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Enlist approaches for free space management. Explain linked list approach.
[8]
b) Which are the various controlled operations on files? Describe the access
control method. [9]
Q7) a) What do you mean by system protection? What are the goals? Explain
the access matrix. [9]
b) Define virus. Describe briefly any 4 categories of virus. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Enlist different methods to implement access matrix. Explain any two of
them. [9]
b) Explain one time password and Biometrics as tools for user authentication.
[9]

[5870] - 1097 2
P784 [5870] - 1098
T. E. (Instrumentation & Control)

MECHATRONICS & ROBOTICS
(2019 Pattern ) (Semester - I) (Elective-I) (306265 A)
1) Attempt all the Questions out of Q.1, or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
Q1) a) Illustrate in brief different stages in designing a mechatronic system. [9]

b) Write the Design steps involved in Mechatronics system design. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Illustrate briefly the role of modeling and simulation in analysis of
mechatronics systems. [9]
b) Elaborate briefly about Hardware-in-the-loop simulation and embedded
software. [9]
Q3) a) Illustrate the different sensors used in robotics. [9]

b) Classify the different types of motors used in robots also explain each
type in brief. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Sketch any one application of robotics in the industry also explain the
same in brief. [9]
b) Explain the speed of motion in industrial robots. [8]
Q5) a) Explain the various parts of a robot with neat sketch. [9]
b) Describe the types of end effector & gripper mechanisms with simple
sketches. [9]
OR
[5870] - 1098 1
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Discuss the performance characteristics of actuators. Compare electrical,
pneumatic & hydraulic actuators for their characteristics. [9]
b) Discuss in detail the selection and design considerations of grippers in

robot. [9]
Q7) a) Explain the various programming methods used in robotics with examples
and features of each. [9]
b) Consider two frames {A}&{B}. The frame {B} is rotated with respect
to frame {A} by 30 degree. around z-axis and the origin of {B} is shifted
with respect to the origin of {A} by [5,10,5]. the Z a and Z b axes are
parallel point ‘p’ is described in {B} by 1,2,3). describe the same point
with respect to {A} using the transform matrix ( ABT ). [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the line following robot algorithm and its programming. [9]
b) Explain the remote controlled car programming. [8]

[5870] - 1098 2
P785 [5870] - 1099

DATA SCIENCE
(2019 Pattern) (306265B) (Semester - I) (Elective - I)
1) Answer Q.1, or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
Q1) a) Explicate the various logical operations that can be performed on arrays
using Numpy. [9]
b) Discuss on data representation plots in Matplotlib. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain basic pandas operation on data frame with suitable examples.[9]
b) Illustrate line, pie, bar chart with suitable examples. [9]
Q3) a) Explain the concept of continuous and discrete data with examples. [8]
b) Discuss on missing value treatments-mean, median and mode methods.[9]
OR
Q4) a) Comment on the advantages and disadvantages of outlier treatment
algorithms using percentile and IQR. [9]
b) Discuss the analysis of multivariate data with suitable example. [8]
Q5) a) Explain the concept of Box plot and Z score with example. [9]
b) Discuss on advantages and applications of Label Encoding. [9]
OR
[5870] - 1099 1
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Demonstrate correlation analysis in categorical to numerical with suitable
example. [9]
b) Discuss about the concept of feature rescaling. [9]
Q7) a) Explain concept of Tableau online. [8]
b) Explain concept of Tableau public. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the different components of Tableau desktop dashboard. [9]
b) Differentiate between tree map and heat map with its advantages, limitations
and applications. [8]

[5870] - 1099 2
P786 [5870] - 1100

POWER ELECTRONICS
(2019 Pattern ) (Semester - I) (306265 C) (Elective-I)
Q1) a) Obtain an expression for average dc output voltage of a 1-phase fully

controlled rectifier for R load with firing angle, α. [9]
b) Derive an expression for average output voltage in terms of input dc
voltage and duty cycle for a step up chopper. [8]
OR
Q2) a) With neat circuit diagram explain the operation of a Single Phase Half
Wave Rectifier with R, load. Sketch the shape of output voltage waveform.
[9]
b) Draw the circuit and explain the 180º operation of a 3 phase bridge
inverter with R load. Draw the phase voltage and line voltage waveforms.
[8]
Q3) a) Draw neat sketch of analog PI controller using Operational Amplifier

and explain in brief. [9]
b) Compare electronics P, PI and PID controllers. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Draw op-amp. based analog comparator and discuss voltage current
characteristics of an analog comparator. [9]
b) Write mathematical expression of PI and PID controller in a discrete
mode. [9]
[5870] - 1100 1
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Draw a neat sketch and explain block diagram of universal UPS system.[9]
b) Draw neat diagram of seriesw connected controllers in FACT and explain
in brief. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Draw neat diagram of shunt connected controllers in FACT and explain
in brief. [8]
b) Write short notes on Criteria for battery selection. [9]
Q7) a) Discuss in brief Boost Converter and Buck Converter in MPPT. [9]
b) Explain basic types of solar power system. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Compare On-Grid and Off-Grid solar system. [9]
b) How hybrid solar power system works? Explain in detail. [9]

[5870] - 1100 2
P787 [5870] - 1101

BIO-MEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION
(Elective-I) (2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (306265 D)
Q1) a) Design and explain with neat diagram of Photo-plethysmography. [9]

b) Expalin dye dilution technique for cardiac output measurement with neat
diagram. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Describe in brief various technique used for BP measurement. [9]
b) Explain Magnetic blood flow meter with neat diagram. [9]
Q3) a) What is an EEG? Explain the various types of EEG electrode. [8]
b) Draw and explain the structure of Neuron. Write short note on Neuro-
muscular transmission. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Define Evoked response. List different waves from different parts of the
brain. [8]
b) What is the principle of EMG? Draw and explain the block diagram of
EMG. [9]
Q5) a) What is Audiometer? Briefly explain basic Audiometer. [9]

b) Draw and explain Anatomy of Eye. Explain various errors in vision with
its ways of correction. [9]
OR
[5870] - 1101 1
P.T.O.
Q6) a) What is the mechanism of hearing? Explain Sound conduction system.[9]
b) What are Rods and Cones in the human vision system? Explain the
function performed by each of them. [9]
Q7) a) Explain natural process of breathing. Draw and explain any one type of
Spirometer. [9]
b) Draw and explain Oxygen gas Analyzer. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the breathing physiology with active and passive respiration.[8]
b) Explain Oxygenator. Draw and explain basic block diagram of Ventilator.

[9]

[5870] - 1101 2
P788 [5870] - 1102

INTERNET OF THINGS
1) Answers Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
Q1) a) What is Third party integration of IoT platforms? [4]

b) Explain the different types of loT platforms. [8]
c) Write in brief the functions of IoT platform. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Differentiate between Arduino and Raspberry Pi boards. [8]
b) What are the various sensors and actuators used in IoT. [8]
c) What are GPIOs? [2]
Q3) a) Explain in brief architecture and characteristics of IoT platform. [5]

b) Explain in brief the Service Models of IoT. [6]
c) Whart is the difference between public, private and hybrid deployment
cloud models in IoT. [6]
OR
Q4) a) What you mean by identity and trust in IoT? [6]
b) Differentiate between user-centric identity management, device centric
identity management and hybrid-identity management. [6]
c) What is Data synchronization in IoT? [5]
[5870] - 1102 1 P.T.O.

Q5) a) Explain in brief what is IoT reference model? [6]
b) What are the different IoT security requirements? [6]
c) Elaborate on various IoT routing attacks. [6]

OR
Q6) a) What is an IoT gateway? Explain key features of an IoT Gateway. [6]
b) Explain in detail the IoT Protocols. [6]
c) Differentiate between network and transport layer challenges. [6]
Q7) a) What is Home Area Network? Explain its implementation in Smart home.
[8]
b) Write short note on Energy management in Smart cities. [6]
c) What are challenges of V2X Communication? [3]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on future trends for IoT in Health Care. [6]
b) Explain role of mobile apps in Health Care sector. [6]
c) What are the challenges in the IoT Health Care sector? [5]

[5870] - 1102 2
[5870]-1103
T.E. (Instru. & Control)
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION - II
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II)
3) Figure to the right side indicate full marks.
Q1) a) How does HART works? Explain the point to point and multidrop
network. [8]
b) Discuss and differentiate between RS 485 and modbus. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss the differences between traditional and field bus installation.
Draw and discuss, how the multiple instrument are connected through
field segments. [8]
b) Discuss third party interface with example with respect to DCS system.[9]
Q3) a) What is an HMI? Discuss the benefits of properly designed HMI. [9]
b) With example discuss the concept of integration and optimization in
DCS system? [9]
OR
Q4) a) Discuss five types of displays used in DCS system with its significance.[9]
b) Explain the alarm management system with the stages rationalization,
design details, implementation, operation, maintenance. [9]
Q5) a) Discuss Sequential Function Chart (SFC) used in DCS system in detail.[8]
b) Discuss the ANN and MPC for process control in detail. [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Develop a logic to start the three electric motors. (M1, M2, M3)
sequentially. M1 should start immediately when start button pressed.
After a delay of 10s, M2 and after a delay of 20s M3 should start. When
start button pressed again to off the motors, motor M1 and M2 should
off immediately and M3 should be off after 10s delay. [8]
b) Discuss the architecture of DCS? List two manufactures of DCS. [9]
Q7) a) Internet-Based Monitoring of Distribution Control using DCS system

with application. [9]
b) Write a short note on faceplate concept in DCS system. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Discuss the pulp and paper plant implementation using DCS in detail.[10]
b) Discuss the use of DCS for oil and gas processing environment. [8]

[5870]-1103 2

[5870]-1104

2) Neat diagram must be draw wherever necessary.
3) Use of Non-programmable calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Find DTFS for the following : [8]
æp ö
x(n) = sin çç n÷÷÷
çè 3 ø
b) Sketch magnitude and phase plot of LTI system described by [9]
1
h(n) = [d (n) -d (n -1) ]
2
OR
Q2) a) Plot the magnitude response of the system with h(n) = (0.5)nu(n). [10]
b) Sketch the ideal frequency selective filter response and state mathematical
expression for each filter. [7]
Q3) a) Perform the circular convolution of given sequences [12]

x(n) = {1, 3, 5, 7}
h(n) = {2, 4, 6, 8}
using DFT and IDFT method
b) Discuss in brief Butterfly operations and Bit reversal form in FFT. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) State various properties of DFT. [6]
b) Compute the 8-point DFT of the sequence [12]
x(n) = {2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2}
using radix-2 decimation-in-time (DIT) FFT algorithm.
Q5) a) Draw analog filter frequency response show all details. Also sketch and
brief the response of Butterworth, Chebyshev-I and II type filter
responses. [9]
b) Apply bilinear transformation to the following to find H(z), [9]
1
H ( s) =
( s + 2)( s + 3)
with T = 1 sec
OR
Q6) Design a Butterworth digital low pass filter with following specification, [18]
0.8 < |H(e j)| < 1; for 0 <  < 0.2
|H(e j)| < 0.2; for 0.6 <  < 
using bilinear transformation method. Assume T = 1 sec.
Q7) a) List various types of window function used in FIR filter Design, state
the mathematical function. Explain Gibbs phenomenon in brief. [11]
b) Compare FIR and IIR filters. [6]
OR
Q8) Design a linear-phase FIR Low Pass Filter with the following desired frequency
response. Sketch magnitude response. [17]
p p
H d (e jw ) = 1 ; - £ w£
2 2
p
H d (e jw ) = 0 ; £ w £p
2
Using hanning window with N = 9.

[5870]-1104 2
[5870]-1105
BUILDING AUTOMATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (306271A) (Elective - II)
Q1) a) What is function of AHU? What are the different types of air handling
units? [9]
b) How does an Air Handling Unit work? [9]
OR
Q2) a) Differentiate between Constant and Variable Air Volume Systems. [9]
b) What are the components of an AHU? [9]
Q3) a) Enlist the parts of fire tube boiler and explain its working? What is the
advantage of fire tube boiler? [8]
b) What is geothermal energy? [9]
OR
Q4) a) What is the importance of heat exchanger? What is the working principle
of heat exchanger? [8]
b) Differentiate between Water Cooled Chiller vs Air Cooled Chiller in

HVAC System. [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is fire alarm? Why do we need NFPA 72 compliance? [9]
b) Explain the conventional (Non- addressable) and addressable Types of
Fire Alarm Systems. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain FAS loops and classifications. [9]
b) Explain Different Types of Fire Alarm Cables. [9]
Q7) a) What is Video Analytics? Why Use Video Analytics? [8]

b) What is the difference between a Video Server, an NVR and a DVR? [9]
OR
Q8) a) Briefly explain the 5 parts of CCTV camera system? [8]
b) What are the types of CCTV camera? [9]

[5870]-1105 2
P792 [5870]-1106
T.E. (Instrumentation Engineering)

MACHINE LEARNING
4) Assume Suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) State pros, cons and applications of Naive Bayes algorithm. [10]
b) Derive Bayes Theorem and Naive Bayes Theorem. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Differentiate the concepts of logistic regression, KNN and Naive Bayes.
[10]
b) Explain applications of KNN algorithm. [8]
Q3) a) Explain SVM machine learning algorithm. [9]

b) Explain separable and non-separable data with an application to SVM.[8]
OR
Q4) a) Define Hyperplane, hard margin and soft margin. [9]

b) Explain kernels with application. [8]
Q5) a) Explain Decision tree algorithm with example. [10]

b) Describe the methods to avoid the Over fitting in Model. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) What is mean by hyper parameter? Explain hyper parameter tuning.[10]
b) Describe Ensemble learning. [8]
Q7) a) Explain applications of K means clustering algorithm. [9]

b) Explain Silhouette method. [8]
OR
Q8) a) How to choose the value of “K number of clusters” in K-means

Clustering? [9]
b) Explain Elbow method. [8]
 
[5870]-1106 2
P793 [5870]-1107

ELECTRICAL DRIVES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (306271C)
Q1) a) List the basic types of DC motors. Give the types of DC motor. Describe
a DC series motor. [9]
b) Describe a DC permanent-magnet motor. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the Time ratio control strategies in dc chopper? [9]
b) What is Universal Motor? How does a Universal Motor run on both AC
and DC supply? List out the Properties and explain the Characteristics
of Universal Motors. [9]
Q3) a) Elaborate on the different methods of braking applied to the induction

motor? [8]
b) Explain the Speed Control of Induction Motor by Variable Frequency
Control. [9]
OR
Q4) a) What are the different methods of speed control of IM? What is meant
by stator voltage control. Mention the application of stator voltage control.
[8]
b) What are the features of the Variable Frequency Control of Induction
Motor Drive? Give the advantages of the same. [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Elaborate on Machine Tool Drives as a Applications of Electric Drives.[9]
b) Explain electrical drives for Lathes, Milling and Grinding Machines. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the electrical drives for Electric Traction and Refrigeration and
Air Conditioning. [9]
b) Discuss electrical drives for Pumps and Air Compressor. [9]
Q7) a) What is Electric Drive? Discuss the types of Electric Drives and
parameters on which it depends. [8]
b) Discuss the Non-isolated converters and isolated converters types of
DC/DC converters. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the Speed control of three phase induction motor using pole
changing method and changing Supply Voltage Method. [8]
b) Describe a DC/DC converter in electric vehicle? [9]
 
[5870]-1107 2
P794 [5870]-1108

ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (306271D)
Q1) a) Draw a block diagram of Gas Chromatography system? Explain function

of each element? [8]
b) Write a note on HPLC? Give its applications? [9]
OR
Q2) a) Enlist various types of detectors, columns and carrier gases used in Gas
Chromatography? Explain one from each category with appropriate
diagrams? [8]
b) Write a note on Liquid Chromatography? Give its applications? [9]
Q3) a) Explain with suitable diagram how thermal conductivity circuit works?
How this is used to carry out flue gas analysis? [9]
b) Draw and explain the principle of Oxygen gas analyzer using Paramagnetic
Principle? [9]
OR
Q4) a) Draw and explain [9]

i) Single beam and
ii) Double beam Turbidity measuring instrument? Compare them?
b) Draw and explain the principle of Zirconium oxide based Oxygen gas
analyzer? [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Draw and Explain working of the Membrane? List and explain any three
factors which affect the separation process? [9]
b) Explain the Principle operation of Mass Spectrometer using suitable block
diagram? Give its applications? [9]
OR
Q6) a) Draw and explain the Dialysis process? State and explain any one
application of it? [9]
b) State the principle of Mass Spectrometer? Show analogy between Optical
Spectroscopy and Mass Spectrometry with suitable block diagram? [9]
Q7) a) Enlist nuclear radiation deterctors? Explain any one in detail? Draw suitable
diagram? [8]
b) What is Gamma Spectrometry? Draw a suitable diagram to support your
answer? [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain principle of working of GM Counter? Draw suitable diagram of

it. [8]
b) Write a note on Solid State detectors? [9]
 
[5870]-1108 2
P795 [5870]-1109
T.E. (Chemical)
MASS TRANSFER-I
(2019 Course) (Semester-I) (309341) (Theory)
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4 Q.5 or Q.6. Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherver necessary
3) Figures to the right side indicate ful marks.
Q1) a) 5000 kg/hr of SO2 air mixture contain 5% by volume SO2 is to be

scrubbed with 2,00,000 kg/hr of water in a packed tower. The exit
concentration of SO2 is reduced to 0.15%. The tower operates at 1 atm.
The equilibrium relation is given by Y = 30 X
Where Y = Moles SO2/ Moles water
X = Moles SO2/ Moles water
If the packed height of tower is 420 cm. Estimate the height of transfer
unit (H.T.U.) [6]
b) Explain Criteri for Selection of Solvent for absorption [4]
c) An air-NH3 mixture with 20 mol % NH3 is to be scrubbed with water at
30°C and 1 atm. The equipment to be used has an efficiency of 99%.
Determine the final concentration of NH3 in the outgoing gaseous stream.
What is the maximum possible solubility of NH3 in water at this condition?
[8]
OR
Q2) a) Derive and explain the calculation of number of trays for absorption
[8]
b) The equilibrium data for a certain absorption may be represented by the
equation Y=5.1 X2 where Y is kmol of gaseous absorbable material per
kilomole of inert gas and X is kilomole of dissolved absorbable material
per kilomole of inert liquid. The unit is operated as continuous
countercurrent absorption. The entering gas contain 5 moles of absorbable
material per 20 moles of inert gas. The liquid mixture enters the column
as a pure material . Determine the minimum molal ratio of the liquid to
gas if the gases leaving the tower contain 1 mole absorbable material per
50 mole of inert gas. [10]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) What is vapour-liquid equilibria, Explain in Detail with Example. [8]
b) Write a short Note on (Any Three) [9]
i) Cooling towers,
ii) Tray towers,
iii) Spray chambers,
iv) Spray ponds,
OR
Q4) a) Discuss about calculation of height of cooling tower. [8]
b) What is Humidification and Dehumidification, Explain in Detail with
Example? [6]
c) What is Lewis Relation. [3]
Q5) a) Explain in detail about Gas dispersal equipment with neat diagram. [8]
b) What is Trey Efficiency? Explain types of trays and efficiency in Detail.
[9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Constriction, Working and Application of mechanically agitated
vessels. [8]
b) Discuss about Various Types of Trays and Packing used in Chemical
Industry. [9]
Q7) a) A dryer reduces the moisture content of 100kg of a potato product from
80% to 10% moisture. 250kg of steam at 70kPa gauge is used to heat
49,800m3 of air to 80°C, and the air is cooled to 71°C in passing through
the dryer. Calculate the efficiency of the dryer. The Specific heat of
potato is 3.43kJkg-1 ºC-1. Assume potato enters at 24°C, which is also the
ambient air temperature, and leaves at the same temperature as the exit
air. [10]
b) Explain in Detail about Role of Mass Transfer in Tray Dryer. Also state
the Application of Tray Dryer. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Draw and Explain Rate of Drying Curve. [6]
b) A Certain Material was dried under constant drying condition and it was
found that 2 hours are required to reduce the free moisture content from
20% to 10%. How much longer would be required to reduce free moisture
content to 4%. Assume that no constant rate period is encountered. [6]
c) Write a short note on [6]
i) Pneumatic Dryer and vacuum dryer
ii) Fluidized bed Dryer

[5870]-1109 2
[5870] - 1110
T.E. (Chemical)
CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY - II
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is permitted.
Q1) a) Explain the process of manufacturing of Portland cement with major

engineering problems. [9]
b) Describe various steps involved in pyrolysis of coal. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain carbonization of coal and the effect of temperature on the
products obtained. [9]
b) Explain construction and working of Blast furnace. [8]
Q3) a) Describe different types of solvents used in paint manufacture? [9]

b) Explain production of water gas and its applications. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Write a short note on the following with suitable diagram (any 2) [12]
i) Producer Gas
ii) Natural Gas
iii) Water Gas
b) Write the classification of dyes with their properties. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Discuss different types of agrochemicals and explain manufacturing
process of pesticides. [9]
b) Discuss properties and applications of Varnishes. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain manufacturing of penicillin with major engineering problems.[9]
b) Describe in detail about plant growth regulators and yield stimulators.[8]
Q7) a) Explain production of methanol in brief with a neat process flow diagram.
[9]
b) Describe production of styrene with its engineering problems. [9]
OR
Q8) Draw a neat flow diagram and explain in brief (any 3) [18]
a) Production of vinyl chloride
b) Production of Phenol
c) Production of acetone
d) Production of Ethylene

[5870] - 1110 2

[5870]-1112
T.E. (Chemical)
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
Q1) a) Use least-squares regression to fit a straight line to [8]

x 0 2 4 6 9 11 12 15 17 19
y 5 6 7 6 9 8 7 10 12 12
b) Use a Lagrange interpolating polynomial of the second order to evaluate
f (2) on the basis of the data given [9]
x 1 4 6
F(x) 0 1.386 1.792
OR
Q2) a) Fit an exponential model of the form y = aebx to [10]
x 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.3
y 800 975 1500 1950 2900 3600
b) Find the integration of (3x + 4) in the limits 2 to 5 by Trapezoidal rule
using six steps. [7]
Q3) a) Solve the following initial value problem over the interval from t=0 to t=2
dy
where y(0) = 1 using Euler’s method with h = 0.25 = yt 3 - 1.5 y .[10]
dx
dy
b) Given that = x + y z and y = 0 when x = 0, determine the value of y
dx
when x = 0.3, correct to four places of decimals using Picards method.
[8]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Solve the following problem using second order RK method from t = 0
dy
to 1 taking h = 0.5 = -y + t 2 y(0) = 1. [10]
dx
b) Obtain the approximate solution y(t) of IVP using Taylor series method.
Obtain approximate solution at t = 0.1 correct to 4 places of decimal.
dy
= 1 + ty y(0) = 1 [8]
dx
Q5) Use the explicit method to solve the temperature distribution of a long thin
rod with a length of 10 cm and the following values: k’ = 0.49 cal/(s.cm. ºC),
Δx = 2 cm and Δt = 0.1 s. At t = 0, the temperature od the rod is zero and the
boundary condition s are fixed for all times at T(0)=100 °C and T(10)=50 °C.
The rod is of aluminium with C = 0.2174 cal/g. °C and ρ = 2.7 g/cm3.
Therefore, k = 0.49(2.7 * 0.2174) = 0.835 cm2/s and λ = 0.835(0.1)/(2)2 =
0.020875 . Do two iterations.
Dt
Ti l+1 = Ti l + l (Ti+l 1 - 2Ti l + Ti-l 1 ) where l = k . [18]
Dx 2
OR
Q6) a) Explain implicit method and its advantages and disadvantages in details.
[12]
b) Explain classification of partial differential equations with examples. [6]
Q7) a) Use Newton’s method to approximate the maximum of f(x) = 2

sin x – (x 2/10) with initial guess x 0 = 1. Do three iterations. [10]
b) What are the six steps of optimization? Enlist and explain. [7]
OR
Q8) Using Simplex method, [17]
Maximize Z = 5 x1 + 3x2
Subject to : xl + x2 < 2
5x1 + 2x2 < = 10
3x1 + 8x2 < = 12
x1, x2 > = 0

[5870]-1112 2
[5870] - 1113
T.E. (Chemical)
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS
3) Figures to right side indicates full marks.
Q1) Assuming the validity of Raoults law do the following calculations for benzene(1)
toluene (2) system. [18]
a) Given x1 = 0.33 and T= 100oC, find y1 and P
b) Given y1 = 0.33 and T= 100oC, find x1 and P
c) Given x1 = 0.33 and P= 120 KPa, find y1 and T.
The Antoine equation and parameters are given below:
sat B
ln P /KPa=A- (T inoC)
T+C
Compound A B C
Benzene 13.8594 2773.78 220.07
Toluene 14.0098 3103.01 219.79
OR
Q2) a) Construct the p-x-y diagram for cyclohexane (1) – benzene (2) system at
313K given that at 313 K the vapour pressures of cyclohexane and benzene
are 24.62 KPa and 24.41 KPa respectively. The liquid phase activity
coefficients are given by ln γ 1= 0.458 x22, ln γ 2=0.458 x12. [10]
b) Explain phase rule for non- reacting systems with suitable examples. [8]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain liquid - liquid equilibrium diagram on triangular co-ordinates for a
system in which two pairs are partially soluble. [8]
b) Explain the following two methods of consistency tests for VLE data:[9]
i) Using the coexistence equation.
ii) Using the partial pressure data.
OR
Q4) a) Derive the following expression for solid - liquid equilibrium. [10]
Hil-His
T fis
 i  exp  dt Where  i = .Hi l and H i s are the molar
Tm RT2 fil
enthalpies for the species i in the liquid and solid phases. Tm is the melting
temperature of pure species i.
b) Discuss various criteria for phase equilibrium. [7]
Q5) a) Estimate the standard free energy change and equilibrium constant at
700K for the reaction [14]
N2(g) 3H2(g) 2NH3(g)
Given that the standard heat of formation and standard free energy of
formation of ammonia at 298K to be- 46100 J/mol and - 16500 J/mol
respectively. The specific heat data is given as,
Cp = 27.27 + 4.93 × 10–3T for N2
Cp = 27.01 + 3.51 × 10–3T for H2
Cp = 29.75 + 25.11 × 10–3T for NH3
b) Write a note on feasibility of a chemical reaction. [4]
OR
Q6) a) A system consisting 2 mol methane and 3 mol water is undergoing the
following reactions: CH4 + H2O CO + 3H2 [9]
CH4 + 2H2O CO2 + 4H2
Derive expressions for mole fractions in terms of extent of reaction.
[5870] - 1113 2
b) Calculate the standard Gibbs free energy change and the equilibrium
constant at 298.15K for the following reactions: [9]
a) N2 (g) +3H2 (g) 2NH3 (g)
1
b) C2H5OH (g) + O (g) CH3CHO (g) + H2O (g)
2 2
Free energies of formation at 298.15 K are given as follows:
 Gof (NH3) = -16.747 kJ/mol,  Gof (CH3CHO) = -133.978 kJ/mol
 Gof (H2O) = -228.600 kJ/mol,  Gof (C2H5OH) = -174.883 kJ/mol.
Q7) a) 100 moles of gas mixture containing 60% H2, 20% N2 and 20% inerts is
catalytically reacted to get NH3 at 50 bar and 400oC. Calculate percent
conversion of H2 and percent NH3 in exit gases. Given Kp at 400oC =
0.0125. [8]
b) Calculate the equilibrium constant at 298 K for the reaction [9]
C2H4(g) + H2O(g) C2H5OH(g)
with the help of following data. Also comment about the feasibility of
reaction.
So298,J/mol.K Ho298,J/mol.K
C2H4(g) 220.85 48,986
H2O(g) 189.12 -241997
C2H5OH(g) 278.00 -238941
OR
Q8) a) A feed stock of pure n- butane is cracked at 750K and 1.2 bar to produce
olefins. Only two reactions have favourable equilibrium conversion at
these condition: [10]
C4H10 C2H4+C2H6 K1 = 3.856
C4H10 C3H6+CH4 K2 = 268.4
if these reactions reach equilibrium, what is the product composition?
b) Explain in detail about the relation of equilibrium constant to composition.

[7]

[5870] - 1113 3
[5870]-1114
T.E. (Chemical)
CHEMICAL INDUSTRY MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (409345 - A) (Elective - I A)

3) Figures to the right side indicates full marks.
Q1) a) Explain various functions of Storekeeper. [9]

b) Explain various functions of Purchase Manager. [9]
OR
Q2) Explain in detail quotation, tenders and comparative statement. [18]
Q3) a) Explain penetration pricing and skimming pricing detail. [9]

b) What is market research? What are different market research techniques?
[8]
OR
Q4) a) What is sales promotion? Explain sales promotion techniques. [9]
b) What do you mean by pricing? Explain any two in detail. [8]
Q5) a) Write Notes on : [9]

i) Antidumping Duty
ii) International Trade
b) Explain in detail the procedure to import equipment from foreign source.
[9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain in detail various factors affecting international trade. [9]
b) Explain the role of Quality Circles for Quality Management of a process

industry. [9]
Q7) Write short notes on : [17]
a) FERA and FEMA
b) Patent and Patent Rights
c) Monopolies Restrictive Trade Practices (MRTP)
OR
Q8) a) Explain the term Agreement in Contract Act. Explain the various types of
Contract according to enforceability, formation and performance. [12]
b) Write note on Work study. [5]

[5870]-1114 2
P1007 [5870]-1115
T.E. (Chemical)
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (Elective-I)(309345 B)
1) Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 ot Q.6, Q.7 ot Q.8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary
3) Use of logrithmic tables slide rule, electronic pocket calculator and steam tables is
allowed
Q1) a) Explain principles and methods used for fruit and vegetable preservation
[9]
b) Explain composition and related quality factor for fruit and vegetable
processing [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain principles of storage of fruits and vegetables and also discuss
the types of storage [9]
b) Discuss preparation of syrups, cordials and nectars [9]
Q3) a) Explain various methods of raw material preparation of food such as

cleaning, sorting and grading/peeling used before its processing [9]
b) Explain how in food industry waste management is done and controlled
[8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the construction and working of Ball mill with neat diagram [8]
b) Write short note on shredding, dicing and pulping equipment used in
size reduction of food [9]
Q5) a) Enlist various packaging materials used in the food industry and explain
them in short [8]
b) What is combined packaging system and explain [5]
c) Write short note on bar code and other marking printed to food packets
[5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Write short note on various chemical food preservatives used [6]
b) Write short note on Modified and controlled atmosphere packaging of
food products. [6]
c) Explain the process of Jelly and Pickle making in detail [6]
Q7) a) What are various factors considered while deciding packaging materials?
Explain with suitable examples [7]
b) Differentiate between stretched packaging and shrink packaging [5]
c) Write short note on labeling of containers [5]
OR
Q8) a) Write short note on [12]
i) Hurdle technology
ii) HACCP
iii) USFDA
b) Explain the term safety used in good manufacturing practices and quality
assurance in the food industry [5]

[5870]-1115 2
P798 [5870] - 1116
T. E. (Chemical)
POLYMER ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective-I) (309345 C)
1) Answer Q.1, or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
Q1) a) Define the following terms and their significance in molecular weight of
polymers; [6]
i) Mn
ii) Mw
iii) Mv
b) What is molecular weight? Describe the effect of molecular weight on
engineering properties of polymers? [6]
c) Determine the molecular weight of a polystyrene sample which has an a
value of 0.60, a K value of 1.6 × 10−4 dL/g, and al limiting viscosity
number or intrinsic viscosity of 0.04 dL/g. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Calculate the relative viscosity, specific viscosity and reduced viscosity
of a 0.5% (made by dissolving 0.25 g of polymer in 50 mL of solvent)
solution where the time for solvent flow between the two appropriate
marks was 60 s and the time of flow for the solution was 80 s. [6]
b) What are the instruments used to measure the engineering properties of
polymers? [6]
c) Write a short on the following terms; [6]
i) Molecular weight distribution and its significance.
ii) Polydispersity Index.
[5870] - 1116 1
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Describe the copolymers & its kinetics coordination polymerization.[6]
b) Write the differences between thermoplastics and thermosetting polymers.
[6]
c) Write a short on the following terms; [5]
i) Ionic reaction.
ii) Copolymerization.
OR
Q4) a) Describe the kinetics of free radical polymerization with reactions and
chain transfer agents. [10]
b) What is polymerization? Explain the types polymerization and its
applications. [7]
Q5) a) Describe the different moulding methods of polymers with neat sketch.
[10]
b) Write a short on the following terms; [8]
i) Fillers
ii) Plasticizers
iii) Lubricants and Colourants
iv) UV stabilizers
OR
Q6) a) In molding process, the polymer material will try to stick to the wall of
the mold (container). How can you prevent it? [5]
b) Write a short on the following terms; [9]
i) Polymer additives
ii) Fire retardants
iii) Antioxidants
c) What are stereospecific Polymers? How are they achieved? [4]
Q7) a) Explain the pressure-less processing techniques for polymer synthesis.[7]

b) Describe the properties and applications of PE, PP, PS, PPO and Teflon
Polyesters. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Describe the compassions between Kevlar and Nomex. [4]
b) Write the applications of SBR? [3]
c) Describe the properties and applications of natural rubber, SBR, Vinyl
esters, Bunas Silicons, Thiokol. [10]

[5870] - 1116 2
P799 [5870] - 1117
T. E. (Chemical Engg.)
DOWNSTREAM PROCESSING
(2019 Pattern ) (Semester - I) (Elective-I) (309345 D)
1) Attempt Q1, or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
Q1) a) What is Cryogenic distillation for refinery? Explain in details with suitable
examples. [10]
b) What is desulfurization? Explain methods of desulfurisation [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in details with suitable examples azeotropic distillation. [10]
b) Give advantages and disadvantages of Cryogenic distillation. [8]
Q3) a) Explain in details about pressure swing distillation. [10]
b) Explain in details homogeneous and heterogeneous axeotropic distillation.

[7]
OR
Q4) a) Explain in details hydrogel process with suitable application. [10]
b) Give the properties of catalyst and advantages of catalyst. [7]
Q5) a) What is adsorption? Explain in details about thermal swing adsorption.[10]
b) Explain in details about pressure swing adsorption [8]
OR
[5870] - 1117 1
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain in details about any one process of energy conservation separation.
[10]
b) What is role of catalyst in chemical reaction, Gives the uses of catalyst.[8]
Q7) a) Explain in detail methods of resin manufacturing with physical & chemical
properties. [10]
b) Define Capacity, selectivity and regeneration. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Explain in details with neat sketches separation synthesis algorithm.[10]
b) Explain in short advancement in distillation. [7]

[5870] - 1117 2
P800 [5870] - 1118
T.E. (Chemical)
CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING -I
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8
Q1) a) Derive performance equation for Steady state batch and show graphical
representation. [12]
b) A homogeneous liquid phase second order reaction takes place in MFR

with 50% conversion. Find conversion if original reactor is replaced by
another MFR having volume 6 times that of the original reactor-all else
remain unchanged. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Derive performance equation for steady state Plug Flow Reactor and
show graphical representation. [12]
b) Explain the terms holding time and space time in detail. [6]
Q3) a) Explain series, parallel, and independent reactions.With suitable examples

[12]
b) Derive the relationship for CRf in terms of  for CSTR in case of parallel
reaction. [5]
OR
[5870] - 1118 1 P.T.O.

Q4) In CSTR, reactant A produces Products R and S by parallel reaction,
rR=0.4CA2 and rS=2CA. A feed with CA0=40 enters a MFR and mixture of A, R
and S leaves the reactor. Find CR, CS and  for 90% conversion in CSTR.[17]
Q5) a) Explain effect of temperature on heat of reaction with equations. [12]
b) Discuss the Van’t Hoff isotherm equation. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain non-adiabatic operation in detail. [12]
b) Explain the characteristics of chemical equilibrium. [6]
Q7) a) Explain tank in series model in detail. [9]

b) Explain the concept of residence time distribution in detail. [8]
OR
Q8) What do you mean by E, F and C curves? Explain relationship between E, f
and C curves. [17]

[5870] - 1118 2
[5870]-1119
T.E. (Chemical)
MASS TRANSFER - II
3) Figure to the right side indicate full marks.
Q1) a) Define the following terms in solvent Extraction with their significance[6]
i) Selectivity
ii) Distribution coefficient
iii) Plait point
b) Explain the selection criteria of solvent used for Liquid-Liquid Extraction.
[6]
c) A solution of Nicotine in water containing 1% nicotine is to be extracted
with kerosene as a solvent at 293K. Water and kerosene are practically
immiscible (Essentially insoluble).
Assume the equilibrium relationship to be Y = 0.9 X
Where Y = kg of nicotine / kg of kerosene
X = kg of nicotine / kg of water
Determine % extraction of nicotine if 100 kg of the feed solution is
extracted with 150 kg of solvent. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Carbon Disulphide is used to extract iodine from its saturated solution in
water in a single stage extraction. The distribution coefficient is given by
K = Y/X = 588.2, where Y is gm of Iodine/ 11it of CS2 and X is gm of
Iodine/ 1 lit of water. Calculate the concentration of Iodine in the aqueous
phase if 1 litre of saturated aqueous solution containing 0.3 gm of Iodine
/ litre of water at 293K and contacted with 50ml of CS2 by stirring. [6]
P.T.O.
b) Write a material balance for single stage solvent Extraction with immiscible
solvents. [6]
c) Describe the principle, construction and mechanism of pulsed column
for solvent Extraction with neat sketch. [6]
Q3) a) Write the material balance for the continuous crosscurrent leaching
assuming variable underflow and no insolubles in the overflow. [6]
b) Explain the constant and variable underflow in leaching operation. [5]
c) Discuss on the graphical representation of equilibrium characteristics of
Leaching operation for constant underflow and no solid in overflow with
diagram and proper notations. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Oil is be extracted from meal by means of benzene using continuous
countercurrent leaching unit. The unit treats 1000 kg of meal (on
completely exhausted solids basis) per hour. The untreated meal contains
365 kg of oil and 30 kg of benzene. The solvent used contains 14 kg of
oil and 590 kg of benzene. The exhausted solids contain 55 kg of oil and
451 kg of benzene. Find the number of stages required. The entrainment
data is : [10]
Kg of oil/kg of
solution 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7
Kg of solution/kg
of solid 0.5 0.505 0.515 0.53 0.55 0.517 0.595 0.62
b) Enlist the equipment for leaching operation and explain any of them in
detail. [7]
Q5) a) A solution of washed raw cane sugar is colored by the presence of small
amounts of impurities. The solution is to be decolorized by treatment
with an adsorptive carbon in a contact filtration plant. The original solution
has a color concentration of 9.6 measured on an arbitrary scale and it is
desired to reduce colour of 0.96. Calculate the necessary dosage of the
fresh carbon per 2000 kg solution for a single stage process. The data
for an equilibrium isotherm is as follows: [10]
Kg carbon/kg solution 0 0.001 0.004 0.008 0.02 0.04
Equilibrium colour 9.6 8.6 6.3 4.3 1.7 0.7
[5870]-1119 2
b) Which parameters should affect the shape of Breakthrough curve in
adsorption. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Describe the Freundlich and Langmuir adsorption Isotherms in adsorption
operation. [6]
b) Discuss on the principle, equilibria and rate of ion Exchange process in
details. [8]
c) Discuss the applications of absorption operation. [4]
Q7) a) Give the classification of crystallizers. Explain the construction and

working of Swenson Walker Crystallizer with diagram. [7]
b) A Solution contains 500 Kg Na2CO3 and water has a concentration of
25% by wt. of salt. It is cooled from 335K to 285K in an agitated mild
steel vessel. Weight of the vessel is 750 Kg. 2.0 % water is lost by
evaporation. Crystals of Na2CO3. 10 H2O are formed. Calculate the yield
of crystals and the heat to be removed? [10]
Data: Solubility At 285K: 8.9 Kg/ 100 Kg water.
Heat capacity of solution: 3.6 KJ / Kg K.
Heat Capacity of M.S: 0.5 KJ/ KgK.
Heat of Solution: 78.5 MJ / KMo1.
Latent heat of Vaporization: 2395 KJ/ Kg.
OR
Q8) a) Define the terms in membrane processes; [4]
i) Rejection ii) Permeability
iii) Membrane fouling iv) Cake Resistance
b) What are different membrane modules? [3]
c) Write the material and energy balance of crystallizer. [10]

[5870]-1119 3

[5870]-1120
T.E. (Chemical)
TRANSPORT PHENOMENA

Q1) a) Derive the expression of molar flux, concentration profile and average
concentration for diffusion through stagnant gas. [12]
b) Calculate the mass flux of benzene through a layer of air 10 mm thickness
at 25 °C and 200 KN/m2 (total pressure), partial pressure of benzene is
6 × 103 N/m2 at the left side of the layer and 1 KN/m2 at the right side.
The mass diffusivity at this temperature and pressure is 4.4 × 10–6 m2/s?
[6]
OR
Q2) a) Derive the expression of molar flux and concentration profile for diffusion
with heterogeneous (instantaneous and dimerization) chemical reaction.
[12]
b) What is rate of evaporation of chloropicrin into air at 298 K? Total
pressure = 770 mm Hg, diffusivity = 0.088 cm 2 /sec, vapor
pressure = 23.81 mm Hg, Z2-Z1 = 11.14 cm, density of chloropicrin =
1.65 g/cm3, S = 2.29 cm2. [6]
Q3) a) Derive Navier Stoke’s equation of motion. [12]

b) Give significance of different types of derivatives. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Derive equation of continuity in three dimensional form. [12]
b) Derive dimensionless form of equation of change. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Derive Ergun equation for flow through packed bed. [12]
b) Show that for laminar flow of fluid through the tube f = 16/Re. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Derive expression of fanning friction factor. [12]
b) What pressure gradient is required to cause N, N-diethylamine to flow in
a horizontal smooth tube of inside diameter 3 cm at a rate of 1.1 lit/s.
Density of diethylamine is 935 kg/m3 and viscosity is 1.95 cp. (Assume
friction factor f = 0.0063). [6]
Q7) a) Explain Chilton and Colburn analogy. [9]

b) A spherical water droplet, 0.05 cm in diameter is falling at velocity of
215 cm/sec through dry, still air at 1 atm pressure. Estimate instantaneous
rate of evaporation from the drop if drop surface is at 21°C and air at
60° C. Vapor pressure of water at 21°C is 0,0247atm. Assume pseudo
steady state condition and kxm = 1.35 × 10–3 mol s–1cm–2. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Martinnelli’s analogy. [9]
b) Explain co-relation of binary mass transfer coefficient in one phase at
low mass transfer rates. [8]

[5870]-1120 2
P803 [5870]-1121
T.E. (Chemical)
ENERGY CONSERVATION IN CHEMICAL PROCESS
INDUSTRIES
(Elective - II) (End Sem) (309351 A)
2) Neat diagrams must be wherever necessary.
Q1) Explain in detail new energy technologies. [18]
OR
Q2) Explain in detail methodology for forecasting industrial energy supply and
demand. [18]
Q3) Explain in detail human aspect of energy conservation and involvement tree.[17]
OR
Q4) a) Write in details elements of energy management program. [9]
b) Enlist activities for promoting energy conservation in present status. [8]
Q5) a) Draw the sketch of heat pump and explain its principle and working.[9]
b) Explain Waste-Minimization and Resource Conservation. [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) How and where the energy losses can be minimized in coolers. [9]
b) Enlist the checklist for energy conservation in boilers. [9]
Q7) What are the energy consuming units in petrochemical Industries and give the
important conservation steps? [17]
OR
Q8) Explain waste minimization and its classification, housekeeping, process change,
recycling, product modification, waste minimization methodology steps,
benefits of waste minimization in sugar industry. [17]
 
[5870]-1121 2
[5870]-1122
T.E. (Chemical)
PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (Theory) (309351B)

1) Answer Q. 1 or Q. 2, Q.3 or Q. 4, Q.5 or Q. 6, Q. 7 or Q. 8.
and steam table is allowed.
Q1) a) Explain with diagram, construction and working of bellows. [8]
b) What are transducers? Explain types of transducers. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Enlist various pressure measuring instruments and explain U tube

manometer in detail. [8]
b) Explain with diagram, construction, working and calibration of pressure

sensor using dead weight tester. [8]
Q3) a) Explain with diagram, construction and working of Orifice meter with its
industrial application. [10]
b) How level can be measured using radioactive transducers? Draw neat

sketch and explain in detail. [8]
OR
Q4) Write short note on : [18]
a) Radiation level method
b) Sight glass method

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain principle with diagram, construction and working of pH meter.
[8]
b) Write short note on : [10]
i) Refractometry
ii) Liquid chromatography
OR
Q6) Describe with neat diagram the following techniques of composition analysis.
[18]
a) Gas chromatography
b) Mass spectroscopy
Q7) a) Derive the transfer function of mercury in glass thermometer and find the
dynamic behavior of step change in input. [9]
b) Give classification of process variable with respect to process control.

[9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain with equation, different control actions. [9]
b) What are servo and regulatory operation? [9]

[5870]-1122 2
P804 [5870]-1123
T.E. (Chemical)
CORROSION ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective II) (309351C)
Q1) a) Explain in Detail about dezincification [2]

b) Explain in Detail about pitting corrosion and method to prevent pitting
corrosion [8]
c) Discuss Remedial Measure for dezincification and intergranular Corrosion.
[8]
OR
Q2) a) What is erosion and cavitation, Explain in Detail? [8]
b) What is stress corrosion cracking? Explain Prevention of Stress Corrosion
Cracking. [10]
Q3) a) Explain the Concept in Detail about Explains Pilling-Bedworth Ratio.

[5]
b) Explain in Detail about Mechanisms of Oxidation. [6]
c) Explain in Detail about Corrosion of iron and steel [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the Testing method for Different Metal [7]
b) Explain in Detail about the Effect of temperature and composition on
Media [8]
c) Define Corrosion. [2]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain Different types of Corrosion and Preventive Method for it. [10]
b) What is Coating? Explain with Example. [8]
OR
Q6) Write a short note on. [18]
a) Heat treatment
b) Anodic protection
c) Passivity
Q7) a) Explain in detail the role of Zink in Galvanizing. [5]

b) What is High temperature oxidation? Explain with Example. [6]
c) Write a short note on Alloying. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the Modification required in Material to Prevent Corrosion.[10]
b) Explain in Detail about reaction occurred in Corrosion, with Example.
[7]

[5870]-1123 2
[5870]-1124
T.E. (Chemical)
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND DATA SCIENCE
(2019 Pattern) (309351D) (Semester - II) (Elective - II)
Q1) Explain what is neural network and its applications in detail. [18]
OR
Q2) Explain knowledge based process control in detail with suitable example.[18]
Q3) Define expert system and explain in detail characteristics, limitations, advantages
and disadvantages of expert system. [17]
OR
Q4) Discuss expert system’s applications in various chemical and bio – Chemical
processes in detail [17]
Q5) Explain resolution in propositional and first order logic with resolution graph.
[18]
OR
Q6) Explain the following points in detail [18]
a) Deductive Retrieval
b) Backward Chaining
c) Second order Logic.
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain the concept of problem decomposition with help of goal trees.
[9]
b) Discuss unified framework for planning in detail. [8]
OR
Q8) Explain in detail the difference between state space planning and goal stack
planning. [17]

[5870]-1124 2
P805 [5870]-1125
T.E. (Computer Engineering)

DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (310241)
Q1) a) Explain 3NF and BCNF and give its example. Also enlist their differences.
[8]
b) What are the desirable properties of decomposition? Explain it with
example. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain partial and transitive dependencies with example. [8]
b) Explain why database normalization is required for good relational database
design? Explain with example requirements of different normal forms
like 1NF, 2 NFand 3NF. [9]
Q3) a) What is conflict serializability? How to check schedule is conflict

serializable schedule. Give one example. [9]
b) During execution, a transaction passes through several states, until it
commits or aborts. List all possible sequence of states through which
transaction may pass. Explain the situation when each state transition
occurs. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Consider the following two transactions: [9]
T31: read(A);
read(B);
if A = 0 then B:=B+1;
Write (B)
T32: read(B);
read(A);
if B= 0 then A: = A+1;
write (A).
Add lock and unlock instructions to transactions T31 and T32, so that
they observe the two phase locking protocol. Can the execution of these
transactions result in a deadlock?
P.T.O.
b) To ensure atomicity despite failures we use Recovery Methods. Explain
in detail log based recovery method. [9]
Q5) a) Explain following NOSQL database types with examples and also state
the scenario where it is useful [9]
i) Column-oriented
ii) Graph
iii) Document -oriented
b) Explain CAP theorem and BASE properties. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Describe distributed database. Explain System architecture of distributed
transaction. [8]
b) Explain following types of data with example [9]
i) Structured
ii) Semi-structured
iii) Unstructured

i) Active database
ii) Deductive database
b) Explain how encoding and decoding of JSON object is done JAVA with
example. [9]
OR
i) Geometric data
ii) Geographic data
b) What is object relational database? What are its advantages and
disadvantages? [9]

[5870]-1125 2
P806 [5870]-1126

THEORY OF COMPUTATIONS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (310242)
Q1) a) Write a grammar G for generating the language [9]

i) L={w belongs to {a,b}* | w is an even length palindrome with
|w|>0}
ii) Set of odd length strings in {0,1}* with middle symbol ‘1’
b) Simplify the following grammar [9]

S 0A0|1B1|BB
A C
B S|A
C S|€
OR
Q2) a) Reduce the following grammar to Greibach Normal form. [9]
S AA | 0
A SS | 1
b) Construct a DFA for the following left linear grammar. [9]
S C
 
 C
C A0
Q3) a) Construct a context free grammar which accepts N(A), where [9]
A = ({q0,q1}, {0,1}, {Z0,Z}, , q0, Z0,  }where  is given by
q0, 1, Z0) = {(q0, ZZ0)}
q0, Z0) = {(q0,)}
q0, Z) = {(q0, Z Z)}
q0, Z) = {(q1, Z)}
q1, Z) = {(q1, )}
(q1, Z0) = {(q0, Z0)}
P.T.O.
b) Construct a PDA that accept the language generated by grammar [8]
i) S 0S1| A, A  1A0|S|€
ii) S aABB|aAA, A  aBB|a,B  bAA|A
OR
Q4) a) What is NPDA? Construct a NPDA for the set of all strings over {a,b}
with odd length palindrome. [9]
b) Design a push down automaton to recognize the language generated by
the following grammar: [8]
SS+S|S S|4|2
Show the acceptance of the input string 2 + 2*4 by this PDA.
Q5) a) What is a Turing Machine? Give the formal definition of TM. [9]
Design a TM that replaces every occurrence of abb by baa.
b) What are the different ways for extension of TM? Explain. [9]
Design TM for language L = {a^i b^j | i<j}
OR
Q6) a) What is TM? Design TM to check well formedness of Parenthesis. Expand
the transition for (())() [9]
b) Elaborate the following terms [9]
i) Universal Turing Machine (UTM)
ii) Recursively Enumerable Languages
iii) Halting Problem of Turing Machine
Q7) a) Justify “Halting Problem of Turing machine is undecidable”. [9]

b) Define the Class P and Class NP and Problem with their example in
detail. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Satisfiability Problem and SAT Problem and comment on NP
Completeness of the SAT Problem. [9]
b) What do you mean by polynomial time reduction? Explain with suitable
example. [8]

[5870]-1126 2
[5870]-1127
SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING AND OPERATING SYSTEM
Q1) a) Explain Differences between static link library and dynamic link library.[8]
b) What are the different types of Loaders? Explain compile and Go loader
in detail. [9]
OR
Q2) a) List and explain different loader schemes in detail. [9]
b) Explain Design of Direct linking loaders and explain required data
structures. [8]
Q3) a) Compare Compilers and Interpreters. [8]

b) What is LEX? Explain working of LEX with suitable diagram. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Define token, pattern, lexemes & lexical error. [8]
b) What is a compiler? Explain any two phases of compiler with suitable
diagram. [9]
Q5) a) What is the need of Process synchronization? Explain Semaphore in

detail. [9]
b) What is Operating System? Explain various operating system services in
detail. [9]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) Explain preemptive and Non preemptive scheduling in detail. [9]
b) Explain any two scheduling algorithm with suitable example. [9]
Q7) a) What is virtual memory management? Explain address translation in paging

system. [9]
b) Write proper examples and explain memory allocation strategies first fit,
best fit and worst fit. Also explain their advantages and disadvantages.[9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain any two page replacement strategies in detail. [9]
b) What is TLB? Explain the paging system with the use of TLB? What are
the advantages of TLB? [9]

[5870]-1127 2
P808 [5870] - 1128
T.E. (Computer)
COMPUTER NETWORK AND SECURITY
1) Attempt Q1, or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherver necessary.
5) Assume suitable data is necessary.
Q1) a) Explain distance vector routing algorithm. [6]

b) A host was given the 192. 168.2.64 /25 IP address, indicate: [6]
i) Net mask of the network in dotted decimal notation.
ii) The network address to which the host belongs.
iii) The network broadcast address to which the host belongs.
iv) The total number of hosts available in the network.
c) Explain IPv4 header format in detail [6]
OR
Q2) a) What is ARP? How it works? [6]
b) Suppose a router has built up the routing table as shown in the following
table. The router can deliver packets directly over interfaces eth0 and
eth1, or it can forward packets to other routers in the table. [6]
Destination Netmask Gateway
156.26.10.0 255.255.255.192 Eth0
156.26.10.128 255.255.255.128 Eth1
156.26.0.0 255.255.0.0 156.26.10.1
0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 156.10.1.30
Describe what the router does with a packet addressed to each of the
following destinations
i) 156.26.10.66
ii) 156.26.10.226
iii) 168.130.12.27
c) Explain Network Address Translation (NAT) process. [6]
[5870] - 1128 1
P.T.O.
Q3) a) For each of the following applications, determine whether TCP or UDP
is used as the transport layer protocol and justify the reason(s) for your
choice. [5]
i) File Transfer
ii) Watching a real time streamed video
iii) Web browsing
iv) A Voice over IP (VoIP) telephone conversation.
v) YouTube video
b) Explain TCP state transition diagram? [6]
c) Define Socket? Explain Socket primitives at client and server side for
TCP communication with diagram. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain TCP connection establishment process with suitable diagram.[5]
b) What causes silly window syndrome? How is avoided? Explain. [6]
c) Following is a dump of UDP header in Hexadecimal format [6]
06 32 00 0D 00 1C E2 17
i) What is source port number?
ii) What is destination port number?
iii) What is total length of the user datagram?
iv) What is the length of the data?
v) Is packet directed from a client to server or vice versa?
vi) What is the client process?
Q5) a) What is the difference between persistent & non persistent HTTP? Explain
HTTP Request & Response message format. [6]
b) Explain working of DHCP. [6]

c) Differentiate between POP & IMAP protocol. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain how DNS query resolved? [6]

b) Explain FTP w.r.t. control and data connection? Explain any two FTP
commands. [6]
c) When web pages containing emails are sent out, they are prefixed by
MIME Header, why? Explain MIME Header. [6]
[5870] - 1128 2
Q7) a) Draw and explain Operational Model of Network Security. [5]
b) Discuss the working of IPSec? What are the different security services
offered by IPSec? [6]
c) Differentiate between Active attacks and Passive Attacks. [6]
OR
Q8) a) List and explain various elements of Information Security. [5]

b) Compare Symmetric Key and Asymmetric key encryption techniques.[6]
c) Explain Secure Socket Layer handshake Protocol. [6]

[5870] - 1128 3
P809 [5870] - 1129

INTERNET OF THINGS AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I)(Elective - I) (310245A)
Q1) a) Demonstrate the working of Publish-Subscribe Communication model

using Diagram with suitable application. [6]
b) Illustrate REST based Communication API with Suitable IoT System.[6]
c) Classify the four pillars of IoT. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Illustrate steps of IoT design methodology for smart irrigation system.[6]
b) Demonstrate the use of SCADA with the help of suitable IoT Application.
[6]
c) Categorize different connectivity technologies required for IoT system

development and explain any one of them in brief. [6]
Q3) a) Illustrate different issues with standardization of IoT Protocols. [6]
b) Clssify the different Topology of IEEE 802.15.4 and explain with suitable
diagram. [6]
c) Show the use of LoRa protocol in any suitable IoT application

development. [5]
OR
[5870] - 1129 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Classify between RFID and SCADA Protocol. [6]
b) Illustrate the various IoT applications developed using IP based protocols.
[6]
c) Show with suitable reasons why Zigbee is popular than Wi - Fi and
Bluetooth in IoT. [5]
Q5) a) Demonstrate Python Web Application Framework - Django with the

b) Use the knowledge of Cloud Computing to demonstrate
i) Amazon Auto Scaling.
ii) Xively Cloud for IoT. [10]
OR
Q6) a) Show that WAMP and its key concepts are useful in Cloud based IoT
application Development. [8]
b) Apply the concept of cloud computing to design the smart irrigation
system with proper explanation. [10]
Q7) a) Predict the possible challenges in designing secure IoT applications.[8]

b) Illustrate the classic pillars of information assurance while securing the
IoT application. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Illustrate the threat model in securing IoT applications. [8]
b) Use security concepts to identify different threats (at least 03 in each) in
the following IoT applications:
i) Smart Home Automation
ii) Smart Parking System
iii) Smart Irrigation System [9]

[5870] - 1129 2
P810 [5870] - 1130

HUMAN COMPUTER INTERFACE
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I)(Elective - I) (310245B)
4) Make suitable assumption wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Explain interaction styles:

i) Command - line and
ii) Menu Selection [6]
b) Which are the characteristics of Graphical User Interface? Explain. [6]
c) Write down about software life cycle importance in HCI. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain interaction styles:
i) Form fill - in and
ii) Direct Manipulation [6]
b) Which are the characteristics of Web User Interface? Explain. [6]
c) Write down about Iterative design and Prototyping in detail. [6]
Q3) a) Describe Usability Assessment and common usability problems with

example. [6]
b) Write short note on :
i) Formative evaluation
ii) Summative Evaluation. [6]
c) Elaborate Heuristic Evaluation with example. [5]
OR
[5870] - 1130 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Describe Practical and objective measures of Usability in detail. [6]
i) Universal Design
ii) Multi-modal Interaction [6]
c) Elaborate Cognitive Walkthrough. [5]
Q5) a) List down paradigms used for Interaction in HCI. Explain any five
Paradigms. [6]
b) Explain ubiquitous computing in detail. [6]
c) Explain role of Machine learning in HCI with example. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What is mean by framework in HCI? Explain Five - Stage search

framework. [6]
b) Explain dynamic queries and faceted search used in HCI. [6]
c) Explain pattern recognition process with suitable example. [6]
Q7) a) Describe Mobile form factors using suitable mobile app developed using
HCI. [6]
b) Discuss Navigation and toolbars in detail. [6]
c) Write down about designing for automotive interfaces in HCI. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Describe Tablet format app using suitable mobile app developed using
HCI. [6]
b) Discuss Tap - to reveal and direct manipulation in detail. [6]
c) Write down about designing for audible interfaces in HCI. [5]

[5870] - 1130 2
[5870]-1131
DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (310245C)
Q1) a) Why clock synchronization is important in distributed system with suitable

example? Describe two clock synchronization algorithms. [9]
b) What is mutual exclusion? Compare and contrast mutual exclusion
algorithms. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Describe the purpose of election algorithm in distributed system. Describe
the bully election algorithm. [9]
b) Describe gossip-based contribution in detail. [9]
Q3) a) Describe File service architecture in distributed system. [9]

b) Explain in detail suns network file system. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Why naming is important in distributed system? Explain flat naming and
structured naming. [9]
b) Describe Andrew file system in detail. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the reasons of replication? Describe replica management in
distributed system. [9]
b) Describe data-centric consistency model in detail. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Describe replication as scaling technique in distributed system. Describe
how replicated objects can be managed? [9]
b) Describe client-centric consistency model in detail. [9]
Q7) a) What is mean by process resilience? Explain process resilience techniques

in distributed system. [9]
b) Describe RPC semantics in the presence of failures. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Describe various failure models in distributed system. [9]

b) Describe how reliable group communication achieved in distributed
system. [8]

[5870]-1131 2
P811 [5870] - 1132

SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I)(Elective - I) (310245)(D) (Theory)
Q1) a) Enlist and explain the 4 types of activity relationships? [8]

b) Explain various steps involved & the objectives of activity planning in
detail. [10]
OR
Q2) a) Explain following in detail:
i) Scheduling
ii) Types of Scheduling
iii) Benefits of scheduling [10]
b) Discuss the network model represented by the CPM network. [8]
Q3) a) Discuss the Contract Management in detail. [8]

b) Outline the various steps involved in a Change Control Procedure. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the level of Monitoring with examples. [8]
b) Define Contract. Explain the typical terms of a Contract. Give Examples.

[9]
[5870] - 1132 1 P.T.O.

Q5) a) What are software development approaches? Explain agile project
management in detail. [8]
b) Explain Scrum framework in detail. [10]
OR
Q6) a) Explain in detail advantages and disadvantages of agile methodology.[10]
i) Estimation
ii) Product backlog [8]
Q7) a) Explain the importance of working together as a team and the various
aspects of team development. [9]
b) Define motivation. Explain the different models of motivation. [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is stress? Mention the important causes of stress encountered in

projects. [8]
b) Discuss leadership models. Explain function of a leader with an example.

[9]

[5870] - 1132 2
P812 [5870] - 1133

DATA SCIENCE AND BIG DATA ANALYTICS
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenver necessary.
4) Assume suistable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) What is driving data deluge? Explain with one example. [9]
b) What is data science? Differentiate between Business Intelligence and

Data Science. [9]
OR
Q2) a) What are the sources of Big Data. Explain model building phase with
example. [9]
b) Explain big data analytics architecture with diagram. What is data

discovery phase. Explain with example. [9]
Q3) a) Explain various data pre-processing steps. Discuss essential python

libraries for preprocessing. [8]
b) What are association rules? Explain Apriori Algorithm in brief. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the following
i) Linear Regression
ii) Logistic Regression [8]
b) Explain scikit-learn library for matplotlib with example. [9]
[5870] - 1133 1 P.T.O.

Q5) a) Write short note on
i) Time series Analysis
ii) TF - IDF. [9]
b) What is clustering? With suitable example explain the steps involved in

k - means algorithm. [9]
OR
i) Confusion matrix
ii) AVC - ROC curve [9]
b) Discuss Holdout method and Random Sub Sampling methods. [9]
Q7) a) With a suitable example explain Histogram and explain its usages. [8]
b) Describe the Data visualization tool “Tableau”. Explain its applications

in brief. [9]
OR
Q8) a) With a suitable example explain and draw a Box plot and explain its
usages. [8]
b) Describe the challenges of data visualization. Draw box plot and explain
its usages. [9]

[5870] - 1133 2

[5870]-1134
T.E. (Computer Engg.)
WEB TECHNOLOGY

Q1) a) What is difference between server side scripting language and client side
scripting language. [5]
b) Describe servlet architecture in detail. [4]
c) Explain DTD in XML with schemes, elements & attributes. [9]
OR
Q2) a) What is session? How cookies & URL rewriting for session management
in servlet. [9]
i) AJAX
ii) XML transformation
Q3) a) Explain life cycle of JSP. Write advantages of JSP over servlet. [9]
b) Write a short notes on : [8]
i) SOAP
ii) WSDL
OR
Q4) a) Explain streets framework with its components. Also explain interceptors.
[9]
b) Explain JSP support for MVC i.e. model, view controller for developing
web application. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Identify and explain steps involved in connecting to mySQL with PHP.
[9]
b) Write short notes on : [9]
i) Overview of ASP. NET
ii) Overview of C#
OR
Q6) a) Explain in detail WAP Architecture & WML. [9]
b) Explain functions in PHP with example & session management. [9]
Q7) a) Explain classes and objects in Ruby with appropriate examples. [9]
b) Introduce the concept of Rails application. Describe layouts & stylesheet
in Rail. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the scalar types & their operations in Ruby. [8]
b) Explain Architecture of EJB & explain types of EJB in detail. [9]

[5870]-1134 2
P814 [5870] - 1135

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
1) Answer Q 1 or Q 2, Q 3 or Q 4, Q 5 or Q 6, Q 7 or Q 8.
Q1) a) Explain Alpha - Beta Tree search and cutoff procedure in deatil with
example. [9]
b) What are the issues that need to be addressed for solving esp efficiently?
Explain the solutions to them. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in detail the concepts of back tracking and constraint propagation
and solve the N-queen problem using these algorithms. [9]
b) Write a short note on Monte Carlo Tree search and list its limitations. [5]
c) Apply constraint satisfaction method to solve following Problem
SEND + MORE = MONEY. (TWO + TWO = FOUR, CROSS+

ROADS= DANGER) [4]
Q3) a) List the inference rules used in prepositional logic? Explain them in detail
with suitable example. [9]
b) Explain syntax and semantics of First Order Logic in detail. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Detail the algorithm for deciding entailment in prepositional logic. [8]
b) Explain knowledge representation structure and compare them. [9]
[5870] - 1135 1 P.T.O.

Q5) a) Explain Forward and Backward chaining. What factors justify whether
reasoning is tobe done in forward or backward chaining. [9]
b) What are the reasoning patterns in propositional logic? Explain them in

detail. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain unification algorithm with an example. [8]
b) Explain knowledge representation structures and compare them. [7]
c) What do you mean by Ontology of situation calculus? [3]
Q7) a) Analyse various planning approaches in detail. [9]
b) Discuss AI and its ethical concerns. Explain limitations of AI. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the terms for time and schedule from perspective of temporal
planning. [9]
b) Write a detailed note on AI Architecture. [8]

[5870] - 1135 2
P815 [5870]-1136

INFORMATION SECURITY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective II) (310254 A)
Q1) a) Explain El-Gammal Algorithm in detail. [6]

b) Consider a Diffie -Hellman Scheme with a common prime q = 71 and a
primitive root   7 [6]
i) If user A has private key XA = 5, what is A’s public key yA?
ii) If user B has private key XB = 12, what is B’s public key YB?
iii) What is the shared secret key K?
c) Differntiate between Asymmetric key cryptography and symmetric key
cryptography. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss elliptic curve cryptography in detail. [6]
b) Perform encryption and decryption using RSA algorithm for the following:
[6]
P = 3 ; q = 11; d = 7; M = 5
c) Explain Fermat’s theorem with example. [6]
Q3) a) What is Message Digest? Compare MD-5 with SHA-I. [6]

b) What is S/MIME? Explain working of S/MIME in detail. [5]
c) What is digital signature? Explain the use of digital signature. [6]
OR
Q4) a) What is the difference between a message authentication code and a
one-way hash function? [6]
b) Explain the steps to create the digital certificate. [5]
c) What services are provided by IPSec? What is the difference between
transport mode and tunnel mode in IPSec? [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain access control and its types in detail. [6]
b) What are the functions of Intrusion detection system? [5]
c) Differentiate between Packet filtering firewall and proxy (Application-
level Gateway) [6]
OR
Q6) a) Discuss various flooding attacks. [6]
b) Differentiate between Host based Intrusion detections system and
Network based Intrusion detection system. [5]
c) What are the functions of an Intrusion prevention system? [6]
Q7) Write short note on any three [18]

a) Cyber Terrorism
b) Types of Cyber Crime
c) Information Security Life Cycle
d) Indian IT act
OR
Q8) Write short note on any three [18]
a) Botnet
b) Examples of Cyber Crime
c) Cyber Stalking
d) Social Engineering

[5870]-1136 2
P816 [5870]-1137

AUGMENTED AND VIRTUAL REALITY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective II) (310254B)
Q1) a) What are different representation issues related to Virtual Reality? [9]
b) Explain features of Haptic representation in Virtual Reality [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain different methods of Aural rendering systems. [9]
b) List out different methods for simplifying the amount of information
needed to pass between simulation and haptic rendering. Explain any
three in detail. [9]
Q3) a) Explain different methods of manipulation a virtual world. [8]

b) List out different properties of manipulation a virtual world. Explain any
four in detail. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain physical and mental immersion in detail. [8]
b) Explain different types of virtual world physics. [9]
Q5) a) Explain different categories of sensors used in Augmented Reality. [9]

b) Write short note on
i) Visual Depth Cues in AR.
ii) Auditory Depth Cues in AR. [9]
OR
i) Spatial Multiplexing
ii) Temporal Multiplexing [9]
b) List the different ingredients of an Augmented Reality applications. Explain
any three in detail. [9]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain the software functional components involved directly in
Augmented Reality applications. [8]
b) What is Mobile Augmented Reality? Write down different advantages
and disadvantages of Mobile Augmented Reality. [9]
OR
i) Realistic and Abstract representation.
ii) Physical & Conceptual representation
b) Explain the following terms related to interaction in virtual world. [9]
i) Manipulation
ii) Communication
iii) Navigation

[5870]-1137 2
P817 [5870]-1138

CLOUD COMPUTING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective II) (310254 C)
Q1) a) Define Virtualization? Explain different types of Virtualizations? [8]

b) Discuss Virtualization in Grid and Virtualization in Cloud? [9]
OR
Q2) a) Differentiate between full and para virtualization? [8]
b) Explain the functionality of hypervisor? What is typel and type 2
hypervisor? [9]
Q3) a) Enlist the different services offered by Amazon web Service? Explain it?
[8]
b) Discuss Amazon Dynamo Database Service in detail? [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Microsoft Windows Azure Platform? [8]
b) Elaborate the unique features Google App Engine with suitable example?
[9]
Q5) a) Discuss the various Cloud Security Services with its necessity? [9]
b) What are different risks in cloud computing and how to mange them?[9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain security authorization challenges in cloud computing? [9]
b) Discuss how we need to perform secure cloud software testing? [9]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Discuss Energy Aware Cloud Computing with suitable example? [9]
b) Explain with example, working of Docker? [9]
OR
Q8) a) How the Cloud and IoT together works for Home Automation? [9]
b) Differentiate Distributed Cloud Computing Vs Edge Computing? [9]

[5870]-1138 2
P818 [5870]-1139

SOFTWARE MODELING AND ARCHITECTURES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective II) (310254 D)
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary
Q1) a) Explain Fork and Join concept in Activity diagram with a suitable example
[6]
b) Explain Communication diagram with example [6]
c) Draw state machine diagram for coffee vending machine [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the importance of Interaction diagram [6]
b) Explain the significance of timing diagram with a suitable example [6]
c) Write short note on timing diagram [6]
Q3) a) What is architecture pattern? What is significance of architecting software

product? [8]
b) Company XYZ Integrated Solutions Pvt Ltd is responsible to develop a
reusable system architecture for high-tech medical test equipment. Some
of the key functionality requirements and features are listed below: [9]
i) Performs measurements at a stipulated time interval
ii) Ability to fix and correct errors and bring back to the system
extremely fast as it deals with real time users and instrumentation
iii) Interface to a network of workstations, instruments
iv) Ability to work with multiple types of mobile phones and digital
devices
v) Sophisticated user interface with colour displays
vi) Touch panel screen
P.T.O.
vii) Built - in help facilities
viii) Support for novice and expert users
ix) Support for multiple languages and interface for voice enabled inputs
and outputs
x) Should be used only by certified authorities and the sensitive data
should be taken care with utmost care.
. List the key quality attributes that will be addressed by the
application.
. Identify which attribute relates to each of the requirements listed.
. Which is the Most Architecturally Significant Attribute?
. What tactics would you recommend addressing this requirement?
OR
Q4) a) What is the software architecture? What are the three different views of
an architecture? [8]
b) SAR is a software company who is in to the business of helping customers
move their stores or put ones business on the e-commerce platform.
SAR had recently received a project from the Government of India -
Horticulture department to design and implement a software system to
integrate farmers and consumers on the web allowing the procurement
and selling of vegetables and fruits at wholesale prices to the general
public. you and your team has been chosen to come up the architectural
design for the system to be developed. How would you use the Business
goals to arrive at the ASR for this project?
Capture the ASR on the Utility Tree list a few quality attributes and
prioritize them based on the business value and architectural impact [9]
Q5) a) Explain Client Server architecture for Software Design [6]

b) Explain the importance of Object oriented software architecture and its
applicability in software development [6]
c) Explain the broker pattern for desing of service oriented architecture[6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the real time software architecture with a suitable example [6]
b) Explain synchronous communication pattern in Client server architecture
with example? [6]
c) Explain Location & Platform transparency in service oriented architecture
[6]
[5870]-1139 2
Q7) a) What is the Design pattern? What is the purpose of design patterns?
What are the different types of design patterns? What is purpose of each
type of design pattern? [9]
b) What are the different creational Pattern? Explain any three creational
pattern in short [8]
OR
Q8) a) What are the benefits of Design Patterns? Explain Factory and abstract
factory patterns in detail with comparison between them and application
of factory and abstract factory pattern [9]
b) What are the different structural pattern? Explain any three structural
pattern in short [8]

[5870]-1139 3
[5870]-1140
T.E. (Information Technology)
THEORY OF COMPUTATION
Q1) a) i) What is an ambiguous grammar? Explain with a suitable example.[4]

ii) Covert the following RLG to FA. [5]
S  0A 1B 0 1
A  0S 1B  1
B A 1S
b) Convert the following grammar to GNF. [9]
S  AB
A  BSB BB  b
B  aAb a
OR
Q2) a) i) Write CFG for the language L = {ai bj ck k=i+j & i, j > = 1} [6]
ii) Check whether the given language is CFL or not L = {an bn cn n > = 0}
[6]
iii) What is Regular Grammar? Explain types of regular grammar. [6]
Q3) a) Design a Pushdown Automata for the following language. [8]

L = {ap bq cm p + m = q}
b) i) Define Post machine. [3]
ii) Convert the grammar. [6]
S  0S1  A
A  1A0 S 
to PDA that accepts the same language by empty stack.
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) i) Design a Pushdown Automata for the following language
L = {an cbn n > 1}. [6]
ii) Compare Finite Automata and Pushdown Automata. [4]
b) Design PM for L = {an bn n > 0} [7]
Q5) a) i) Explain Church Turing hypothesis. [3]

ii) Write a note on Universal turing Machine. [6]
b) Design a Turing machine to accept language L = {an bn cnn > 0}. Draw
transition graph and write down transition table. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Construct a Turing Machine to replace string ‘110’ by ‘101’ in a binary
input string. [8]
b) i) Explain post correspondance problem with a suitable example. [6]
ii) What are recursive and recursively enumerable language? [4]
Q7) a) What do you mean by NP problems? Justify why the Travelling Salesman
problem is a NP problem. [8]
i) A Simple Un-decidable problem PCP
ii) Measuring Complexity
OR
Q8) a) Explain in detail Cook’s theorem. [8]
b) Define decidability of problem with suitable example. Describe
un-decidable problems for context-free Grammar. [9]

[5870]-1140 2
P820 [5870] - 1141
T.E. (I.T.)
OPERATING SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semeser - I) (314442)
1) Answer Q1or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
Q1) a) Explain requirements for mutual exclusion. [8]

b) Explain following terms: [9]
i) Principles of concurrency
ii) Semaphores
iii) Mutex
OR
Q2) a) Explain following synchronization problems [8]
i) Readers/ Writers Problem.
ii) Producer and Consumer problem.
b) Explain Inter-process communication using [9]
i) Pipes
ii) Shared Memory
iii) Semaphore
Q3) a) For the given reference string with 4 page frame abvailable, determine
the number of page faults for FIFO, OPTIMAL, LRU algorithms:
3, 5, 3, 7, 2, 1, 5, 4, 6, 7, 4, 1, 2. [12]
b) Explain with the help of neat diagram Hierarchical page table. [6]
OR
Q4) a) A1 MByte block of memory is allocated using the buddy system. [10]
i) Show the result of the following sequence in the graphical form for
A : Request 35KB, B: Request 140 KB, C : Request 120KB,
D : Request 250KB, Return C, E: Request 70 KB, Return B, Return
D, F : Request, 100KB, Return A, Return E.
ii) Draw the tree representation after Return B.
b) What is Principle of Locality? Explain working set model. [8]
[5870] - 1141 1
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Assume a disk with 200 tracks and the disk request queue has random
Requests in it as follows: 55, 58, 39, 18, 90, 160, 150, 38, 184. Find the
no of tracks traversed and average seek length if [12]
i) FCFS
ii) SSTF
iii) SCAN
iv) C-Look is used and initially head is at track no 100. Assume head is
moving towards outer track for SCAN and C-Look.
b) State and explain diff approaches of I/O buffering. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Describe 3 methods of record blocking with the help of neat diagrams.
[9]
b) Explain different file organization techniques. [9]
Q7) a) Explain working of “General Loading Scheme” with advantages and

disadvantages. [6]
b) Draw and explain flowchart of Pass-2 of two pass assembler. [6]
c) Define following system software components with suitable diagram.[5]
i) Compiler
ii) Loader
iii) Editor
iv) Linker
v) Debugger
OR
Q8) a) Explain Phase structure of Compiler with neat diagram. [6]

b) What is the need of symbol table (ST) and literal table (LT) in two pass
assembler? Explain fields of ST and LT with suitable example. [6]
c) What are types of loaders? Discuss four different functions of loaders.
[5]

[5870] - 1141 2
[5870]-1142
MACHINE LEARNING
1) Answers Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
Q1) a) Why do we need optimization in Regression? Explain gradient descent

optimization technique in detail. [9]
b) What do you meant by least square method? Explain least square method
in the context of linear regression. [8]
OR
Q2) a) What is overfitting and underfitting? Explain the reasons of overfitting
and underfitting. [9]
b) What is multivariate and univariate regression state the difference with
examples. [8]
Q3) a) Explain ID-3 Decision tree algorithm in detail. [9]

b) Explain the measures of impurity (Information Gain, Gini Index, Entropy)
[6]
c) What are the advantages and limitation of tree-based model. [2]
OR
Q4) a) Explain in brief the Bayesian network for learning and inference. [9]
b) Explain naive bayes algorithm with example. [6]
c) Enlist any four applications of naive bayes classifier. [2]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Following is a dataset for weight of teens and whether they like Pizza.[6]
Weight Like Pizza?
78 YES
54 NO
69 YES
73 YES
59 NO
48 NO
82 NO
65 YES
Using K-Nearest Neighbours (kNN) classification algorithm determine if

a teen weighing 63 kgs likely to like pizza? (Use K=3)
b) Explain Agglomerative hierarchical clustering. [6]
c) Explain association rule mining. Explain the various Approaches to
improve the efficiency of Apriori algorithm. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the any two algorithms used for clustering. [6]
b) Explain following terms: [6]
a) Centroid
b) Medoid
c) Dendrogram
c) Explain association rule mining. Comment on role of support and
confidence in associations of rule mining? [6]
Q7) a) Explain what is Deep Learning and its different architectures? State the
various applications of deep learning? [9]
b) Explain how the learning parameters are updated for Multilayer
Perceptron? [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the following activation functions. [9]
i) Sigmoid ii) Tanh
iii) ReLU
b) What is the difference between biological neuron and artificial neuron?
Explain the simulation of AND gate using McCulloch Pitts Neuron? [9]

[5870]-1142 2
P822 [5870] - 1143
T. E. (Information Technology)
HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION
(2019 Pattern ) (Semester - I) (314444)
Q1) a) Compare primary human computer interaction styles? [8]

b) What are differences between menu bar and tool bar? many times user
face the problems in understanding/learning tool bar icons? How resolve
issue? [9]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss “gulf of execution” & “gulf of evaluation” what are principles
of good design suggested by norman in the stages of action model? [6]
b) Illustrate different interaction styles. Explain the advantages &
disadvantages of natural language interaction style? [6]
c) What parameters are considered at the time of developing a system menu
at designer side? [5]
Q3) a) What is a prototype? Explain different types of rapid prototyping

technique? [9]
b) Explain the HCL design process with respect to scenario & prototyping
techniques? [9]
OR
Q4) a) Write short notes on: [6]
i) Wire-Framing
ii) Mondel-View-Controller (MVC) Framework.
[5870] - 1143 1
P.T.O.
b) What is design? what is the golden rule of design? Illustrate the process
of interaction design? [6]
c) Consider two different ATM machines. One giving away the cash & then
ejecting the bank card & the other one rejecting the bank card first &
then dispensing the cash. Which is a better interface from interaction
design point of view? Justify. [6]
Q5) a) List & explain the steps of usability testing? What are some of the
limitations of such testing? [8]
b) Explain user interface management system (UIMS) with its architecture?

[9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain in detail shneiderman’s eight golden rules of interface design?

with example? [8]
b) List & explain nielsen’s heuristics for common usability problems? [9]
Q7) a) Discuss applications meant for computer-mediated communication? [9]
b) Create a GOMS description of the task of photocopying a paper from a

journal. Discuss the issue of closure in terms of your GOMS description?
[9]
OR
Q8) a) Hierarchical task analysis (HTA) is used to describe the interactions

between a user & software system. Draw & explain HTA to online bus
reservation system? [9]
b) You are supposed to design an interface for “on-line video store” or

“student admission system”. Perform a detailed task analysis. Identify
task domain object & actions. Relate task domain & actions with interface
objects & actions? [9]

[5870] - 1143 2
[5870]-1144
DESIGN & ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (314445A) (Elective - I)
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7or Q8.
Q1) a) Consider 0/1 knapsack problem N = 3:W=(4,6,8) and P=(10, 12, 15 ).by
using dynamic programming determine the optimal profit for knapsack
capacity 10? [9]
b) Explain coin change Making problem in detail? [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain how dynamic programming is used to obtain optimal solution
for travelling salesperson problem. also explain why this technique is not
used to solve TSP for large number of cities? [9]
b) What is dynamic programming? Is this the optimization technique? Give
reasons what are its drawbacks? [9]
Q3) a) Find all possible solutions for 5 queens problem using backtracking.[9]
b) Current configuration is (7,5,3,l) for 8 queens problem. Find the answer
tuplc using backtracking method. [8]
OR
Q4) a) State the principle of backtracking. Explain the constraints used in
backtracking with an example. [9]
b) What is m colorability optimization problem. Explain with an example.[8]
Q5) a) Differentiate between backtracking & branch and bound. Illustrate with
example of Knapsack problem. [9]
P.T.O.
b) Solve following Job sequencing with deadline problem using Branch
and Bound. [9]
Job P d t
1 5 1 1
2 10 3 2
3 6 2 1
4 3 1 1
OR
Q6) a) Solve the following instance of the knapsack problem by branch and
bound algorithm for W=16. [9]
Item Weight Value in Rs.
1 10 100
2 7 63
3 8 56
4 4 12
b) Describe the following with respect to B & B [9]

• The method
• LC search
• Control abstraction for LC search
• Bounding function
Q7) a) When do you claim that algorithm is polynomial time algorithm? Explain
with an example. [9]
b) Explain i) Complexity Classes ii) Deterministic Algorithms. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Vertex cover problem is in detail. [9]
b) What is deterministic algorithm? Write any one deterministic algorithm.
[8]

[5870]-1144 2
P823 [5870] - 1145

ADVANCED DATABASE AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (314445B)
Q1) a) Compare relational and NoSQL databases. [9]

b) Explain features and advantages of MongoDB. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Describe NoSQL database development tools. [9]
b) What is JSON ? Explain data types and features of JSON. [9]
Q3) a) What is OLAP? Explain type of OLAP. [9]

b) Draw and explain Datawarehouse Architecture. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain data warehouse scheme with example. [8]
b) Explain in brief characteristics and limitations of data warehouse. [9]
Q5) a) Explain architecture of data mining system. [9]
b) What are different applications of data mining. [9]
OR
[5870] - 1145 1 P.T.O.

Q6) a) What is data mining? What are different challenges in implementation of
data mining. [9]
b) What is data preprocessing? Explain data preprocessing techniques.[9]
Q7) a) Compare Spatial and Temporal databases. [8]
b) Explain multimedia databases in detail with respect to characteristics and

challenges. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Deductive Databases. [8]
b) What are active databases? Elaborate with example. [9]

[5870] - 1145 2
P824 [5870] - 1146

DESIGN THINKING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I)(314445C)
4) Assume Suitable data ,if necessary.
Q1) a) “How might we ...” question elaborate? Explain the template of HMW.[8]
b) Explain the use of SCAMPER for Ideation. [9]
OR
Q2) a) How context mapping tools help us in design thinking? Which other
tools support working with this tool? [6]
b) Explain Brainstorming as an ideation technique? [6]
c) What is a concept in design thinking? Explain using suitable example.[5]
Q3) a) What is prototype? Explain the different types of prototyping in detail.[9]

b) What is dark horse prototype how to do it and when we need it. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Why is prototyping important? List different Prototyping techniques.[6]
b) Why the prototype is needed and what are the advantages of using
prototype in design thinking? [6]
c) How to implement Critical Functional Prototype. [6]
[5870] - 1146 1 P.T.O.

Q5) a) Discuss how “Testing Sheet” will help designers to prepare the test
sequence and document the test results. [8]
b) What is Structured usability testing? Explain How it is carried out. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Discuss how ‘Feedback Capture Grid’ is used to test my prototyped

ideas quickly and simply. [8]
b) Explain How ‘I like, I wish, I wonder’ tool used in Phase Reflect. [9]
Q7) a) Discuss the case study “Reimagining the Trade Show Experience at
IBM” in detail. [9]
b) How “Social Networking at MeYou Health” is designed using design

thinking tools? [9]
OR
Q8) a) Discuss the case study “Design Thinking in Healthcare with IDEO” in
detail. [9]
b) How Design Thinking transformed Airbnb? Explain. [9]

[5870] - 1146 2
[5870]-1147
INTERNET OF THINGS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (314445D)

Q1) a) What is Bluetooth? Explain in detail Bluetooth Technology. [8]

b) Explain in detail 6LoWPAN technology. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in detail IEEE 802.15.4. [8]
b) Differentiate between IPv4 and IPv6. How IPv6 is more suitable for IoT
implementation? [9]
Q3) a) Explain Arduino. What are the things need to be considered for developing
on the Arduino? Which are the official Arduino Boards? [8]
b) Draw and explain interfacing of robotic ARM using raspberry pi with
python program. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Compare Arduino Uno & Raspberry Pi Model. [8]
b) Draw and explain interfacing of Bluetooth speaker using raspberry pi
with python program. [9]
Q5) a) Explain Cloud Storage models (SaaS, Paas. IaaS) and communication
APIs Web server in details. [9]
b) Why to look for the challenges of secure IoT? Explain the challenges of
secure IoT? [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) What are the vulnerabilities of IoT? Explain in detail. [9]
b) What is security model of IoT? Explain in detail why there is a need of

security model in IoT? [9]
Q7) a) How IoT is used in retail management? Explain in detail. [9]
b) Explain in detail how IoT can be used in agriculture Applications. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain how IoT plays important role in Logistic management. [9]
b) Elaborate on how you will use IoT for remote health care. [9]

[5870]-1147 2
[5870]-1148
COMPUTER NETWORK & SECURITY

1) Answer four questions from the following.
2) Figyres to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Draw the neat sketches wherever required.
Q1) a) Explain with diagram layerd architecture & clustered architecture for
sensor network. [9]
b) Comment on Adhoc Netwrok MAC layer with design issues, Design
goal. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the issues in designing a Routing protocol for adhoc wirless
network. [9]
b) Explain different issues and challenges in designing sensor network. [9]
Q3) a) What is the importance & need for security and explain network attack. [8]
b) Explain different block cipher muscles. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain distributed denial of service attacks in details [8]
b) Explain with suitable examples what do you mean by active attacks &
passive attacks. [9]
Q5) a) Write a short notes on [9]
i) Encryption
ii) Decryption
b) Explain RSA in details [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) What is digitel signature? What are application of digital signature [9]
b) Explain following terms. [9]
i) Cryptograply
ii) Symmetric key Cryptograply
iii) Asymmetric key Cryptograply
Q7) a) Write short notes on [9]
i) Malware
ii) Phishing
iii) MITA attack
b) Elaborate different cyber security polycies in detail and explain different

challenges in internet governance. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the term cyber stalking. How to idertity and detect cyber stalking.
b) Explain the types of cyber-crimes.

[5870]-1148 2
P826 [5870] - 1149
DATA SCIENCE AND BIG DATA ANALYTICS
(2019 Pattern ) (Semester - II) (314452)
Q1) a) Explain Big data Ecosystem with suitable diagram. [7]

b) Explain anatomy of File read and write in HDFS. [7]
c) Write and explain any two Hadoop shell commands. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Map Reduce with proper diagram for word count example. [7]
b) Explain Google file system. [7]
c) Explain ETL processing. [4]
Q3) a) Explain different steps in Data Analytics Project Life cycle [7]
b) Draw and explain Architecture of HIVE. [7]
c) Explain different data transformation techniques. [3]
OR
Q4) a) Explain different kinds of Big Data Analysis. [7]
b) How data can be ingested in python. Write syntax in python for the
same. [7]
c) Explain role of visualization in big data analytics. [3]
Q5) a) Explain different techniques of Big Data visualization. [7]

b) Explain challenges in Big data visualization. [7]
c) Write two data visualization functions from matplotlib. [3]
OR
[5870] - 1149 1
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain different tools for data visualization. [7]
b) Explain scatter plot, histogram and heat map with example. [7]
c) Write two data visualization functions from seaborn. [3]
Q7) a) How Social Media analytics helps in value creation? Explain with suitable
examples. [7]
b) Explain in brief data analytics life cycle. [7]
c) Explain big data value terminology. [4]
OR
Q8) a) What is text mining? Draw and explain text mining architecture and its
use. [7]
b) Explain Big data analytics in research. [7]
c) Explain big data impact on organizations. [4]

[5870] - 1149 2
P827 [5870]-1150
T.E. (I.T.)
WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (414464A)
Q1) a) What is MVC? Explain MVC architecture in detail. [6]

b) Explain event binding and property binding in angular with example. [6]
c) Explain different types of Hooks in ReactJS. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What is TypeScript? List advantages & disadvantages of using it. [6]
b) What is Pipe? Explain with example. [6]
c) Explain Redux - Architecture in detail. [6]
Q3) a) Explain ExpressJS as middleware with example. [5]

b) What is NoSQL? Explain different features of MongoDB. [6]
c) Explain callbacks in NodeJS with suitable example. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain concept of routes in express with example. [5]

b) Write code to create collection, insert data & delete data in MongoDB
using NodeJS. [6]
c) Explain NodeJS events with example. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is Mobile-First and Mobile Web? List different Mobile Devices.[6]
b) What is jQuery Mobile? Explain Mobile jQuery Framework in detail.[6]
c) Explain any 3 events in jQuery Mobile with example? [6]
OR
Q6) a) Compare jQuery with jQuery Mobile. [6]
b) What is jQuery Mobile? What are the advantages and disadvantages of
jQuery Mobile? [6]
c) Write a code to create a header and footer in jQuery Mobile. [6]
Q7) a) Explain in detail types of Elastic Load Balancer. [6]

b) What are the different components of VPC? [5]
c) What is elastic beanstalk and enlist the advantages of using it? [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain any three AWS Storage services. [6]

b) What is Elastic Load Balancer and explain its working. [5]
c) What is AWS cloud? List different services provided by it. [6]
 
[5870]-1150 2
P828 [5870]-1151

(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective II) (314454-A)
1) Answer Questions 1 or 2, 3 or 4, 5 or 6, 7 or 8.
Q1) a) Differentiate between Propositional versus First Order Predicate Logic.

[4]
b) List the techniques used for Knowledge Representation? Explain any
one of it. [6]
c) Explain with an example Forward Chaining. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Differentiate between Forward Chaining and Backward Chaining. [4]
b) Brief about Semantic Nets. [6]
c) Write a note on Non-Monotonic Reasoning. [8]
Q3) a) What is NLP? List the steps of in NLP? Explain Lexical Analysis with an
example. [8]
b) Write about Semantic Analysis with the reference of Semantic Grammer,
Case Grammar. [9]
OR
Q4) a) What is Parsing? Discuss Syntactic Analysis with the reference of
Grammars and parsers. [8]
b) Discuss about Probabilistic Language Models. [9]
Q5) a) Describe Mini-Max Search Procedure with an example. [9]

b) Explain Iterative Deepening algorithm with an example. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What is Game Playing? Write in detail Alpha-Beta Pruning. [9]
b) Illustrate Goal-Stack Planning with an example. [9]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Write brief note on (Any Two) [12]
i) Convolutional Neural Networks (CNNs)
ii) Deep belief Network
iii) Restricted Boltzmann Machines
b) Explain in brief Tensor Flow. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Write brief note on (Any Two) [12]
i) Computer Vision in AI
ii) AI-Neural Networks
iii) AI-IOT
b) Describe in short AI-Robotics. [5]

[5870]-1151 2
P829 [5870] - 1152
CYBER SECURITY
(Semester-II) (2019 Pattern ) (Elective-II) (314454 B)
Q1) a) What is cyber forensics? Explain different processes in cyber forensics

investigation process. [6]
b) Explain any three challenges faced by Forensic expert in cyber forensics.
[6]
c) Write a short note any two tools for Network forensics analysis. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What is Malware Analysis and its key benefits? Explain different types
of Malware Analysis. [6]
b) Explain any three challenges in E-mail Forensics? Explain any three
Forensic Investigations techniques used in E-mail Forensic? [6]
c) How does Computer Forensics differ from data recovery? [6]
Q3) a) What is Digital Forensics and its application? Explain any two forensic
Hardware/Software tool. [6]
b) Describe the process followed in preserving the Digital Evidence in Digital
Forensic. [5]
c) What is the role of digital forensics in face and fingerprint recognition?[6]
OR
Q4) a) Write a short on following methods used to preserve the evidence in
digital forensic before starting the analysis. [6]
i) Drive Imaging
ii) Hash Value
[5870] - 1152 1
P.T.O.
b) Why do we need digital forensics? Where can digital evidences are found?
[5]
c) Explain any three forensic Tools used in Digital Forensics. [6]
Q5) a) Explain Social Engineering attack spiral model with the help of Diagram.[6]
b) What is mean by Insider Attack? What are types of it? [6]
c) What is “Phishing”. And How it works? Explain Phishing Attack with
the help of one example. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Which all preventive strategies can be used to prevent social engineering
attack. [6]
b) Explain any three Social engineering attacks with example. [6]
c) What are the risk associated with social engineers and physical access to
computers? [6]
Q7) a) Enlist any offences and related punishment under I.T act 2000. [6]
b) Explain in details Intellectual Property Rights in Cyberspace. [5]
c) What are Positive Aspects and weak areas of ITA 2000? [6]
OR
Q8) a) What is mean by Security Audit? Explain its Steps. [6]
b) Write a short note on: [5]
i) E-Commerce
ii) E-Governance
c) Explain the role of Certifying Authority and Controller. [6]

[5870] - 1152 2
P830 [5870] - 1153
CLOUD COMPUTING
(Elective-II) (2019 Pattern ) (Semester-II) (314454 C)

Q1) a) Write short note on following standards of application developer [6]
i) LAMP
ii) LAPP
b) Explain steps to launch an EC2 instance in AWS. [6]
c) Define Atom and RSS and differentiate between Atom and RSS. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain SAML and OAuth as standards for Security. [6]
b) Define Bucket in Amazon S3 and differentiate between DynamoDB and
Amazon S3. [6]
c) Write short note on Windows Azure Platform architecture. [6]
Q3) a) Draw & explain General Architecture of Google File System (DFS)?[6]
b) Discuss the terms: Big Table, HBase and Dynamo cloud data stores in
cloud computing. [6]
c) Discuss the terms Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery in cloud
Computing? [5]
OR
Q4) a) Draw & explain General Architecture Hadoop Distributed File System
(HDFS)? [6]
b) Differentiate between Big Table and HBase of cloud computing. [6]
c) What are the General Security Advantages of Cloud-Based Solutions?[5]
[5870] - 1153 1
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain Cloud Mashups for Agility & Scalability in detail. [6]
b) Explain Data-Intensive Scalable Computing. Differentiate between
Conventional Supercomputer and Data Intensive Scalable Computing.[6]
c) Write a short note on Wireless Sensor Networks (WSN). [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Social Networking site Twitter. [6]
b) Explain the different Technologies to build IOT infrastructure. [6]
c) Explain the Applications of the Internet of Things. [6]
i) Inventory Management
ii) Route Generation & Scheduling
Q7) a) Write a short Note on: Location Aware Application. [6]
b) Explain architecture of mobile cloud computing with diagram. [6]
c) Explain following Concept with diagram: Automatic cloud engine. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Draw and Explain multimedia cloud? [6]
b) Explain key issues related to energy efficiency in cloud computing? [6]
c) Explain the Concept of jungle Computing with a diagram? [5]

[5870] - 1153 2
P831 [5870]-1154

SOFTWARE MODELING AND DESIGN
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective - II) (314454 D)
1) Answers Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4 Q.5 or Q.6. Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary
Q1) a) Draw the notations of synchronous asynchronous, return, Create object

and destroy object messages in the context of sequence diagram [8]
b) Draw a state machine diagram for coffee vending machine which prepare
the coffee by adding material of coffee. Assume suitable data. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in brief UML diagrams used for dynamic modeling, [6]
b) What are swim lines? What is its use? Illustrate. [6]
c) Construct sequence diagram for ATM banking system for invalid pin
use case. [5]
Q3) a) Explain the design process of access layer classes with flow charts
assuming suitable application. [9]
b) Draw and explain deployment diagram for a Railway Reservation System.
[9]
OR
Q4) a) What is OCL? Explain syntaxes for pre and post conditions with suitable
examples. [9]
b) Explain the Macro-level process of identification of view layer classes
by analyzing use cases by using suitable example. [9]
Q5) a) Explain Strategy and State patterns with suitable examples. [8]
b) Describe Introduction and Information Expert pattern with suitable
examples. [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Elaborate on Pure Fabrication pattern and Protected variation pattern
with suitable. examples. [5]
b) Write a note on usage of following patterns [12]
i) Singleton pattern
ii) Adapter pattern
iii) Facade pattern
Q7) Write short notes on [18]

a) Software product line architecture
b) Real time software architecture
c) Component based software architecture
OR
Q8) a) Discuss in detail design of Client/ Server software architecture. [9]
b) What is object oriented software architecture. Discuss key features of
the same. [9]

[5870]-1154 2
P832 [5870] - 1156
T.E. (Printing)
OFFSET PRINTING TECHNOLOGY
Q1) Explain Feeder Mechanism in details with all parts. [18]

OR
Q2) Explain all the Drive Concepts of Web offset machine. [18]
Q3) Explain the following [17]

a) Revolving Reel stands
b) Dancer roller
c) Y type configuration.
d) Tower press used in newspaper printing.
OR
Q4) Explain the following: [17]
a) Describe parts of reel with help of neat diagram.
b) Describe any 3 splice patterns.
Q5) Explain the use of: [18]

a) Ink doctor and oscillator in offset.
b) Anilox short inking system used on web offset machines.
OR
[5870] - 1156 1
P.T.O.
Q6) Explain troubles due to following: [18]
a) Wet and dry tensions.
b) Incorrect temperatures of ink roller train, dampening solution.
Q7) What is the use of antistatic devices in web offset. Why pre-heaters are required
on web presses. [17]
OR
Q8) Explain various tension zones in the web press. [17]

[5870] - 1156 2

[5870]-1157
T.E. (Printing)
COLOR SCIENCE & MEASUREMENT

Q1) a) What is subtractive color system? [6]

b) Where subtractive color system is used? [6]
c) Which color system is applicable to monitor display? [5]
OR
Q2) a) Comment on CIE System. [6]
b) Explain HSL color system. [5]
c) Comment on color systems based on uniform color perception. [6]
Q3) a) What are the devices employed for color measurement? [6]
b) Explain the working of colorimeter. [6]
c) Compare different color measurement devices. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Comment on illuminants. [6]
b) Discuss Viewing geometry. [6]
c) What are measurement modes available for color measuring instruments?
[6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain methods of color evaluation. [6]
b) What parameters affect visual color evaluation? [6]
c) Explain the color difference equation. [5]
OR
Q6) a) What are standard illumination conditions? [6]
b) What is color instrumental assessment? [5]
c) Discuss color tolerance. [6]
Q7) a) Discuss Pigments colorants. [6]

b) What is metameric match? [6]
c) What is application of Kubelka Munk Theory for color matching? [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain color inconstancy. [6]
b) Discuss KM theory. [6]
c) What are special colorants? [6]

[5870]-1157 2

[5870]-1158
T.E. (Printing)
INK TECHNOLOGY

1) Attempt Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or
Q.No.8.
Q1) a) What is rheology? [6]

b) What do you mean by Newtonian and Non-Newtonian behavior? [6]
c) Comment on Thixotropic behaviour. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Shear thinning and shear thickening properties of liquids. [6]
b) Discuss factors affecting rheology. [5]
c) How to measure viscosity of liquid ink? [6]
Q3) a) How solvent based inks dry? [6]

b) Explain drying mechanism of offset inks. [6]
c) What are IR, UV and EB curing processes? [6]
OR
Q4) a) How news inks dry? [6]
b) Compare heat set and cold set ink drying. [6]
c) What are physical processes for ink drying? [6]
Q5) a) What are factors to be considered while formulating printing ink? [6]
b) Discuss Ink manufacturing step by step. [6]
c) Give typical formulaton of solvent based gravure ink. [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain Test for pigment dispersion. [6]
b) What is solid content? How it is measured? [5]
c) How to measure pigment particle size? [6]
Q7) a) Discuss Ink Proofing. [6]

b) Explain VOC and its relevance in printing industry. [6]
c) How to measure mottle? [6]
OR
Q8) a) How to ascertain shade, color and strength of ink? [6]
b) What is hazardous waste in printing? [6]
c) Comment on ink related troubles in offset. [6]

[5870]-1158 2
P833 [5870] - 1160
T.E. (Printing Engineering)

WOOD,GLASS AND METAL BASED PACKAGING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (308286B) (Elective-I)
1) Solve Q. 1 or Q. 2, Q. 3 or Q. 4, Q. 5 or Q. 6, Q. 7 or Q. 8.
3) Assume suitable data , if necessary.
Q1) a) Write down properties of packaging. [9]
b) Write down types of glass. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain process of forming Glass Containers with applications. [9]
b) Explain evaluation parameters in glass containers. [9]
Q3) a) Describe testing procedures of glass packaging. [8]
b) Explain gauging of glass testing. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Pressure Test, and Density Test of glass packaging. [9]
b) Explain chemical resistance testing of glass packaging. [8]
[5870] - 1160 1 P.T.O.

Q5) a) Explain introduction of metal containers with advantages. [9]
b) Explain Tin canister packaging used in food industry. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Which type of Metals box used in Industrial packaging in automotive

sector as returnable packaging. [5]
b) Explain about Metal box used for Lithium - Ion packaging used in
electronic goods and EV. [5]
c) Explain about testing protocols for Hazmat packaging based on United

Nation (UN) protocol. [8]
Q7) a) Explain quality control procedure of drums and closures. [8]
b) Write down the essential Functions of drums and closures. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain parts and types of closures. [8]
b) Write down about plastic drums and steel drums. [9]

[5870] - 1160 2

[5870]-1162
T.E. (Printing)
FLEXO PRINTING TECHNIQUES

Q.No.8.
Q1) a) Explain the purpose and effects of Back-exposure. [6]

b) Explain the purpose and effects of Main-exposure. [6]
c) What is Post-exposure and Light Finishing? Why we required these.[5]
OR
Q2) a) Why we use developing solution and explain different type of washout
solution. [6]
b) Explain purpose and effects of Drying mechanism of plate. [5]
c) Discuss Environmental concerns in flexo industry. [6]
Q3) a) How to prepare Digital Flexo Plates. [8]

b) Explain Digital Workflow in detail. [5]
c) What is file format and its type? Discuss in detail. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Define Ablation Technique. [6]
b) Explain different type of dots generated on flexo plate. [6]
c) Discuss difference between digital plate and conventional plate. [6]
Q5) a) Explain flexography process with diagram. [6]

b) Define stack narrow web press and its advantages. [6]
c) Define central impression narrow web press and its advantages. [5]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) Discuss on flexography product and application. [6]
b) Explain UV dryer in detail with diagram. [5]
c) Explain EB dryer in detail with diagram. [6]
Q7) a) “Anilox is heart of flexography”, If you agree then explain it in detail.[6]

b) Explain different method of Anilox cleaning. [6]
c) Explain doctor blade in detail with diagram. [6]
OR
Q8) a) How to select anilox roller in flexography? [6]
b) Explain anilox cell and Explain different type of anilox cell with diagram?
[6]
c) Explain fountain roller and its specification. [6]

[5870]-1162 2

[5870]-1163
T.E. (Printing)
COLOR MANAGEMENT

Q.No.8.
4) Neat diagram must be draw wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Explain CRT display technology. [6]

b) How display profiling is done? [6]
c) How to choose monitor? [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain CRT display technology. [6]
b) Comment on color correction environment for monitor display. [5]
c) Discuss setting of display and application interfaces to middle grey. [6]
Q3) a) What is printer calibration setting? [6]

b) What is profile conversion? [6]
c) What are parameters to be considered for flexographic printer profiling?
[6]
OR
Q4) a) How to ensure consistency of printing output? [6]
b) Can you apply your knowledge to construct profile for given printing
device? [6]
c) What is rendering intent? Explain types of rendering intents. [6]
Q5) a) Where device link is used? [6]

b) What are steps of proofer profiling? [6]
c) Discuss importance of soft proofing. [5]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) What is proof to press color management? [6]
b) State importance of Hard Proofing. [5]
c) Compare proofing methods in color management. [6]
Q7) a) Importance of grey background for visual color evaluation. [6]

b) What should be illumination condition required for visual color evaluation.
[6]
c) State importance of Gray balance. [6]
OR
Q8) a) How do you set conditions for visual evaluation of print? [6]
b) Explain TRC. [6]
c) Comment on Gray balance and color management. [6]

[5870]-1163 2
P834 [5870]-1164
T.E. (Printing Technology)

DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS
Q1) a) A cup manufacturer has reported average sale to 500 printing presses
that he has to deal with during a month amount to Rs. 36,000/- with a
standard deviation of Rs. 10,000/-. Assuming that the sale in these
businesses is normally distributed, find :
The number of businesses the sale is over Rs. 40,000. [6]
b) Also find if the percentage of business the fine is likely to range between
Rs. 30,000 and Rs. 40,000. [6]
c) Describe t-test [5]
OR
Q2) a) Hourly output of 1000 workmen sticking the labels on the bottles are
normally distributed around a mean of 70 and with a standard deviation
of 5. Estimate the number of labels whose hourly sticking/pasting of
labels will be:
Between 70 and 72 [6]
b) Between 69 and 72 [5]
c) Define following terms : Independent variables and dependent variables.[6]
Q3) a) To adjust the contact pressure between plate cylinder and blanket cylinder,
which move towards each other at a fixed axial clearance, the plate or the
blankets are underlaid, a process which results in a 0.05-0.15 mm radial
deformation of the blanket. The changes in the underlay resulted in
variations in tone value increase in the highlight areas and print contrast.
The operator collected data for 6 of its treatments of underlay.
P.T.O.
Treatment in micron thickness of packing [12]
0.01 0.05 0.075 0.08 0.1 0.2
27 29.3 29.3 29.45 30.11 34.7
26.7 27 28.99 30.33 33.47 31.77
28 28.01 29.02 31.1 31.55 32.98
27.3 25.9 29.1 31 34 33.0
Using the data given below for TVI, test whether the mean tone value
increase due underlay is same for all thicknesses at 0.05 level of
significance.
b) Explain background variables and primary variables. [6]
OR
Q4) a) A CTP unit manufacturer is experimenting on time required for imaging

in CTP plates. It is of interest for the researcher to study the effects of
following factors: types of laser diodes and the coating type. Each factor
is run at 3 levels. The setup is that of a completely randomized design.
The data are given in table. The time measured is in microseconds. [12]
Factors Coating type
Laser Power in Watt A B
39.5 47.4
45.7 43.5
60 49.8 39.8
50.2 36.1
63.8 41.2
33.5 44
36.7 41.2
80 42 47.3
38.1 45.3
31.2 42.7
Prepare ANOVA Table [4]
[5870]-1164 2
b) 1. What effect does coating type have on the time to image?
2. What effect does power have on the time to image?
3. Do both coating types behave in the same manner in the two different
power types? [6]
Q5) a) Consider a 2 2 factorial with factors A and B and n experimental

observations per factor combination. Prepare a geometric view and in
tabulor form of the 2 2 . Define Contrast A, B and AB among treatment
totals. [6]
b) Offset Industries statistics report states information of 276 packaging

presses and 24 publication presses facing strong environmental issues
due to air pollutants released from the presses. Explain with the help of a
cause-and-effect diagram his problem in order to reduce emissions. [6]
c) Explain general full factorial in DOE. [5]
OR
Q6) a) In 2 k series consider following factors polymer1. and polymer 2. Each

run at 2 levels low and high indicating concentration of the polymers.
These experiments are conducted to test additives to inks. Data given is
change in plastic viscosity which is a rheological measure reflecting the
change in thickness of the ink. Various polymers are added to the ink to
increase the viscosity.
Prepare and display treatment combinations in graphical form.

Polymer 1 [11]
Polymer 2 Low High
Low 3 3.5 11.3 12.0
High 11.7 12.0 21.7 22.4
Calculate main effect and interaction effect.
b) Write a short note on factorial design. [6]

[5870]-1164 3
Q7) a) A book making machine is set to deliver packets of a given weight, 10
samples of size 5 each were recorded. Below given are relevant data:[18]
Sample
No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Mean
xbar 15 17 15 18 17 14 18 15 17 16
Range 7 7 4 9 8 7 12 4 11 5
Calculate the values for the central line and control limits for mean chart
and range chart and then comment on the state of control.
OR
Q8) a) 345 530 556 354 590 [6]

395 515 479 494 420
563 444 629 440 485
505 604 490 445 605
402 406 730 506 516
472 475 610 586 523
691 520 465 468 545
523 582 570 578 505
461 575 420 605 527
624 440 585 420 384
Construct a frequency distribution table with appropriate class limits

and class boundaries. With reference to G chart divide the measurement
scale into 8 groups.
b) Draw histogram to represent the above frequency distribution. [6]
c) Comment on the results. [6]
 
[5870]-1164 4
P835 [5870]-1165
T.E. (Printing)
MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT OF PRINTING MACHINES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective-II) (308293 A)
1) Attempt Q.No. 1 or Q.No. 2, Q.No. 3 or 4, Q.No. 5 or 6, Q.No. 7 or Q.No. 8.
Q1) a) Prepare a Monthly Preventive Maintenance check sheet for Offset Printing
Press? [6]
b) What are the Characteristics of Preventive Maintenance? [6]
c) Important Steps for Establishing a Corrective Maintenance Program.[5]
OR
Q2) a) Write a Brief Note on Corrective Maintenance for Offset Compressor.
[6]
b) What are the Elements of Corrective Maintenance? [6]
c) What are the Types Lubricants. [5]
Q3) a) What is Condition Based Monitoring. [6]

b) Explain in detail about Air Leakage testing for Offset Press. [6]
c) How Condition Based Monitoring helps to build data mine. [6]
OR
Q4) a) How Vibration Tester & Ultrasonic Digital Cameras are used in Condition
Based monitoring? [6]
b) Describe in Detail the Predictive Maintenance with respect to Diesel
Generator used for Offset Printing press. [6]
c) Explain any 3 Instruments used for Different Condition Monitoring. [6]
Q5) a) What is OEE, Explain with respect to Quality. [6]

b) How Need for Effectiveness Maintenance Important. [6]
c) What are the Key Performance Indicators for Gravure Maintenance. [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) What are the Safety Measures taken during Maintenance. [6]
b) What is significance of 5s in Maintenance Management. [6]
c) What is MTTR and MTBF [5]
Q7) a) Describe the Replacement or Repair Decision Making Policy with respect
to LCC Model Technique. [6]
b) What is Kaizen. Explain with suitable example for Offset Printing Machine.
[6]
c) Conclude Replacement or Repair Decision by Calculating Average
Maintenance Cost for a Single Color Flexo Machine & Write a Statement
Considering Below Mentioned Data for Calculation. [6]
Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Maintenance 1500/- 1700/- 1900/- 2100/- 2300/- 2500/- 2700/- 3000/-
Cost
Resale Value 2000/- 1700/- 1500/- 1300/- 1200/- 1100/- 1000/- 900/-
OR
Q8) a) What is TPM. Explain with respect to Single color Offset Press. [6]
b) What are the Pillars of TPM. Explain with suitable example. [6]
c) What is Critical Spares. [6]

[5870]-1165 2
[5870]-1166
T.E. (Printing Engineering)
BASIC COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND ELECTRONIC
INSTRUMENTATION

Q1) a) Differentiate between the Active Tags and Passive Tags used in RFID.[6]
b) Differentiate between the Barcode and RFID. [6]
c) Describe the FHSS and DSSS techniques used in communication system.
[6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the RTS and CTS mechanism used in Wi-Fi Communication
system. [9]
b) State the applications of RFID in detail. [9]
Q3) Describe static characteristics of measurement system. [17]

OR
Q4) a) Explain the Types of errors in measurement system. [8]
b) Define : [9]
i) Hystersis
ii) Drift
iii) Dynamic error
iv) Fidelity
v) Speed of response
vi) Range and Resolution
P.T.O.
Q5) Explain the working of displacement sensor. [18]
OR
Q6) a) Describe working of thermocouple and its applications in printing. [9]
b) Describe the working principle of strain gauge sensor used in printing

industry. [9]
Q7) Mention the application of sensors and Transducer in printing industry. [17]
OR
Q8) Describe the working of RTD and its applications in printing industry. [17]

[5870]-1166 2
P836 [5870]-1167
T.E. (Printing)
ELECTRONICS PUBLISHING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective-II) (308293C)
1) Attempt Q.No. 1 or Q.No. 2, Q.No. 3 or 4, Q.No. 5 or 6, Q.No. 7 or Q.No. 8.
Q1) a) What is Computing and Computing Environment. [10]

b) Explain any 4 types of Computing. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Draw with the diagram and explain Practical history of internet. [10]
b) Explain classification of Web Technology. [8]
Q3) Explain the advantages and disadvantages of Online Writing versus Print Media,
Radio and Television. [17]
OR
Q4) Explain various image file formats used for Web. Also explain the purpose
behind selection of particular file format. [17]
Q5) Explain in details roles and responsibilities of Content Generators, Content

Writers and Content Manager. [18]
OR
Q6) Develop a sitemap for newly opened photography Studio. The sitemap should
contain 3 levels of pages. Explain the purpose of your sitemap. [18]
Q7) Explain with workflow diagram of how Online Payment System works.
[17]
OR
Q8) Explain web to Print Workflow with diagram. [17]


[5870]-1168
T.Y. (Biotechnology)
ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES

Q1) Explain the process of Native gel Electrophoresis with the help of following
points :- [18]
a) Theory
b) Working principle
c) Instrumentation & Application
OR
Q2) Explain the process of Agarose gel Electrophoresis with the help of following
points :- [18]
a) Theory
b) Working principle
c) Instrumentation & Application
Q3) Write short notes on - [17]

a) Ultracentrifugation [10]
b) Gradient centrifugation [7]
OR
Q4) Define filtration & Explain the process for constant pressure & constant volume
filtration. [17]
P.T.O.
Q5) Explain the instrumentation of spectrophotometer in details. [18]
OR
Q6) In details explain the working principle of colorimeter & write the process for
determination of molecular extinction coefficient. [18]
Q7) Write the working principle of Mass spectrometry. Explain LC-MS for
determination of molecular weight of protein. [17]
OR
Q8) Write the working principle of NMR. Explain the technique for molecular
structure determination of natural product. [17]

[5870]-1168 2
P838 [5870] - 1169
MATERIAL BALANCES AND STOICHIOMETRY
(2019 Pattern ) (Semester - I) (315462)
1) Answer Q1, or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
Q1) a) A stream of nitrogen flowing at a rate of 100 kmol/h is heated from 303 K
to 373 K, Calculate the heat that must be transferred. [6]
Data : C 0p for nitrogen = 29.5909 – 5.141*10–3 T + 11.1829*10–6

T2–4.968*10–9T3
b) Define and Explain Latent heat Phase Change. [6]
c) Calculate the enthalpy change between reactants and products if both
are at 298.15 K if 60 mol CO2 is produced according to the following
reaction: [6]
2C4 H10 (g)  13O2 (g) 
 8CO2 (g)  10H 2O(1)
Data:
Component H 0f , kJ / mol
C4H10(g) –125.79
CO2(g) –393.51
H2O(1) –285.83
OR
Q2) a) A stream of carbon dioxide flowing at a rate of 100 kmol/h is heated
from 298 K to 383 K, Calculate the heat that must be transferred using
C 0p data, C p0  a  bT  cT 2  dT3 . [6]
Gas a b*103 c*106 d*109
CO 2 21.3655 64.2841 –41.0506 9.7999
[5870] - 1169 1
P.T.O.
b) Write a note on [4]
i) Sensible Heat
ii) Latent Heat
c) A stream flowing at a rate of 15000 mol/h containing 25 mole% N2 and
75 mole% H2 is to be heated from 298 K to 473 K. Calculate the heat that
must be transferred using C 0p data given below. [8]
C 0p  a  bT  cT 2  dT3
Gas a b*103 c*106 d*109
N2 29.5909 -5.41 13.1829 -4.968
H2 28.6105 1.0194 -0.1476 0.769
Q3) a) Fresh juice contains 15% solids and 85% water by weight and is to be
concentrated to contain 40% solids by weight. [9]
In single evaporation system, it is found that volatile constituents of juice

escape with water leaving the concentrated juice with a flat taste. To
overcome this problem, part of the fresh juice by passes the evaporator.
Calculate:
i) The fraction of juice that bypasses the evaporator.
ii) The concentrated juice produced (containing 40% solids) per 100
kg of fresh juice fed to the process.
b) The analysis of the gas entering the converter in a sulphuric acid plant is
4% SO2, 13% O2 and 83% N2 on a volume basis. Gas leaving the
converter contains 0.45% SO2 on SO3 free basis (by vol). Calculate %
SO2 entering the converter getting converted to SO3. [8]
OR
[5870] - 1169 2
Q4) a) The waste acid from a nitrating process containing 20% HNO3, 55%
H2SO4 and 25% H2O by weight is to be concentrated by addition of
concentrated sulphuric acid containing 95% H2SO4 and concentrated
nitric acid containing 90% HNO3 to get desired mixture containing 26%
HNO3 and 60% H2SO4. Calculate the quantities of waste and concentrated
acids required for 1000 kg of desired mixed acid. [9]
b) The carbon monoxide is reacted with hydrogen to produce methanol.
Calculate from the reaction [8]
i) The stoichiometric ratio of H2 to CO.
ii) Kmol of CH3OH produced per kmol CO reacted.
iii) The weight ratio of CO to H 2 if both are fed to reactor in
stoichiometric proportion.
iv) The quantity of CO required to produce 1000kg of CH3OH.
Q5) a) Calculate the heat of formation of phenol crystals from its elements using
the following data. [9]
Standard heat of formation of CO2(g) = -393.51 kJ/mol
Standard heat of formation of H2O(1) = -285.83 kJ/mol
Standard heat of combustion of Phenol crystals at 298.15 K = -3053.25
kJ/mol.
b) Calculate the heat of formation of liquid ethyl acetate at 298K [9]
Data:
Standard heat of combustion of liquid ethyl acetate C4H8O2 = H 0c =
-2230.91 kJ/mol.
OR
Q6) a) Calculate the heat of formation of ethane gas at 298.15 K from its elements
using Hess’s law [8]
Standard heat of combustion of ethane gas at 298.15 K = -1560.69 kJ/
mol.
[5870] - 1169 3
i) Hess’s Law of Constant Heat Summation.
ii) Effect of temperature on heat of reaction.
Q7) a) Write a note on GHV and NHV. State and explain relation between them.
[7]
b) The purge gas obtained from ammonia synthesis loop has following
composition on mole basis:
H2 : 69%, N2: 23%, Ar: 2.7%, and CH4: 5.3%
It is burnt with 20% excess air. Calculate theoretical air required and
molar composition of the dry flue gases. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Write a note on [8]
i) Theoretical oxygen and Theoretical air.
ii) Excess Air and Percent excess air
b) A furnace is fired with fuel oil. The orsat analysis of flue gases by volume
is as given below: [9]
CO2: 10.6%, O2:6%, and N2: 83.4%
Calculate:
i) The percentage excess air and
ii) The C:H ratio in the fuel oil, assuming that fuel does not contain
nitrogen.

[5870] - 1169 4
[5870]-1170
T.E. (Biotechnology)
Genetic Engineering
Q1) a) Describe hybridization as strategy for screening of libraries. What is the

basic principle of hybridization? [9]
b) What are genomic libraries? What is their significance? [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in detail screening of recombinants using the blue white selection
method. [9]
b) Describe PCR cloning. [9]
Q3) Write short notes on

a) Competency. [5]
b) Broad host range. [7]
c) Copy number of plasmid and its significance. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Describe cloning in S. cerevisae, What are the different problems in
cloning in yeast? Which vectors are more suitable and preferred for
yeast-based cloning? [10]
b) Write a note on Yeast Artificial Chromosomes or YAC. [7]
Q5) a) How is the transformation of the plant cells carried out using particle
bombardment? What are the advantages? [9]
b) Discuss “recombinant protein expression in E. coli: advances and
challenges”. [9]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) Write a note on transfection. [9]
b) Describe the technique of electroporation in detail. [9]
Q7) a) How is DNA marker technology used in crop improvement? Explain

with examples. [9]
b) What are the applications of animal transgenics? [8]
OR
Q8) a) How is the rDNA technology in Hep B production? [8]
b) Golden Rice - need, process of production and significant steps. [9]

[5870]-1170 2
[5870] - 1171
Third Year B.Tech. (Biotechnology)
INTRODUCTION TO IMMUNOLOGY
Q1) a) What is Immunoglobulins? Draw structure of IgG antibody. [9]

b) Compare between monoclonal Vs polyclonal antibodies. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain factors affecting antigenicity. [9]
b) Describe Hybridoma Technology with its applications. [9]
Q3) a) What is Complement system? How it works in CMI. [9]

b) Write short note on Antigen presentation to immune system. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain mechanism of transplantation immunology. [9]
b) What happens during inflammatory response? [8]
Q5) a) What is Anaphylaxis? Explain its mechanism. [9]

b) Describe with example Organ Specific autoimmunity. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What is hypersensitivity? Give features of different types of hypersensitivity
reactions. [9]
b) Write short note on Allergy test. [9]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain principle and applications of Complement fixation test. [9]
b) Give the examples of active & passive immunization. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Describe the agglutination test with its applications. [9]
b) What are vaccines? How vaccines are designed for active immunization.[8]

[5870] - 1171 2
P841 [5870] - 1172
Third Year B.Tech. (Biotechnology)

ENZYME TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (315465A) (Elective - I)
Q1) Describe the role of following coenzyme with one suitable reaction.
a) Thiamine diphosphate. [9]
b) Pyridine nucleotides. [9]
OR
Q2) Illustrate the role of following coenzyme with one suitable reaction.
a) Biotin. [9]
b) Lipoic acid. [9]
Q3) Answer the following:

a) Draw a Lineweaver - Burk plot for competitive, non-competitive and
uncompetitive type of inhibition and comment on Km and Vmax of same.
[9]
b) Differentiate between competitive and noncompetitive type of inhibition.
[8]
OR
Q4) Analyze the given data and answer the questions.
An enzyme has a Km of 4.7×10–5 M. If the Vmax of the preparation is 22
micromoles/liter/min, what velocity would be observed in the presence of
2×10–4M substrate and 5×10–4M of
a) a competitive inhibitor
b) an uncompetitive inhibitor and
c) an uncompetitive inhibitor? Ki in all three cases is 3×10–4M
d) What is the degree of inhibition in all three cases? [17]
[5870] - 1172 1 P.T.O.

Q5) Answer the following
a) Draw a neat diagram showing immobilization of enzyme by entrapment

method. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of entrapment method.
[9]
b) Differentiate between crosslinking and entrapment method of

immobilization. [9]
OR
Q6) Answer the following
a) What kind of changes occurs in properties of enzymes after

immobilization? Justify the changes with proper explanation? [9]
b) What are the parameters which are been checked to know the successful
immobilization of enzyme? Describe any one in detail. [9]
Q7) a) Illustrate the process of production of high fructose corn syrup (HFCS)
by using immobilized enzyme. [9]
b) Describe the process of preparation of Tagatose by using immobilized
enzyme. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Illustrate the advantages of immobilized enzyme over free enzyme. [9]
b) Describe the role of any one immobilized enzymes in the pharmaceutical

industry. [8]

[5870] - 1172 2
[5870]-1175
T.Y. B.Tech. (Biotechnology)
FERMENTATION TECHNOLOGY

1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8
Q1) How does Penicillin work? Explain the process of fermentative production of
Penicillin in detail. [18]
OR
Q2) a) Explain microbial production of Vitamin B2 and B12. [9]
b) Write a note on antifungal antibiotics with a generalized protocol for their

industrial productin. [9]
Q3) a) Write a note on Single Cell Protein production with a case example.[10]
b) Explain the production of glucose using an enzyme. [7]
OR
Q4) Enlist the different methods of enzyme immobilization. Explain the “Entrapment
method of Immobilization of enzymes” in detail. [17]
Q5) What is an Air-lift bioreactor? Describe the design and functioning of the bioreactor
for industrial application. Support the answer with a list of current industrial
applications of Air-lift bioreactors for the production fo bioproducts. [18]
OR
[5870]-1175 1 P.T.O.
Q6) What will be the effect of the growth of fungus in a mimicked environment
like its natural habitat on the production of different biomolecules? How this
idea can be conceptualized for industrial processes explain the model system
in detail. [18]
Q7) a) Write a note on Good Manufacturing Practices (GMPs) [7]
b) How upstream and downstream processing is economically related to

each other for any industrial bioprocess? Give example and explain.[10]
OR
Q8) Enlist the parameters for scaling up of bioprocess. If these scale-dependent

parameters deviate from the scale what can be the overall effect on the process?
Enlist the impact parameter-wise. [17]

[5870]-1175 2
[5870]-1176
Mass Transfer
Q1) a) Give Classification of crystallizers and explain: [12]

i) Swenson walker crystallizer
ii) Vacuum crystallizer
b) Write mass balance equation for batch crystallizer. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What is the effect of impurities in crystal formation? How can we reduce
impurities in crystal formation? [8]
b) Calculate the yield of MgSO4, 7H2O crystals when 1000kg saturated
solution of MgSO4 at 353 K is cooled to 303K assuming 10% of the
water is lost by evaporation during cooling. [10]
Solubility of MgSO4 at 353K =64.2 kg/100 kg water
Solubility of MgSO4 at 303 K =40.8 kg/100 kg water
At. Wt. Mg=24,S=32, H=1 and 0=16
Q3) a) What is optimum reflux ratio? Draw and explain diagram showing
relationship of cost versus reflux ratio. [9]
b) Explain differential distillation operation with a neat diagram. [8]
OR
Q4) a) If we consider y = ax/1+ (a-1) × in terms of relative volatility, then derive
Rayleigh equation in terms of relative volatility. [8]
b) What are azeotropes? Explain types of azeotropes? [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) A simple batch still is used to distill 1000 kg of a mixture containing
60 mass % ethyl alcohol and 40 mass% of water. After distillation the bottom
product contains 5 mass% of alcohol. Determine the composition of the
overhead product, its mass and mass of the bottom product. Equilibrium
data is with respect to weight percentage values. Data is given as, [12]
x 5 10 20 30 40 50 60
y 36 51.6 65.5 71 74 76.7 78.9
b) Write a short note on condensers and reboilers. [6]

OR
Q6) a) Write material balance over distillation column and derive an expression
of operating line in rectifying and stripping section. [12]
b) Write short notes on “Flooding in Distillation Column”. [6]
Q7) a) What is the difference between absorption and stripping? Why absorption
is much preferred operation? [9]
b) What are different methods of absorption? Explain it with neat diagrams
and concentration profiles. [8]
OR
Q8) a) How packing height is transformed into NTUs? Give equations for gas
and liquid phase. [5]
b) 5000 kg/hr of a SO2-air mixture containing 10% by volume of SO2 is to
be scrubbed with 2,00,000 kg/hr of water in a packed tower. The exit
conc. of SO2 is reduced to 0.20%. The tower operates at 1 atm. The
equilibrium relation is given by: Y* = 30X, Where Y = Mole SO2/Mole
Air and X=Mole SO2/Mole water. If the packed bed height of tower is
0.52 m, Calculate the height of transfer unit. [12]

[5870]-1176 2
P844 [5870]-1177
T.E. (Biotechnology)
BIOSEPARATION ENGINEERING
Q1) a) What is adsorption? Give different types of adsorption isotherms? [9]

b) What are the different types of adsorbents used in various applications?
Give some examples. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Write difference between physical and chemical adsorption. [6]

b) How adsorption occurs in fixed beds? Explain it with adsorption
breakthrough curve. Highlight bed exhaustion portion in breakthrough
curve and write its significance. [12]
Q3) a) Explain the terms and write significance: [9]

i) Partition co-efficient
ii) Retention Volume
iii) Capacity factor
b) Discuss the principle involved in the practice of Thin Layer

Chromatography (TLC). Explain TLC with one case study. [8]
OR
Q4) a) What are the different types of detectors? Describe FID in detail. [8]
b) Explain different peak broadening effects. How Van Deemter plot co-
relates peak broadening effect? [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is ultrafiltration? How is it useful in bioseparations? Explain with 1-
2 examples. [9]
b) Enlist the factors affecting the performance of membranes? How are
they minimized? [9]
OR
Q6) a) Draw the diagram of membrane separation process and explain all
components in the diagram with one detailed application. [9]
i) Dialysis and Electrodialysis
ii) Pervaporation
Q7) a) What are the different types of molecular sieves? Give one recent
application from literature where it is applied. [9]
b) Write a short note on protein precipitation methods. [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is supercritical extraction? Explain the phenomenon with suitable

examples. How is it different from liquid-liquid extration? [9]
b) What is the purpose of using mass spectrometry in combination with
GC and LC? Explain it with one case study of GC-MS and LC-MS.[8]
 
[5870]-1177 2
P845 [5870]-1179
Third Year B. Tech. (Biotechnology)

FOOD BIOTECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective-II) (315474B)
Time : 2½Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Q1) a) Write a note on UHT treatment and its application in food. [9]
b) What are the factors taken in consideration while calculating the
pasteurization time? [9]
OR
Q2) a) What is the thermal death kinetics of micro-organisms? What is its
significance in the canning industry? [9]
b) What are the performance parameters of food processing? Enlist the
advantages and disadvantages of food processing. [9]
Q3) a) Which bacteria are commonly used in the food industry give examples
of bacteria and the food where they are used? [7]
b) What are the different types of cheese made and which bacteria are used
for that? Give the detailed steps in cheese making. [10]
OR
Q4) a) Write a note on yeasts used in fermentation industry. What are the different
types of products made using yeast? [7]
b) Enlist and describe briefly the steps involved in bread making. Discuss
the significant step in bread making. [10]
Q5) a) Describe the role of enzymes in the bakery industry. [9]

b) Pectinases and cellulases have an important role in the vegetable and
fruit processing Discuss. [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Discuss the importance of enzymes in the food industry in general. [9]
b) Give the application of amylase in the food industry. Name any five
microbial enzymes other than amylase used in the food processing
industry with their applications. [9]
Q7) How is food waste classified? Explain in detail. What are the types? How is
the disposal different for different types? [17]
OR
Q8) Write nots on :
a) Physical methods of waste disposal [9]
b) Chemical methods of waste disposal [8]

[5870]-1179 2

[5870]-1181
T.E. (Production)
ENGINEERING METROLOGY & INSTRUMENTATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (311081 A)

Q1) a) Differentiate clearly between [8]

i) Change causes & Assignable causes
ii) Variable data & attribute data
b) Following data shows value of sample mean X & range R for 10 sample
of size 5 each. Calculate control limits for mean chart & range chart.
Determine whether the process in control or not. For sample size of 5,
A2 = 0.577, D3 = 0, D4 = 2.115. [10]
Sample 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
No
X 11.2 11.8 10.8 11.6 11 9.6 10.4 9.6 10.6 10
R 7 4 8 5 7 4 8 4 7 9
OR
Q2) a) Explain the parameters of the O.C. curve and explain its characteristic.[8]
b) The no. of rivets missing in the assembly of rail coaches is found as
follows. [10]
No. of 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
units
No. of 8 16 19 11 14 07 27 16 17 15
rivets
missing
Find the control limit for C chart. Find the control limits for the C chart.
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain Juran’s approach in quality. [9]
b) Explain seven quality tools. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Deming’s approach for quality. [9]
b) Explain kaizen and six sigma. [9]
Q5) a) Define measurement and state the significance of measurement. [7]

b) Differentiate between Sensor and secondary Transducer. [10]
OR
Q6) a) Explain different measurement methods. [10]
b) State the explain inductive transducer. [7]
Q7) a) State and explain various type of strain gauges. [8]

b) Discuss the basic methods of force measurements. [9]
OR
Q8) a) What is stress & strain measurement and discuss electrical resistance
strain gauge. [8]
b) Explain the laws, construction & working of thermocouple temperature
measurement. [9]

[5870]-1181 2
P847 [5870] - 1182
T.E. (Production)
MATERIAL FORMING TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (311082 A)
1) Answer Q1or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
Q1) a) Describe Rod drawing machine set up with neat sketch. Describe the die
used. [8]
b) Wire of 3 mm diameter is reduced to 1.5 mm diameter. Calculate drawing
stress and drawing load. The die angle is 8° and the coefficient of friction
at die and wire interface is 0.1. The flow stress of wire material is 250
N/mm2. Also calculate motor power required if the drawing speed is 0.7
m/s. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Describe Tube sinking process with neat sketch. [5]
b) Tube of 10 mm external diameter and 1 mm thickness is reduced to
8 mm external diameter and 0.75 mm thickness. The die angle is 16° and
plug angle is 14°. The coefficients of friction at die and tube interface
and tube and plug (mandrel) interface is 0.1. The flow stress of tube
material is 250 N/mm2. Also calculate and compare the drawing load if
the tube drawing operation is carried out uisng [12]
i) Fixed plug
ii) Floating plug
iii) Moving cylindrical Mandrel
Q3) a) Friction is essential in rolling. State true or False with analytical

justification. [8]
b) Explain the following [9]
i) Automatic Gauge Control
ii) Mill spring
OR
[5870] - 1182 1
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Describe Roll bending with neat sketch. Explain various rolling defects
occurs due to Roll bending. [9]
b) Explain the process to manufacture angle shaped component using rolling
process. [9]
Q5) a) Explain and differentiate between Hot forward extrusion and Hot
backward extrusion with neat sketch. [9]
b) Explain the process to manufacture Aluminum can with neat sketches.[9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain and differentiate between Direct Hot extrusion and Indirect Hot
extrusion with neat sketch. [9]
b) Explain various defects occurs in extruded product during extrusion
process. [9]
Q7) a) Explain important process parameters of Explosive forming with neat

sketch. State types of explosives. [9]
b) Explain important process parameters of Electro Magnetic forming with
neat sketch. State types of coils. [9]
OR
Q8) Write short notes on [18]

a) Dies used in Explosive forming.
b) Process to manufacture fender.
c) Drive and field shaper in Electro Magnetic forming

[5870] - 1182 2
[5870]-1183
T.E. (Production Engineering)
Machining Science and Technology
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (311083(A))
Q1) a) Discuss formation of primary and secondary shear zone in metal cutting
with suitable sketches. [9]
b) Which factors are affecting the tool life? Discuss in detail. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss selection of cutting fluids in metal cutting. [9]
b) The useful tool life of a HSS tool machining mild steel at 20 m/min is 4
hours. Calculate the tool life when the tool operates at 30 m/min. n=0.125.
[9]
Q3) a) Explain wear by plastic shear and diffusion with suitable sketches. [8]
b) Discuss effect of cutting parameters on tool life. [9]
OR
Q4) a) What are the types of tool damages? Describe any two type of tool
damage with suitable sketch. [9]
b) For a metal machining, the following information is available: [8]
Tool change time = 10 min. Tool re-grind time = 6 min.
Machine running cost = Rs. 8 per hour, Tool depreciation per re-grind =
40 paise, n=0.25, C=150. Calculate the optimum cutting speed.
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain American National Standards Institutes (ANSI) insert specification
method in detail. [9]
b) What are the shapes of inserts? Draw any two shapes and comment on
strength, power requirement and vibration tendency. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain types of chip breakers with suitable sketches. [9]
b) Design a single point cutting tool to turn a M S bar with a linear cutting
speed of 50 m/min on a lathe equipped with a 12 kW motor. Safe stress
for tool material is 250 MPa and efficiency of machine tool is 75%. [9]
Q7) a) Draw the sketch of reamer showing fluted section, neck and shank. Explain
how to calculate length of flute and number of teeth in reamer. [8]
b) With suitable example, explain the procedure to be followed in designing
of flat form tool by graphical method. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain with suitable example the procedure to be followed in designing
a circular form tool by graphical method. [9]
b) Discuss various guidelines to be used in design of broach. [8]

[5870]-1183 2
[5870] - 1184
KINEMATICS AND DESIGN OF MACHINES
Time : 2½Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8..
2) Neat Diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rules, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
Q1) a) Explain following terms related to cam with suitable sketch: [6]
i) Prime circle ii) Pitch curve iii) Base circle
b) Following data relate to a cam profile, in which the follower moves with
simple Harmonic Motion during the out stroke and return stroke. [12]
The minimum cam radius = 45 mm.
The diameter of a roller = 18 mm.
Lift of roller follower = 40 mm.
Offset of follower axis = 10mm towards right.
Angle of ascent = 1100
Angle of dwell between ascent and descent = 500
Angle of descent = 1200
Angle of remaining dwell = 800
Cam speed = 200rpm. Draw cam profile.
OR
Q2) a) Explain the following terms: [8]
i) Coefficient of fluctuation of energy.
ii) Coefficient of fluctuation of speed
iii) Maximum fluctuation of energy.
P.T.O.
b) A 5 kW motor running at 900 rpm operates a riveting machine. It has
flywheel fitted to it of mass 100 kg and radius of gyration 0.4 m. Each
riveting takes 1 seconds and required 10 kW. Determine i) Number of
rivets closed per hour ii) Fall in the speed of flywheel after riveting
operation. [10]
Q3) a) What is the stress concentration? What are the various causes of stress
concentration? [7]
b) A cantilever beam of circular cross section, made of alloy steel with

ultimate tensile strength of 1500N/mm2 is fixed at one end and subjected
to a completely reversed force of 1000N at free ends. The force is
perpendicular to beam axis. The distance between free and fixed end of
beam is 400 mm. The theoretical stress concentration factor and notch
sensitivity are 1.33 and 0.85 respectively. The surface finish factor and
size factor are 0.79 and 0.85 respectively.The temperature factor and
reliability factor are 0.975 and 0.868 respectively. The desired life of beam
is 50000 cycles. If the required factor of safety is 1.5, determine diameter
of beam. [10]
OR
Q4) a) Explain various factors influencing the fatigue strength of the component.
[7]
b) A transmission shaft made of cold drawn steel having ultimate tensile

strength of 630 N/mm2 and tensile yield strength 360 N/mm2 is subjected
to a fluctuating torque which varies from 600 Nm clockwise to 100 Nm
anticlockwise. The surface finish factor and size factor are 0.8 and 0.85
respectively. The reliability factor is 0.897. If the factor of safety is 2,
determine diameter of shaft. Use distortion- energy theory of failure.[10]
Q5) a) Explain the terms: [6]
i) Population ii) Sample iii) Random Variable
Also explain the concept of reliability based design.
[5870] - 1184 2
b) A batch of 100 helical compression springs is tested for deflection under
the axial load. The results are tabulated as follows : [12]
Deflection of springs, mm Number of springs
26 - 28 2
28 - 30 12
30 - 32 50
32 - 34 32
34 - 36 4
If the permissible deflection for the springs is between 29 mm and 33 mm,
determine the percentage of the springs likely to be rejected.
The areas below standard normal distribution curve from zero to z are as
follows.
Z 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
Area 0.3159 0.3413 0.3643 0.3849 0.4032 0.4192 0.4332 0.4452
OR
Q6) a) Give comparison between normal distribution and standard distribution
curves. [6]
b) A shaft and hole assembly of nominal diameter 30 mm have the following
dimension [12]
Shaft diameter  300.1 0.1

0.15 mm Hole diameter  30 0.0 mm
Assuming shaft and hole diameters are normally distributed, determine

the percentage of assemblies having clearance less than 0.14 mm.
The areas below standard normal distribution curve from zero to z are as
follows.
Z 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9
Areas 0.3849 0.4032 0.4192 0.4332 0.4452 0.4554 0.4641 0.4713
[5870] - 1184 3
Q7) a) Explain the following terms used in Johnson's method of optimum design:
[6]
i) Functional requirement parameter
ii) Geometrical parameter
iii) Material parameter
b) A tensile bar of length 500 mm is subjected to constant tensile force of

3000 N. If the factor of safety is 2, design the bar diameter using Johnson's
method, with a objective of minimizing the material weight using optimum
material form the list given below. [11]
Material Mass density Material cost per Yield strength
kg/m3 unit mass, Rs/kg N/mm2
Steel 7800 28 400
Aluminium Alloy 2800 132 150
Titanium Alloy 4500 2200 800
OR
Q8) a) Explain the guidelines to be followed in the design of casting parts. [7]
b) What is design for manufacture (DFM)? Explain the general principles to

be followed while designing parts for manufacture. [10]

[5870] - 1184 4

[5870]-1185
T.E. (Production)
FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
(2019 Pattern) (Elective - I) (Semester - I) (311085(A)-1)

1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
Q1) Fig. 1 shows a bar of cross-sectional area of 250 mm2, fixed at one end and
free at other end. It is subjected to an axial force of 60 kN at the mid-point of
bar. if the modulus of elasticity for the bar material is 20 × 103 N/mm2,
determine: [16]
i) the nodal Displacement
ii) the Stresses in each part of bar
iii) the support reactions
OR
Q2) Fig. 2 Shows a cluster of six springs. One end of the assembly is fixed and a
force of 2000 N is applied at the other end. Using finite element method,
determine [16]
i) the deflection of each spring
ii) the reaction force at the support
P.T.O.
Q3) a) A three bar truss is subjected to loading, as shown in fig. 3 The modulus
of elasticiy for bar material is 300 × 103 N/mm2. The cross sectional
area of each bar used for truss is 60 mm2. If the length of the horizontal
and vertical bars are 100 mm and 750 mm respectively, determine :[14]
i) the element stiffness matrix for
ii) global stiffness matrix
iii) nodal displacements
iv) stress in each element
v) reaction force at the support
b) Explain the types of Coordinate systems. [5]

OR
Q4) a) The two bar truss is shown in fig. 4. The modulus of elasticity for bar
material is 70 × 103 N/mm2 and cross sectional area of each element is
200 mm2. Determine : [14]
i) the element stiffness matrix
ii) the global stiffness matrix
iii) the nodal displacement
iv) the stress in each element
v) the reaction forces
b) Explain the basics steps in modeling of 1-D problem using finite element
method. [5]
[5870]-1185 2
Q5) A triangular plate of size 100 × 75 × 12.5 mm is subjected to the loads as
shown in fig.5. The modulus of elasticity and Poisson’s ratio for the plate
material are 2 × 105 N/mm2 and 0.3 respectively. Model the plate with CST
element and determine : [17]
Element stiffness matrix and nodal displacements.
OR
Q6) A triangular plate subjected to various loads as shown in fig.6. The modulus
of elasticity is 70 × 103 N/mm2, the poisson’s ratio is 0.3 and thickness of
plate is 10 mm. Model the plate with CST element and determine Element
stiffness matrix and nodal displacements. [17]
Q7) a) Explain the modes of heat transfer. [6]

b) Determine the Cartesian coordinate of the point P( = 0.5,  = 0.6)
shown in Fig. 7. [6]
c) Enlist the quality checks during the meshing. Explain any two of them.[6]
[5870]-1185 3
OR
Q8) a) In triangular element, the node 1,2,3, have Cartesian co-ordinates as
(30, 40), (140, 70), (80, 140) respectively. The displacements in mm at
nodes 1, 2, 3 are (0.1, 0.5), (0.6, 0.5) and (0.4, 0.3) respectively. The
point P with in the element has Cartesian co-ordinates (77, 96). For
Point P, determine : [6]
i) Natural coordinates
ii) Shape function and
iii) Displacement
b) For the quadrilateral element Cartesian co-ordinates of points 1, 2, 3, 4
are (3, 1), 6, 1), (8, 6), (2, 5), respectively. Determine local co-ordinate
of point Q Which has Cartesian coordinates (7, 4). [6]
c) What are the Types of dynamic analysis? [6]

[5870]-1185 4
P850 [5870] - 1186
T.E. (Production)
ADVANCES IN MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (311085(A) - II) (Elective - I)
Q1) a) Explain with neat sketch metal mould casting. [8]
b) Explain with neat sketch Evaporative pattern casting process. [8]
OR
Q2) a) What is vaccum mold casting? Write its advantages, disadvantages and
applications. [8]
b) Explain the Ceramic shell casting with neat sketch. [8]
Q3) a) Explain the weld distortion and its prevention. [9]
b) Write short note on thermal cycles in welding. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Describe with sketch, inspection and testing of welding. [9]
b) Write short note on various types of welding joints. [9]
[5870] - 1186 1 P.T.O.

Q5) a) What is the principle of Magnetic Abrasive Finishing (MAF) process,
explain its working in details. [9]
b) Explain with neat sketch Magneto Rheological Abrasive Finishing

(MRAF) [9]
OR
Q6) a) Write the advantages, disadvantages and applications of Magnetic

Abrasive Finishing (MAF) process. How the Magnetic Abrasive Particle
(MAP) is prepared? [9]
b) Write the advantages, disadvantages and applications of Magneto

Rheological Abrasive Finishing (MRAF) process. [9]
Q7) a) Explain with neat sketch gear shaping process. [9]
b) Write short note on broach geometry. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain with neat geometry of broaching tool and its parts. [9]
b) Write short note on thread cutting process. [9]

[5870] - 1186 2

[5870]-1187
T.E. (Production)
MECHATRONICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (311085(A)-III)

4) Use of non-programmable calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) How does an algorithm ADC works? [8]

b) How to calculate voltage based on analog inputs (ADC)? [9]
Assume the following values for the ADC clock frequency = 1 MHz;
VT = 0.1 mV; DAC has F.S. output= 10.23 V and a 10-bit input.
Determine the following values.
i) The digital equivalent obtained for VA = 3.728 V.
ii) The conversion time.
iii) The resolution of this converter.
OR
Q2) a) How does an algorithm DAC works? [8]
b) What is quantization error? [9]
Assume the following values for the ADC clock frequency = 1 MHz;
VT = 0.1 mV; DAC has F.S. output = 10.5 V and a 10-bit input. Determine
the following values.
i) The digital equivalent obtained for VA = 3.628 V
ii) The conversion time.
iii) The resolution of this converter
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Do the Comparison between Open-loop and Closed-loop control
systems. Give suitable example of each system. [8]
b) Expand the following equation of Laplace transform in terms of its partial
fractions and obtain its time-domain response. [9]
2s
Y (s) =
( s +1)( s + 2)
OR
Q4) a) Determine the transfer function of the system shown in Figure. [9]
Fig. a system in time domain

b) Expand the following equation of Laplace transform in terms of its partial
fractions and obtain its time-domain response. [8]
2 s +1
Y (s) =
( s +1+ j ) ( s +1- j )
Q5) a) Explain PD control action with suitable example. [8]

b) Draw the neat sketches showing the control actions of various controllers
and write the equations for their output. A PID controller has Kp = 1.0,
KI = 2.0 s-I, KD = 2 s.
Controller output for zero error is 30%. Plot the controller output for the
error shown in figure [10]
OR
[5870]-1187 2
Q6) a) Explain PID control actions with suitable example. [8]
b) Draw the neat sketches showing the control actions of various controllers
and write the equations for their output. A PID controller has Kp = 1.0,
KI = 2.0 s-i, KD = 2 s.
Controller output for zero error is 40%. Plot the controller output for the
error shown in figure [10]
Q7) a) Construct the ladder logic diagrams for (i) the NAND gate and (ii) the
NOR gate. Also develop a truth table for both logics. [8]
b) Explain application of PLC system for Bottle Filling Machine. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the basic structure of Programmable logic controller. [8]
b) Construct the ladder logic diagrams for (i) the NAND gate and (ii) the
Ex-NOR gate. Also develop a truth table for both logics. [10]

[5870]-1187 3
[5870]-1188
SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (311085(A)-IV)

3) Figures to the right in black indicates full marks.
Q1) a) What is supply chain management (SCM) and why is it important? [10]
b) What are the drivers of supply chain performance? [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the impact of responsiveness and efficiency on each of the major
drivers of supply chain performance. [10]
b) What are the objectives of a supply chain? [6]
Q3) a) Explain how to manage supply chain cycle inventory. [10]

b) Why are RFID tags used in warehouse? [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the different models of inventory used by warehouses to
effectively stock the goods. [10]
b) Why are RFID tags used in warehouse? [8]
Q5) a) Define supply chain management. What are the differences/similarities

between logistics and supply chain management? [12]
b) How can supply chain cost be reduced? [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) What is demand planning in supply chain management? [6]
b) What is the impact of a mismatch in supply and demand? [12]
Q7) a) What are the current trends in supply chain management? [12]
b) How do you manage risk in supply chain? [6]
OR
Q8) a) What are the major categories of supply chain risk? [12]
b) What are the common food supply chain issues? [6]

[5870]-1188 2

[5870]-1189
PRODUCTION TOOLING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (311088(A))

Q1) a) To design drawing die for a component as shown in figure no.1, calculate
following values for a sheet of thickness 2 mm and yield strength 300 MPa.
i) Blank size, ii) Percentage reduction, iii) Number of draws required,
iv) Cup diameter and height in each draw, v) Die and punch dimensions
in each draws, vi) Press capacity required in each draw. [12]
b) Calculate bending force required for steel sheet 3mm thick and width 2
meter to be bent in a wiping die. The upper and lower die radius is 6 mm
and UTS is equal to 650 MPa. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What is the meaning of bend allowance in sheet bending? Explain working
of types of bending dies with suitable sketches. [9]
b) With suitable example, explain use of Area Method in calculation of
blank size. [9]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) What is the outcome of edging operation in forging? With suitable example
explain design of edging impression in forging die design. [8]
b) With suitable sketches, explain how provisions of flash and gutter are
useful in forging die design. [9]
OR
Q4) a) How to calculate stock size in closed die forging? [8]
b) Why fullering operation is needed in forging? Explain design of fuller
with suitable sketches. [9]
Q5) a) What are the types of dies in die casting? Explain various types of die
casting dies in detail. [9]
b) Explain working of cold chamber die casting machine with suitable
sketches. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Discuss die casting defects with causes and remedies. [9]
b) Explain working of air - injection type die casting machine with suitable
sketch. [9]
Q7) a) Explain with the help of neat sketches side gate, diaphragm gate and
spoke gate. [9]
b) Describe working principle of blow moulding with suitable sketches.[8]
OR
Q8) a) Determine, i) Shot capacity with Nylon 66. ii) Number of cavities for a
mould by shot capacity method for a given data. Material = Nylon 66,
Mass of the component =38 g., Swept volume = 100 cm 3 ,
Density = 1.14 g/cm3, Constant = 0.85. [9]
b) Explain working of screw type injection moulding with suitable sketch.[8]

[5870]-1189 2
[5870]-1190
T.E. (Production)
PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

3) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8
4) Use of electronic pocket Calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) What is the difference between Production Planning and Production

Control? [6]
b) Explain in brief the Pre-Planning functions of Production Planning and
Control (PPC). [6]
c) What are the 10 functions of PPC? [6]
OR
Q2) a) What are the prerequisites for effective PPC’? [6]
b) What are the advantages and limitations of PPC? [6]
c) What are the difference between Centralized and Decentralized PPC
System? [6]
Q3) a) List basic types of Plant Layout. Explain all with diagram. [8]
b) What is the function of Material Handling? Explain importance and
objectives ul material handling. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the meaning and significance of plant location. How will you
decide the location of a mini steel plant in India? [8]
b) List and explain various principles of material handling. [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain in detail ‘P’ system and ‘Q’ system of Inventory control. [8]
b) Arijeet Industries requires 18,000 units/year which will be used in its

main product. The ordering cost is Rs. 138 per order and the carrying
cost per unit per year is 22% of the purchase price per unit which is
Rs. 78. [9]
Find
i) Economic order quantity.
ii) Number of orders per year.
iii) Time between successive orders.
OR
Q6) a) What is selective inventory control? Explain ABC analysis in brief. [8]
b) A company makes bicycles. It produces 480 bicycles a month. It buys

the tires for bicycles from a supplier at a cost of Rs. 21 per tire. The
company’s inventory carrying cost is estimated to be l7% of cost and
the ordering is Rs. 55 per order. [9]
i) Calculate the EOQ.
ii) What is the number of orders per year?
iii) Compute the average inventory.
iv) Compute the total cost.
Q7) a) What is Material Requirement Planning (MRP)? How does MRP system
works? [8]
b) What are the advantages of having MRP system? [5]
c) What are the stages in drawing Line of Balance? [5]
OR
[5870]-1190 2
Q8) a) What are the wastes considered in Lean Manufacturing? [5]
b) What are the characteristics of Agile Manufacturing? [5]
c) A company is engaged in the assembly of a Machine on a continuously

moving conveyor, 24 Machine assemblies are required per shift of 8
hours. The other information is given below regarding assembly steps
and precedence relationship. [8]
Operation Immediate Duration
Number Precedence Task (Min)
1 --- 5
2 1 3
3 1 7
4 1 5
5 3 6
6 3,4 3
7 2 4
8 5,6 6
9 4 12
10 7,8,9 9
i) Draw the precedence diagram.
ii) What is the desired cycle time?
iii) What is the theoretical number of work stations?
iv) What is the efficiency and balance delay of the solution obtained?

[5870]-1190 3
P851 [5870]-1191
T.E. (Production)
PROCESS ENGINEERING AND RESOURCE PLANNING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (311090 A)
3) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed. Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) What do you mean by Equilibrium theories? [8]

b) Explain the causes of work piece Variation? [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the Mechanical Control. [8]

b) What are variables influencing work piece Control. [9]
Q3) a) What are factors to be considered while selecting the tooling? [9]
b) Explain the term process sheet design. [8]
OR
Q4) a) What are factors to be considered while selecting the Machine or

equipment? [9]
b) Explain the Types of tooling. [8]
Q5) a) What are the factors affecting process selection. [9]

b) Explain capacity planning? [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) What is mean by capacity utilization? [9]
b) What do you mean by OEE. [9]
Q7) a) How the CAPP (Computer Aided Process planning) is useful in Industry.
[9]
b) Explain Generative process planning? [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Knowledge based process planning. [9]

b) What are advantages of CAPP over manual process planning. [9]
 
[5870]-1191 2

[5870]-1192
T.E. (Production)
PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Elective - II) (311091(A)-I) (Semester - II)

Q1) a) Explain genetic product development process. [10]

b) Sketch Spiral & Complex system product development process flow.[6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in detail product planning process with flow chart. [10]
b) Explain any one types of product development project with example.[6]
Q3) a) Draw the Kano model for customer requirement. How time affects the
customer requirements. [10]
b) Discuss concurrent engineering in product development. [8]
OR
Q4) a) What are the steps of benchmarking? Explain the competitive performance
benchmarking. [10]
b) Explain in details the product life cycle. [8]
Q5) a) Explain overview of DFM (Design for Manufacturing) process. Also list
the guideline of Design for Manufacturing. [12]
b) Explain the guideline of DFA (Design for Assembly) [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Short note on Quality Function Deployment. [6]
b) Select one product from following list that you intend design & answer
the questions. [12]
Sr. No. Name of Product
1. Wrist Watch
2. Water bottle
3. Washing machine
I) Identify primary function of the product.
II) Develop the correlation matrix for the selected product.
III) Construct the house of quality for the selected product.
Q7) a) Explain in details the Design for Casting. [12]

b) Explain role of standardization in DFMA. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Design for Manufacturing guidelines with example. [12]
b) Explain components of product life cycle management (PLM). [6]

[5870]-1192 2
[5870]-1193
T.E. (Production)
NANO MANUFACTURING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (311091(A)-II)

Q1) a) What are the different energy sources used in nonconventional machining
processes? [10]
b) What are the needs of unconventional manufacturing process? [6]
OR
Q2) a) What is the reason for using unconventional or advanced machining?

[10]
b) Which non-conventional machining process has highest material removal

rate? [6]
Q3) a) What are the different types of nano finishing process? [10]
b) Why finishing is necessary on metal surface? [8]
OR
Q4) a) What is the purpose of nano finishing process? [10]
b) What is the need for nano finishing process? [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are the difference between bottom-up fabrication and top-down
fabrication? [12]
b) What are the approaches used in nano fabrication. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What are the two fundamental approaches to nanomanufacturing? [6]
b) What are the key issues in the synthesis of nanomaterials? [12]
Q7) a) Which device can be used for nano measurement? [12]
b) What is the role of size in nanomaterials? [6]
OR
Q8) a) What are the different methods of measurement of nano materials? [12]
b) What is importance of Nanometrology? [6]

[5870]-1193 2
[5870]-1194
T.E. (Production)
STATISTICS AND NUMERICAL METHODS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (311091 A/III) (Elective - II)
Q1) a) Discuss types of errors in detail. [9]
b) If x=3.26426, Find absolute, relative & percentage error if [9]
i) x is truncated to 4 decimal places.
ii) x is rounded off to 4 decimal places
OR
Q2) a) What is Newton Raphson method? And write procedure of it. [9]
b) Find the roots of equation 2x3+4x2–8 using bisection method. Do three

iterations. [9]
Q3) a) Explain various methods of curve fitting. [9]
b) How is a power equation fitted in curve? Discuss in detail. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain various methods of least square criteria’s. [9]
b) Discuss exponential curve fitting. [8]
[5870]-1194 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) A set of values of x and f (x) are given below, using Lagrange interpolation
formula, find yg at xg=9 [9]
X 5 7 11 13 17
Y = f (x) 150 392 1452 2866 5202
b) From following table. Calculate f (3.5) using forward difference formula.
[9]
x 2 3 4 5 6
y 19 48 99 178 291
OR
3
Q6) a) Evaluate 0 2x − x2 .dx, taking 6 intervals by Trapezoidal rule [9]
0.8
b) Evaluate 0 ln( x + 1) + sin (2 x) . dx where x in radians. Using Simpson’s 1/3
rule, derive entire interval in 8 strips. [9]
Q7) a) What is optimization? Explain multiple optimization in detail. [9]

b) Discuss Genetic Algorithm (GA) with one of case study. [8]
OR
Q8) a) How is multiple optimization useful for manufacturing? Explain in detail.
[9]
b) What is classical optimization? Discuss Simulated Annealing (SA)
optimization [8]

[5870]-1194 2
[5870] - 1195
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT AND COSTING
(2019 Pattern) (311091(A)- IV) (Semester - II) (Elective - II)
Q1) a) What is the trade-off between long-term and short-term financing of

working capital? [6]
b) Prepare an estimate of working capital requirement from the following
information of a trading concern. [6]
Projected annual sales A 6,50,000
Percentage of net profit on sales 25%
Average credit period allowed to debtors 10 Weeks
Average credit period allowed by creditors 4 Weeks
Average stock holding in terms of sales requirements 8 Weeks
Allow 20% for contingencies
c) What is meant by fixed or permanent working capital? [5]
OR
Q2) a) What should be the mix of short and long-term sources in financing
current assets? [6]
b) The current market price of the shares of A Ltd. is A 95. The floatation
costs are A 5 per share amounts to A 4.50 and is expected to grow at a
rate of 7%. You are required to calculate the cost of equity share capital.[6]
c) Is there a difference between the project’s and the firm’s cost of capital?
Explain. [5]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) What are the important techniques of costing? Explain in brief. [6]
b) From the following details of stores receipts and issues of materials in a
manufacturing unit, prepare the stores ledger using Base Stock Method
of valuing the issues of LIFO; assume base stock 200 tonnes. [6]
1.1.2021 Purchased 500 tones at A 2 per ton
10.1.2021 Purchased 300 tones at A 2.10 per ton
15.1.2021 Issued 600 tons
20.1.2021 Purchased 400 tones at A 2.20 per ton
27.1.2021 Purchased 500 tons at A 2.10 per ton
c) Ramesh Ltd. has three production departments A, Band C and six service
departments. The following figures are extracted from the records of the
company: [5]
Production Departments Service Departments
A A 16,000 Stores A 2,000
B A 10,000 Timekeeping A 3,000
C A 12,000 Maintenance A 1,000
A 38,000 Power A 2,000
Walfare A 1,000
Supervision A 2,000
Total A 49,000
The other information available in respect of the production departments:
Particulars Production Departments
A B C
No. of Employees 40 30 20
No. of Stores Requisition 30 20 10
Horse Power of Machines 500 500 600
Machine Hours 2500 1500 1000
You are required to apportion the costs of various service departments
to production departments.
[5870] - 1195 2
OR
Q4) a) Discuss the various methods of pricing materials issues to production.[6]
b) Calculate the earnings of workers A and B under Straight Piece Rate
System and Taylor’s Differential Piece Rate System from the following
particulars : [6]
Standard time allowed 50 units per hour.
Normal time rate per hour 100.
Differentials to be applied.
80% of Piece rate below standard.
120% of Piece rate at or above standard.
In a day of 8 hours A produced 300 units and B produced 450 units.
c) Following information is made available from the costing records of a
factory: [5]
i) The original cost of the machine : A 1,00,000
Estimated life : 10 years
Residual Value : A 5,000
Factory operates for 48 hours per week : 52 weeks in a year.
Allow 15% towards machine maintenance down time. 5%
(of productive time assuming unproductive) may be allowed as
setting up time.
ii) Electricity used by the machine is 10 units per hour at a cost of 50
paise per unit.
iii) Repair and maintenance cost is A 500 per month.
iv) Two operators attend the machine during operations along with
two other machines. Their total wages including fringe benefits,
amounting to A 5,000 per month is paid.
v) Other overheads attributable to the machine are A 10,431 per year.
Using above data, calculate machine hour rate.
Q5) a) Define Standard Costing. What do you understand by Standard Cost

and Standard Costing? [6]
b) Discuss the preliminary steps for determination of Standard Cost. [6]
c) Calculate Material Cost Variance from the following information : [6]
Standard Price of material per kg = A 4
Standard Usage of materials = 800 kgs
Actual Usage of materials = 920 kgs
Actual Price of materials per kg = A 3
Actual Cost of materials A 2,760
Standard cost of material for actual production A 3,200
[5870] - 1195 3
OR
Q6) a) What are the differences between Standard Costing and Estimated
Costing? [6]
b) Explain the different types of Material Cost Variance. [6]
c) From the following particulars, calculate Labour Variance : [6]
Standard hours = 200
Standard rate for actual production = A 1 per hour
Actual hour = 190
Actual Rate = A 1.25 per hour
Q7) a) What do you understand by Marginal Costing? Define Marginal Costing.

Briefly explain the features of marginal costing. [6]
b) What are the merits and demerits of process costing? [6]
c) From the following information, calculate the amount of profit using
marginal cost technique : [6]
Fixed cost A 3,00,000
Variable cost per unit A 5
Selling price per unit A 10
Output level 1,00,000 units
OR
Q8) a) What is meant by Cost Driver? Explain role of Cost Driver in tracing
costs to products. [6]
b) Write Short notes on : [6]
i) Normal Process Loss.
ii) Abnormal Process Loss.
iii) Abnormal Gain.
c) In Process A, 1,000 units were introduced at a cost of A 20,000, the
other expenditure incurred in the process were materials A 10,000 and
wages A 5,000. 10% is the normal loss during production and possess a
scrap value of A 3 each. The output of process A was only 800 units.
Find out the value of Abnormal Loss. [6]

[5870] - 1195 4

[5870]-1196
T.E. (Production Engineering (Sandwich))
MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY (SELF STUDY)

5) Use of Logarithmic Table, Slide rule is Electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Describe in Brief Condition Based Maintenance using Vibration Signature.

[5]
b) How Infrared Camera is useful in Security System? What are the
parameters considered for signal acquisition? [5]
c) Find out the system reliability for a serial and parallel configuration with
2 Components. [7]
OR
Q2) a) With a block diagram explain Quantum Debris Analysis using Particle
Analyzers. [8]
b) What is availability and how can it be increased? [9]
Q3) a) Brief with example Deming’s PDCA Cycle and PDSA Cycle. [8]
b) Write Short Notes (Any two) : [9]
i) 5 S
ii) Concurrent Engineering
iii) JIT
OR
Q4) a) Describe House of Quality with suitable example. [10]
b) Explain in Brief Quality Circle Structure. [7]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the steps involved in Material Requirement Planning. Also brief
on types of Data considered by Material Requirement Planning. [10]
b) Write Short Notes (Any Two) [8]
i) Computer Aided Process Planning.
ii) Scheduling and Dispatching.
iii) Money market
OR
Q6) a) Explain the requirements of Man, Material Machine Methods while
selecting for Casting operation. [10]
b) Enlist types of charts and forms used in production planning And explain
any two charts with neat sketch. [8]
Q7) a) Explain the Objectives of Cost estimation. What are the different factors
considered for cost optimization of Smartphone? [9]
b) Write Short Notes : [9]
i) Provision for Scrap
ii) Estimation of Volume
iii) Need of Depreciation
OR
Q8) a) Brief the objectives and functions of cost estimation. [9]
b) Enlist the types of Depreciation and Explain Declining Balance Depreciation
and Units of Production Depreciation. [9]

[5870]-1196 2
[5870] - 1197
T.E. (Production Sandwich)
KINEMATICS AND DESIGN OF MACHINES
1) Figures to right indicates full marks.
2) Neat Diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of Logarithmic Table, Slide rule and pocket calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Define the following terms as applied to cam with neat sketch: [8]
i) Base Circle ii) Pitch Circle iii) Pressure angle iv) Stroke of the follower
b) The turning moment diagram for a multicylinder engine has been drawn
to a scale 1mm = 600 Nm vertically and 1 mm = 30 horizontally. The
intercepted are as between the output torque curve and the mean resistance
line, taken in order from one end, are as follows:
+52,-124, +92, -140, +85, -72, and +107mm2, when the engine is running
at a speed of 600rpm. If the total fluctuation of speed is not to exceed
 1.5% of the mean speed , find the necessary mass of the fly wheel of
radius 0.5m. [10]
OR
Q2) a) Sketch different types of cams and follower and name it. [6]
b) A machine, punching 38mm holes in 32mm thick plate requires 7 Nm of
energy per sq. mm of sheared area, and punches one hole in every 10
seconds. Calculate the power of the motor required. The mean speed of
the flywheel is 25 meters per second. The punch has a stroke of 100mm.
Find the mass of the flywheel required if the total fluctuation of speed is
not to exceed 3% of the mean speed. Assume that the motor supplies
energy to the machine at uniform rate. [12]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Define the following terms: [6]
i) Notch sensitivity ii) Endurance Limit iii) Stress Concentration
b) A cantilever beam of circular cross section, which is made up of alloy
steel, having Sut = 1400N/mm2 fixed at one end and subjected to a
completely reverse force of 1000N at the free end. The force is
perpendicular to the axis of the beam. The distance between the fixed
and free end of the cantilever beam is 400mm. If the desired life of the
beam is 50000 cycles. Determine the diameter of the beam. [11]
Use following data
Theoretical stress concentration factor = 1.33
Notch sensitivity = 0.85
Surface finish factor = 0.79
Size factor = 0.85
Temperature factor = 0.975
Reliability factor = 0.868
OR
Q4) a) Explain the Modified Goodman Diagram for fluctuating axial/bending
stresses with neat sketches. [8]
b) A mechanical component is subjected to two dimensional stresses. The
tensile stress in X -direction varies from 50 to 150 N/mm2.The stress in
Y-direction varies from 20 N/mm2 compressive to 100N/mm2 tensile.
The shear stress in XY plane varies from 20N/mm2 to 80 N/mm2. The
frequency of variation of these stresses is equal. The corrected endurance
strength of component is 300 N/mm2. The ultimate tensile strength is 700
N/mm2.Determine the factor of safety using distortion energy theory. [9]
Q5) a) Explain the following terms used in the statistical analysis of the engineering
problems: [6]
i) Arithmetic Mean ii) Median iii) Standard deviation
b) A batch of 100 helical compression springs are tested for the deflection
under the axial load. the results are tabulated as follows : [12]
Deflection of springs in mm Number of springs
26 - 28 2
28 - 30 12
30 - 32 50
32 - 34 32
34 - 36 4
[5870] - 1197 2
If the permissible deflection for the springs is between 29mm and 33mm,
determine the % of the springs likely to be rejected
Z 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
Area 0.3159 0.3413 0.3643 0.3849 0.4032 0.4192 0.4332 0.4452
[Use linear interpolation for values in between.]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the difference between 'design tolerance' and 'natural tolerance'.[6]
b) A shaft and assembly of nominal diameter 30mm have the following
dimensions : [12]
Shaft diameter  300.1 0.1

0.15 mm & Hole diameter  30 0.0
Assuming the shaft and hole diameters are normally distributed, determine:
i) the percentage of assemblies having clearance less than 0.14mm; and
ii) the percentage of assemblies having clearance greater than 0.20mm
Use linear interpolation for values in between.
Z 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7
Area 0.3413 0.3643 0.3849 0.4032 0.4192 0.4332 0.4452 0.4554
Z 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3
Area 0.4641 0.4713 0.4772 0.4821 0.4772 0.4821 0.4861 0.4893
Z 2.4 2.5
Area 0.4918 0.4938
Q7) a) What is design for manufacture (DFM)? Explain the general principles to
be followed while designing the parts for manufacture. [8]
b) Explain desirable, undesirable effects and functional requirement parameter
in optimum design. State various step involved in optimum design for
normal specification. [9]
OR
[5870] - 1197 3
Q8) a) Define adequate design & optimum design. [3]
b) A tensile bar of length 200 mm is subjected to the constant tensile force

of 5000 N If the factor of safety is 3, design the bar with the objective of
minimizing the material cost, out of the following materials : [14]
Material Mass density Material cost per Yield strength
kg/m3 unit Mass c, Rs/kg Syt, N/mm2
Steel 7800 14 400
Aluminium Alloy 2800 66 150
Titanium Alloy 4500 1100 800
Magnesium Alloy 1800 75 100

[5870] - 1197 4

[5870]-1198
T.E. (Production S/W)
MATERIAL FORMING AND MOLD DESIGN
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (311124A)

Q1) a) Comparison of different rolling mill arrangement and also draw the sketch
of [8]
i) Two high mill
ii) Two high reversing mill
iii) Three high rolling mill
iv) Four high rolling mill
v) Cluster Rolling mill
b) Determine the maximum reduction possible on a piece of steel 250 mm
thick during cold rolling. When  = 0.1 and during Hot rolling = 0.6
what would be the effect on the maximum draft if the roll radius was
changed from 500 mm to 1.5 m? [8]
c) Draw only sketch of
i) Planetary rolling mill
ii) Ring rolling [2]
OR
Q2) a) Calculate the rolling load to reduce steel 600mm wide and 30 mm thick
by 20% Roll diameter 800 mm Flow stress of steel 150N/mm2 Assume
= 0.15. What would be rolling road if [8]
i) Sliding friction occurs
ii) Sticking friction occurs
P.T.O.
b) Draw the Geometry of Rolling process define following. [8]
i) Forward slip
ii) Backward slip
iii) Neutral point N
iv) Angle of contact 
v) Angle of Bite 
Also show on sketch ho, vo, v1, h1, Vr,h, lagging zone, leading zone, 
 
c) Draw only sketch of [2]
i) Sendizmer rolling mill
ii) Tandem rolling mill
Q3) a) Explain the following parameter of Gating system Design.

i) Pouring time for different metal [2]
ii) Choke Area [2]
iii) Types of gates (with figure) [3]
iv) Sprue - Gating system design [2]
v) Gating ratio [1]
b) A mold sprue is 20cm long and cross sectional area at its base is 2.5cm2.
The sprue feeds a horizontal runner leading into a mold cavity whose
volume is 1560cm3 determine [6]
i) Velocity of the molten metal at the base of sprue
ii) Volume rate of flow
iii) Time to fill the mold
Write the only formula of
c) i) Energy Balance equation like Bernnoullis equation.
ii) Continuity equation. [2]
OR
[5870]-1198 2
Q4) a) A cylindrical riser must be designed for a sand casting mold. The casting
itself is a steel rectangular plate with dimensions 7.5cm×12.5cm×2.0cm.
The total solidification time (TST) for casting = 1.6 min the cylinder for
the riser will have a diameter to height ratio (D/n) = 1.0. Determine the
dimensions of the riser so that it's TST = 2.0 min. Take n = 2.0. [10]
b) Explain with sketch different types of gating system.
i) Top Gate (Wedge, Finger, pencil gate)
ii) Parting Gate
iii) Bottom Gate [8]
Q5) a) Explain with neat sketch on aspect of forging [10]
i) Open die forging
ii) Closed die forging
iii) Increamental forging
iv) Isothermal forging
v) Roll forging
b) Draw neat sketch following forging press. [7]
i) Crank
ii) Knuckle joint
iii) Screw
iv) Hydraulic
OR
Q6) a) Explain with neat sketch different types of forging hammers (each 2 marks)
[8]
i) Board type hammer
ii) Belt type hammer
iii) Chain type hammer
iv) Air type hammer
[5870]-1198 3
b) Explain forging Die design on aspect of [9]
i) Die material used/manufacturing [2]
ii) Die material requirement [2]
iii) Die design parameter [2]
iv) Draft angles [1]
v) Selection of die material [1]
vi) Die Lubrication [1]
Q7) a) Enumerate the types of Gates used in Injection molding draw the sketches.
[8]
b) Explain with neat sketch types of runner used in Injection molding. [5]
c) Draw the sketches of Guide pillar and bushes used in plastic Injection
molding. [4]
OR
Q8) a) What is the difference between toggle clamping and ram clamping in
injection molding machines. [8]
b) Enumerate the types of molding defects injection molding machine what
are their causes. [4]
c) Draw plastic injection molding machine. Label all parts. [5]

[5870]-1198 4
P854 [5870]-1199
T.E. (Production Sandwich Engineering)

METROLOGY & QUALITY CONTROL
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (311125 A)
UNIT - I
Q1) a) Explain the construction and working of a laser telemetric system with a
neat sketch. [9]
b) What are the benefits of using CMM? Discuss features of CMM software.
[8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the construction and working of a laser telemetric system with a
neat sketch. [9]
b) Explain the working of DC laser interferometer. [8]
UNIT - II
Q3) a) Explain the analysis of surface finish being carried out by [9]
i) The average roughness method.
ii) Peak to valley height method
iii) From factor
b) Explain with neat sketch Talyor-Hobson-Talysurf. [8]
OR
Q4) a) What are the types of Methods of measuring surface finish for Inspection
by comparison and Direct Instrument Measurements? [9]
b) Determine the chordal thickness of a gear tooth of a gear with 45 teeth
and module 4mm and pressure angle 20 degree. Also determine the value
of constant chord. [8]
P.T.O.
UNIT - III
Q5) a) Explain the method of measuring force using strain gauge load cell. [9]
b) Describe briefly the following. [9]
i) Venturimeter
ii) Rotameter
OR
Q6) a) Explain the following with neat sketch. [9]

i) Pitot Tube
ii) Optical Pyrometer
b) Describe the working principle of hydraulic dynamometer for measuring
the shaftpower. [9]
UNIT - IV
Q7) a) What are the different types of control chart? What are the assignable
causes of variation? [9]
b) Compare X bar and R chart. [9]
What is the difference between variable chart and attribute chart?
OR
Q8) a) What do you mean by Sampling inspection? What are the advantages of
Sampling inspection? What are the limitations of Sampling inspection?[9]
b) Define: [9]
Acceptance Quality Level
Process Average Fraction Defective
Producer’s risk
Consumer’s risk
 
[5870]-1199 2
[5870]-1200
T.E. Production Engineering (Sandwich)
STATISTICS AND NUMERICAL OPTIMIZATION METHODS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (311088 (A))
1) Solve Q.1 Or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
5) Use of Logarithmic Table,Slide rule is Electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Determine the root of the given equation X2–3=0 for X= [1, 2], using
bisection Method and correct through three decimal places. [9]
b) Find a root of an equation f(x)=X3–X–1 using Newton Raphson method.

[8]
OR
Q2) a) Solve following equation using gauss elimination method [8]
2X + 2Y + 4Z = 18
X + 3Y + 2Z = 13
3X + Y + 3Z = 14
b) Solve following equation using gauss Seidal method upto three

approximations. [9]
83X + 11Y – 4Z = 95
7X + 52Y + 13Z = 104
3X + 8Y + 29Z = 71
P.T.O.
[5870]-1200 1
Q3) a) Fit a curve y = a bx, using least square method to the following data.[8]
x 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
y 87 97 113 129 202 195 193
b) Evaluate 155 by Using Lagrange’s Interpolation formula from the

following data. [9]
x 150 152 154 156
y= x 12.247 12.239 12.410 12.490
OR
Q4) a) State the order of the polynomial which might be suitable for the following
function. Calculate f (3) using Newton Forward Difference Method. [9]
x 0 2 4 6 8 10
y 0 4 56 204 496 980
b) Fit a straight line y = ax+b, using least square method to the following
data. [8]
x 1 3 4 6 8 9 11 14
y 1 2 4 4 5 7 8 9
Q5) a) State the order of the polynomial which might be suitable for the following
function. Calculate f (42) using Newton Backward Difference Method.[9]
x 20 25 30 35 40 45
f(x) 354 332 291 260 231 204
b) Find the value of y at x = 10 by using Newton Divided Difference Method

formula from the following data. [9]
x 05 06 09 11
y 12 13 14 16
OR
[5870]-1200 2
1 dx
Q6) a) Evaluate 0 1 + x2 by using Trapezoidal Method by taking 6 divisions.[9]
2 dx
b) Use Simpsons 1/3rd rule to evaluate 
1 x2
correponding to five intervals.
[9]
Q7) a) Describe in brief Method of Lagrange’s Multipliers. [9]
b) Explain the Steepest Decent Method used in manufacturing. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Write in brief implantation of Genetic Algorithm with suitable example.[9]
b) Brief on: Generalized reduced gradient Method. [9]

[5870]-1200 3
[5870] - 1201
T.E. (Production Engineering S/W)
ADVANCED MATERIAL
(2019 Pattern) (Elective - II) (Semester - II) (311126 (A)-1)
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule is electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Solve Q.No.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
Q1) a) Explain dual phase steel with application and microstructure. [9]
b) Explain High Strength Low alloy with its properties. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Maraging Steel with its microstructure. [9]
b) Discuss Micro alloyed steels with its application. [8]
Q3) a) Classification of Composite material with Advantage and Disadvantage.[9]

b) Explain Natural composite with its application? [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Metal matrix composite with its diverse application [9]
b) What is metal matrix composites? Explain with advantage and
disadvantage. [8]
Q5) a) Explain with neat diagram Autoclave manufacturing process. [9]

b) Draw schematic diagram of Shape memory alloys. Explain with
application. [9]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) Explain Nanomaterial in comparison with bulk material. [9]
b) Explain the bio metallic alloys like : Ni-Ti, Co-Cr-Mo alloys with
Application. [9]
Q7) a) Why to Aluminium is used in the aero plane Industry. [9]

b) Explain Iron base, nickel base and cobalt base super alloys. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain biocompatibility in the biomedical industry. [9]
b) Explain cobalt base super alloys. [9]

[5870] - 1201 2
[5870]-1202
T.E. (Production Engineering - Sandwich)
COSTING AND COST CONTROL
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (311126 (A) - II) (Elective - II)
Q1) a) A factory produces 100 bolts and nuts per hour on a machine. Material
cost is Rs. 375, labour Rs. 245 and direct expenses is Rs. 80. The
factory on cost is 150% and office on cost is 30%. If sales price is
Rs. 11.30 find whether company incurs profit or loss. [12]
b) List the various sections that will be normally found in a foundry shop.[6]
OR
Q2) a) State and explain various losses which are to be considered in a forging
shop. [4]
b) Two 1 m long M.S. plates of 10 mm thickness are to be welded by a lap
joint with a 8 mm electrode. Calculate the cost of welding. Assume the
following data. [14]
i) Current used = 30 amperes
ii) Voltage = 300 V
iii) Welding speed = 10 m/hr
iv) Electrode used = 0.1 kg/m of welding
v) Labour charges = Rs. 4.00/hr
vi) Power charges = Rs. 0.2/kWh
vii) Cost of electrode = Rs. 40.00/kg
viii) Efficiency of machine = 70%
P.T.O.
Q3) a) What are the principal factors to be considered when fixing a machine
hour rate? Give a specimen computation. [9]
b) What is meant by absorption of overheads? What factors should be
considered in obtaining a rate for absorption of overheads? [9]
OR
Q4) a) In a factory where machine hour rates are used for recovering overhead
expenses, state what information would be necessary to compute these
rates? [9]
b) Distinguish between allocation, apportionment and absorption in
connection with factory overhead expenses. [9]
Q5) a) What are the specific aspects and recording of transactions of contract
costing? [7]
b) Draw up a job cost-sheet for a simple product, to find out the cost of a
product. [10]
OR
Q6) The cost of sales of product A is made up as follows: [17]
Rs.
Materials used in manufacturing 5,500
Materials used in packing materials 1,000
Materials used in selling the product 150
Materials used in the factory 75
Materials used in office 125
Labour required in production 1,000
Labour required for supervision of the management of factory 200
Expenses - direct, factory 500
Expenses - indirect, factory 100
Expenses - office 125
Depreciation - office building and equipment 75
Depreciation - factory 175
Selling expenses 350
Freight 500
Advertising 125
Assuming that all the products manufactured are sold, what should be the
selling price to obtain a profit of 25% on selling price?
[5870]-1202 2
Q7) a) What is a principal budget factor? Give a list of such ‘principal budget
factors’ and state the effect of the existence of two or more budget
factors in a business. [8]
b) What do you understand by master budget? Into what sections is it
usually divided, and what are the purposes of the divisions? [9]
OR
Q8) a) The cost of an article at capacity level of 5,000 units is given under A
below. For a variation of 25% in capacity above or below this level, the
individual expenses vary as indicated under B below: [12]
A Rs. B
Material cost 25,000 (100% varying)
Labour cost 15,000 (100% varying)
Power 1,250 (80% varying)
Repairs and Maintenance 2,000 (75% varying)
Stores 1,000 (100% varying)
Inspection 500 (20% varying)
Depreciation 10,000 (100% fixed)
Administration overheads 5,000 (25% varying)
Selling overheads 3,000 (50% varying) 62,750
Cost per unit 12.55
Find the unit cost of the product under each individual expense at
production levels of 4,000 units and 6,000 units.
b) Differentiate between Traditional Budgeting and Zero-Base Budgeting.[5]

[5870]-1202 3
P3837
[5870]-1203
ADVANCED JOINING TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (311126(A)-III)
Q1) a) Explain diffusion bonding process stating its advantages, disadvantages,

and applications of the process. [10]
b) Explain Brazing and soldering process stating its advantages,
disadvantages, and applications. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Ultrasonic Welding stating its advantages, disadvantages, and
applications of the process. [9]
b) Explain Friction Welding stating its advantages, disadvantages, and
Q3) a) Explain Friction Stir Welding stating its advantages, disadvantages, and
b) Describe the concept of Cold Metal Transfer and its applications. [7]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Electron Beam Welding stating its advantages, disadvantages,
and applications of the process. [8]
b) Write short notes on : [9]
i) Welding automation in aerospace
ii) Robotic Welding.
iii) Under Water welding
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Describe various types of joints used in welding with sketch in short.[9]
b) Describe in short, the Magnetic Particle Testing of weldments. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Write short notes on : [9]
i) Radio graphs of weldments
ii) Life assessment of weldments
b) Describe in short, the liquid penetration test of weldments. [9]
Q7) a) Write Short notes on : [8]

i) Weld thermal cycles and their effects
ii) Concept of HAZ
b) What do you understand by weldability? Explain how weldability is
assessed in short. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the following weld defects ,their causes and remedies. [9]
i) Lack of penetration
ii) Cracks
iii) Lack of fusion
b) What are different weldability test? Describe any one in short. [8]

[5870]-1203 2

[5870]-1204
WORLD CLASS MANUFACTURING
(2019 Pattern) (Elective - II) (Semester - II) (311126(A)- IV)

2) Figures to the right indicates full Marks.
5) Use of Logarithmic Table, Slide rule is Electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) What is meant by cellular manufacturing? Explain in detail, single-linkage

clustering algorithm used for cell formation. [9]
b) State and explain benefits and applications of Group Technology. [8]
OR
Q2) a) State and explain Group Technology. Its methods of Codification &
Classification of Systems. [9]
b) What is Production Flow Analysis? List the steps involved in carrying

out PFA. [8]
Q3) a) State & explain the concept of Total Productive Maintenance with the
help of pillars. [9]
b) What is Overall Equipment Effectiveness (OEE). State and explain it.[8]
OR
Q4) a) What is Resource Levelling? State and explain its importance with
b) State and explain the concept of Autonomous Maintenance. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is the theory of constraints process? Explain its important with
b) What is Bottleneck Scheduling? Explain its applications in industry. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What is Drum-Buffer-Rope Approach? Explain it in detail. [9]
b) What is throughput accounting in Theory of Constraints? What are the
limitations of throughput accounting? How do you calculate throughput
in accounting? [9]
Q7) a) What are the components of Industry 4.0? Explain globalization and
Emerging issues with suitable example. [9]
b) What do you mean by Lean Logistics? What is the benefit of lean
processes in the logistics operation? [9]
OR
Q8) a) What is Lean Thinking? How it can be applied to logistics? [9]
b) What are Cyber-Physical Systems? Write down benefits of Cyber
Physical Systems. [9]

[5870]-1204 2
[5870]-1205
T.E.
HONORS IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE
LEARNING
Computational Statistics
3) Figures to the right side indicate marks.
Q1) a) What are different methods for performing statistical analysis? Explain
hypothesis testing and sample size determination. [8]
b) What is confusion Matrix? Explain the True Positive, False Positive,
False Negative and True Negative with example. [10]
OR
i) AUC and ROC
ii) Sensitivity and Specificity [8]
b) State the Characteristics of good Hypothesis statement. [5]
c) Write differences between null and alternate hypothesis. [5]
Q3) a) What are different feature scaling techniques? Explain Normalization and
Standardization in depth [8]
b) What is bias and variance? Explain bias-variance trade-off [5]
c) Comment on Overfitting and Underfitting of the mode. [4]
OR
Q4) a) What is Regularization? How does it solve the overfitting problem in
Machine Learning? Explain the LASSO (Least Absolute shrinkage and
Selection Operator) Regularization Method. [8]
b) Define cross fold validation with its different types. Elaborate the K fold
validation method [9]
[5870]-1205 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is feature Selection? What are the advantages of performing feature
selection before training machine learning models [6]
b) What are the advantages of dimension reduction techniques? Explain
PCA in short [8]
c) Explain with example oversampling [4]
OR
i) LDA
ii) PCA
b) What is imbalance dataset? What are different Resampling Techniques?
Explain any one method in depth. [8]
Q7) a) What is regression? Explain the Linear and logistic regression in depth.[8]
b) Explain the Gradient Descent method. State and explain the different
types of gradient descent [9]
OR
Q8) a) Describe the Monte Carlo Method in depth with its limitation. State the
different real time applications of Monte Carlo Method. [8]
b) Explain Bay’s Theorem [4]
c) Elaborate the Least Square Regression Method. [5]

[5870]-1205 2
[5870]-1206
T.E. (Computer / Honors)
CYBER SECURITY
Information and Cyber Security

Q1) a) List the requirements for good hash function. And explain how it ensures
the integrity of data. [8]
b) List difference between MD5 & SHA. [4]
c) Explain Diffe-Hellman key exchange algorithm with example. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the RSA algorithm with an example. [8]
b) Explain MD5 with an example. [9]
Q3) a) What are the main similarity and differences between qualitative risk
analysis Vs quantitative risk analysis? [9]
b) What is cyber stalking and how to prevent it? Enlist example of cyber
stalking. [9]
OR
Q4) a) What do you mean by ethics in information security? How ethics is
important in information security? What are the ethical issues in
information security? [9]
b) Describe classification of cyber crime in detail. [9]
Q5) a) What is SSL? Explain handshake protocol of SSL? [8]

b) What are various types of firewall? Discuss limitations of firewall. [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain p~p algorithm in details. [8]
b) Describe briefly how IPsec works and enlist it’s applications. Distinguish
between tunnel and transport mode of IPsec. [9]
Q7) a) Explain need and challenges of intrusion detection system. Define signature
based IDS. [9]
b) What is computer worm and virus? How does computer virus spread?
How to protect against computer virus and worms. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Differentiate spyware, Adware & Ransomware. [9]
b) Define phishing. Explain phishing with types and examples. [9]

[5870]-1206 2

[5870] - 1207
HONORS - DATA SCIENCE
Data Science and Visualization
5) Use of Scientific Calculator is permitted.
Q1) a) Explain the following terms : [10]

i) Apriori property.
ii) Support.
iii) Confidence.
iv) Residual sum of square.
v) Regression sum of square.
b) Differentiate between : [8]
i) Simple linear and multiple linear regressions.
ii) Classification and Regression.
OR
Q2) a) What is Association rule? What are the applications of Association rule
mining? [8]
b) Consider the following set of points : {(–2, –1), (1, 1), (3, 2)} [10]
i) Find the least square regression line for the given data points.
ii) Plot the given points and the regression line in the same rectangular
system of axes.
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Write a note on following : [8]
i) Feed forward neural network.
ii) Backpropogation.
b) Explain the Major steps of decision tree classification. [9]
OR
Q4) a) List and explain the attribute selection measures used by the ID3 algorithm
to construct a Decision Tree. [8]
b) Explain with example. How map reduce can be used for word count
application? [9]
Q5) a) Explain the following terms : [9]

i) Dashboard.
ii) Dashboard Principles.
iii) Dashboard types.
b) List the few data visualization tools and discuss any four applications of
data visualization along with the use of the various plots with Python/R
or a suitable tool. [9]
OR
Q6) a) List the challenges of Data Visualization. Explain the types of visualization
with examples. [9]
b) Illustrate Data Visualization of [9]
i) Scatter Plot and Box Plot using Python.
ii) Elbow Plot.
iii) Histogram.
Q7) a) Explain Entity-Relationship (ER) Data modelling. [6]

b) List the disadvantages of multi-dimensional data model. [6]
c) Discuss the challenges of clustering High-dimensional data. [5]
OR
Q8) a) What are the key steps in data modelling process? [6]
b) Explain multidimensional data model with one example. [6]
c) What do you mean by Principal Component Analysis? [5]

[5870]-1207 2
[5870]-1208
T.E. (Honors) (Computer Engineering)
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS AND INTERNET OF THINGS
4) Use of Non-Programmable scientific Calculators is allowed.
Q1) a) What are the active and passive types of sensors? Discuss and provide
suitable examples. [6]
b) Draw and describe the components of Raspberry Pi development board.
[6]
c) What is the need of Interfacing of sensors with development boards?
How is it done? [5]
OR
Q2) a) Draw and describe the components of Arduino. [6]
b) What are the analog and digital types of sensors? Discuss and provide
suitable examples. [6]
c) Explain the working of sensors and different types of sensors. [5]
Q3) a) What is the need of Integrated Development Platform for application

development? Explain with suitable example. [6]
b) Describe any one open-source IDE for ES Application development. [6]
c) Explain SDLC-Requirements of embedded systems application. [5]
OR
Q4) a) What are the limitations of IDEs for ES applications? Discuss
disadvantages of open-source IDEs for ES applications. [5]
b) Explain Design, Components and Coding requirements of embedded
systems application? [6]
c) What are the testing and deployment requirements of embedded systems
applications. [6]
[5870]-1208 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Define Internet of Things (IoT). Enlist and explain its characteristics. [6]
b) With the help of neat diagram, explain technical building blocks of IOT.
[6]
c) Write a brief note on communication models of IOT and Communication
APIs. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Draw and distinguish between physical design and logical design of IoT.
[6]
b) Enlist and explain issues and challenges of IOT. [6]
c) Explain IoT functional blocks in detail. [6]
Q7) a) Explain the usability of MQTT protocol for IoT applications. Comment
on the QoS supported in MQTT. [6]
b) Define Radio-Frequency Identification. Explain the role of
Radio-Frequency Identification in Internet of Things. [6]
c) List and explain any 3 communication technologies used in IoT. [6]
OR
Q8) a) What is CoAP? How it is suitable for IoT application? Discuss in detail.
[6]
b) Write a short note on AMQP protocol for IoT. [6]
c) Write a short note on “Zigbee” protocol. [6]

[5870]-1208 2
[5870]-1209
HONORS - VIRTUAL REALITY AND AUGMENTED
REALITY
Virtual Reality
(2019 Pattern) (Smester - I) (310701)
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whereever necessary.
Q1) a) Describe Physiology of the human eye with diagram. [9]

b) Write note on Geometry of Virtual Worlds. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain different type of eye movements. [9]
b) What is Orthographic projection and Perspective projection. [8]
Q3) a) Explain following term w.r.t monocular depth cues with diagram [6]
i) Retinal image size
ii) Height in the visual field
iii) Motion parallax
b) Explain perception of motion in detail. [6]
c) What is Rasterization? [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is Ray Tracing and Shading Models? Explain. [6]
b) What are the different strategies use to reduce the latency and to minimize
the side effects of it? [6]
c) Explain perception of color. [6]
Q5) a) Define the following terms w.r.t 2D Tracking system. [9]

i) Calibration
ii) Integration
iii) Registration
iv) Drift error
b) Explain vestibular system in detail. [9]
OR
Q6) a) State and explain different types of vection. [9]
b) What is tracking? Explain 3D tracking system. [9]
Q7) a) What are Design considerations interaction mechanism for virtual reality?
[9]
b) Describe Physiology of human hearing with diagram. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Locomotion and Manipulation for interaction mechanism of virtual
reality. [9]
b) Explain in short Auditory Perception and Auditory Rendering. [8]

[5870]-1209 2
[5870]-1210
T.E. (Mechanical Engineering / Honors)
302041 - MJ : FOUNDATIONS OF SYSTEMS & SYSTEMS
ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I)

Q1) a) Describe Enabling Systems. Illustrate the relationship of system of interest

(SoI), enabling systems and other systems in the operational environment.
[9]
b) Explain the concept of systems science with a case study. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the nature of systems science and illustrate the relationships
between systems science, systems thinking, and general systems approach
as applied to engineered systems. [9]
b) List and discuss any five challenges that influences the Engineering of
systems of systems (SoS). [9]
Q3) a) How would you define the term “architecture”? Give your own examples
of architectural variants. [9]
b) Give a few examples of principles of good design characteristics for
good architectures. [8]
OR
Q4) a) State and explain the examples of Architecture variants of systems. [9]
b) Explain the role of Systems Architects. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Name the two main elements of Block Definition Diagram and illustrate
these two elements using an example with diagram. [9]
b) Explain the concept of Abstracting the system. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What is SysML. List and explain the various SysML diagrams. [9]
b) Illustrate the difference between MBSE and traditional systems engineering.

[9]
Q7) a) Explain the concept of system Dynamics with an example and neat sketch.
[8]
b) List the various steps in the modelling and simulation in systems

Engineering Life cycle and explain any two steps. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the role modelling in Decision Making. [8]
b) Explain the working of Discrete-Event Simulation with a Queueing

example. [9]

[5870]-1210 2
[5870]-1211
T.E. (Mechanical)
HONORS - ENERGY MANAGEMENT IN UTILITY SYSTEMS
Energy Management
(2019 Pattern) (Smester - I) (302021MJ)
4) Assume suitable data wherever necessary and mention the same clearly.
5) Use of steam tables, Mollier chart and calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) What are the salient features of Energy Conservation Act-2001. [10]
b) What do you understand by designated consumers? [8]
OR
Q2) a) What are the different energy saving opportunities during designing of a
building? [10]
b) How sustainable development is possible with energy efficiency programs?
[8]
Q3) a) Explain ten step methodology to carryout detailed energy audit. [5]
b) Define ‘Energy management’ and state the objectives of energy
management. [5]
c) Explain preliminary energy audit. [7]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What are the main contents of Energy Audit report. [10]
b) What is need of Energy Audit? What are different types of Energy Audit.[7]
Q5) a) Explain ‘Return on Investment.’ What are the advantages and limitations
of it? [8]
b) Write a note on Risk and sensitivity analysis. [10]
OR
Q6) a) Explain ‘Internal Rate of Return’ method of financial analysis with its
advantages and disadvantages? [8]
b) Annual savings after replacement of boiler for three years is Rs. 5,00,000,
Rs. 5,50,000, Rs. 6,50,000. Total project cost is Rs. 13.5 lakh.
Considering cost of capital as 12%, what is the net present value of the
proposal? [10]
Q7) a) What is the concept of CDM? [7]

b) Discuss Kyoto Protocol and role of developing countries in the
implementation of protocol. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Explain environmental degradation due to greenhouse effect. [10]

b) Explain the importance of various international agreements for protecting
the environment. [7]

[5870]-1211 2
[5870] - 1212
HONORS - ELECTRIC VEHICLES
e - Vehicle Technology
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (302031MJ)
3) Draw the neat sketch wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Write a short note on li-ion battery with its working principal. [4]
b) What are the different chemistries of li-ion batteries? Make its comparative
analysis on basis of power, energy and lifespan. [8]
c) Explain the advantages and disadvantages of li-ion batteries. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the following parameters of li-ion batteries in short (any two).[4]
i) C-rate
ii) E-rate
iii) Storage capacity
b) What is battery cell balancing? Explain the Issues and remedies for battery
balancing. [8]
c) What are the effects of overcharging and termination voltage accuracy on
pack capacity of li-ion battery? Explain with suitable graph. [8]
Q3) a) Explain nickel-bromide batteries with advantages, disadvantages and

applications. [8]
b) Explain lead acid batteries with advantages, disadvantages and applications.
[8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain Nickel-Metal Hydride Batteries with advantages, disadvantages
and applications. [8]
b) Explain li-ion supercapaciter with advantages, disadvantages and
applications. [8]
Q5) a) What do you mean by drive system in electric vehicles? Explain with its
significance for manufacturers and drivers. [8]
b) Write in short different types of motors used in electric vehicle. Differentiate
between AC motors and DC motors. [8]
OR
Q6) a) What are the factors to be considered while Selection and sizing of the
motor? [8]
b) Explain different types of drives used in electric vehicle with neat sketches.
[8]
Q7) a) Explain the significance of implementation of IOT in electric vehicle on

basis of wireless sensor network with neat sketch wherever required.[10]
b) List out the customer related issues for use of electric vehicles. Also
explain Need for IOT in EV. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the Significance of IOT for modes of fast and efficient charging
in electric vehicles. [8]
b) Write a short note on intelligent transport system with its advantages.[10]

[5870] - 1212 2
[5870]-1213
T.E. (Mechanical) / (Honors)
3D PRINTING
Additive Manufacturing Technology
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (302011 MJ)

2) Draw suitable neat diagrams, whenever necessary.
Q1) a) What is VAT Polymerization? Write Printing Principle of Photo-

polymerization & it’s classification. [8]
b) What is basic principle of Digital Light Processing? Explain Digital Light

Processing (DLP) process with its Mechanism and Process Parameter,
Advantages & Applications. [10]
OR
Q2) a) Classify the Photopolymer Material. Explain Continuous Liquid Interface

Production (CLIP) process with its schematic diagram and Process
Parameter, Advantages & Applications. [10]
b) Explain the Direct Laser Writing (DLW) process with its advantages,
disadvantages and applications. [8]
Q3) a) Explain the Electron Beam Additive Manufacturing (EBAM) process with
neat sketch working principle. [7]
b) What is mean by Sintering? Explain in detail the process and mechanism

of Direct Metal Laser Sintering (DMLS) process with schematic diagram,
its process parameters, advantages, limitations & applications. [10]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Write the basic principle of Selective Laser Sintering (SLS) process.
Explain the Selective Laser Sintering (SLS) process with its schematic
diagram, Advantages and limitations. [7]
b) Write short note on any two : [10]
i) Selective Laser Melting (SLM)
ii) Laser Wire Deposition
iii) Laser Engineering Net Shaping
Q5) a) What is Printing principle of binder jetting process? Explain the binder
jetting process with its process parameters, benefits & applications. [8]
b) Explain in short with its advantages of any two following processes.[10]
i) Multi Jet Modelling
ii) Polyjet Printing
iii) Multi Jet Fusion
OR
Q6) a) What is Nanoparticle jetting? Explain the Color Jet Printing in detail with
its neat sketch, advantages & applications? [10]
b) Explain 3D Laser Cladding and Direct Metal deposition in short with its
advantages and applications. [8]
Q7) a) Explain the 4D Printing Technology in short. Compare 3D Printing with

4D Printing and write application of 3D Printing in Automotive Industry.
[10]
b) Explain the applications of additive manufacturing technology in Art,
fashion jewellery & Toy industry. [7]
OR
Q8) a) What are different Bio Materials used in additive manufacturing. Explain
the Health care applications & biomedical applications of additive
manufacturing technology. [10]
b) Explain the use of additive manufacturing in Food Processing &
Construction & Architecture Applications. [7]

[5870]-1213 2
P1023 [5870] - 1214
T.E. (Electronic and Telecommunication)

ROBOTICS
Principles of Robotics (Honors)
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (304181 HR)
1) All questions are compulsory. i.e. Solve Q. 1 or Q. 2, Q. 3 or Q. 4, Q. 5 or Q. 6, Q.
7 or Q. 8.
Q1) a) What are the different types of Grippers? Explain Mechanical Grippers
with specification. [6]
b) Enlist what are the various process tools which can be used as a end
effectors. Explain any one in detail. [6]
c) A block of weight having 1400N is to be gripped as shown. Find the
clamping force. Assuming safety factor = 2, Coefficient of friction
 = 0.2. Center of gripping does not coincide with center of gravity.
(Refer fig.1). [5]
OR
Q2) a) Compare pneumatic & Hydraulic grippers. [6]
b) Which devices can be used as end effector in robotics? How to achieve

end effector interface? [6]
[5870] - 1214 1 P.T.O.

c) A 5kg rectangular block is to be gripped in the middle & lifted vertically
at a velocity 1m/s. If it accelerates to this velocity at 27.5 m/s2 & the
coefficient of friction between gripping Pads & block is 0.48, Calculate
the minimum force that would prevent slippage (Refer fig.2) [5]
Q3) a) What are different types of Safety sensor used in Robotics? Explain any
one of them with the help of neat sketch. [6]
b) With the help of neat diagram explain the operation of Ultrasonic range
finder. [6]
c) What are the different position sensors used in robotic applications?
Explain any one in detail. [6]
OR
i) Thermocouple
ii) Piezoelectric transducer
iii) Incremental encoder
iv) Photovoltaic transducer
b) What are the different types of proximity sensors used in robotics
applications? Explain capacitive proximity sensor in detail. [5]
c) Explain working principal of piezoelectric sensor. How to use it in Robotic
applications? [5]
[5870] - 1214 2
Q5) a) Explain how to use Joint Co-ordinate system for Robotic Manipulator.
[6]
b) What is the difference between forward & reverse Kinematics? Explain
in detail. [6]
c) Explain forward & reverse transformation of 4 DOF Manipulator. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Explain with the block diagram different parameters involved in Trajectory
planning problem? Explain different steps in Trajectory planning? [6]
b) What is the importance of transformation matrix in cordinate
transformation. [6]
c) How do you find the Jacobian Matrix of Robotic Manipulator? [5]
Q7) a) Explain design of robot for object recognition & categorization using
vision system. [6]
b) What are the various robotic applications? What is significance of
Microcontroller while designing these applications? [6]
c) Explain designing of material handling robot for industrial application
with suitable diagram. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the different safety considerations for robot based manufacturing
system. [6]
b) Explain how to use robot for defence & surveillance industry application.
[6]
c) Write a short note on robotics applications like arc welding, spot welding,
spray painting, assembly operation. [6]

[5870] - 1214 3
P1024 [5870]-1215
T.E. (Electronics and Telecommunication)

BLOCK CHAIN TECHNOLOGY
Introduction to Block Chain (Honors)
(2019 Parten) (Semester-I) (304181 HBCT)
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 , and Q.7 or Q.8.
Q1) a) What is Permissionless blockchain? What are its advantages. [6]

b) Explain the Incentive mechanism in block chain technology. [6]
c) Write a note on consortium blockchain [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the following core components of blockchain [6]
i) Distributed Ledger
ii) Peer-to-peer Networks
b) Compare Public and Private types of blockchains. [6]
c) Explain the following wrto blockchain technology [5]
i) Security
ii) Cost saving
Q3) a) Explain “Smart Contract” wrto Hyperledger [6]

b) How does Hyperledger Composer work in Practice? Explain. [6]
c) How blockchain is used in building Trust in Healthcare System? explain
[5]
OR
Q4) a) Explan the basic Transaction flow of Hyperledger Fabric. [6]
b) What are the Prominent applications of blockchain? Explain Security
sharing of medical data. [6]
c) What are the benefits of Hyperledger Fabric? [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is R3 Corda? Explain R3 Corda wrto blockchain technology? [6]
b) Explain Sandbox blockchain in detail [6]
c) Explain following wrto Blockchain technology [6]
i) Stellar
ii) Ripple
OR
Q6) a) What is Go Ethereum? How to use it? [6]
b) Explain Ripple and bitcoin wrto blockchain technology? [6]
c) What are the benefits of using blockchain API’S? [6]
Q7) a) What is Supply chain management? Explain efficiency and transparency

wrto supply chain management [6]
b) How the blockchain is used in election andvoting? [6]
c) Explain the blockchain based “Loyalty programs”? [6]
OR
Q8) a) How the blockchain technology is transforming the Healthcare industry?
explain [6]
b) Explain the Remittance in the blockchain technology? [6]
c) How the blockchain is used in Renewable energy? explain. [6]

[5870]-1215 2
P1025 [5870]-1216
T.E. (Civil)
HONORS : METRO CONSTRUCTION
Surveying in Metro Construction
(2019 Pattern) (301301) (Semester-I)
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2 Q.3 or Q.4 Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
Q1) a) Write a short note on Importance of Good Alignment. [5]

b) Explain Modern surveying techniques for difficult terrain. [6]
c) Write a short note on Reconnaissance survey for metro construction.
[6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Traffic survey for Metro project. [5]
b) Explain on need for construction of a new Metro line. [6]
c) Explain Final Location Survey for Metro project. [6]
Q3) a) Explain the types of track moduli. [5]

b) Explain the various stresses generated in Metrorail track? [4]
c) Difference between Track Modulus and Track stiffness. [4]
d) Explain Vertical track stiffness and its measurement techniques. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Track Structure should fulfil which conditions & requirements? [8]
b) The technical standards for Track structure deals with which components?
Explain any two in detail. [5]
c) Explain Operating requirement of turnout, Scissor crossover [5]
Q5) a) Explain the criteria for selection of site for a metro railway station. [5]
b) Explain functions of Main Building Areas for different Types of Metro
Stations? [7]
c) Explain the objectives in station planning? [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain kind of facilities should provide at metro station? [5]
b) Explain construction types of Metro station? [5]
c) Explain the criteria are for selection of Site for a Metro Railway Station?
[7]
Q7) a) Explain on (Any 2) [12]
i) Lighting of tunnel
ii) Tunnel approaches
iii) Tunnel alignment and grade
b) Explain various methods for ‘Tunnel Ventilation’ [6]
OR
Q8) a) Enlist the various factors controlling the alignment of metro track. Explain
any two in detail. [5]
b) Explain on ‘Safety Precautions in tunneling’. [4]
c) Enlist advantages and disadvantages of tunnels. [4]
d) Explain drainage is necessary in tunnel? Discuss various drainage systems
for Tunnel. [5]

[5870]-1216 2
[5870] - 1217
T.E. (Civil Engg.)
HONORS - ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNING
Urban Housing and Infrastructure Planning
Q1) a) Elaborate the role of Cooperative Housing sectors. [6]

b) Explain in detail objectives and function of housing board HUDCO. [6]
c) What is the need of Housing Policies to fulfill demand of housing? [5]
OR
Q2) a) Illustrate need of housing demand model. [6]
b) Explain the strategy of Rural Housing Finance. [6]
c) Elaborate the role of National Housing Bank. [5]
Q3) a) Which data required for provision and planning of urban infrastructure?[6]
b) Enlist the different types of urban infrastructure and its impact on urban
development. [6]
c) Which factors affect while planning of urban infrastructure? [5]
OR
Q4) a) How urban infrastructure change overall scenario of area as well as
community? [6]
b) What are the norms and financial strategy follow while planning of
infrastructure activity? [6]
c) Write a short note on area allocation for infrastructure activity as per
URDPFI. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write a short note on urban services system. [6]
b) How to design water and drainage network to urban area? [6]
c) What is the significance of urban services? [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain in detail design, operation of any one infrastructural unit. [6]
b) Which are the techniques used to generate cost recovery from
infrastructure? [6]
c) Which are the components and appropriate technology required for
planning of road network activity? [6]
Q7) a) Which factors to be considered while planning of city network scenario?[6]

b) How to design network scenario for storm water management system?[6]
c) Explain in detail policies and norms of any one infrastructural network.[6]
OR
Q8) a) Which are the policies and norms follow for storm water management
system? [6]
b) How infrastructure city network scenario affect on land use pattern of
city? [6]
c) Explain briefly about the social impacts on the infrastructure network
development along with the example. [6]

[5870] - 1217 2

[5870] - 1218
T.E. (Honours) (Artificial Intelligence and Machine)
Q1) a) Represent the following sentences into formulas in predicate logic. [9]
i) John likes all kinds of food.
ii) Apples are food.
iii) Chicken are food.
iv) Anything anyone eats and isn’t killed by is food.
v) Bill eats peanuts and is still alive.
vi) Sue eats everything Bill eats.
b) Explain Bayesian inference using a suitable example. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Unification algorithm with suitable example. [9]
b) Write a note on probability reasoning. [8]
Q3) a) Explain linear regression. Find linear regression equation for the following
two sets of data : [6]
X Y
2 3
4 7
6 5
8 10
P.T.O.
b) Explain the architecture of Artificial Neural Network. [6]
c) Explain how Support Vector Machines are used for classification with
OR
Q4) a) Explain : [6]
i) Supervised Learning.
ii) Unsupervised Learning.
b) Explain how Decision Trees are used in Learning? [6]
c) What is Artificial Neural Network? Give two applications of artificial
neural networks in detail. [6]
Q5) a) Illustrate Mini-Max search for the tic-tac-toe game. [9]

b) Explain Alpha - Beta Pruning with an example. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Write a note on : [9]
i) State-of-the-art Game Programs.
ii) Types of Games in AI.
b) Solve the given game tree using min max algorithm. [8]
Q7) a) Explain general framework for computer vision applications. [9]

b) Explain forward chaining and backward chaining for a simple example.
[9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain how sentiment analysis using Natural Language Processing
techniques. [9]
b) What is NLP? Explain all five phases of NLP. [9]

[5870]-1218 2

[5870]-1219
T.E. (Engineering) (Honors - Cyber Security)
ENTERPRISE ARCHITECTURE AND COMPONENTS

Q1) a) Explain the following : [9]

i) Delivery Channels and External Data Providers.
ii) Infrastructure Security Component.
iii) Presentation Services.
b) Explain application service agent along block diagram in details. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the following : [9]
i) Business Performance Presentation Services.
ii) Embedded Analytics.
iii) Search and Query Presentation Services.
b) List the components of information architecture. Explain information
architecture in details along with its goals. [9]
Q3) a) What is operational model? Explain various types of operational model

level. [6]
b) Write a short note on standards of specified nodes. [6]
c) Explain the standards used for operational model. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Draw block diagram of operational model design technique in detail. [6]
b) What is Service Quality? Explain various types of Service Quality. [6]
c) What is Information Service Layer? Explain in details. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is Service Quality of MDM? Explain the Service Quality in detail.[6]
b) What is Metadata Management? Explain in detail. [6]
c) Write a Short Note on Component Interaction Diagram. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What are the Service Quality of Metadata Management? [6]
b) Draw block diagram of MDM service Component in detail. [6]
c) Write a Note on Component Interaction Diagram of MDM. [6]
Q7) a) Write a Short Note on COBIT. [6]

b) Draw Block Diagram of Enterprise Security Architecture in Detail. [6]
c) What are the principle of COBIT? [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain TOGAF with Example. [6]
b) Explain SABSA Lifecycle with Example. [6]
c) Explain TOGAF Content Meta Model. [5]

[5870]-1219 2
[5870] - 1220
HONOURS - DATA SCIENCE
Statistics & Machine Learning
Q1) a) What is linear equation? What are the different method to solve system of
linear equation. Explain with suitable example. [9]
b) What is the difference between the Jacobian, Hessian and the gradient
function. Explain with example the applications of each function. [9]
OR
Q2) a) What is the difference between eigen value and eigen vector? How do
you find the eigen value of a eigen vector? [9]
b) What is the significance of chain rule in calculus? Explain chain rule with
Q3) a) Explain different types of machine learning. Explain any one model of
machine learning. How do you evaluate accuracy of a machine learning
model? [9]
b) Explain how machine learning models can be applied for NETFLIX usage.
[8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Reinforcement Learning. Explain with suitable diagram the various
stages of Reinforcement learning. [9]
b) Explain perspective and issues in machine learning. What are the various
applications of machine learning? [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is Regression? How do you train a machine learning model? How
is machine learning model evaluated? Explain in brief. [9]
b) Explain cost function and gradient descent terms with respect to linear
Regression algorithm. What is the significance of Initialization of weights.
[9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain how machine learning can be applied for Health Data Analytics?
What are the benefits and limitations of machine learning for Data Aalytics.
[9]
b) What are the different types of Regression model? Explain any one
regression type in brief with suitable example. [9]
Q7) a) What is Decision tree? Write various steps for constructing a decision
tree? How feature selection can be done using decision tree? [8]
b) Explain hypothesis space search in decision tree learning. Give suitable
example. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain working of Naive Bayes Classifier? What are types of NB classifier.
Explain in brief. [8]
b) What are advantages and disadvantages of NB model. What are various
applications of NB model. Explain in brief. [9]

[5870] - 1220 2
[5870]-1221
HONORS / INTERNET OF THINGS
Internet of Things Architectures, Protocols and Systems
Programming

1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q 4, Q 5 or Q 6.
4) Use of Non-Programmable scientific Calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Describe in brief transport layer protocols. [6]

b) Explain in detail DCCP. [6]
c) Describe in detail SCTP. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the working of DTLS. [6]
b) Explain in brief session layer protocols. [6]
c) Explain in detail CoAP. [5]
Q3) a) Explain in detail vulnerabilities security requirements and threat analysis.[6]

b) What is IoT Security Tomography? Explain. [6]
c) Describe IoT layered attacker model in detail. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Describe Identity Management and Establishment in detail. [6]
b) Describe IoT Security Models. [6]
c) Explain in brief IoT Security Protocols. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Describe the components of Arduino. [6]
b) Describe the role of Web/Cloud Services for IoT development. [6]
c) Explain the use of APIs. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Describe the components of Raspberry Pi. [6]
b) Explain essential features of web APIs. [6]
c) Describe the components of Intel Galileo [5]
Q7) a) Describe the role of IoT for Home Automation. [6]

b) Describe the role of IoT for Agriculture applications. [6]
c) Describe the role of IoT for Telecom/5G. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Describe role of IoT for Smart Cities development. [6]
b) Describe the role of IoT for Industry. [6]
c) Describe the role of IoT for Health and Lifestyle [6]

[5870]-1221 2
[5870]-1222
HONORS - VIRTUAL REALITY AND AUGMENTED REALITY
Augmented Reality

Q1) a) Explain the different characteristics of tracking technology. [9]

b) What are multiple cameras infrared tracking in AR? [8]
OR
Q2) a) What are major software components used in AR? [9]
b) Explain outdoor tracking in details. [8]
Q3) a) Explain marker based tracking in detail. [6]

b) What are different types of markers? [6]
c) What is scene generator? [6]
OR
Q4) a) What is localization based Augmentation? [6]
b) Explain feature based tracking method. [6]
c) Explain virtual retinal system in detail. [6]
Q5) a) What is Mixed Reality? [5]

b) What are different Projection displays? [4]
c) Explain AR monitoring system in detail. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) What is SLAM? [7]
b) Explain all AR devices with suitable example. [10]
Q7) a) What is Semi-direct monocular Visual Odometer (SVO)? [6]

b) Explain the different applications of mixed reality. [6]
c) What are input and output in Mixed Reality? [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the difference between computer vision and mixed reality. [8]
b) Explain the different variants of SLAM in detail. [10]

[5870]-1222 2

[5870]-1223
T.E. (2019 Pattern)
Honors : MODEL BASED SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
Honors in Systems Engineering
(Semester - II) (302043MJ)

Q1) a) Explain the General diagram concept with a sample SysML diagram.[9]
b) Differentiate between Diagram and Model with Example. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Write short notes on SysML diagrams. [9]
b) List the kinds of structural features that a block can own and explain any
two features. [9]
Q3) a) Define Process, Method, Tool, and environment and depicts the
relationship between them. [9]
b) Explain the basic structure of OOSEM with a neat sketch. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Write down the difference between Modeling tool and diagramming tool.
[8]
b) List the different types of SysML formats and explain any one format in
detail. [9]
Q5) a) Explain in brief the system engineering process. [9]

b) Explain process context with example. [9]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) Describe different process groups. [9]
b) Explain in brief process artifacts and process behaviour. [9]
Q7) a) List and explain the main views of Approach to Context-based

Requirements Engineering (ACRE) that are needed according to the
framework with a neat sketch. [8]
b) Write short notes on the model-based requirements engineering ontology
with a neat sketch. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the Requirement concept with a neat sketch of Simple taxonomy
for types of requirement. [8]
b) What is Requirement Validation? Explain any three Requirement validation
techniques. [9]

[5870]-1223 2
[5870]-1224
T.E. (Mechanical)
HONORS - ENERGY MANAGEMENT IN UTILITY
SYSTEMS
Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (302023MJ)
3) Figures to the right of each question indicate full marks.
5) Use of steam tables, Mollier chart and calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Explain, why de-superheating is done after pressure reduction? [5]

b) Explain why low-pressure steam is preferred for indirect heating? [5]
c) Explain the major causes for steam trap blowing? [8]
OR
Q2) a) Define dry saturated steam and why dry saturated steam is preferred for
heating applications? [5]
b) Explain any five energy saving opportunities in the steam distribution
system. [5]
c) Explain the need of providing slope to steam main line in the direction of
steam flow. [8]
Q3) a) What are the factors affecting the Furnance Efficiency? [7]
b) Explain Hot Air Generator. [5]
c) Explain Heat Transfer in Furnaces. [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain any five important properties of Ceramic Fibers used in furnaces.
[7]
b) Explain the need of high emissivity coating. [5]
c) Efficiency of furnaces is comparatively lower than boiler. Explain? [5]
Q5) a) What are the benefits of Cogeneration? How it helps in improving

efficiency of power plant? [8]
b) List down all the Important Technical Parameters for Cogeneration. [5]
c) Explain Quality of Thermal Energy and Load Patterns? [5]
OR
Q6) a) Explain gas turbine cogeneration system with neat schematic sketch.[8]
b) Explain Tri-generation with suitable Diagram. [5]
c) Explain Grid Dependent System Versus Independent System. [5]
Q7) a) Explain the role of economizer in steam generation. [7]
b) What are the direct and indirect benefits of waste heat recovery. [5]
c) Explain the operating principle of a regenerator. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the significance of LMTD in the performance analysis of heat

exchangers. [7]
b) What is a “heat pipe”? How does it work? [5]
c) What are the major points to be considered for development of WHRS?

[5]

[5870]-1224 2

[5870]-1225
HONORS - ELECTRIC VEHICLES
e-Vehicle System Design
3) Draw the neat sketch wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Explain electronic breaking system with its features and benefits in electric
vehicles. [4]
b) Explain in short steal wheel and alloy wheels and Differentiate between
steal wheel and alloy wheels on basis of , [8]
i) Cost and durability.
ii) Environmental working conditions
iii) Area of applications
iv) Effect on suspension system
c) Explain The Need for Capacitor Banks or Ultra Capacitors in regenerative
breaking on electric vehicles. [8]
OR
Q2) a) List out various defects in tires? [4]
b) Elaborate the factors affecting on following while design the vehicles. [8]
i) Driver
ii) Environment
iii) Load
iv) Type of Vehicle
c) What do you mean by traction motor? Explain its significance with neat
sketch in electric vehicles. [8]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain the following terms (any two) [8]
i) The open differential
ii) Torsen Differential
iii) Active differential
iv) Welded/Spool Differential
b) Explain the significance of transmission component system design in detail?
Explain the role of case, a drive part and a shift control device in
transmission system? [8]
OR
Q4) a) Classify different types of transmission system used in automobiles?
Explain hybrid electric vehicle transmission in detail? [8]
b) Explain the Influence of effective case depth on bending fatigue strength
and Shot peening strengthening and residual? compressive stress on tooth
surface? [8]
Q5) a) What do you mean by battery layout? Explain lead acid battery layout
with neat sketch? [8]
b) Explain Constructional details of cell design related to Batteries? [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the process of degradation modeling and analysis. [8]
b) Explain Battery Compartment Design for Crashworthiness and Cooling.[8]
Q7) a) Explain Ergonomics based Roll-cage/Frame design with neat sketches?

[10]
b) Explain structural Design aspect of Roll-cage/Body-Frame? [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the importance and process involved in Impact/Crash Analysis.[8]
b) What do you mean by vehicle dynamics? Explain the components of
vehicle dynamics with? [10]

[5870]-1225 2
[5870]-1226
T.E. (Mechanical Engineering)
3D PRINTING
Design for Additive Manufacturing (Honors)

1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8
Q1) a) What are limitaions of Additive Manufacturing? How the defects in the
Additive manufacturing can be rectified? [7]
b) What kind of role is thermodynamics of materials plays a role in additive
manufacturing? What are Stresses, Thermal strains & Warpages during
Printing? [10]
OR
Q2) a) Explain function trade-off and time Vs Cost for Additive Manufacturing?
How Additive manufacturing technologies are selected using decision
methods? [8]
b) Explain distortion control methods in AM? Write a short note on
Composition and phase transformation in process monitoring and control
of Additive Manufacturing. [9]
Q3) a) What is Pre-processing, In-Situ Processing and Post-processing for
Additive Manufacturing? [8]
b) Write Classification and Types of 2D and 3D path Planning. Explain
Path sequencing strategy. [10]
OR
Q4) a) Write Classification and types of Slicing. Explain any one Slicing strategy
in detail. [9]
i) Support Material
ii) Sanding
iii) Hot isostatic Processing
[5870]-1226 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are various Infill Structure techniques? How selection of Infill
Structure technique affects Printed components? [8]
i) Use of FEA
ii) Topology Optimization
iii) Continuum and Discrete Element Methods
OR
Q6) a) What are various AM CAD Data/file formats for Engineering and Non-
Engineering Applications? What are the issues faced during 3D model
creation. [8]
b) What is significance of CAD specific and Material specific ISO and

ASTM Standards? What is support structure integration? [9]
Q7) a) What is Conventional use of reverse engineering procedure? What are

various types of Measuring device? Explain any one device in short. [9]
b) What are applications of reverse engineering in Product Development

and Manufacturing, Entertainment, Biomedical Engineering? [9]
OR
Q8) a) How scanning is done in Reverse Engineering? What are 3D scanners?

Write classification of Scanners. [9]
b) Write a short note on Scanned Geometry Refinement. How repairing is

done of scanned geometry? [9]

[5870]-1226 2

[5870]-1227
T.E. (E & TC) (2019 Pattern)
HONORS (ROBOTICS)
Robot Programming & Simulation
(Semester - II) (304183HR)

Q1) a) Classify different languages/methods used for robotic programming.

Explain the structure of VAL language command along with example.[6]
b) Explain any three basic commands in VAL-II with example. [6]
c) Explain motion control, hand control, program control commands used
in robotic programming with example. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain anyone of the following robotic application using VAL program.
[6]
i) pick and place applications
ii) palletizing applications using VAL
b) Explain WAIT, SIGNAL and DELAY commands used in robotics for
communications using simple application. [6]
c) W. r. t. VAL-II programming language explain simple pick and place
application. [6]
Q3) a) Explain pick and place operation of industrial robot using rapid robot
language. [6]
b) List and explain Program control statements in AML. [6]
c) Explain manual and automatic mode of operation of industrial robot.[6]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Which syntax move master command language uses? List and explain
different types of commands. [6]
b) Describe the elements and functions used in AML robotic language. [6]
c) List and explain Motion and Sensor commands in AML. [6]
Q5) a) Compare AR and VR in robotics. [5]

b) Discuss how Collision detection works in robotics? [6]
c) Discuss in detail about Robot studio online software. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What is soft robotics? Discuss robotic process automation in detail.[6]
b) Describe following terms : [5]
i) Repeatability measurement
ii) Robot economics
c) Explain how multiple robot systems are handled? [6]
Q7) a) Discuss different steps involved in the simulation. [5]

b) Describe Analog and Hybrid simulation. [6]
c) Describe Monte Carlo simulation method. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Classify simulation software and Describe a general purpose simulation
package. [6]
b) Compare simulation packages with programming languages. [5]
c) Discuss advantages and disadvantages of simulation. [6]

[5870]-1227 2
[5870]-1228
BLOCK CHAIN TECHNOLOGY
Decentralize & Blockchain Technologies (Honors)
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (304183 HBCT)
Q1) a) What is consensus algorithm? Explain any one type of consensus

algorithm in detail. [6]
b) With the help of a neat sketch, define the Proof of Elapsed Time (PoET).[6]
c) Explain terms [6]
i) Proof of Activity
ii) Proof of Burn
OR
Q2) a) What is Proof of stake? Narrate with example. [6]
b) What are hash functions and Hash puzzles? [6]
c) What are Blocks in a Blockchain? Enlist the disadvantages of Proof of
work. [6]
Q3) a) Describe scaling process in Ethereum. [6]
b) Explain the terms [6]
i) Ethereum Clients
ii) Ethereum Wallets
c) What is the Difference Between Bitcoin and Ethereum Blockchain? [6]
OR
Q4) a) What are the Real-World use cases of Ethereum? [6]
b) Write short note on Smart Contract. [6]
c) How are Ethereum keys generated? [6]
[5870]-1228 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Express the selection process of Block-chain technology in detail. [8]
b) What are the most important opportunities for deployin blockchain
technology in business? Explain one in detail. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What are the factors to consider when choosing Blockchains? Explain
two factors in detail. [8]
b) What is the goal of blockchain? How does blockchain help in decision

making? [9]
Q7) a) Explain how blockchain used in Medical record management system. [8]
b) Why do we need Block-chain? Explain private Block-chain Network in

detail. [9]
OR
Q8) a) How does IoT work with block-chain? Enlist Benefits of IoT and block-
chain. [8]
b) Write short note on future of Block-chain, along with one applications. [9]

[5870]-1228 2
[5870]-1229
T.E. (Civil)
METRO CONSTRUCTION
Planning & Quantity Estimation for Metro Construction (Honors)

Q1) a) Explain the purpose of land acquisition under the Right to fair
compensation Act 2013. [4]
b) Explain the important features of the new Land Acquisition Act 2013?[5]
c) Define how to calculate compensation under Land Acquisition Act 2013?
[4]
d) Explain are merits and demerits of Right to Fair Compensation and
Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act,
2013 (New Act)? [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the rules for land acquisition? [5]
b) Explain the benefits of land acquisition? [5]
c) Explain 3G and 3H in land acquisition? [4]
d) Explain the types of land acquisition? [4]
Q3) a) Prepare detailed estimate of Elevated section (viaduct). [10]

b) Explain steps involved in construction of Underground section by Cut
and Cover. [7]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Prepare detailed estimate of Underground station (Civil work). [10]
b) Explain steps involved in construction of Elevated station (E&M work
including lift and escalator). [7]
Q5) a) Which factors are influencing the investment decision? [6]

b) Enlist capital budgeting techniques and explain any 2 in brief. [6]
c) Explain cost of capital and its implications in budgeting decisions. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Define the concept of cost of capital. State how you would determine
the weighted average cost of capital of firm. [6]
b) Explain Risk identification techniques. [6]
c) Distinguish between Internal Rate of Return and Net Present Value
techniques. Which method would you recommend for evaluating
investment? Explain. [6]
Q7) a) Define Financial Support for PPPs in Infrastructure. [7]

b) Explain types of contract documents used for construction. [5]
c) Explain Construction Contract Specifications? [5]
OR
Q8) a) Describe types of Construction Contract Specifications. [7]
b) Explain on any two : [10]
i) BOT
ii) BOOT
iii) EPC contracts
iv) Factors that influence procurement strategy selection

[5870]-1229 2
P1034 [5870]-1230
T. E. (Civil Engineering)
ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNING
Sustainable Architecture And Landscape Design (Honors)
(2019 Pattern ) (Semeser - II) (301403) (Theory)
5) Use of non programmable scientific calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Why provision of green belt is made in Eco city? Explain in detail. [5]
b) Which are the different activities to be taken up for restoration and
rejuvenation of water bodies? What are the benefits of this development?
[6]
c) Write down a detailed note on Smart City concept. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Write a note on Eco City with its features and benefits. [6]
b) What are the roles of an architect and an urban planner in sustainable
planning? [6]
c) Write down in detail different factors considered for design of green
building. [5]
Q3) a) Explain the following principles of landscaping: [6]

i) Color
ii) Unity
iii) Line
i) Surface drainage system and
ii) Subsurface drainage system, in landscape planning.
c) What is the necessity of proper drainage system in landscape planning?[5]
OR
[5870] - 1230 1
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain [6]
i) Elements of geomorphology and
ii) Elements of hydrology, that are considered for landscape design.
b) Write a note on Landscape Suitability Analysis. [5]
c) Explain different types of landscaping in detail. [6]
Q5) a) Explain in detail any four factors affecting on landscape design. [8]
b) Write down in detail any six purpose of landscaping. [6]
c) What are the benefits of green roof? [4]
OR
Q6) a) Write a note on “Impact of landscaping on environment”. [6]
b) Enlist the different factors considered for designing a green roof. Explain
any 2 in detail. [4]
c) Explain in detail the process of landscape planning. [8]
Q7) a) Explain in detail any three factors affecting landscaping development in

rural areas. [6]
b) Write a note on following: [6]
i) Landscape treatment for highly industrialized ares.
ii) Landscape treatment for water logged areas.
c) Explain various measures taken to improve landscape of existing road.[6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the following factors that affects the landscape development in
urban areas: [6]
i) Road land width,
ii) Highway cross section
b) Write a note on “Landscape treatment for desert areas”. [6]
c) Write a note on “Landscape treatment for costal highway”. [6]

[5870] - 1230 2
[5870]-1231
T.E. (Mechanical-Sandwich)
PROCESS PLANNING & TOOL SELECTION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (302066) (Self-Study-I)
Time : 2.½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
1) All questions are compulsory i.e. solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and
Q.7 or Q.8.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary and mention it clearly.
Q1) a) What are the advantages and disadvantages of combining operations?[5]
b) For a cube of 20 cm size, sketch six locators needed for equilibrium,

and Explain why the locators are generally arranged in 3-2-1 pattern. [6]
c) What do you mean by qualifying and re-qualifying operations and how

to identify them? [6]
OR
Q2) a) How to identify critical operations from part drawing? [5]
b) Explain mechanical control in relation to work-piece control. [6]
c) What are the rules for combating tool forces and holding forces? [6]
Q3) a) Explain briefly the relation between process selection and machine
selection. [6]
b) What are types of drill bushes? Explain any two with neat sketch. [6]
c) What are the principles of location? [6]
OR
[5870]-1231 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is a tool inserts and how it is used? What are the benefits of using
Inserts over solid tools? [6]
b) What are the design considerations of jigs and fixtures? [6]
c) What do you mean by ‘Commercial tooling’, ‘Regular tooling’ and
Special tooling? [6]
Q5) a) What are the three classifications that are used in a make or buy scenario?
[5]
b) Describe the main costs associated with manufacturing. [6]
c) How does surface finish and material relates of manufacturing cost? [6]
OR
Q6) a) Write a note on ‘Break-even analysis’. [5]

b) Write a note on ‘Economics of Process Planning’. [6]
c) What are the factors involved in calculation of machining time. How to
calculate cycle time? [6]
Q7) a) What is an operation routing? Which departments in the plants make use
of routing? [6]
b) What information is provided on process picture sheet? [6]
c) Explain Retrieval Computer Aided Process Planning approach and Draw
general procedure chart of retrival CAPP. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Which process symbols used while making process pictures? [6]
b) Discuss various steps involved in manual process planning. [6]
c) Explain the need of CAPP. Also discuss the role of expert system in
Generative Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP) system. [6]

[5870]-1231 2

[5870]-1232
T.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)
ADVANCED MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURING
(Self-Study-II)

1) Solve QNo.1 or QNo.2, QNo.3 or QNo.4, QNo.5 or QNo.6, QNo.7 or QNo.8.
Q1) a) Discuss in detail the characteristics and types of MMC with examples.[10]
b) Write a short note on Rule of mixtures in regards with composites. [8]
Elaborate with suitable examples.
OR
Q2) a) Explain the process of stir casting of MMC. State it’s applications,
advantages & limitations. [9]
b) With neat sketch explain squeeze casting of MMC along with advantages
& disadvantages. [9]
Q3) a) With neat sketch explain high energy rate forming process along with its
advantages and limitations. [9]
b) Briefly explain the principle and working of hydroforming process. State
it’s applications. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the process of isostatic pressing. Discriminate between hot and
cold isostatic pressing. [9]
b) Elaborate with the applications, advantages and limitations laser beam
forming process. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) With neat sketch explain working of atomic hydrogen welding process,
advantages and limitations. [10]
b) Differentiate between electron beam and laser beam welding. [8]
Q6) a) State the principle of friction stir welding process and explain the
construction and working. [10]
b) Write a short note on welding automation in aerospace, nuclear and
transport vehicle area with examples. [8]
Q7) a) State the principle of Electric discharge machining process and explain
the process parameters involved in it. [9]
b) State and explain the advantages of non-conventional machining processes
over conventional machining processes. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Comment on Material removal rate of various non-conventional machining
processes. Explain the influence of tool material, geometry, di-electric
fluid and process parameters on machining characteristics. [9]
b) Explain the construction and working of Electrochemical machining
process. [8]

[5870]-1232 2
[5870]-1501
AUTOMOTIVE AERODYNAMICS AND BODY ENGINEERING

1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
Q1) a) Explain brief about Aerodynamic drag with its different types. [4]
b) Write a short note on Impact of angle of attack on Development of lift
on Aero foil. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Calculate the aerodynamic drag running at 75 km/hr and having a frontal
projected area 4.2 m2 Dimensionless coefficient is 0.28, Pressure 1.03
bar, temperature is 30°C and gas constant for air 287 KJ/Kg. [6]
b) Write the aerodynamic drag coefficient value for. [4]
i) Sphere
ii) Cube
iii) Long Cylinder
iv) Streamlined body.
Q3) a) Explain various techniques of shape optimization of car in detail. [4]

b) Explain role of Aerodynamics in Automobile. [6]
OR
Q4) a) With help of neat sketch explain flow around circular Cylinder and Aero
foil. [4]
b) Explain dirt accumulation on the vehicle. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is meant by Lift and pitching? [8]
b) What is meant by Aerodynamic Stability? [8]
OR
Q6) a) What is the design Factors to remove water and dirt accumulation on
body? [8]
b) Draw a Neat Sketch of a car showing air flow pattern on it. [8]
Q7) a) What is meant by Wind-Rush Noise? [8]
b) What is meant by Blind Spot? Give two Examples. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the term “Pressure Drag” on vehicle. [8]
b) What are the methods of improving space in cars? Discuss. [8]
Q9) a) Explain Full scale Open type Wind Tunnel with neat sketch. [10]
b) Differentiate between conventional and integral type construction of bus

body. [8]
OR
Q10)a) Explain different types of Bus Body Layouts with sketch. [10]
b) Explain dimensions of driver seat in relation to control. [8]

[5870]-1501 2
[5870]-1504
T.E. (Automobile)
DESIGN OF ENGINE COMPONENTS

1) Answer any five questions from the following.
Q1) a) Explain Whipping stresses in detail. [4]

b) The following data is given for a four stroke diesel engine
Cylinder bore 250mm, maximum gas pressure 4MPa, bearing pressure
at small end of connecting rod 15MPa, length of piston pin in bush of
small end 0.45D, ratio of inner to outer diameter of piston pin 0.6, mean
diameter of piston boss = 1.4 x outer diameter of piston pin. Allowable
bending stress for piston pin 84 N/mm2. [6]
Calculate :
i) Outer diameter of the piston pin
ii) Inner diameter of the piston pin,
iii) Mean diameter of the piston boss.
iv) Check the design for bending stress. [4]
OR
Q2) a) The following data is given for the connecting rod:
Engine speed=l800rpm
Length of connecting rod =350mm
Length of stroke =175mm,
Density of’ material = 7800kg/m3
Thickness of web or flange 8mm.
Assume I section as cross section. A= l 1t2, Ixx (419/12) t4 Y=(5t/2)
Calculate whipping stress in connecting rod.
b) Enlist an three engine components with its function and material. [6]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain why I section is used for connecting rod? [2]
b) Design an exhaust valve for a horizontal diesel engine using following
data. [8]
Cylinder bore 150 mm, length of stroke 275mm, engine speed 500rpm,
maximum gas pressure 3.5MPa, allowable mean velocity of gas = 50 m/s,
seat angle 45°, take allowable bending stress and ‘k’ value for steel valve
as 50 N/mm2 and 0.42 respectively.
Calculate :
i) diameter of valve port
ii) diameter of valve head
iii) thickness of valve head
iv) diameter of valve stem and
v) maximum lift of valve
OR
Q4) a) What are the types of crankshaft? [2]
b) What are the types of Engine cooling systems? Explain any one in detail.
[8]
Q5) a) Derive an expression for principal stresses in rotating disc. [4]

b) A rimmed fly wheel made of gray cast iron FG 200 (q = 7100Kg/m3)
is required to keep down fluctuations in speed from 200 to 220 rpm. The
cyclic fluctuations in energy are 30000 N-m, while the maximum torque
during the cycle is 75000 N-m. The outside diameter of flywheel should
not exceed 2m. It can be assumed that there are 6 spokes and the rim
contributes 90% of the required inertia. The cross section of the rim is
rectangular and the ratio of width to thickness is 2. Determine the
dimensions of the rim. Assuming suitable cross section for spokes,
calculate the stresses in the rim and the spokes using Timoshenko’s
Expression. [12]
OR
Q6) a) The Torque developed by an engine is given by following equation:
T = 14250 + 2200 sin 2θ-l800 cos 2θ [8]
Where T is the torque in N-m and θ is the crank angle from the inner
dead center position. The resisting torque of machine is constant
throughout the work cycle. The coefficient of speed fluctuations is 0.01.
The engine speed is 150rpm. A solid circular steel disk. 50mm thick,
is used as fly wheel. The mass density of the steel is 7822kg/m3.
Calculate the radius of the flywheel.
[5870]-1504 2
b) The following data is given for a rimmed flywheel made of grey cast
iron FG 200, [8]
Mean radius of rim = 1.5 m,
Thickness of rim = 200mm,
Width of rim = 300mm,
Number of spokes = 6,
Cross sectional area of each spoke = 10000 mm2
Speed of rotation = 720 rpm.
Calculate :
i) The tensile stress in rim at φ = 30° and φ = 0° and
ii) The axil stress in each spoke.
iii) The mass density of the cast iron FG200 is 7100kg/m3.
Q7) a) The following data is given for a hydrostatic thrust bearing : [8]
Thrust load = 500 kN,
Shaft speed = 720 rpm,
Shaft diameter = 500mm,
Recess diameter = 300rpm,
Film thickness = 0.15mm,
Viscosity of lubricant = 160 SUS,
Specific gravity = 0.86
Calculate :
i) Supply pressure
ii) Flow requirement in liters/min
iii) Power loss in pumping
iv) Frictional power loss.
b) Explain the Hydrodynamic theory of lubrication. [8]
OR
[5870]-1504 3
Q8) a) A single row deep grove ball bearing is subjected to radial force of 8 kN
and a thrust force of 3 kN. The shaft rotates at 1200rpm. The expected
life L10th of the bearing is 20000h. The minimum acceptable diameter of
the shaft is 75mm. select the suitable bearing for this application. [8]
b) Differentiate between sliding contact bearing and rolling contact bearings.

[8]
Q9) a) Explain selection of engine type on the basis of Stroke and Bore and
Number of cylinders. [9]
b) Select an IC engine for a car which can carry 4 people with maximum
speed of 120Km/h producing minimum emission. [9]
OR
Q10) Write short notes on : [18]
a) Mechanical fuel pump testing
b) Cylinder power balance
c) Oscilloscope engine analyzers
[5870]-1504 4

[5870]-1504 5
[5870] - 1505
AUTOMOTIVE TRANSMISSION
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8., Q.9 or Q.10.
Q1) a) Explain Rear Engine Rear Wheel Drive layout. [5]

b) Write a short note on Conventional and Fully forward Chassis. [5]
OR
Q2) a) What are the general requirements of clutch? What if there wasn’t a clutch
in a geared vehicle? Justify. [5]
b) Write a short note on Electromagnetic Clutch. [5]
Q3) a) What are the different resistances offered to the motion of vehicle? How
gearbox helps to overcome these resistances? Justify. [5]
b) Write a short note on Double Declutching. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Universal joint. Why two universal joints are used on a propeller
shaft. Justify. [5]
b) Write a short note on two wheeler gearbox. [5]
Q5) a) Explain various forces and loads acting on the rear axle in detail with neat
figures. [10]
b) Explain different types of final drives with figures. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Differentiate between Open Differential and Limited Slip Differential. [8]
b) Explain working of limited slip differential (LSD) with neat figures. [10]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain Fluid flywheel with neat figures and its performance characteristics.
[8]
b) Compare Fluid Flywheel with Torque Converter on the basis of performance
characteristics. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain construction and working of Wilson epicyclic gearbox. [8]
b) Compare Conventional Gearbox with Torque Converter on the basis of
performance characteristics. [8]
Q9) a) Write a short note on Hydramatic transmission. [8]

b) Explain Fully automatic transmission. [8]
OR
Q10)a) Write a short note on semi-automatic transmission. [8]
b) Explain Continuous Variable Transmission. [8]

[5870] - 1505 2
[5870]-1506
DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS

1) Answers Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8 and Q.9 or Q.10 from the
following.
Q1) a) State the theory of elastic failure on which ASME code is based. [4]
b) A bracket, as shown in Fig., carries a load of 10 kN. Find the size of the
weld if the allowable shear stress is not to exceed 80 MPa. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the factors to be considered while selecting the factor of safety.[4]
b) Explain Wahl factor, Active and Inactive helical coils, Spring index and
Spring rate. [6]
Q3) a) State the difference between rigid and flexible couplings. [4]
b) Draw a neat labeled sketch of cotter joint and write design steps. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Prove that square key is equally strong in crushing and shearing. State
the assumption you made. [6]
b) Write a short note on ‘bolts of uniform strength’. [4]
Q5) a) Define and explain Notch Sensitivity. [4]

b) Write a short note on; Modified Goodman diagram. [6]
c) A plate made of steel 20C8 (Sut = 440 N/mm2) in hot rolled and normalized
condition is shown in Figure. It is subjected to a completely reversed
axial load of 30 kN. The notch sensitivity factor q can be taken as 0.8
surface finish factor 0.89, Theoretical stress concentration factor 2.51
and the expected reliability is 90%. The size factor is 0.85. The factor of
safety is 2. Determine the plate thickness for infinite life. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Write a short note on Fatigue Failure. [4]
b) What is modifying factor to account for stress concentration? [6]
c) A cantilever of circular cross-section is fixed at one end and subjected
to completely reversed force of 10 kN at free end. The force is
perpendicular to axis of beam and at distance 100 mm from fixed end.
For beam Sut = 540 N/mm2, Syt = 320 N/mm2. Take Ka = 0.8, Kb = 0.85,
Kc = 0.868, temperature factor = 1.01 if diameter of beam is 35 mm.
Find the life of beam. [6]
Q7) a) What is addendum modification in gears? How it is done? [4]

b) Explain the effective load on helical gear tooth. How to estimate the
effective load on helical gear tooth. [6]
c) A pair of parallel helical gears consists of 24 teeth pinion rotation at 5000
rpm and supplying 2.5 KW to a gear. Take i = 4 : 1, αn = 20°,
ϕ = 23°, Both gear are made by steel with Sut = 750 N/mm2. Take
Cs = 1.5 and FOS = 2, Y = 0.3626, grade - 4 (i) Design gear if V = 10 m/sec
(ii) Determine dynamic load by Buckingham equation also find effective
load and correct FOS for bending (iii) Specify BHN for FOS = 2 pitting.[8]
OR
[5870]-1506 2
Q8) a) What is virtual number/formative number of teeth in helical gears? [4]
b) State and explain the different type of gear tooth failure, their gear tooth
failure, their causes and remedies. [6]
c) It is required to design a pair of spur gear 20o full depth involute teeth
having following design data, Zp = 18, Np = 3000 rpm, Ng = 1500 rpm,
KW = 5, m = 4 mm, b = 40 mm, both gear are made by same material
with (Sut = 630 N/mm2). They are heat treated to surface hardness of 400
BHN. Assume Cs = 1, C = 171 N/mm. Determine FOS for bending and
pitting failures. Take, Y = 0.484 – (2.87/Z). [8]
Q9) a) Write down the advantages and disadvantages of worm gear drives? [4]
b) Derive an expression for beam strength of straight bevel gears. [4]
c) A pair of worm gear drive is designated as 1/30/10/10. Input speed,
N1 = 1200 rpm. Worm is made up by case hardened steel while worm
wheel is made up by centrifugally Phosphor Bronze material. Find the
rated power on the strength basis. [8]
OR
Q10) a) Define the following terms in Worm Gear: [4]
i) Axial Pitch ii) Lead
iii) Lead angle iv) Pressure angle
b) State and explain the following terms with suitable sketch: Pitch cone
distance, Back cone, Pitch cone angle. [4]
c) A apir of bevel gear consists of Zp = 30, Zg = 45, a = 20°, Np = 600 rpm,
Cs = 1.5, BHN = 230, m = 6 mm, b = 50 mm. Both gears are made by
cast Iron material with Sut = 600 N/mm2. The teeth are generated teeth
and assume velocity factor is in account. Find Rated power at FOS = 2.
[8]

[5870]-1506 3
[5870]-1509
AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS

Q1) a) What are the different types of battery tests? Explain any one in brief.
[4]
b) Compare Positive Earth and Negative Earth system. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What are the different types of spark plugs? Explain any one. [4]
b) Explain principle and construction of lead acid battery and also state
the reaction for charging and discharging. [6]
Q3) a) What is use of Voltage regulator? [2]

b) Explain working of Fuel gauge. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Enlist the different types of battery ratings. [2]
b) Explain the working of Wind shield wiper with neat sketch. [8]
Q5) a) What are the different types of sensors? Explain any one. [8]
b) Explain with neat sketch Solenoid Actuators. [8]
OR
Q6) a) What are the different types of actuators? Explain any one. [8]
b) Explain with neat sketch MAP Sensor. [8]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Write down the difference between Group and sequential injection
system. [8]
b) Explain CRDI system with neat sketch. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Compare PFI and TBI system. [8]
b) Write down the difference between cold start and warm start system.[8]
Q9) a) Explain Radar warning system with layout. [10]

b) Write short note on Vehicle tracking system. [8]
OR
Q10) a) Explain Global Positioning Systems (GPS). [10]
b) What is Adaptive Cruise Control? Explain in brief. [8]

[5870]-1509 2
[5870]-1511
T.E. (Chemical)
CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING - I
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (New) (309348)

1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
Q1) a) Explain four different ways of representing a reaction rate. [4]

b) The irreversible reaction 2A + B → A2B has been studied kinetically.
The rate equation is given by rA2B= 0.72 [A]2[B]/(l + 2[A]). Propose a
suitable mechanism consistent with above rate equation. [6]
OR
Q2) Aqueous A rects to form R (A →R ) and in the first minute in a batch reactor
its concentration drops from CA0 = 2.03 ml/lit to CAf= 1.97 mol/lit. Find rate
equation for the kinetics are second order with respect to A. [10]
Q3) An aqueous feed containing A (1mol/lit) enters a 2-liter plug flow reactor and
reacts away (2A → R, –rA = 0.05 C2A mol/lit.s.) Find the outlet concentration
of A for feed rate of 0.5 liter/min [10]
OR
Q4) a) At certain temperature, half- life period and initial concentration for a
reaction are [6]
t1/2 = 420 sec, CA0 = 0.405 mol/lit
t1/2 = 275 sec, CA0 = 0.64 mol/lit
find the rate constant of reaction
b) Explain the differential analysis in detail with suitable example. [4]
P.T.O.
Q5) Give quantitative treatment of product distribution and of rector size for parallel
reaction. [16]
OR
Q6) a) Liquid reactant A decomposes as follows [12]
Feed of aqueous A (CA0 = 40 mol/m3) enters the reactor, decomposes a

mixture of A, R and S leaves ,Find CRCS and τ for XA = 0.9 in:
i) mixed flow reactor
ii) Plug flow reactor
b) Discuss the qualitative discussion about product distribution for parallel
reactions. [4]
Q7) a) Explain effect of temperature, pressure and inert on equilibrium

conversions (XAC) for exothermic and endothermic reactions. [8]
b) Define optimum temperature progression (OTP) needed for optimum
reactor performance. [8]
OR
Q8) Calculate the heat of reaction at 600°C [16]
A → B+C
Heat capacities of reacting species may be expressed as
C p = α + β T+ γ T2 + δ T3
Component α β × 102 γ × 105 δ × 100
A –0.24 8.65 –5.12 12.05
B –1.30 8.40 –5.55 14.25
C 6.45 0.104 –0.008 0
The heat of reaction at the standard state (25 °C) of the reaction is 27.23 k
cal/g mol.
[5870]-1511 2
Q9) A sample tracer was injected into the vessel and effluent concentration was
measured as function of time. Construct C and E and Determine the fraction
of material leaving the vessel that has spent 33 and 6 mill and fraction of
material that has spent 7.75 and 8.2 mm in the vessel [18]
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16
(mm)
C 0 1 5 8 10 8 6 4 3 2.2 1.5 0.5 0 0

(g/cm3)
OR
Q10)a) Write an explanatory note on [10]
i) Compartment model
ii) Dispersion model
b) Explain E, F and C curve and find relationship between them [8]

[5870]-1511 3
[5870]-1512
T.E. (Chemical)
TRANSPORT PHENOMENA

1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2 Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 Q.7 or Q.8.
Q1) a) Explain Ostwald de-wade model of Non-Newtonian fluid. [6]

b) State boundary conditions used in heat transfer problems. [6]
c) Explain and derive Fick’s law of Diffusion. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Write a short note on Newtonian and Non-Newtonian fluids along with
the examples. [6]
b) Explain procedure to solve thermal energy problems [6]
c) Derive the expression of molar flux and concentration profile for
heterogeneous instantaneous chemical reaction. [8]
Q3) Derive Newton’s second law of motion and extend it to derive Navier Stoke’s
equation of motion. [16]
OR
Q4) Derive Newton’s second law of motion and extend it to derive Euler’s equation.
of motion. [16]
Q5) a) Explain macroscopic mass balance equation. [5]

b) Derive expression for pressure rise for sudden expansion in pipeline.[12]
OR
[5870]-1512 1 P.T.O.
Q6) Derive Blake Kozeny and Burke Plummer equation for the flow of fluid in a
packed columm. [17]
Q7) Define the binary mass transfer coefficient in two phase. Derive the correlation
for binary mass transfer coefficient in two phase at low mass transfer rates.[17]
OR
Q8) Explain in detail about Reynold’s, Prandtl’s, Martinelli’s and Chilton-Colburn

J-factor Analogy. [17]
ooo
[5870]-1512 2
[5870]-1513
T.E. (Chemical Engg.)
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN - I
3) Use of logarithmic tables, steam table, slide rule, Mollier charts, Electronic
Pocket calculator and Steam tables is allowed.
4) Your answer will be valued as a whole.
Q1) a) Write a brief of about various types of losses during storage of volatile
fluids. [6]
b) A storage tank is to store 30,000 kg of benzene having density 800

kg/m3. Due to space limitations the maximum tank diameter can be 2.4 m.
Estimate the height of the tank if the liquid is filled up 90% of the capacity
of storage tank. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Skirt is to be designed for tall vertical vessel having diameter 2.5 m and
height 37 m. Skirt diameter is equal to the diameter of vessel. Total
weight of vessel is 222000 kg with pressure acting is 130 kg/cm2. [6]
Seismic coefficient = 0.8, kl = 0.7, k2 = 1,
Permissible stress = 800 kg/cm2.
Calculate the skirt plate thickness and draw a skirt support for pressure
vessel.
b) What are the various stresses in the cylindrical shell of the skirt support
for tall vessel? [4]
P.T.O.
Q3) Write detailed procedure of design of shell and tube HE. [10]
OR
Q4) Write detailed procedure of design of double pipe HE. [10]
Q5) 0.8 Kg/s of furnace oil is to be heated from 10 C to 90 C in a shell and tube
heat exchanger. Heating is done by steam available at 120 C and is to be
maintained in a shell. Tube having outer diameter 19 mm and inside diameter
16 mm. Film coefficient of heat transfer of oil is 90 W/m2k while hear transfer
coefficient of condensing film is 7400 W/m2k. Specific heat of furnace oil is
1970 KJ/Kg K and fouling resistance is 0.0009 m2/kW for furnace oil and
0.00005 m2/kW for condensing film. Tubes are arranged in 25 mm pitch,
length is 3 m. [18]
Parameter Shell side Tube side
P, N/mm2 0.5 21.3
Stress, N//mm2 95 100.6
Joint Efficiency, % 85 65
Corrosion allowance - 6.3 mm
Ellipsoidal head - 2:1
Gasket seating stress - 53.5 N/mm2
Nozzle diameter - 75 mm
Gasket width - 24
Bolt circle diameter - 22 cm
Mean gasket diameter - 20 cm
Gasket factor - 3.75
Nozzle CA - 3 mm
Baffle thickness - 4 mm
Straight flange thickness - 4 cm
Height of nozzle - 3 cm
Design shell and tube HE
OR
[5870]-1513 2
Q6) a) Describe various types of evaporator. [8]
b) A single effect evaporator is to be operated at absolute pressure of 0.13
bar. Estimate the HT area necessary to concentrate 4500 kg/hr of caustic
soda solution from 10% to 40% (by weight) using saturated steam at
117°C as heating media. The overall HTC may be taken as 1.25 kW/m2
°C. [10]
Data : Specific heat of feed = 4000 J/kg°C
Specific heat of product = 3260 J/kg°C
Feed temperature = 18°C
BPR of solution = 30°C
Density of boiling liquid = 1390 kg/m3
The liquid level in the evaporator is 1200 mm above the heating surface.
Q7) a) What is function of agitator? State different types of agitator. Explain

any one agitator in detail with neat sketch. [8]
b) Explain selection criteria and various types of jacket. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Discuss the power requirement calculation for agitating system. [8]
b) Write a short note on reaction vessel. [8]
Q9) a) Write a short notes on : [8]

i) Gravity separator
ii) Liquid-liquid separator
b) Design steam water separator for the following conditions steam flow
rate : 2000 kg/h; water flow rate : 1000 kg/h; Density of water 926.4
kg/m3; Density of vapour : 2.16 kg/m3; operating pressure : 4 bar [8]
OR
[5870]-1513 3
Q10)a) Design a decanter to separater light oil from water. Oil is dispersed phase.
Oil flow rate is 1000 kg/h, density of oil is 900 kg/m3, viscocity of oil is 3
mNs/m2. Water flow rate is 5000 kg/h, density of water is 1000 kg/m3,
viscosity of water is 1 mN s/m2. [8]
b) Write a short notes on : [8]
i) Knock out drum
ii) Decanter

[5870]-1513 4
[5870]-1514
MASS TRANSFER - II
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (309351)

1) Answer Q. 1 or Q. 2. Q.3 or Q. 4, Q.5 or Q. 6, Q. 7 or Q. 8, Q.9 or Q.10.
Q1) a) Define relative volatility,Derive equation for it in terms of vapour and

liquid mole fraction. [4]
b) 100 kmol of mixture containing 45% mole of A (more volatile) and 55 %
by mole of B is differentially distilled till the composition of the residue
is 0.31. The average relative volatility is 2.2. Calculate the percentage of
liquid distilled. [6]
OR
Q2) a) A mixture containing Benzene and Toluene with 40% Benzene and 60%
Toluene is to be separated in a fractionating column to give product
containing 96% Benzene and bottom product containing 95% Toluene.
Feed is a mixture of 2/3 vapour and 1/3 liquid. The relative volatility is
2.5. Find the number of theoretical stages required if the reflux ratio of
1.5 times the minimum is used. [8]
b) Define Murphree Tray Efficiency of plate distillation column [2]
Q3) a) A solution containing 5% acetaldehyde and 95% Toluene is to be

extracted with water in five stage crosscurrent extraction to extract
Acetaldehyde. Toluene and water are essentially immiscible. 20 kg of
water is used per 100 kg of feed each time. Calculate the amount of
Acetaldehyde extracted and the final concentration of the exit solution.
The equilibrium is Y = 2.20 X [6]
Where Y = kg of Acetaldehyde / kg of water
X = kg of nicotine / kg of Toluene
b) Define the selectivity and Distribution coefficient and give their significance
in solvent Extraction. [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Demonstrate the selection criteria for solvent used for Solvent Extraction.
[5]
b) Derive Fenske-Underwood equation for Rmin. [5]
Q5) a) Describe the construction, mechanism and application of Rotocel

Extractor for leaching operation with neat sketch. [10]
b) Write the material balance for the continuous crosscurrent leaching
assuming variable underflow and no insolubles in the overflow. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Discuss on the graphical representation of equilibrium characteristics of
Leaching operation with diagram and proper notations. [8]
b) Oil is be extracted from meal by means of benzene using continuous
counter-current leaching unit. The unit treats 1000 kg of meal (on
completely exhausted solids basis) per hour. The untreated meal contains
365 kg of oil and 30 kg of benzene. The solvent used contains 14 kg of
oil and 590 kg of benzene. The exhausted solids contain 55 kg of oil and
451 kg of benzene. Find the number of stages required. The entrainment
data is: [8]
Kg of oil/kg of 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7
Solution
Kg of solution/kg
of solid 0.5 0.505 0.515 0.53 0.55 0.517 0.595 0.62
Q7) a) Discuss on the principle, equilibria and rate of ion Exchange process in
details. [10]
b) Describe the adsorption Isotherms in adsorption operation. [6]
OR
Q8) a) A solution of washed raw cane sugar is coloured by the presence of
small amounts of impurities. The solution is to be decolourised by
treatment with an adsorptive carbon in contact filtration plant. The original
solution has a colour concentration of 9.6 measured on an arbitrary scale
[5870]-1514 2
and it is desired to reduce the colour of 0.96. Calculate the necessary
dosage of fresh carbon per 1000kg solution for single stage process.
The data for an equilibrium isotherm is as follows; [10]
Kg Carbon/kg solution 0 0.001 0.004 0.008 0.02 0.04
Equilibrium Colour 9.6 8.6 6.3 4.3 1.7 0.7
b) What are the desirable characteristics of an adsorbent. [6]
Q9) a) Define supersaturation. Enlist the methods of supersaturation and explain

Mier’s theory of supersaturation in crystallization. [10]
b) What are different membrane modules? [4]
c) Explain the principle and application of Ultrafiltration. [4]
OR
Q10) a) Give the classification of crystallizers. Explain the construction and

working of Swenson Walker Crystallizer with diagram. [8]
b) Calculate the yield of MgSO4. 7H2O crystals when1000 g saturated

solution of MgSO4 at 353 K is cooled to 303K assuming 10% of water is
lost by evaporation during cooling. [10]
Data: Solubility of MgSO4at 353K = 64.2 kg/l00kg water
Solubility of MgSO4at 303K = 40.8 kg/100kg water
Molecular weight of MgSO4. 7H2O = 246

[5870]-1514 3

[5870]-1515
T.E. (Chemical)
PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL

1) Solve Q.1 or Q. 2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q. 6, Q.7 or Q. 8, Q.9 or Q. 10.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket
calculator and steam table is allowed.
Q1) a) What are transducers? Explain types of transducers. [5]

b) Distinguish between self operated and power operated instrument. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Radiation pyrometer with neat diagram. [5]
b) Explain RTD with neat diagram. [5]
Q3) Explain following pressure sensors with neat diagram. [10]

a) Bellows
b) Helical Bourdon
OR
Q4) a) Explain Inclined leg manometer with neat sketch. [5]
b) Explain with diagram, construction, working and calibration of pressure
sensor using dead weight tester. [5]
Q5) a) Explain with diagram, construction and working of Venturimeter with its
industrial application. [8]
b) Explain classification of flow measuring instruments. [8]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) Explain with diagram, construction and working of ultrasonic level
measurement method. [8]
b) Explain with diagram, construction and working of sight glass level
measurement method. [8]
Q7) Explain principle with diagram, construction, working of [16]

a) Refractometry
b) Liquid chromatography
OR
Q8) Describe with neat diagram the following techniques of composition analysis.
[16]
a) Gas chromatography
b) Mass spectroscopy
Q9) a) Explain modes of control action. [9]

b) Describe the types of ideal forcing function. [9]
OR
Q10)a) Describe the heat exchanger automatic control system with block
diagram. [9]
b) Derive the transfer function of mercury in glass thermometer and find
the dynamic behavior for step change in input. [9]

[5870]-1515 2
[5870]-1516
T.E. (Chemical)
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS

1) Answer any five questions.
Q1) a) Explain convergence and divergence in case of Newton-Raphson method

using graphical representation. [6]
b) Solve the following system of equations using Relaxation methods.
Perform 3 iterations. [4]
10x1–2x2– 2x3 = 6
–x1 + 10x2 –2x3 = 7
–x1– x2+10x3 = 8
OR
Q2) a) Using Newton-Raphson method and initial guess as zero, Find
x3 – 5x + 3 = 0. Do 3 iterations. [6]
b) State and explain drawbacks of Elimination method. [4]
Q3) a) Enlist the categories and various methods to solve linear algebraic
equation. [4]
b) The equation of best fit curve is of the type y = abx . Find valve of
constants a and b. Fitting the curve through the points. [6]
x 2.1 2.5 3.1 3.5 4.1
y 5.14 6.78 10.29 13.58 20.57
OR
1 P.T.O.
[5870]-1516
Q4) a) Solve the following equations using Thomas Algorithm. [4]
x + 2y = 3
2x + 3y + z = 4
2y – z = 1
b) Discuss the importance of curve fitting and its applications in chemical
engineering. [6]
Q5) a) State and explain graphical interpretation of Eulers method. [8]

b) Use Runge-Kutta method of Fourth order to obtain the numerical solution
dy
of = x 2 + y 2 , y (0) = 0 Estimate y(0.2) and y(0.4). [8]
dx
OR
dy
Q6) Use modified Euler’s method to solve = x 2 + y with the condition
dx
y(0) = 1. Find valve of y at x = 0.1. Take accuracy upto four digits. [16]
Q7) A steel plate 750 × 750 mm has its two adjacent sides maintained at 100°C.
While the two other sides are maintained at 0°C. What will be the steady state
temperature at interior points assuming a grid size of 250mm? [16]
OR
Q8) Using the finite difference method solve the boundary valve problem
d2y dy
x2
2
+ x = 1 with y(1) = 0, y(1.4) = 0.0566. Find y(1. 1), y(1. 2), y(1. 3).
dx dx
[16]
Q9) a) What is optimization and Discuss its application in detail. [9]

b) Explain Golden search method with its application. [9]
OR
Q10) A company is manufacturing two different types of products A and B. Each
product has to be processed on two machines M1 and M2. Product A requires
2 hours on machine M1 and 1 hour on machine M2. Product B requires 1
hour on machine M1 and 2 hours on machine M2. The available capacity of
machine M1 is 104. hours and that of machine M2 is 76 hours. Profit per unit
for product A is Rs. 6 and that for product B is Rs. 11. [18]
i) Formulate the problem.
ii) Find the optimal solution by simplex method.

[5870]-1516 2

[5870]-1517
MASS TRANSFER - I
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
Q1) a) Calculate the rate of diffusion of acetic acid (A) in 2 hours across a film
of nondiffusing water (B) solution 1 mm thick at 17°C when the
concentrations on opposite sides of the film are 9 and 3 wt % acid
respectively. The diffusivity of acetic acid in the solution is
0.95 × 10–9 m2/sec.
Data : At 17°C density of the 9 and 3 wt % solutions is 1012 and
1003.2kg/m3, respectively. [6]
b) What are the General Principles of Mass Transfer? Explain importance of
Mass Transfer operations. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Derive relation between overall and individual mass transfer resistance in
term of mass transfer coefficients. [5]
b) Write short note on Heat, mass and momentum Transfer Analogies. [5]
Q3) 5000 kg/hr of a SO-2 air mixture containing 5% by volume of SO2 is to be

scrubbed with 2,00,000 kg/hr of water in a packed tower. The exit concentration
of SO2 is reduced to 0.15%. The tower operates at 1 atm. The equilibrium
relationship is given by Y = 30X.
Where,
Y = mole of SO2/mole of air X= mole of SO2/ mole of water
If the packed height of tower is 4.2 m, calculate the height of transfer unit
(HTU). [10]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What are the factors to be considered for selecting solvent for Absorption.
[4]
b) What is minimum liquid-gas ratio for absorbers? How it is determined
and Explain its significance during the design of absorption column. [6]
Q5) a) Write a short note on [6]

i) Lewis relation and Psychrometric ratio
ii) Adiabatic Saturation Temperature
b) What are the various type of cooling towers? Explain any one in brief.[12]
OR
Q6) a) Define wet bulb temperature and derive an expression relating wet bulb
temperature with absolute humidity and psychrometric ratio. [10]
b) The DBT and WBT of air are found to be 30°C and 20°C respectively.
By using humidity chart, Determine,
i) Absolute humidity
ii) % Relative Humidity
iii) Humid Heat [8]
Q7) a) Explain construction and working of any two of the following with neat
sketch.
i) Venturi scrubber
ii) Mechanically agitated vessel
iii) Wetted wall column. [8]
b) Differentiate between tray columns and packed columns. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Discuss on Operating Characteristics of sieve Plate Column in details.[8]
b) Explain various types packing used in separation towers and their
classification. [8]
Q9) a) Derive the equations for calculating constant rate of drying period and
falling rate of drying period [8]
b) What are different types of dryers? Explain any one in detail. [8]
OR
[5870]-1517 2
Q10)a) A wet solid is to be dried from 20% to 10% moisture (wet basis) under
constant drying conditions in 2 hours. If the equilibrium moisture content
is zero. How long will it take to dry solids to 4% moisture under the same
conditions? Assume that no constant rate period is encountered and falling
rate period is linear. [8]
b) Define: [8]
i) Moisture content in the solid on wet and dry basis
ii) Bound moisture content
iii) Critical moisture content
iv) Equilibrium Moisture content

[5870]-1517 3
[5870]-1518
T.E. (Chemical)
INDUSTRIAL ORGANISATION AND MANAGEMENT

Q1) a) Explain FW Taylors principle of management. [6]
b) Write a note on Partnership Deed. [4]
OR
Q2) Explain with a neat sketch Line and Staff Organization along with Advantages.
[10]
Q3) a) Explain different types of Wages. [4]
b) Explain in detail Recruitment. [6]
OR
Q4) Explain various functions of Purchase manager. [10]
Q5) a) What is market research? Explain with suitable example. [8]
b) Explain any two Pricing Strategies in detail. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) What is sales forecasting? Explain the two types of sales forecasting in
detail. [8]
b) Write an explanatory note on Marketing Mix. [8]
Q7) a) Explain the role of Quality Circles for Quality Management of a process
industry. [8]
b) Explain in detail various factors affecting international trade. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Total Quality Management of a process industry. [8]
b) What is ISO? Explain any three ISO standards. [8]
Q9) a) Explain the term Agreement in Contract Act. Explain the various types of
Contract according to enforceability, formation and performance. [12]
b) Write a note on FERA and FEMA. [6]
OR
Q10) Write short notes on: [18]
a) MRTP.
b) Monopolies Restrictive Trade Practices (MRTP).
c) Flow Chart and Flow Diagram.

[5870]-1518 2

[5870]-1519
T.E. (Chemical)
CHEMICAL PROCESS TECHNOLOGY

Q1) Explain types of flow diagram in details. [10]

OR
Q2) Explain ammonium phosphate production with major engineering problems.[10]
Q3) Discuss Haber Bosch process for ammonia production. Also discuss major
engineering issues associated with it. [10]
OR
Q4) List different methods fo sulfur production. Describe Frasch process in details.[10]
Q5) a) Explain destructive distillation of coal. [10]

b) Explain cleansing action of surfactant. Describe production process of
detergent. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Describe the continuous hydrolysis and saponification process for Soap
mfg. [8]
b) Explain solvent extraction process of oil from oilseeds. [8]
Q7) a) List different industrial gases. Explain water gas manufacturing process.
[8]
b) Discuss in brief about fuel cell. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q8) a) Explain overview of petroleum refinery. Explain types of crude oil. [8]
b) Discuss catalytic reforming operation in petroleum refinery. [8]
Q9) a) Explain Phenol production by Rasching Process. [10]

b) Explain steam cracking of hydrocarbons. [8]
OR
Q10) a) Explain production of cumene by alkylation of benzene in details. [10]
b) Explain manufacturing of ethylene dichloride. [8]

[5870]-1519 2
[5870]-1520
T.E. (Chemical Engineering)
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS - II

1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8 Q9 or Q10.
Q1) The azeotrope of ethanol(1)/benzene (2) system has a composition of 44.8%

(mol) ethanol with a boiling point of 341.4 K at 101.3 KPa. At this temp the
vapour pressure of benzene is 68.9 KPa and the vapour pressure of ethanol is
67.4 KPa. What are the activity coefficients in a solution containing 10%
alcohol? [10]
OR
Q2) a) What is the physical significance of chemical potential? Explain the effects
of temperature and pressure on chemical potential. [6]
b) Explain property changes of mixing and derive equation for ΔG & ΔH.
[4]
Q3) Show that the fugacity of a gas obeying Van der waal’s equation of state is
b 2a  RT 
given by ln f = − + ln  . [10]
v − b RTV  V− b 
OR
Q4) Construct the p-x-y diagram for cyclohexane (1) - benzene (2) system at 313 K
given that at 313 K the vapour pressures of cyclohexane and benzene are
24.62 KPa and 24.41 KPa respectively. The liquid phase activity coefficients
are given by ln γ1 = 0.458 x22, ln γ2 = 0.458 x12. [10]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Derive the following expression for SLE : [12]
T H li − His
ψ i = exp  2
d T , where ψ i ≡ f i s / fi l
Tmi RT
b) Explain liquid-liquid equilibrium diagram on triangular co-ordinates for a
system in which two pairs are partially soluble. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Show that at constant T and P, the condition for stability for a single
phase binary system is given as d ln γ 1 > − 1 . [10]

dx1 x1
b) Explain following two methods of consistency tests for VLE data: [8]
i) Slope of ln γ curves
ii) Redlich Kister method
Q7) a) Calculate the standard Gibbs free energy change and the equilibrium
constant at 298.15 K for the following reactions: [8]
i) N2(g) + 3H2(g) → 2 NH3(g)
1
ii) C2 H5OH (g) + O 2 (g) → CH3CHO(g) + H 2O(g)
2
Free energies of formation at 298.15 K are given as follows:
Δ G  f (NH3) = – 16.747 kJ/mol, Δ G  f (CH3CHO) = – 133.978 kJ/mol,
Δ G  f (H2O) = – 228.600 kJ/mol, Δ G  f (C2H5OH) = – 174.883 kJ/mol.

b) Derive the expression : Δ G = − RT lnK .. [8]
OR
[5870]-1520 2
Q8) a) Derive an expression showing the effect of temperature on equilibrium
constant. [8]
b) Develop expressions for the mole fractions of reacting species as functions

of the reaction co-ordinate for [8]
i) A system initially containing 2 mol NH3 and 5 mol O2 and undergoing

the reaction 4 NH 3 (g) + 5O 2 (g) → 4 NO(g) + 6 H 2O(g)
ii) A system initially containing 3 mol H2S and 5 mol O2 and undergoing
the reaction 2 H 2S(g) + 3O 2 (g) → 2 H 2O(g) + 2SO 2 (g)
Q9) a) Calculate values of kp at 25°C and 800°C for the reaction [10]
CO(g) + H 2 O → H 2 (g) + CO 2 (g)

Using the following data at 298K and 1 bar. Make suitable assumptions.
Component H2 CO H2O CO 2
ΔG0f , KJ/mole 0 –137.25 –228.59 –394.38
ΔH0f , KJ/mole 0 –116.52 –241.88 –392.51
b) Write a note on multireaction equilibria. [6]
OR
Q10) a) Explain phase rule for reacting systems. [6]
b) A feed stock of pure n-butane is cracked at 750 K and 1.2 bar to produce
olefins. Only two reactions have favourable equilibrium conversion at
these condition: [10]
C4 H10 → C2 H 4 + C2 H 6 k1 = 3.856
C 4 H10 → C3H 6 + CH 4 k 2 = 268.4
If these reactions reach equilibrium, what is the product composition?

[5870]-1520 3
[5870]-1521
T.E. (Civil)
ADVANCED SURVEYING

1) Answer Q.No. 1 or Q. No. 2, Q.No. 3 or Q. No. 4, Q.No. 5 or Q. No. 6, Q. No. 7 or
Q. No. 8, Q. No. 9 or Q. No. 10.
Q1) a) Two triangulation stations A & B 100 Km apart have elevations of 125 m
and 400 m respectively. The intervening peak C, 60 Km from A has an
elevation of 131 m. Ascertain if point A is visible from B. If necessary,
find the minimum height of scaffold at B so that the line of sight has a
minimum clearance of 2.5 m anywhere. [6]
b) Explain the measurement of sounding. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the factors governing accuracy in SBPS positioning. [6]
b) Define and explain the shore line survey. [4]
Q3) a) Define Remote Sensing. List out the applications of remote sensing &
describe any one in detail. [6]
b) What do you mean by sounding? Explain how soundings are reduced
and plotted. [4]
OR
Q4) a) What is GIS? Explain the raster and vector data structure. [6]
b) State different tide gauges used in hydrographic surveying. Explain any
one in detail. [4]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Find the most probable values of observed angles closing the horizon at
station A using method of differences. [5]
A= 120°5’58 .9”
B = 88°45’16.1”
C=72°55’30.7”
D 78°13’17.3”
b) Define: [8]
i) Spherical excess,
ii) accidental errors and systematic errors,
iii) independent and conditioned quantity and
iv) weight
c) The angles of a spherical triangle PQR were observed as follows: [5]
P = 87° 14' 39” weight = 4
Q = 39° 40' 48” weight = 3
R = 53°4' 55” weight = 2
Find the values of the adjusted spherical angles, if the spherical excess is
known to be 9”.
OR
Q6) a) Explain the following in relation with triangulation survey: [5]
i) Weight of an observation
ii) Station adjustment
b) A surveyor carried out levelling operations of a closed traverse ABCDA
starting from A and found that, [8]
B was 6.71 m above A
C was 5.59 m above B
D was 3.48 m above C
D was 13.72 m above A
The accuracy of all the four levelling operations is assumed to be equal.
Determine the probable heights of B, C and D by the method of correlates.
c) Explain the principle of least squares method. [5]
[5870]-1521 2
Q7) a) Define relief displacement. Derive an expression for the same. [5]
b) Define: [5]
i) Isocentre,
ii) Exposure Station,
iii) Flying height and
iv) Tilt and tip
c) The scale of an aerial photograph is 1 cm=160 m & the size of the
photograph is 20 cm × 20 cm. If the longitudinal overlap is 65 % and
side overlap is 35 %, determine the number of photographs required to
cover an area of 232 sq. Km. [6]
OR
Q8) a) What are the applications of photogrammetry? Explain any one of them
in detail. [5]
b) The parallax difference between the top and bottom of a tree is measured
as 1.32 mm on a stereo pair of photographs taken at 900 m above ground.
Average photobase is 88 mm. How tall is the tree? [5]
c) Determine the minimum number of aerial photographs required to cover
an area of 40 km × 30 km, with the following details: [6]
Size of an aerial photograph= 23 cm × 23 cm
Scale of aerial photograph: 1 cm= 150 m
Longitudinal overlap= 60 %
Side overlap= 30 %
Q9) a) Calculate the difference in level between two points M & N and the
elevation of the point M from the following observation: [8]
i) Horizontal distance MN =4100 m
ii) Angle of depression from M to N = 2°10’l0”
iii) Height of instrument at M = 1.48 m
iv) Height of signal at N = 4.30 m
v) Coefficient of refraction = 0.07
vi) Radius of the earth = 6371 Km
vii) RL of N= 612.50 m
b) Explain how centre line of tunnel is marked on the surface and how this
centre line is transferred from surface to the underground. [8]
OR
[5870]-1521 3
Q10)a) It is required to determine the elevation of a station O. Observations
were made to three stations A, B and C already fixed and of known
elevations. The following data was recorded. [8]
Inst. Stn Stn ohs. Ht. of Distance Ht. of Vertical

inst. (m) signal angle
O A 1.50 3600 5.6 1º 1' 20”
B 4700 4.1 –53' 00”
C 5000 4.9 –34' 10”
b) Describe the procedure for determining centre line length of bridge and
procedure for location of bridge piers while setting out a bridge. [8]

[5870]-1521 4
[5870]-1522
T.E. (Civil)
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND ENGINEERING ECONOMICS

Q1) a) Define Project Management. Discuss the importance of Project

Management in construction industry. [5]
b) Explain Importance of Organizational Structure in Management. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in detail the features of PMBOOK in point of view of construction

industry. [5]
b) Prepare the Work Breckdown Structure (WBS) for G+6 RCC Building.[5]
Q3) a) Define Material Management. What are the objectives of Materials

Management? [2+3]
b) Draw the network diagram and make out critical path, [5]
Activity Duration
1-2 3
1-3 2
1-4 6
2-4 5
2-5 7
3-4 2
4-5 4
OR
[5870]-1522 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) What do you mean by Inventory Control? How it can be achieve.[2+3]
b) Draw the Site Layout for Construction site. [5]
Q5) a) Explain the steps in project scheduling for a construction of road project. [6]
b) Enlist the Project Management Software use in Construction Industry,
Explain any one software & its use. [6]
c) Define updating of network diagram when to update network diagram.[6]
OR
Q6) a) What do you known about earned value analysis? How economic health
of any project analyzed by using it? [6]
b) Explain Resource Allocation, write steps in resource smoothening and
leveling. [6]
c) What are the methods in Project Monitoring? Explain any one. [6]
Q7) a) Define Project Economics and Write down its importance in Construction
Industry. [6]
b) Write down the difference between Cost, Value [6]
c) Explain the FDI in Infrastructure Project. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the types of Capitals in detail. [6]
b) What are the factors affecting on Price Determination? [6]
c) Explain the Law of Demand and Elasticity of Demand. [4]
Q9) a) Explain in detail the role of Project management Consultants in Civil

Engg. Field. [8]
b) What are the types of Project Appraisals? Explain with example. [8]
OR
Q10)a) Write a short note on any two: [8]
i) Break even analysis
ii) IRR and ARR method
iii) Role of project management consultant
b) Technical and economic appraisals are must to check project profitability,
comment, [8]
ooo
[5870]-1522 2

[5870]-1523
T.E. (Civil)
FOUNDATION ENGINEERING

1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10, Q11 or Q12.
4) Non programmable calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary and mention it clearly.
SECTION - I
Q1) What are the steps involved in soil exploration? Also explain factors influencing
cost of subsurface investigation [6]
OR
Q2) Determine area ratios of samplers of the following description [6]
a) Spilt spoon sampler, Do = 50 mm and Di = 36 mm
b) Drive tube, Do=100 mm and Di= 90 mm
c) Shelby tube, Do= 60 mm and Di= 55 mm.
Q3) For a general c –  soil cohesion, c is 50 kPa, the total unit weight tis 20kN/
m3 and the bearing capacity factors are Nc=8, Nq = 3 and N = 2. Using
Terzaghi’s formula, calculate the net ultimate bearing capacity for a strip footing
of width B = 2m at depth z = 1m. Considering shear failure only, estimate the
safe total load on a footing 15 m long by 2 m wide strip footing using a factor
of safety of 3. [7]
OR
Q4) Explain with a sketch effect of water table on bearing capacity of soil by
considering two conditions namely water table at ground level and below
foundation. [7]
P.T.O.
Q5) Explain with sketch the determination of coefficient of consolidation by square
root of time fitting method. [7]
OR
Q6) Explain with sketches spring analogy method of consolidation process. [7]
SECTION - II
Q7) a) Explain with sketches classification of piles on the basis of any three
criteria. [6]
b) Draw a neat sketch of well foundation and explain the terms involved. [6]
c) A group of piles consists of 15 piles arranged in three rows and five
columns. [6]
Compute efficiency of pile group by Feld rule. Assume diameter of
piles = 300 mm and spacing 0.75m centre to centre.
OR
Q8) a) Explain with a neat sketch sand island method for well sinking. [6]
b) Explain how do you decide bearing capacity of single pile by a conventional
pile load test. [6]
c) Discuss the concept of negative skin friction in piles with a sketch. How
would you determine magnitude of the same in cohesive and cohesion
less soils. [6]
Q9) a) Explain Engineering problems associated with black cotton soils. [6]
b) Explain with a neat sketch, procedure and interpretation for swelling
pressure test. [6]
c) Explain the terms with sketches (1) free earth support (2) fixed earth
support. [4]
OR
Q10)a) Explain the effects of swelling and shrinkage of expansive soils on wall
and flooring of building constructed on it. Also enlist precautions to be
taken with illustrative sketches. [6]
b) Draw a neat sketch of Double under-reamed pile foundation. Name the
various component parts. [6]
c) Draw the sketches of structural arrangements involved in [4]
i) Cantilever sheet pile
ii) Anchored sheet pile
[5870]-1523 2
Q11)a) What are the functional requirements of various types of geosynthetics?[6]
b) Explain the terms [6]
i) Magnitude of an earthquake
ii) Intensity of an Earthquake
c) Discuss effects of liquefaction. [4]
OR
Q12)a) Write a short note on classification of geosynthetics with examples. [6]
b) Explain the use of geosynthetics in (i) Retaining waves (ii) Load bearing
capacity improvement [6]
c) Differentiate between P - waves and S-waves. [4]

[5870]-1523 3
[5870]-1524
T.E. (Civil)
STRUCTURAL DESIGN - II

1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10 and Q.11 or Q.12.
3) IS 456-2000 and non programmable calculator are allowed in the examination.
5) Mere reproduction from IS Code as answer, will not be given full credit.
6) If necessary assume suitable data and indicate clearly.
Q1) Draw stress strain curves for concrete in LSM and explain stress and strain
values associated with the curves. [5]
OR
Q2) State and explain modes of failure (Balanced, Under reinforced and Over
reinforced section) with diagrams [5]
Q3) A rectangular beam section, 230mm wide and 450mm effective depth is
reinforced with 2 bars of 20mm diameter in the tensile zone and 2 bars of
12mm in the compression zone. The effective cover is 30mm for both the
reinforcement. Determine moment of resistance of the section using WSM.
Use M25 grade of concrete and Fe 415 grade of steel. [7]
OR
Q4) Calculate the moment of resistance by LSM for flanged beam section detailed
as below : [7]
a) Width of rib = 300mm
b) Effective flange width = 1400mm
c) Thickness of flange = 120mm
d) Effective depth = 410mm
e) Tension steel = 3- #16 through bars
f) Use M25 grade of concrete and Fe 500 grade of steel.
P.T.O.
Q5) Design Cantilever slab at lintel level for a porch of span 2.2m perpendicular to
supporting beam and width of 5.0m parallel to the beam. Size of supporting
beam is 300 × 600mm. Consider Live load =1 kN/m2; Floor Finish = 2kN/m2
concrete grade: M20; steel grade : Fe415 and exposure condition: Moderate.
Draw neat sketch showing details of Reinforcement. Use LSM. [8]
OR
Q6) Design intermediate flight (only for flexure) of a dog-legged staircase for the
following data: [8]
a) No of treads in flight = 8 Nos;
b) Rise = 175 mm, Tread = 250 mm;
c) Width of landing at each end = 1.2 m;
d) Width of stair = 1.2 m;
e) Live load = 3 kN/m2;
f) Floor finish = 1.0 kN/m2;
g) The staircase is supported by beams of width 230mm at the end of
landings.
h) Materials: M25 Concrete; Fe 500 Steel.
Show details of reinforcement. Use LSM.
Q7) Design a simply supported reinforced concrete floor beam with following
data: [16]
a) Clear Span of beam = 5.0 m
b) Width of supporting columns = 300mm
c) Beam width =230 mm
d) Ultimate UDL on beam = 40kN/m, inclusive of self weight.
e) The beam supports two way slab of thickness 120mm on both sides of
beam
f) Material- M25, Fe 415
g) Show details of reinforcement. Use LSM
OR
[5870]-1524 2
Q8) Design a continuous beam ABCDE for flexure only using IS Code coefficients.
AB = BC = CD = DE = 4.0m. The beam supports 110mm slab on both
sides. The beam carries dead load of 20 kN/m (including its self-weight) and
live load of 12 kN/m. Consider material M25 and Fe 415. Show the
reinforcement detail in longitudinal section and cross-section at continuous
support and at mid span. [16]
Q9) Continuous RC beam ABC of rectangular section is simply supported at A

and C and continuous over support B. Span AB = 6.0m, BC = 4.0m and CD
= 5.5m. The beam carries dead load of 22 kN/m (including its self weight)
and live load of 12 kN/m. The beam supports 120mm slab on both sides.
Apply 20 % redistribution of moments. Calculate design moment for span
BC and support C. Design span BC and support C only for flexure. Draw the
reinforcement details. Material- Concrete of grade M30, Fe 500 reinforcement.
[16]
OR
Q10)Design a bi-axial short column by limit state method with material M25 and
Fe 415 to carry Ultimate load of 1500 kN. Factored moment of 100 kN-m
about major axis bisecting the depth of column and 50 kN-m about minor axis
bisecting the width of column. The unsupported length of column is 4.2m.
The column is fixed at one end and hinged at the other. Show details of
reinforcement in plan and sectional elevation. [16]
[5870]-1524 3
Q11) a) State the functions of longitudinal and transverse reinforcement in
columns. [4]
b) Design a short axially loaded column and its isolated footing for carrying
a working axial load of 700 kN. The effective length of column is 2.8 m.
Use M30 grade of concrete and Fe 500 grade of steel. SBC of soil is 200
kN/m2. Show detailed design calculations and reinforcement details in
plan and sectional elevation. [14]
OR
Q12)Design an uni-axial short column by limit state method with material M25 and
Fe 415 to carry a working load of 600 kN and working moment of 70 kN-m
about major axis bisecting the depth of column. The unsupported length of
column is 4.5m. The column is fixed at both ends. Also design the footing for
this column considering axial load and moment for flexure and punching
shear. Take SBC = 250 kN/m2. Show detailed design calculations and
reinforcement details in plan and sectional elevation. [18]
[5870]-1524 4
Chart No. 1 : Interaction chart for combined bending and compression on
rectangular section with equal reinforcement on opposite sides.
[5870]-1524 5
[5870]-1524 6

[5870]-1524 7
[5870]-1525
T.E. (Civil)
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING - I

3) Drawn neat figures wherever necessary.
4) Assume necessary data.
5) Use of scientific calculators is allowed.
Q1) a) State and explain the Plume behaviour. [6]

b) With sketch explain canal Intake structure. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Explain various factors which affect the rate of demand’? [6]
b) What are the remedial measures to control the noise pollution? [4]
Q3) a) State factors affecting the efficiency of sedimentation. With the sketch
describe fill and draw type sedimentation tank. [6]
b) Find the fire demand for a city having population of 25 lakh by various
formulae. [4]
OR
Q4) a) With neat sketch explain back washing of rapid sand gravity filter. [6]
b) Explain various methods of aeration and its limitation. [4]
Q5) a) i) What is coagulation? Enlist the types of common coagulant? Why

is it necessary? [6]
ii) Explain the various filter troubles? How are they rectified. [4]
b) What is flocculation? Write the design criteria for flocculation with
rotating paddles. [6]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) A water treatment plant treats 400 m3/hr of water. Design the circular
clarriflocculator. [8]
i) Dimension of flocculator unit.
ii) Power input by paddles to water.
iii) Size and number of paddles.
iv) Opening below flocculator.
b) i) Explain the theory of filtration. [4]
ii) Differentiate between rapid and slow sand filter. [4]
Q7) a) Explain the zeolite process with neat sketch. [5]
b) Explain the chemical reactions of lime soda process. [5]
c) Write short note on post chlorination, super chlorination, and plain
chlorination. [6]
OR
Q8) a) What is desalination what are the different methods, explain any one?
[6]
b) Explain defluoridation of water. [4]
c) Explain the RO process with neat sketch. [6]
Q9) a) The designed demand is 5 MLD water is pumped into a elevated

service reservoir from 6 am to 2 pm. The supply to the community is
from 6 am to 10 am, and 6 pm to 10 pm at a uniform rate. Design the
balancing capacity of the reservoir. [8]
b) Discuss the concept of packaged water treatment (WTP) in townships?
[4]
c) Explain water harvesting technology? [6]
OR
Q10) a) State the various methods of distributing water. Explain any one. [4]
b) Differentiate between grid iron system and dead-end system? [4]
c) Differentiate between gravity and pumping system. And Explain radial
system with sketch. [10]

[5870]-1525 2
[5870]-1526
T.E. (Civil)
HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8
and Q. No. 9 or Q.No.10.
Q1) a) Explain in brief various forms of precipitation. [5]

b) Write a note on drip irrigation with neat sketch state advantages and
disadvantages of drip irrigation. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Area Velocity method of discharge measurement. [5]
b) A catchment has six rain gauge stations. In a year the annual rainfall
recorded by the gauges are as follows. [5]
Station A B C D E F
Rainfall (cm) 82.6 102.9 180.3 110.3 98.8 136.7
i) Determine the standard error in the estimation of mean fall in the
existing set of rain gauges.
ii) For a 10% error in the estimation of the mean rainfall, calculate the
optimum numbers of rain gauge stations in the catchment.
Q3) a) Derive the formula to calculate discharge of a well in a confined aquifer.[5]

b) What is Duty? State factors affecting & explain methods of improving
duty. [5]
OR
Q4) a) What are the factors affecting water requirements of crops? [5]
b) Explain the following. [5]
i) Aquifer ii) Aquiclude
iii) Specific Yield of an Aquifer iv) Porosity of soil
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is hydrograph? Explain all the parts of the typical hydrograph.
Explain fern shaped catchment. [8]
b) Explain various climatic factors affecting runoff. [8]
OR
Q6) a) What is “S” curve hydrograph? Explain its component and construction
with a sketch. [8]
b) What are different methods of estimation of flood. Explain any one. [8]
Q7) a) What is reservoir sedimentation? What is the significance of trap

efficiency? Explain with sketch. [8]
b) What are various reservoir losses. What are various measures to control
these losses. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain fixation of reservoir capacity using elevation capacity curve and
dependable yield. [8]
b) Explain the mass curve and explain the step by step procedure to determine
the reservoir capacity and surplus water. [8]
Q9) a) Compare Warabandi with cooperative water distribution system. [9]

b) Write a short note on ancient system of water distribution which still
exist in north Maharashtra. [9]
OR
Q10) a) What is water logging? Explain tile drain formula and also state formula
for spacing of tile drain. [9]
b) Draw a neat section for lift irrigation scheme and state various components
of lift irrigation scheme .Explain various design steps in lift irrigation
system. [9]

[5870]-1526 2

[5870]-1527
T.E. (Civil)
INFRASTRUCTURE ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION
TECHNIQUES

1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q. 10, Q.11 or
Q.12.
3) Figures to the right indicates full Marks.
4) Assume, suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) Write advantages and disadvantages of Bus Rapid Transit System (BRTS)
also discuss the reasons of BRTS failure and comment to overcome it. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What are Similarities and Differences between Monorail and Metro Rail?[3]
b) Write short note on Rail Joints and Rail Fastenings. [3]
Q3) a) Write about Gradient, its types and Grade compensation on curves for
different gauges. [4]
b) Define Degree of curve and find out radius of curve for one degree use
chord length = 30.48 m. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Write the formulas of Safe speed on curves (Indian railways) for fully
transition curves over different gauges in India. [4]
b) Write short note on ‘Regular and Periodic Track Maintenance’. [4]
Q5) Write about Diaphragm walls their purpose and construction methods. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Write about Prefabrication technique, its applications, advantages and
disadvantages. [6]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Write a short note on Pilot tunnel and shaft, [6]
b) Explain in detail the Pre-drainage and permanent drainage methods in
Tunneling. [6]
c) Write a short note on trenchless tunneling. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Discuss the points to be considered when determining the shape and
size of tunnel. [6]
b) Explain in detail the earth pressure balance method of tunneling in soft
soil. [6]
c) Write a short note on addit and protal. [4]
Q9) a) Define following terms : [6]

i) Tri bar
ii) Hexapod
iii) Quay wall
b) Explain in brief with neat sketch : floating dike and jetties. [6]
c) Write a short note on Marin railway. [4]
OR
Q10) a) Draw the schematic diagram of artificial harbor layout showing all
components and state their requirements. [6]
b) What is the difference between a port and a harbor? State various
components of ports. [6]
c) Differentiate various Break waters in relations with design criteria and
methods of construction. [4]
Q11) a) Discuss in detail factors affecting performance of equipments. [6]

b) Explain with labeled sketch “Dragline”. Discuss the application of it on
construction site. [6]
c) Write short note on, Economic maintenance & repair of construction
equipment. [6]
OR
Q12) a) Discuss various types of Excavators with their suitability. [6]
b) Write in detail on economic life of equipment. [6]
c) Enlist various types of hoists and cranes used on construction site and
discuss about their selection criteria. [6]

[5870]-1527 2
[5870]-1528
T.E. (Civil)
STRUCTURAL DESIGN - I

2) Neat sketches must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Take Fe 410 grade of steel.
5) Take ultimate stress in bolt, fub=400N/mm2.
7) Use of electronic pocket calculator IS:800-2007 and steel table allowed.
Q1) a) Determine design tensile strength due to yielding and block shear of an
ISA 90 × 90 × 10 mm @ 13.4 kg/m which is used as a tie member for
roof truss connected to back to back on either side of gusset plate by 3
bolts of 20 mm diameter. [6]
b) State & explain modes of failure of tension member with neat sketch.[4]
OR
Q2) a) Design bolted connection for single angle ISA 90 × 90 × 6 mm @ 8.2 kg/m
carrying factored axial tension 115 kN with 8 mm thick gusset plate. Use
M16 black bolt of 4.6 grade. [6]
b) Explain the terms gauge line, gauge distance, pitch and edge/end distance
with sketch. [4]
Q3) a) Design a suitable single equal angle section to carry a factored tensile
force of 250 kN. Use 5 mm size of fillet weld. [6]
b) Differentiate lacing and battening of built up column section. [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Design the slab base for a column ISMB 400 @ 61.6 kg/m carrying an
axial factored load of 450 kN. Consider grade of concrete as M20. [7]
b) Why partial safety factors are used in LSM instead of factor of safety.[3]
Q5) A simply supported beam of effective span 6 m carries factored udl 40 kN/m.
The section is laterally unsupported throughout the span. Design the beam
using I-section and apply usual checks. [16]
OR
Q6) A simply supported beam of effective span 5 m carries a factored point load
of 300 kN at mid span. If the compression flange is laterally supported
throughout the span, design the section using I-section. Apply usual checks.[16]
Q7) Design a welded plate girder for an effective span 28 m and carrying a factored
uniformly distributed load of 35 kN/m and factored concentrated loads of
140 kN acting 8 m from the both ends. Design flange and web section.
Provide connection between webs and flange. [17]
OR
Q8) Design a welded seat connection for factored beam end reaction of 100 kN.
The beam used is ISMB 250 @ 37.3 kg/m connected to the flange of column
section ISHB 200 @ 37.3 kg/m. [17]
Q9) Design a gantry girder supporting an electronically operated crane to the

following data: [17]
Capacity of crane = 120 kN
Span between crane rails = 20 m
Self-weight crane girder = 100 kN
Weight of crab, electronic motor, Hook etc. = 15 kN
Minimum hook approach = 1.2 m
Wheel base = 2 m
Span of Gantry = 5.5 m
OR
[5870]-1528 2
Q10) A truss shown in Fig. 10 is used for an industrial building situated at Allahabad
covered with AC sheets. Determine panel point dead, live and wind load with
following data: [17]
Spacing of truss = 8 m
Self weight of AC sheet = 171 N/m2
Self weight of purlin = 318 N/m
Height of column = 11 m
K1 = 1.0, k2 = 0.89, k3 = 1.0, Cpe = –0.8 and Cpi = –0.2

[5870]-1528 3
[5870]-1529
T.E. (Civil)
STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS - II
Q1) a) Analyze the beam by slope deflection method. Draw BMD. [10]
b) Analyze the contineous beam by moment distribution method. Draw

BMD. [10]
OR
Q2) a) Analyze the frame by slope deflection method. Draw BMD. [10]
P.T.O.
b) Analyze the contineous beam by Flexibility Matrix method. [10]
Q3) Analyze the contineous beam by stiffness matrix method. Draw BMD. [16]
OR
Q4) Analyze the frame by stiffness Matrix method. Draw BMD. [16]
Q5) a) Analyze the frame by portal method. [10]
[5870]-1529 2
b) A contilever beam is loaded as shown. Find deflection under point loads.
Take 5 nodes. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Analyze the frame given in Q5a) by contilever method. [10]
b) A simply supported beam is loaded as shown. Find deflection under
point loads. Take 4 nodes. [8]
Q7) a) Explain the terms : [8]

i) Plain stress problem
ii) Plain strain problem
iii) Superparametric elements
iv) Co-ordinate systems.
b) Differentiate between Axisymmetric and Isoparametric elements. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain constant strain triangle and linear strain triangle. [8]
b) Explain Finite Element method and concept of discretization with example.
[8]

[5870]-1529 3
[5870]-1530
T.E. (Civil)
FLUID MECHANICS - II

Q1) a) Derive continuity equation as applicable to open channel flow. [6]

b) A spherical balloon 2m in diameter is filled with hydrogen and held
stationary in air by anchoring it to the ground with the help of a string of
negligible weight. The balloon is subjected to an upward force of 25 N.
Determine the inclination of the string with the ground if the wind is
flowing with a velocity of 18 km/hr. Also find the tension in the string.
Take density of air = 1.2 kg/m3 and CD= 0.5. [6]
c) Derive the relation between sequent depths y1 and y2 of hydraulic jump.[6]
OR
Q2) a) Derive Chezy’s formula. [6]
b) A 2.2m diameter, 2000m long steel penstock having a wall thickness 16
mm carries water at the rate of 6.1 m3/s. Find the rise of pressure due to
water hammer, if the valve at the end of penstock is closed in
i) 3 seconds,
ii) 10 seconds. Take the modulus of elasticity of steel as 2.06 × 1011
N/m2 and bulk modulus of elasticity of water as 2.01 × 1011 N/m2.
Neglect loss of energy due to friction. [6]
3
c) A 9.5 m wide rectangular channel carries a discharge of 19 m /s with a
depth of 1 .9 m. find the width to which the channel should be contracted
to get critical flow at the contracted section. Neglect losses. [6]
Q3) a) For the case of ‘jet striking on series of symmetrical moving curved
vane at the centre’, derive expressions for
i) force exerted,
ii) maximum efficiency. [10]
b) Draw a neat sketch of centrifugal pump and explain the component parts
of it. [7]
OR
1 P.T.O.
[5870]-1530
Q4) a) Derive expression for force exerted by jet striking on [8]
i) stationary flat plate held normal to jet,
ii) stationary symmetric curved vane at centre.
b) The inlet and outlet blade angles of the impeller of a centrifugal pump are
60° and 40° respectively. The width of the impeller is 30 mm. The inlet
and outlet diameters of the impeller are 180 mm and 600 mm respectively.
Find the speed of the pump to deliver 0.15m3/s of water. Flow at inlet is
entirely radial. Find also the head generated by the impeller and the
manometric head and the impeller power. The manometric efficiency of
the pump is 85 %. [9]
Q5) a) Draw a neat labelled sketch of Francis turbine. Explain working of each
component [9]
b) Define unit quantities. Derive expression for all unit quantities. [9]
OR
Q6) a) A Pelton wheel has mean bucket speed of 12 m/s with jet of water flowing
at the rate of 750 lit/s under a head of 45 m. The bucket deflects the jet
through an angle of 165°. calculate the power given by water to the
runner and hydraulic efficiency of turbine. Assume coefficient of velocity
as 0.98. [10]
b) Define specific speed of turbine. Derive expression for specific speed
of turbine. [8]
Q7) a) Explain S1, S2 and S3 profiles of GVF. [8]

b) Explain graphical integration of GVF computation. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Derive differential equation for GVF. [7]
b) A rectangular channel carries a discharge of 3.5 m3/s/m. It is laid at a
slope of 0.0001. If at a section in this channel the depth is 1 .65 m. how
far (upstream or downstream) of this section the depth will be 1.95 m.
Take Manning’s n = 0.015 and width of rectangular channel as 10 m.
Use direct step method and take 2 steps only. [10]

[5870]-1530 2
[5870]-1531
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHM

1) Answer Q.1 or Q. 2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
3) Draw neat diagram wherever necessary.
4) Make suitable assumptions wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Explain Time and Space complexity of an algorithm with example. [5]
b) What is the application of proof techniques? Explain any one technique

with example. [7]
c) Solve following multiplication using Divide and Conquer strategy.

12345678 * 21394276. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss the advantages & disadvantages of recursion. [6]
b) Prove by induction that Sn = 1 +2+3 +4+ ... + n = n*(n+l)/2 [6]
c) For given two sequences, Find LCS,
String S = “ABACCD”, String T = “ACDF” [8]
Q3) a) What is Greedy algorithmic strategy? Explain Greedy approach for finding
shortest path in weighted graph. [8]
b) Explain deterministic and non-deterministic algorithm with example. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain asymptotic notations Big-O, Theta, Omega with example of each.
[9]
b) Whether Travelling Salesman Problem is NP Hard problem or not? Justify.

[7]
Q5) a) Explain amortized analysis of splay tree operations. [9]

b) Explain Randomized algorithm for Quick Sort. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain amortized analysis for Binary and Binomial Heap. [8]
b) Explain approximate algorithm for Vertex Cover. [9]
Q7) a) Explain Rabin- Karp string matching algorithm with example. [10]
b) Explain Distributed Breadth first search algorithm [7]
OR
Q8) a) Explain multithreaded Merge sort algorithm. [9]
b) Explain Naïve string matching algorithm with its best, average & worst
case complexity. [8]

[5870]-1531 2
[5870]-1532
SYSTEM PROGRAMMING AND OPERATING SYSTEM

1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2 Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
Q1) a) Which data structures are used by two pass assembler? Explain with
example. [6]
b) What is a macro? Compare macro with function. [4]
OR
Q2) a) What is the need of DLL? Explain with example. [4]

b) What is LEX? Explain its working. [6]
Q3) a) Which data structures are used by two pass macro preprocessor? explain
with example. [5]
b) Show two variants of specifying an intermediate code in assembler.
Compare them. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain compile and Go loader scheme with example. [5]

b) What is a compiler? Explain any two phases of compiler with suitable
diagram. [5]
Q5) a) Draw and explain process state transition diagram. [6]

b) Differentiate between process and thread. [6]
c) Explain Bankers Algorithm with an example. [6]
OR
[5870]-1532 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) What is process control block? Draw its structure and explain. [6]
b) Explain the concept of context switching with the help of neat diagram.[6]
c) What is a deadlock? State and explain the conditions for deadlock to
occur. [6]
Q7) a) Explain segmentation with suitable example in brief. [8]

b) Explain contiguous memory allocation with suitable example. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Differentiate between internal and external fragmentation. [8]

b) Explain demand paging and swapping with suitable diagram. [8]
Q9) a) What is file system? Explain file system implementation in brief. [8]
b) Describe any two disk scheduling policy with an example. [8]
OR
Q10)a) What information is present in Directories? Explain the structure of

Directory in detail. [8]
b) Explain RAID disk in brief. [8]
ooo
[5870]-1532 2
[5870] - 1533
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS & INTERNET OF THINGS (ES and IOT)
1) Answer any five questions Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or
Q.10.
2) Assume Suitable data wherever necessary.
4) Draw neat & labelled diagram wherever necessary.
Q1) a) What are the different features that an embedded system should possess?
[5]
b) Compare REST-based communication and WebSocket communication
API. [5]
OR
Q2) a) What is real time system? Explain the different real time scheduling
algorithm. [6]
b) Explain Bluetooth, one of the pillar of IoT. [4]
Q3) a) What is SCADA? What are the different blocks of SCADA. [5]
b) Explain the steps for Purpose & Requirements specification in IoT design
methodology. [5]
OR
Q4) a) With the help of appropriate diagram explain WebSocket-based
communication APIs. [3]
b) Draw and Explain the Four pillars of IOT. [4]
c) What is Raspberry Pi? Explain the features of it. [3]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are the different topology of 802.15.4? Explain with suitable diagram.
[6]
b) What is BACnet? Explain the different layers function. [6]
c) Explain the Sensor Standards for Interoperability. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the Zigbee architecture with suitable diagram. [6]
b) Discuss the issues with IoT Standardization. [4]
c) What is KNX? Explain KNX-TP features, its Telegram. [6]
Q7) a) What is Web of Things (WOT)? What are the two pillars of the web?[6]
b) Explain unified multitier WOT Architecture in details. [6]
c) What is OSGi: The Universal Middleware? [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Cloud Middleware Architecture. [6]
b) Explain RFID middleware standards? [6]
c) What are the different attacks are possible in IoT? [5]
Q9) a) Design Weather Monitoring system, what are the different components
required? Draw deployment design for this system. [6]
i) Amazon EC2 ii) Xively Cloud for IoT
c) Explain Django python web application framework. [5]
OR
Q10)a) Explain WAMP and its key concepts with diagram. [5]
b) Explain in brief Model, Template and View in Django architecture. [6]
c) Design Air Pollution Monitoring(APM) based on followings [6]
i) Define process specification for APM IoT system
ii) Domain model of APM IoT system
iii) Information model of APM IoT system
iv) Controller service of APM IoT system

[5870] - 1533 2
[5870]-1534
Software Modeling and Design
Q1) a) Define software design and give its importance. [5]

b) Define component. Compare component and deployment diagram. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain 4 + 1 View Architecture of UML. [5]
b) Draw Use Case diagram for ATM system by considering cash withdrawal
scenario. [5]
Q3) a) Draw a sequence diagram for Online Shoppe. System. [5]

b) Define interface. Explain required and provided interface with example.[5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain with an example the difference between aggregation and
composition. [5]
b) Draw Class Diagram for College Library Management System. [5]
Q5) a) Explain synchronous communication pattern in client server architecture.

[8]
b) Explain the broker pattern for service oriented architecture. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the component based software architecture in detail. [8]
b) Explain the real time software architecture. [8]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain factory pattern with its intent, motivation and implementation.
[8]
b) Explain observer pattern with suitable class diagram including subject
and observer. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain proxy pattern with its intent, motivation and implementation. [8]
b) Explain Behavioral Design Pattern with example. [8]
Q9) a) Why testing is important? List different testing methods. [6]

b) What is integration testing? Explain its types in details. [6]
c) What is system testing? Explain with different types of testing. [6]
OR
Q10) a) Write a short note on (Any 3); [18]
i) Performance testing
ii) Scenario testing
iii) Unit testing
iv) Acceptance testing.

[5870]-1534 2
[5870]-1535
WEB TECHNOLOGY

Q1) a) Explain different design issues in web development. [5]

b) Write at least any five Differences between HTML and HTML5. [5]
OR
Q2) a) List and brief the any four functions in JavaScript. [5]
b) Explain Document Object Model (DOM) with suitable example. [5]
Q3) a) Write a Java Servlet which will display “Welcome to Servlet” message.
[5]
b) List and elaborate any five JSP implicit objects with examples. [5]
OR
Q4) a) What is JavaScript? How to validate any sample html login form using
JavaScript. [5]
b) Write the different usage of JSP action tags and directives. [5]
Q5) a) Explain working of AJAX with neat labeled diagram. [8]

b) What is Multi dimensional arrays in PHP? Explain it with simple PHP
code. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) What is Associate arrays in PHP? Explain it with simple PHP code.[8]
b) Explain WAP and WML with suitable applications. [8]
Q7) a) What is Dependency Injection mechanism in Angular JS? List

components of this mechanism and explain any one with relevant
example. [8]
b) Does Angular JS supports Single Page Application via multiple views
on a single page? Justify your answer. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Draw and explain neat diagram which depicts MVC to the struts
architecture. [8]
b) List and explain events supported by Angular JS to enrich form filling
and validation. [8]
Q9) a) What are the different roles within web service architecture? Elaborate
on each role. [6]
b) List and explain the main components of EJB architecture. [6]
c) What is JNDI lookup? How to acquire JNDI context? [6]
OR
Q10) a) Write differences between SOAP and REST. [6]
b) Write differences between session beans and entity beans. [6]
c) List and explain steps for developing EJB application. [6]

[5870]-1535 2
[5870]-1536
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
Q1) a) Design DFA for a language of strings made up of 0 and 1 that. [6]
i) Ends with 00
ii) Either begin or end with 10
b) Define Pumping Lemma. Show that the language given is not regular
{
L = ww R w ∈ {a,b} .
*
} [6]
c) Design a Moore Machine that gives an output of 1 if the input strings
ends in ‘bab’ over  = {a,b} . Convert the same Moore machine to Mealy
Machine. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Eliminate the useless symbols in the grammar below - [6]
S → aA|bB
A → aA|a
B → bB
D → ab|Ea
E → aC|d
b) Determine the regular expression over  = {a,b} for the following. [6]
i) All the strings containing exactly two a’s.
ii) All the strings containing ab.
iii) All the strings starting with bb.
c) Construct NFA for the following Regular Expression. [8]
R.E. = 01 [(10* + 111)* + 0]*1
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Define TM. Construct a TM for checking well formedness of parenthesis.[8]
b) Construct a Turing Machine for R = aba*ba. [6]
c) Differentiate between FA and TM. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Write short note on: [12]
i) Universal TM
ii) Multi-tape TM
iii) Halting problem of TM
b) Design a Turing Machine to accept the language. [6]
L = {0n1n2n|n>=1}
Q5) a) Construct PDA that accepts following language L={anbn|n≥0}. Write

simulation for string ‘aaabbb’. [6]
b) Define PDA. What are different types of PDA? [6]
c) Compare PDA with Finite Automata. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Construct a PDA that accepts all palindrome strings over  = {a,b} .
Specify simulation for string ‘aba’. [6]
b) Construct PDA that accepts a string of balanced parentheses. [6]
c) Explain the working of bottom-up parser with example. [4]
Q7) a) Explain post correspondence problem. [6]

b) Prove that the satisfiability problem is NP-complete. [6]
c) Differentiate between P and NP classes. [4]
OR
Q8) a) What do you mean by Polynomial Time reduction? Explain with suitable
example. [6]
b) Explain Tractable and Intractable problem. [6]
c) What is Node Cover Problem? Explain with an example. [4]

[5870]-1536 2
[5870] - 1537
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Q1) a) Construct an E-R diagram for a hospital with set of patients and a set of
medical doctors. Associate with each patient a log of the various tests
and examinations conducted. [5]
b) What are triggers in SQL. What is the difference between statement level
and row level trigger. Give example. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the distinctions among the term primary key, candidate key and
super key with example. [5]
b) Write a PLSQL blocks to accept the attendance value from user and to
display the message 'Term not granted' if the attendance is lesser than 75.
[5]
Q3) a) Consider the following database schema [5]

employee (employee_name, street, city)
works (employee_name, company_name, salary)
company (company_name, city)
manages (employee_name, manager_name)
i) Find the company that bas smallest payroll
ii) Give employees of First Bank Corporation 10-percent raise in salary
b) Explain 2NF and 3NF with example. [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain the advantages of DBMS over File System. [5]
b) Let R 1 and R 2 form a decomposition of R 1. When we say that
decomposition is a loseless decomposition. Give example. [5]
Q5) a) Explain the concept of conflict Serializability. Decide whether following

schedule is conflict serializable. [8]
T1 T2
READ(A)
WRITE(A)
READ(A)
WRITE(A)
READ(B)
WRITE(B)
READ(B)
WRITE(B)
b) Explain timestamp based concurrency control protocol. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What is log based recovery. Explain deferred database Modification and
Immediate Database Modification. [9]
b) Explain different states of transaction with a neat diagram. [8]
Q7) a) Explain Data Replication and Data Fragmentation in Distributed Data

Storage. [8]
b) What are different parallel database architecture? Explain with their
advantages and disadvantages. [9]
OR
Q8) a) For concurrency control in distributed transaction distributed lock manager
approach is used, explain in detail different approach for dealing with
replication of data item in distributed lock manager approach. [9]
b) Explain local and global transaction in a distributed system and also explain
the basic system failure modes in an distributed environment. [8]
Q9) a) List and explain different NOSQL data models. [8]
b) Explain CAP and BASE properties of NOSQL database. [8]
OR
Q10)a) What is unstructured data. Explain its use in social media. [4]
b) Compare SQL and NOSQL database. [6]
c) Write short note on Hadoop. [6]

[5870] - 1537 2
[5870]-1538
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8 Q.9 or Q.10.
Q1) a) Define software process and software myths. Give an example of a

software myths. [5]
b) What is agility? Explain it with respect to agile process. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Review Agile Software development tools like JIRA and Kanban. [5]
b) Elaborate functional and non-functional requirements and how they can
be gathered? [5]
Q3) a) Explain the golden rules of user interface design. [5]
b) Define the terms “Software” and “Software Engineering”. “Software does

not wear out”. State whether this statement is true or false. Justify your
answer. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Select 3 components from “Information Systems”. Assess the types of
cohesion and coupling that exhibits. Discuss the benefits of high cohesion
and low coupling. [5]
b) Explain guidelines of component level design. [5]
Q5) a) Explain the role of people, project, process and product in project
management. [8]
b) What is need of project estimation? Discuss the steps for estimation of
software. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Examine the project scheduling tool as PERT in detail. [8]
b) Based on project management concepts, make a list of 4-6 guidelines

that will lead to software people who work to their full potential. That is,
4-6 commandments for empowering software engineers. [8]
Q7) a) You have been asked to develop a small application that analyzes each
course offered by a university and reports the average grade obtained in
the course. Discuss the scope that bounds this problem. [6]
b) State measurements, metrics and indicators with an example. Why they

are important in software development. [6]
c) Examine the importance of LOC, FP in project estimation. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Discuss RMMM plan in detail with an example. [6]
b) Explain the elements that exist when an effective SCM system is

implemented? Discuss each briefly. [6]
c) Explain the different types of risks involved in any software system. [6]
Q9) a) What is system testing? Explain any two system testing strategies. [8]
b) Discuss defect management plan in detail with an example. [8]
OR
Q10) a) Discuss the differences between verification and validation, and explain
why validation is a particularly difficult process. [8]
b) Discuss various testing mechanisms to test non-functionality parameters
using an example. [8]

[5870]-1538 2

[5870]-1539
INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND ENGINEERING
ECONOMICS

Q1) a) What are the different characteristics of a Transaction processing system?

Explain them in brief. [5]
b) What is an Information System? What are its major components? [5]
OR
Q2) a) How is Information system(IS) different from Information Technology?[5]
b) With suitable example explain the concept of Information and Experience
goods. [5]
Q3) a) Explain the characteristics of the Supply Chain Management System.[5]

b) What is the meaning of outsourcing and how is it different from off-
shoring. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain in brief the Decision Support System. [5]
b) How are agile methods useful? Why they are preferred over waterfall
model? [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are the different types of engineering economics decisions? Explain
them in brief. [8]
b) Explain with suitable example nominal interest rate and effective annual
interest rate. [8]
OR
Q6) a) What is rational decision making? Explain steps involved in it. [8]
b) Explain the following terms [8]
i) Annuities ii) Market Interest Rate
Q7) a) Explain with suitable example Consumer price index. [8]

b) What is annual- equivalence analysis? State its benefits. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the following terms [8]
i) MARR ii) Accounting Rate of Return
b) What are different types of inflation? Explain them in brief. [8]
Q9) a) Explain various patterns of cash-flows with suitable examples. What are
Positive and Negative cash flows? [10]
b) Write short note on: Cost Benefit Analysis [8]
OR
Q10)a) What are the different types of financial statements? Explain them in brief
[10]
b) Explain Capital Expenses and Operating Expenses with proper examples.
[8]

[5870]-1539 2
[5870]-1540
COMPUTER NETWORKS

1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicates full marks.
Q1) a) Explain LAN, MAN, WAN and PAN. [8]

b) Give brief about design issues in LLC. [6]
c) Differentiate between pure and slotted ALOHA. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain client server and peer to peer network. [8]
b) What is Hamming code? Explain with example. [6]
c) Explain IEEE 802.3 frame format. [6]
Q3) a) What are the functions of network Layer? Explain. [6]

b) Explain message switching in detail. [6]
c) Explain mobile IP. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Differentiate between circuit switching and packet switching techniques.
[6]
b) What is IP addressing? How it is classified? [6]
c) What is DSR? Explain. [5]
Q5) a) What are the services of transport layer? [6]

b) How TCP will work for wireless? [6]
c) Explain connection establishment in transport layer? [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain differentiated services. [6]
b) Draw and explain TCP header. [6]
c) What is flow control and buffering in transport layer? [5]
Q7) a) What is HTTP? Explain HTTP request and reply messages. [8]
b) Write short notes on SMTP and MIME. [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is DHCP? Explain DHCP working. [8]
b) Write short notes on pop3 and webmail. [8]

[5870]-1540 2
[5870]-1541
T.E. (Electrical)
POWER SYSTEM - II

1) Answers to the two sections should be written in separate answer books.
2) Answer any three questions from each section.
Q1) a) Show that complex power is S = V I * [7]
b) What are the factors affecting corona? [3]
OR
Q2) a) Prove that per unit impedance of transformer on primary and secondary
side is same. [5]
b) What the methods to improve surge impedance loading. [5]
Q3) a) What are the limitations of EHVAC transmission system. [5]
b) State the advantages of per unit system in power system analysis. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Show that receiving end complex power is a circle. Also derive radius
and center formula. [7]
b) Justify that increase in the spacing between the conductor, decreases the
corona loss in EHV AC transmission line. [3]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) A three phase 11kV, 5MVA, generator has a direct axis steady state
reactance of 20%. It is connected to a 3MVA transformer having 5%
leakage reactance and ratio of 11/33kV. The 33kV side is connected to a
transmission line having 30 ohm reactance. A three phase fault occurs at
other end of transmission line. Calculate steady state fault MVA and
current supplied by generator assuming no load prior to the fault. Take
base of 11kv, 5MVA on generator. [9]
b) Draw waveform of fault current when unloaded alternator is shorted at
its terminal. Also draw circuit and write formula of subtransient, transient
and steady state reactance. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Write short note on role of fault calculation on selection of breaker in
power system. [9]
b) What are the different types of current limiting reactor? With circuit
diagram, elaborate operation of each type. [8]
Q7) a) In three phase transmission line, show that positive, negative and zero
sequence impedance Z1 = Z2 = Zs – Zm and Z0 = ZS + 2Zm where ZS is
self impedance and Zm is mutual impedance of lines. [9]
b) Draw zero sequence network for following types of transformer
connection [8]
i) Delta-star
ii) Delta-star with neutral solidly grounded
iii) Delta-star with neutral grounded through impedance Zn
OR
Q8) a) Across a star connected symmetrical impedance load of 10Ω and a
neutral impedance of (10/3)Ω, an unbalanced three phase supply with
Va = 220 ∠ 0° volts, Vb = 200 ∠ –110° volts and VC = 180 ∠ 110° volts is
applied. Determine the line currents using symmetrical components. [9]
b) Prove that apparent power in three phase circuit is given by [8]
Sabc = 3Va0I*a0 + 3Va1I*a1 + 3Va2I*a2
[5870]-1541 2
Q9) a) Draw the complete single line diagram of HVDC system showing all
components and elaborate any three components in detail. [8]
b) Write short note on [8]
i) Development of HVDC lines in India
ii) Homopolar HVDC link
OR
Q10)a) Explain constant current control in HVDC transmission system with

characteristic and DC current equation. [8]
b) Compare HVDC and EHVAC transmission system. [8]

[5870]-1541 3
[5870]-1542
T.E. (Electrical)
CONTROL SYSTEM-I

1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2 Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Use of non programmable calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Using Block diagram reduction technique find the transfer function of [7]
4900
b) For the unity feedback system with G ( s) = find peak overshoot,
s ( s + 70)
settling time, for unit step input. What is steady state error for an input of
5tu(t) [6]
c) Construct Root Locus for unity feedback system with open loop transfer
K ( S + 1.5)
function given as G ( s) = . [7]
s( s + 1)( s + 2)
OR
Q2) a) Find transfer function of given system using mason’s gain formula. [6]
[5870]-1542 1 P.T.O.
b) For the unity feedback system with G(s) = 5000/s(S+75) [7]
i) What is the expected percent overshoot for a unit step input?
ii) What is the settling time for a unit step input?
iii) What is the steady-state error for an input of 5u(t)?
iv) What is the steady- state error for an input of 5 tu(t)?
v) What is the steady- state error for an input of 5t2u(t)
c) Using Routh Harvitz criterion detemrine range of values of K for system
to be stable. Also determine the actual location of the closed loop poles
K
when the system is marginally stable. G ( s ) = [7]
s( s + 1)( s + 2)(s+ 5)
Q3) a) Explain correlation between frequency domain and time domain. [6]
b) Sketch polar plot for system with open loop transfer function as [10]
50
G (S ) =
s( s + 3)( s + 6)
obtain gain margin and phase margin.
OR
Q4) a) Explain Nyquist stability criterion [6]

K
G ( s ) =
b) For Unity feedback system
( s + 2 )( s + 4 )( s + 6 ) plot Nyquist
diagram. Find range of K for stability. [10]
Q5) a) Explain terms gain cross over frequency, phase cross over frequency,
gain margin and phase margin. [6]
b) Sketch the bode plot for system with open loop transfer function as
75(1 + 0.2s )
G( s) = .
s ( s2 + 16s + 100) Determine from that wgc, wpc, GM, PM and
comment on stability. [12]
OR
[5870]-1542 2
Q6) a) State advantages of bode plot. [6]
b) Sketch bode plot for system with open loop transfer function as
K
G (s) =
s (1 + 0.02 s )(1 + 0.04 s ) consider K = 1 . Determine from that
wgc, wpc, GM, PM. Find the value of K such that the system has a
phase margin of 45º. [12]
Q7) a) Derive transfer function of armature controlled DC servo motor. [8]
b) Obtain the tuning of PID controller for a unity feedback system with
open loop transfer function as using Ziegler Nichols method
12
G(s) =
s ( s 2 + 4 s + 13) [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain PI controller design using root locus for given time domain
specifications. [8]
b) Explain Lag and Lead compensator with their transfer function and pole
zero plot. [8]
ooo
[5870]-1542 3

[5870]-1543
T.E. (Electrical)
UTILIZATION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY

3) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronics pocket
calculator is and steam table is allowed.
Q1) a) Explain anodizing with applications and factors affecting the anodizing
process. [6]
b) Explain flood lighting scheme design. [6]
c) The following data relate to 3 phase electric arc furnace, current
drawn = 4000 A, arc voltage = 60 V. resistance of transformer
referred to secondary = 0.0025 ohm, reactance of transformer
referred to secondary = 0.0050 ohm, calculate
i) Power factor and KW drawn from supply
ii) If the overall efficiency of the furnace is 70 % find the time required
to melt 2.5 tonne of steel if latent heat of steel = 37.2 KJ/Kg, specific
heat of steel = 0.5 KJ/Kg K, melting point of steel = 1370°C and
initial temperature of steel = 15°C [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain modes of heat transfer with their mathematical expression. [6]
b) With neat diagram explain vapour compressor system used in refrigerator.
[6]
c) Two similar lamps having uniform intensity 500 CP in all direction below
the horizontal area mounted at a height of 4 mtr. What must be the maximum
spacing between the lamps so that illumination on the ground midway
between the lamps shall be at least one half the illumination directly under
the lamp. [8]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Compare pros and cons of diesel and electric engine locomotives. [8]
b) Explain function of following traction equipment [8]
i) Circuit Breaker
ii) Interrupter
iii) Pentograph
OR
Q4) a) Explain AC railway system substation with layout diagram. [8]
b) Explain with layout diagram, components of AC electric locomotive

engine. [8]
Q5) a) Define : [8]

i) Average Speed
ii) Schedule Speed
iii) Crest Speed
iv) Coefficient of Adhesion
b) A train is required to run between two stations 3 km apart at an average
speed of 50 kmph. The run is to be made to a simplified quadrilateral
speed time curve. If the maximum speed is to be limited to 70 kmph,
acceleration to 2 kmphps, coasting to 0.16 kmphps, breaking retardation
to 3.2 kmphps respectively. Determine the duration of acceleration,
coasting and breaking period. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Draw a quadrilateral speed time curve and derive the equation for total
distance travelled. [8]
b) An electric train has quadrilateral speed time curve having uniform
acceleration from rest at 2 kmphps for 25 sec, coasting for 60 sec,
breaking period of 30 sec. The train is moving up gradient of 1 %,
tractive resistance is 50 N/tonne, rotational inertia effect 10 % of dead
weight, duration of station stop is 10 sec and overall efficiency of
transmission gear and motor as 80%. Calculate schedule speed and
specific energy consumption of run. [8]
[5870]-1543 2
Q7) a) Explain suitable characteristic of following motors for traction purpose[6]
i) DC series motor
ii) Linear Induction Motor
b) Explain Series parallel control method used in locomotive. [6]
c) A 300 tonne train on a down gradient of 1 in 75 has its speed reduced
from 60 kmph to 40 kmph. Calculate energy returned to the line in a
distance of 1000 mtr by adopting regenerative breaking. Assume overall
efficiency of 85 %, track resistance as 5 kg/tonne and allow 10 % for
rotational inertia. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Write a note on Anti collosion system. [6]
b) A train weighing 500 tonne is going down a gradient of 20 in 1000. It is
desired to maintain train speed at 40 kmph by regenerative breaking.
Calculate the power fed into the line . tractive resistance is 40 N/tone and
allow 10 % for rotational inertia and efficiency of conversion as 75 %.[6]
c) Explain following Transition method i) Open Transition ii) Shunt Transition
[6]

[5870]-1543 3
[5870]-1544
DESIGN OF ELECTRICAL MACHINES
4) Assume suitable additional data if necessary.
Q1) a) Explain with justification, what happened if h.v. winding is placed near
the core. [6]
b) Derive the equation for temperature rise-time for an electrical machines.
From this curve plot temperature rise-time characteristics. [7]
c) Derive output equation for three-phase transformer. [7]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the procedure for the design of core for the core type
transformers. [6]
b) Explain the procedure for the calculation of no-load current of single
phase transformers. [7]
c) Derive the condition for the minimum loss in the transformers. [7]
Q3) a) Explain the factors to be considered while selecting the specific magnetic
loading in three phase induction motors. [8]
b) Explain the guidelines that are to be considered while finalizing the stator
slots. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Derive the equation for the output of three phase induction motor. [8]
b) Explain the factors to be considered while selecting the specific electric
Loading in three phase induction motors. [8]
Q5) a) Derive the equation for end-ring current of the squirrel cage induction
motor. Clearly indicate the symbols used in the derivation. [8]
b) Find the main dimensions of 15 kW, 3-phase, 400 V, 50 Hz, 2810 rpm
squirrel cage induction motor having an efficiency of 0.88 and a full load
power factor of 0.9. Assume: Bav = 0.5 wb/m2, ac = 25000 A/m, Rotor
peripheral speed = 20 m/sec at synchronous speed. Kw = 0.955 [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the significance of length of air-gap in three phase induction
motor. ‘What are the various factors to be considered while estimating
the length of air- gap? [8]
b) A 75 kW, 3300 V, 50 Hz, 8 pole, 3-phase star connected induction motor
has a magnetizing current which is 35% of the full load current. Calculate
the value of stator turns per phase if the mmf required for flux density at
30 degree from the pole axis is 500 A.
Assuming winding factor = 0.95 and full load efficiency and power factor
0.94 and 0.86 respectively. [8]
Q7) a) Explain the procedure for the calculations of no-load current in three
phase induction motor. [8]
b) Explain the different types of leakage flux in an three phase induction
motor. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the effect of dispersion coefficient on maximum power factor in
a three phase induction motor design. [8]
b) Explain the procedure of calculation of total mmf of the magnetic circuit
of three phase induction motor. [10]

[5870]-1544 2
[5870]-1545
T.E. (Electrical)
ENERGY AUDIT & MANAGEMENT
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II (303150)

1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
Q1) Discuss impact of energy use on environment. [6]
OR
Q2) Discuss important provisions under Energy Conservation Building Codes.[6]
Q3) Explain energy management strategy. [7]
OR
Q4) With suitable example explain force field analysis. [7]
Q5) Discuss constraints on supply side management. [7]
OR
Q6) Explain different tariff structures which help in energy management. [7]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain post audit phase and bench marking. [8]
b) Following data is collected related to production & energy consumption.

By using least square method obtain straight line fit for all data points:[8]
Data points (20, 250), (30, 350), (40, 450), (50, 550) and (60, 650).
OR
Q8) a) In a process plant certain encon options are implemented by using Cusum
technique calculate energy savings from following data SEC 1000 kwh/unit
& fixed consumption 500 kwh. [8]
Month Production (units) Energy consumed (kwh)
1 250 78,000
2 278 80,000
3 285 81,000
4 297 83,000
5 305 85,000
6 315 87,000
b) Explain in detail data collection and data analysis steps in detailed energy
audit. [8]
Q9) a) Discuss energy conservation opportunities in Boiler and auxillary systems.

Discuss different losses in boiler. [9]
b) Identify energy saving options in commercial establishment like malls.[9]
OR
[5870]-1545 2
Q10) a) Energy conservation measures in motive power. How energy can be
saved in selection of motor and energy savings in variable speed
applications? [9]
b) How energy savings can be achieved at design stage in illumination
systems? Also state energy savings in normal case in lighting system.[9]
Q11) a) Calculate economic feasibility by calculating payback for replacement

of 50HP standard motor with some capacity energy efficient motor from
following data. [8]
Description Std. Motor Energy Efficient Motor
Rating 50 HP 50 HP
Efficiency at full load 0.85 0.94
PF at full load 0.82 lag 0.89 lag
Hours of operation 6500 Hrs. 6500 Hrs.
Capital cost - 3.5 lacks
Scrap value 75000
The cost of electricity is Rs. 8.5/unit and demand charges Rs. 350/kvA/
month.
b) What is net present value? How it is calculated? State advantages and
disadvantages. [8]
OR
Q12) a) Discuss break even analysis for financial apprisal. [8]
b) Calculate net present value for financial apprisal for following investment
of Rs. 7,50,000 and cash flows for five years are Rs. 1,50,000,
Rs. 2,00,000, Rs. 2,25,000, Rs. 2,75,000 and Rs. 3,00,000. Take
discounting factor as 9% state economic feasibility. [8]

[5870]-1545 3

[5870]-1546
T.E. (Electrical)
INDUSTRIAL AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

Q1) a) Differentiate between administration and management. [5]

b) What is technology? Explain its classification. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain line and staff organization and functional organization. [5]
i) Limited Liability partnership (Act 2008)
ii) Partnership (Act 1934)
Q3) a) Explain ISO 9001 : 2000 and ISO14001 : 2004. [5]

b) Discuss the critical factors in technology management. [5]
OR
Q4) a) What is pareto Analysis and when it is used? [5]
b) Write a short note on Ishikawa Diagram and its use. [5]
Q5) a) What are the types of taxes? Explain in brief. [6]

b) What is Price, Capital, Debit and Credit? [6]
c) Write a short note on methods of costing. [4]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) Explain monopoly, monopolistic completion and oligopoly. [4]
b) What are the methods of calculation of depreciation? [6]
c) What are the types of costs? Explain in details. [6]
Q7) a) Explain the different styles of leadership. [6]

b) Discuss the difference between recruitment and selection. [6]
c) Explain the different stages of Group dynamics. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Importance and scope of HR Planning. [6]
b) Explain : [6]
i) Training & Development
ii) Recruitment.
c) Explain Herzberg's two factor theory. [4]
Q9) a) What is the meaning of IPR and what are the different forms of IPR?[6]
b) What is copy right law? [6]
c) Describe the format and structure of patents. [6]
OR
Q10) a) Write a short note on trade mark laws. [6]
b) What are the qualities an entrepreneur should have? [6]
c) Explain government policies and incentives. [6]

[5870]-1546 2
[5870]-1547
T.E. (Electrical)
ADVANCED MICROCONTROLLER AND ITS
APPLICATIONS
1) Figure to the right indicate full marks.
Q1) a) Compare RISC and CISC architecture. [6]

b) Write program to make RC2 as input and RD4 as output, Also transfer
the data from RC2 to RD4. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Explain BSR mode of RAM Organization and its relation with Bank
Select Register. [6]
b) Explain following instruction with suitable example. [4]
i) BTFSC f, b, a
ii) COMF f, d, a
Q3) a) Explain the role of following SFR’s [6]

TRISB, PORTC, LATA
b) Write Assemble language program generate 2’s compliment of 30H and
store the result at 55H. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Explain unsigned char, signed int, float data types is detail. [6]
b) Write C program to generate 200 hz square wave on pin RB2 using
Timer0. Assume crystal frequency of 10MHz. [4]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Discuss role of various SFR’s related with PWM module of CCP1. [8]
b) Write a C program to count 10pulses and toggle the status of LED
connected to CCP1 pin using compare mode of CCP. Use timer 3. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Write a C program to generate 2.5 Khz PWM frequency at 50% duty
cycle on CCP1 pin. [8]
b) Explain programming steps of compare mode in CCP1 module. [8]
Q7) a) Discuss steps for receiving data serially and storing it at PORTD. [8]
b) Draw and Explain 16×2 LCD interfacing with pic 18f458. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the steps of interrupt programming. [8]
b) Write C program to transmit character “B” continuously at a baud rate
of 9600 and crystal frequency of 10MHz. [9]
Q9) a) Discuss steps of programming ADC with interrupts in pic 18f458. [8]
b) Draw the interfacing diagram of Electro-mechnical relay and also explain
its interfacing procedure. [9]
OR
Q10)a) Explain voltage measurement give the algorithm to transfer the result to
PORT C and PORT D, lower byte to PORTC and higher byte to PORTD.
[8]
b) Write C program to generate sawtooth wave using DAC. [9]

[5870]-1547 2
[5870]-1548
ELECTRICAL MACHINES - II

4) Assume suitable additional data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Obtain the EMF Equation of alternator. [6]

b) State the various voltage drops takes place in alternator, when it is loaded.
Draw the phasor diagram at unity, lagging & unity power factor. [7]
c) Sketch & explain ‘V’ and ‘Inverted V’ curves of synchronous motor.[7]
OR
Q2) a) Compare salient pole type construction with non-salient pole type for
three phase alternator. [6]
b) Draw the connection diagram & Explain one dark and two equally bright
lamp method of synchronizing of alternators. [7]
c) Compare three phase synchronous motor with three phase induction
motor. [7]
Q3) a) State the various methods of speed control of 3-ph induction motor &
elaborate the V/f method for speed control of induction motor. [8]
b) Explain construction and working of permanent magnet DC motor. Also
state its merits and demerits. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Draw the construction diagram and explain the working of permanent
magnet stepper motor. Also state its merits and demerits. [8]
b) Elaborate the operation of induction motor as an induction generator.

Also state its advantages, disadvantages and applications. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Enlist the problems associated with dc series motor on ac supply. Explain
remedies for ac operation. [8]
b) Draw the neat diagram & compare the conductively compensated and
inductively compensated series motor. [8]
OR
Q6) a) What is universal motor? How will you reverse the direction of rotation?
State its applications. [8]
b) Plot a circle diagram of ac series motor & write down its procedure.[8]
Q7) a) Draw the connection diagram and write the procedure to conduct; no
load and blocked rotor test on single phase induction motor? [8]
b) Draw the equivalent circuit of single phase induction motor explain the
all terminology used. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Explain double field revolving theory for single phase induction motor.
Also draw its torque-speed characteristics. [8]
b) Draw the connection diagram and explain working of capacitor start

induction motor. Also sketch its torque characteristics & state its 03
applications. [10]

[5870]-1548 2
[5870]-1549
T.E. (Electrical)
POWER ELECTRONICS

1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
Q1) a) With neat constructional diagram explain working of GTO. [4]

b) What is the duty cycle of choppers? Explain PWM and FM techniques
for controlling the output voltage. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain R-C triggering circuit of SCR. [4]
b) Draw and explain output and transfer characteristics of MOSFET. [6]
Q3) a) Explain the following ratings of the SCR. [4]

i) Latching current
ii) Holding current
b) A single phase full converter connected to 230V, 50 Hz source is feeding
a load R=10Ω in series with a large inductance that make the load current
ripple free. For firing angle of 45°, calculate rectification efficiency, FF
and RF. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Draw and explain turn off characteristic of SCR. [4]
b) A single phase full converter with large inductance is fed by 230 V supply.
Find average output voltage and reduction in output voltage due to overlap
if α = 30° and μ = 2°.
Q5) a) Explain single phase AC voltage regulator feeding RL load. Draw output
voltage waveform and derive equation for average output voltage. [8]
b) Explain working of three phase fully controlled converter feeding RL
load. Obtain expression for RMS voltage. [8]
OR
1 P.T.O.
[5870]-1549
Q6) a) With neat diagram explain triggering of TRIAC using DIAC. [8]
b) Explain working of three phase half controlled converter feeding RL

load. Obtain expression for average voltage. [8]
Q7) a) Explain with circuit diagram and waveforms, operation of single phase
current source inverter. [8]
b) Explain sinusoidal pulse width modulation used in inverters. How

sinusoidal PWM is used for harmonic elimination. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain with neat circuit diagram working of single phase full bridge
voltage source inverter. Draw all waveforms. [8]
b) Derive expression for output voltage in single pulse modulation by fourier

analysis. [8]
Q9) a) Explain working of three phase six step voltage source invrtr in 180°
mode of operation. For star connected load draw output voltage
waveforms. Show devices conducting in each step. [10]
b) List different harmonic elimination techniques used in inverter. Explain

any two methods in detail. [8]
OR
Q10) a) Explain working of three phase six step voltage source inverter in 120°
mode of operation. For star connected load draw output voltage
waveforms. Show devices conducting in each step. [10]
b) Draw neat diagram and explain flying capacitor multilevel inverter. [8]

[5870]-1549 2
[5870]-1550
T.E. (Electrical Engg.)
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE AND TESTING

Q1) a) A 5 MVA, 33 kV H. V, 3-phase transmission line supplies a load of 5000

kW at 0.8 p.f. throughout the year. Per km cost of the line is Rs. (25,000 a
+ 2500) where ‘a’ is C. S. area in cm2. The other details are as follows:
[8]
i) Interest and depreciation total 10 % per annum.
ii) Energy loss cost Rs. 0.05 per kWh
iii) Resistivity of conductor material is 10–6 Ωm
Find the most economical C. S. area of conductor in cm2.
b) Explain the terms with suitable diagrams [6]
i) Touch Voltage
ii) Step Voltage
c) Explain [6]
i) Preventive maintenance of transformer
ii) Use of Thermography in power systems.
OR
Q2) a) Explain with the help of diagram Pipe earthing. [6]
b) Define and explain : [6]
i) Polarization index
ii) Dielectric Absorption ratio
c) A Single-phase distributor 1 km long having sending end A and far end B
has total (to and return) conductor resistance and reactance conductor
0.2 Ω and 0.3Ω respectively. At the far end, the voltage VB is 200 V and
current is 100 A at 0.75 pf lagging with reference to the voltage VB. At the
mid-point M of the distributor, a current of 100 A is tapped at a p.f.
of 0.6 lagging with reference to the voltage VM at mid -point. Calculate:
[8]
i) Voltage at Mid-Point. (VM)
ii) Sending end voltage
1 P.T.O.
[5870]-1550
Q3) a) What is Dissolved gas analysis (DGA)? List out gases generally found in
transformer oil. [6]
b) Explain motor current signature analysis for Induction motor. [6]
c) List out fault location methods for locating the cable fault and explain
any one with diagram. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Write a short note on following : [9]
i) Degree of polymerization
ii) Failure modes of transformer
iii) Causes of cable failure
b) What are the cuases of failure of On line tap changer? [4]
c) Explain condition monitoring of transformer bushings. [5]
Q5) Write a short note on following: [16]

i) Cable sizing
ii) Price catalogue
iii) Labour rate
iv) Schedule rate
OR
Q6) a) Explain the procedure of installation of underground LT service lines.[6]
b) Write down various steps in estimation of 11kV pole mounted substation.
[6]
c) Explain the different types of wires generally used for residential wiring.[4]
Q7) a) Classify the different hazard areas and its effect on human body [6]
b) Write any objectives of electrical safety [6]
c) Write a short note on contents of first aid box. [4]
OR
Q8) a) State Indian Electricity rules of central Electricity Authority (CEA) [8]
b) Describe how electric accidents can be prevented. [8]

[5870]-1550 2

[5870]-1551
DSP & APPLICATIONS

Q1) a) An analog signal is represented as x(t) = 2 cos 150t + sin 300t – 2cos
600t. [6]
i) What should be sampling frequency to avoid aliasing?
ii) Obtain DT signal if this sequence is sampled at 400 Hz.
iii) Does aliasing occurs in above sequence after sampling? If yes
calculate aliased frequency from original frequency
b) State & explain following properties associated with DFT. [4]
i) Linearity ii) Time shifting
OR
Q2) a) Determine all possible sequence x(n) associated with z transform [6]
z2 - z
X( z ) =
( z 2 -3z + 2)( z -½)
b) Obtain IDFT of following sequence. [4]
X(K) = [4 1–j –2 1+j ]
Q3) a) With help of neat diagram & waveform explain sampling rate conversion
by non integer factor. [4]
b) Obtain DFT of [1 2 2 1] using radix 2 DIF FFT algorithm. [6]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Obtain circular convolution of x(n) = [2 4 1 2] & h(n) = [1 2 3 4] using
graphical method. [6]
b) What are causality & stability considerations for LTI system in terms of
z transform? [4]
Q5) a) Derive an expression for transformation of analog system function Ha(s)

to digital system function H(z) using Bilinear Transformation method.
Also illustrate with neat sketch relationship of s plane to z plane. Comment
on advantage of BLT method over impulse invariance method. [10]
b) Determine parallel realization of IIR digital filter transfer function given
by [7]
z (5 z - 2)
H ( z)=
æ 1 ÷ö æ 1 ÷ö
çç z + ÷ çç z - ÷
çè 2 ÷ø çè 3÷ø
OR
Q6) a) Describe in brief characteristics of butterworth, chebyshev & elliptic
filters. [9]
b) Find out H(z) using impulse invariance method at 10 Hz sampling
frequency from H(s) as given below : [8]
2
H ( s) =
( s + 2)( s + 3)
Q7) a) Determine the impulse response h(n) of a filter having desired frequency
response
H d (e jw ) = e- j (M -1) w .......for 0 £ w £ p / 2
=0 .......for p 2 < w £ p
M = 7. Use hamming window technique [9]

b) Describe in brief frequency sampling method of FIR Filter Design. [8]
OR
[5870]-1551 2
Q8) a) If Transfer function of FIR LPF is H(z) = 1 + 3z–1 + 4z–2 + 3z–3 + z–4.
Show that impulse response is symmetric. [6]
b) What is Gibb’s phenomenon? How it is reduced? [5]
c) Compare IIR & FIR filters. [6]
Q9) a) Describe in brief application of DSP in implementation of triggering for

converter. [8]
b) Illustrate your answer with neat sketch & also describe in brief architecture
of general DSP processor. [8]
OR
Q10)a) Comment on following issues involved in DSP processor design. [8]
i) Speed
ii) Accuracy
iii) Pipelining
iv) Quantization Error
b) Describe in brief application of DSP in DC motor control. [8]

[5870]-1551 3
[5870]-1552
EMBEDDED PROCESSORS

1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2 Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
Q1) a) List the features of MSP430 microcontroller. [4]

b) State the function of different GPIO port registers of MSP430. [6]
OR
Q2) a) List features and applications of variants of the MSP430 family

MSP430x2x,MSP430x4xMSP430x5x. [6]
b) Explain in brief system clocks of MSP430 microcontroller. [4]
Q3) a) Draw and Explain Data flow model of ARM7. [6]

b) Explain difference between ARM7, ARM9 and ARM11. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Program Flow Model in ARM7 with its operating modes. [6]
b) Compare SPI and 12C Communication protocol. [4]
Q5) a) Explain Pin connect block and GPIO registers in LPC2148. [8]
b) Draw and explain interfacing of 8 LEDs with port pin P1.24 to P1.31 of
LPC2148 and also write the embedded C program to blink the LEDs.
Also draw flowchart and Algoritm. [8]
OR
[5870]-1552 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain the PLL and VPB divider of LPC2148. Explain the PLL
Programming. Explain the calculation of values of ‘M’ multiplier and ‘P’
divider in PLL. [8]
b) Draw interfacing diagram of LCD to LPC2148. Also write a Embedded

C program to display ‘INDIA’ on LCD. Also draw flowchart or
Algorithm. [8]
Q7) a) Draw and explain interfacing diagram of GPS to LPC2148. Also write a
Embedded C program with its flowchart or Algorithm. [8]
b) Write a C program for generation of trangular waveform using on chip
DAC of LPC 2148 along with its interfacing diagram, flowchart or
algorithm. [9]
OR
Q8) a) List features of UART0 to LPC2148. Give the difference between UART0
and UART1. [8]
b) Write a C program for generation of square waveform using on chip
DAC of LPC2148 along with its interfacing diagram, flowchart or
algorithm. [9]
Q9) a) Draw and explain CMSIS structure of cortex series. [9]

b) Compare ARM7 with CORTEX M Series. [8]
OR
Q10)a) Draw and explain block diagram of ARM CORTEX M3. [9]
b) Compare CORTEX A, CORTEX M, CORTEX R processor series.[8]
ooo
[5870]-1552 2
[5870]-1553
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND ORGANISATION

Q1) a) Explain various factors to be considered while setting up an enterprise.

[8]
b) Explain the pros and cons of globalization. [6]
c) Write a short note on public sector. [6]
OR
Q2) a) List various government policies and explain the SEZ policy. [8]
b) List features, relative merits and demerits of Sole Proprietorship. [6]
c) Distinguish between Traditional commerce and E-commerce. [6]
Q3) a) Explain the various social auditing standards. [8]

b) Explain the importance of professionalization in business. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain various social responsibilities of a business enterprise. [8]
b) Explain Technological Development and Social Change in Business.
[8]
Q5) a) Define management and explain the functions of management. [8]
b) What are the principles of management proposed by Henri Fayol. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain management as Art, Science and Profession. [8]
b) Explain F. W. Taylor’s principles of scientific management. [8]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Write a short note on : [10]
i) Total Quality Management
ii) Strategic Management
b) Write a short note on importance of decision making in Business
Organization. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on : [10]
i) Change Management
ii) Management of crisis
b) Write a short note on Environment friendly management. [8]

[5870]-1553 2

[5870]-1554
T.E. (Electronics)
FUNDAMENTALS OF HDL

Q1) a) What is process statement in VHDL? Write a VHDL code by using process
for a sequential statement. [6]
b) Write a VHDL code for a 4:1 MUX by using case statement. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Draw Logic block, truth table and logic gate circuit of full adder. [4]
b) Write a VHDL code using structural modeling style for a 4-bit ripple
adder by using full adder. [6]
Q3) a) Distinguish between asynchronous and synchronous finite state machines. [6]
b) Describe in brief assert and report statement. [4]
OR
Q4) a) State the features of CPLD and FPGA. [6]

b) Classify programmable logic devices. [4]
Q5) a) Describe in detail the data types of Verilog HDL. [8]

b) With an example write a Verilog HDL code by using always statement.[5]
c) How many abstraction levels are there in Verilog HDL. [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Write a Verilog HDL Code for 4-bit full adder by using case statement.[8]
b) With an example explain blocking and non blocking statements in Verilog
HDL. [9]
Q7) a) Write a Verilog HDL Code for a 4-bit comparator. [8]

b) What are the reduction operators and represent them by their logic symbol.
[4]
c) Find the value of following expressions if the two unsigned variables are
A = 4'B 1111 and B=4'B1011
i) {A&&B}
ii) (A | | B)
iii) {4{A},2{B}} [4]
OR
Q8) a) Sketch the logic block, truth table and Write a Verilog HDL code for
a 3-bit serial in serial out register. [8]
b) Explain in detail a task and a function with an example. [8]
Q9) a) Explain relative and logical operators with examples of Verilog HDL. [8]
b) What are the sequential statements in Verilog HDL. Write a verilog code
for a 3:8 decoder using assign statement. [9]
OR
Q10)a) What are the data types available in nets for Verilog HDL. [8]
b) List down the features, compare and contrast of Verilog HDL and VHDL.
[9]

[5870]-1554 2
[5870]-1555
T.E. (Electronics)
PLC & APPLICATIONS

Q1) a) Define PLC? Explain relay and ladder logic in detail. [8]
b) What is processor memory organization? How PLC memory structured?[6]
c) List data handling functions used in PLC? Explain matrix function used
in ladder logic? [6]
OR
Q2) a) Write in your own words about Hardwired logic and programmed logic?[8]
b) Write a ladder logic for XOR and NOR gate? [6]
c) Design ladder logic for a system using comparision instruction. [6]
Motor 1 starts as soon as the PLC starts. After 10 seconds, Motor 1
goes OFF & Motor 2 starts. After 5 seconds Motor 2 goes OFF and
Motor 3 starts. After another 10 seconds Motor 2 restarts and after 5
seconds it stops and motor 1 starts and cycle is repeated?
Q3) a) Describe for PLC installation which consideration to be taken care about
operating environment? [8]
b) How to identify error in [8]
i) Processor module
ii) Input & output malfunctions
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain how leakey input & output and voltage surges will affect on
PLC performance? [8]
b) List general stops followed commissioning of a PLC system and explain

them in brief. [8]
Q5) a) List types of processes? Explain a motion control system in detail? [8]
b) Draw a detail block diagram of SCADA & describe operation of RTO.[8]
c) List advantages of HMI? [2]
OR
Q6) a) What is HMI? Explain interface technique of PLC with HMI. [8]
b) Illustrate MTU operating interfaces & its applications? [6]
c) Explain on/off control system. [4]
Q7) a) What is fieldbus? Explain the working of it? List the industrial application
of field bus. [8]
b) Explain (i) CAN (ii) Profibus-DP. [8]
OR
Q8) a) With the help of neat diagram explain Two & three axis robot control
with PLC. [8]
b) List types of communication interface? Explain serial communication

protocol in details. [8]

[5870]-1555 2
[5870]-1556
POWER ELECTRONICS AND APPLICATIONS
1) Figure to the right indicate full marks.
Q1) a) What are heat sinks? Explain any one method of cooling technique with
its need in high power industries. [7]
b) Explain Voltage protection by Selenium diodes and MOVs. [7]
c) Explain Microprocessor based control circuit for power electronics
applications. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Define triggering circuits. What are the different types triggering methods?
Explain any one in details. [7]
b) Draw and explain three phase semi converter for RL Load with waveforms.
[7]
c) Compare MOSFET and IGBT. [6]
Q3) a) Explain single phase full bridge inverter for R Load. Derive the expression
for RMS output voltage. [8]
b) Explain voltage control of inverters using PWM. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Draw and explain three phase inverter with the help of waveform for
120° conduction mode for R load. [8]
b) Explain Single phse AC voltage controller with R load. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) A simple d.c. chopper is operating at frequency fo 2KHz form a 96V
d.c. source to supply a load resistance of 8. The load time constant is
6ms. If average load voltage is 57.6 V, find i) Ton period of the chopper
ii) The RMS value of the load voltage iii) The average load current iv)
The magnitude of the ripple current and its RMS value. [10]
b) Explain Class C chopper with its wave froms. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain fly-back converter (SMPS) with circuit diagram and its appropriate
waveforms. [10]
b) Explain Buck-Boost converter in detail. [8]
Q7) a) 18 lead - acid cells, each having a discharge capacity of 90A-H at 10

hours rate are being charged at constant current continuously for 8 hours.
The A-H efficiency is 85% and terminal voltage per cell at the beginning
of charging is 2.4 volts. Determine the dc supply voltage required to
charge the battery and charging current if the internal resistance of the
battery is 0.1. [8]
b) Explain application of power electronic in inducting heating. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Draw and explain monopolar HVDC transmission system. Also state its
advantages. [8]
b) Explain Classification of electric drives with selection of power converters
for different drive applications. [8]

[5870]-1556 2
[5870]-1557
T.E. (Electronics)
INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS

Q1) a) Define sensor & transducer? Give classification of transducer based on

their electrical parameters. [6]
b) Draw block diagram of LMTS & Explain in detail. [6]
c) Which are the types of level measurement sensor? Explain DP cell in
detail with diagram. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Define : [6]
i) Accurary
ii) Non-linearity
iii) Sensitivity
iv) Response time
b) Draw and explain working to thermocoupic? [6]
c) List variable area type flow meters. Draw & explain in brief rotameter
and vortex shedding? [8]
Q3) a) Draw a neat diagram of rotary detector? How angulor displacement is

measured? [8]
b) Explain construction and working of LVDT. How LVDT can be used as
pressure sensor? [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain in brief. [8]
i) CMOS image sensor
ii) Gas Home detector.
b) List the types of motion detectors? Explain optoelectronics motion
sensor? [8]
1 P.T.O.
[5870]-1557
Q5) a) What is MRE? Explain its working & Applications. [6]
b) With neat diagram explain working of hot wire anemometer? [6]
c) Explain micromachined absolute pressure sensor. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Extend your view on application of SMART sensors in todays engineering
aspect?
[6]
b) Draw and explain working and construction of surface micro machined
accelerometer? [6]
c) What is MEMS? Explain piezoeletric sensor (PTZ) with neat diagram.
[6]
Q7) a) What is final control element? Draw and explain any one pneumatic system
in details? [8]
b) With reference to the diagram explain process in detail (assume suitable
initial condition). [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is actuator? With neat diagram explain rotary spool valve & solenoid
valve. [8]
b) Draw a neat diagram of [8]
i) Double acting cylinder with double rod
ii) Rolling diaphram cylinder

[5870]-1557 2
[5870]-1558
ELECTROMAGNETICS AND WAVE PROPAGATION
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8 Q.9 or Q.10.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator and smith chart is allowed.
Q1) a) State and explain Coulomb’s law of force. [4]

b) For a parallel plate capacitor, area of plate A = 120 cm , spacing between
2
plates d = 5mm, separated by dielectric of ∈r = 12, connected to 40V

battery. Find [6]
i) Capacitance ii) E
iii) D iv) Energy stored in capacitor
OR
Q2) a) State and explain Divergence theorem. [4]
b) Using Ampere’s circuital law find magnetic field intensity ( H ) due to an
infinite long straight current carrying conductor. [6]
Q3) a) Region y < 0 consists of a perfect conductor while region y > 0 is a

dielectric medium (∈r1 = 2) as shown in fig.1. If there is a surface charge
of 2 nc/m2 on the conductor, determine E and D at [4]
i) A (3, –2, 2) ii) B (–4, 1, 5)
b) Derive an expression for Electric field intensity ( E ) due to infinite line of

charge. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) An infinite long straight filament carrying a current of 3 amp is placed
along z-axis. calculate the magnetic field intensity at point P (1, 2, 1).[4]
b) Derive the expression for the capacitance of spherical plate capacitor.[6]
Q5) a) Give the relationship between E and potential for time varying field. [4]
b) State and explain Faraday’s law. [4]
c) The electric field propagating in a free space has E = E m sin (wt − β z ) ay
Find displacement current density ( Jd ) , Magnetic flux density ( B ) and
magnetic field intensity ( H ) Also sketch E and H at t = 0. [10]
OR
Q6) a) Explain displacement current density and also find the displacement
current for parallel-plate capacitor with area of 5 cm2 and plate separation
of 3mm has a voltage 50 sin 103t V applied to its plates by assuming
∈= 2 ∈0 . [10]
b) Write the Maxwell’s equations for static and time varying fields in point
form and integral form. [8]
Q7) a) Derive expression for wave equation in perfect conducting medium. [8]
b) State and prove poynting theorem. Interpret each term. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Define polarization of uniform plane waves and also explain different
types of polarization in detail. [8]
b) A uniform plane wave of 200MHz travelling in free space is incident

normally on large block of material having ∈r = 4, μr = 9, σ = 0. Calculate
reflection and transmission coefficients. [8]
[5870]-1558 2
Q9) a) Explain the fundamental equation for the free space propagation. [8]
b) Explain the following. [8]
i) Virtual Height
ii) MUF
iii) Skip distance
iv) Multi-hop propagation
OR
Q10) a) Explain modes of propagation : Ground, sky and space wave propagation.
[8]
b) Explain characteristics of wireless channel. [8]
i) Fading
ii) Multipath delay spread
iii) Coherence Bandwidth
iv) Coherence Time

[5870]-1558 3
[5870]-1559
T.E. (Electronics)
MICROCONTROLLERS AND APPLICATIONS

Q1) a) Explain the functions of following registers of 8051 microcontroller [4]

i) Accumulator
ii) Program Counter
iii) DPTR
iv) Stack Pointer
b) Draw and explain the block diagram of Logic analyzer. How it is different
from CRO? [8]
c) Draw interfacing of 8 bit DAC with 8051 microcontroller. Write an
assembly language program to generate Ramp andTriangular waveforms.
[8]
OR
Q2) a) Interface relay with 8051 microcontroller. Write an assembly language
program to ON and OFF relay with a delay of 1 second. [4]
b) Explain different timer modes of 8051 microcontroller. [8]
c) Explain the following development tools [8]
i) Assembler
ii) Compiler
iii) IDE
iv) Emulators
Q3) a) Explain the following with respect to PIC18FXXX microcontroller [8]

i) Watch dog timer
ii) Power down mode
b) Explain various oscillator options in PIC18FXXX microcontroller. Explain
how to select the oscillator options. [8]
OR
1 P.T.O.
[5870]-1559
Q4) a) Draw the structure of Status register and RCON register of PIC18FXXX
microcontroller. Explain the function of each bit in above registers
microcontroller [8]
b) Explain the following instructions of PIC18FXXX microcontroller. [8]
i) ANDLW 0 ×11
ii) MULW 0 × 22
iii) ADDLW 0 × 0l
iv) RETFIE
Q5) a) Interface 16 × 2 LCD in 8 bit mode with PIC18FXXX. Write an embedded

C program to display message “SPPU” on LCD. [8]
b) Calculate timer count and write an embedded C program to generate
square wave of frequency 1 kHz using timer 0 on PORTA.3 pin of
PIC18FXXX microcontroller. Assume crystal frequency of 10 MHz.[8]
OR
Q6) a) With the help of neat diagram explain how speed of dc motor can be
controlled by using CCP of PIC18FXXX microcontroller. [8]
b) Interface LED 0 and LED 1 to PORTC.0 and PORTC.1 pin of
PIC18FXXX microcontroller. Write an embedded C program to turn
ON and OFF alternate LED. [8]
Q7) a) Explain MSSP structure with I2C mode in PIC18FXXX microcontroller

[8]
b) Explain designing of home protection system. Draw and explain home
protection system. [10]
OR
Q8) a) List the features of ADC of 18FXXX microcontroller. Write an embedded
C program to convert analog input signal into digital. [8]
i) I2C
ii) SPI

[5870]-1559 2
[5870] - 1560
DATA COMMUNICATION
1) Answer the Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
4) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Compare coaxial cable, Fiber optic cable, Twisted pair cable. [6]
b) Explain ARQ stop and Go back N error control systems in Detail. [4]
OR
Q2) a) The parity check matrix of a particular (7, 4) linear block code given by
é1 1 1 0 1 0 0ù
ê ú
[H] = ê1 1 0 1 0 1 0ú
ê ú [6]
ê1 0 1 1 0 0 1ú
ë û
i) Find Generator Matrix.
ii) List all code vectors.
b) A continuous signal is band limited to 5kHz. The signal is quantized to 8
level of PCM system with the probabilities 0.25, 0.2, 0.2, 0.1, 0.1, 0.05,
0.05, and 0.05. Calculate the rate of information. [4]
Q3) a) Explain in detail [6]

i) Information rate
ii) Mutual Information
iii) Entropy
b) Explain various data transmission modes with suitable example. [4]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) An information source produces a sequence of independent symbols having
the following probabilities. S1 = 1/3, S2 = 1/27, S3 = 1/3, S4 = 1/9, S5 1/9,
S6 = 1/27, S7 = 1/27 . Construct Ternary code using Huffman encoding
procedure and find its efficiency. [6]
b) Compare linear block code and convolution code. [4]
Q5) a) Draw the waveforms for the bit sequence 10111001 [8]
i) Unipolar RZ ii) Polar NRZ
iii) AMI iv) Split phase Manchester
b) Draw and Explain DPCM transmitter and receiver. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Delta Modulation in detail with the help on transmitter and receiver.
[8]
b) A 1kHz signal of voice channel is sampled at 4kHz using 12 bit PCM and
a DM system. If 25 cycles of voice signal are digitized fin in each case
[8]
i) Signaling rate ii) BW required
iii) Number of bits required.
Q7) a) Explain the ASK receiver with the help of Wave form. [8]
b) Explain the QPSK receiver with the help of Wave form. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Draw and Explain the generation and detection of BPSK signal. [8]
b) Compare ASK, BFSK, BPSK, MSK. [8]
Q9) a) Draw and explain the DSSS BPSK Transmitter and Receiver. [8]
b) Explain the PN sequence generator with diagram and truth table. Also
write down the properties of PN sequence. [10]
OR
Q10)a) Explain the operation of FHSS with the help of block diagram and
waveforms. [8]
b) Explain working principle of Slotted ALOHA, ALOHA, CSMA/CD and
CSMA/CA. [10]

[5870] - 1560 2

[5870]-1561
T.E. (E & TC)
POWER ELECTRONICS

Q1) a) Explain Construction & VI characteristics of SCR of using suitable

waveform. [7]
b) Compare MOSFET & IGBT in detail, Draw & Explain VI characteristics
of IGBT. [7]
c) Draw and explain the single phase bridge Inverter for R-L load using
IGBT with the help of suitable waveforms. [6]
OR
Q2) a) The trigger circuit of a thyristor has a source voltage of 15v and the load
line has slope of –120v per ampere. The min. gate current to turn on the
SCR is 25 mA, Compute: Source resistance required in the gate current
circuit, The trigger voltage and trigger current for an average gate power
dissipation of 0.4 watts. [7]
b) Explain about the various ratings & Gate characteristics of SCR. [6]
c) Draw & explain about Single phase Semi converter with RL load with
waveform. [7]
Q3) a) Draw & explain about DC Chopper, Explain step up chopper. [8]
b) A dc chopper has a resistive load of 20W and input voltage VS = 220V.
When chopper is ON, its voltage drop is 1.5 volts and chopping frequency
is 10 kHz. If the duty cycle is 80%, determine the average output voltage
and the chopper on time. [8]
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Explain the working single phase full wave AC voltage controller with R
load, derive RMS output voltage equation. [8]
b) A chopper circuit is operating on TRC at frequency of 2 kHz on 440
volt DC supply, if the load voltage is 350 volts; calculate the conduction
period of thyristor in each cycle. [8]
Q5) a) What is SLR half bridged DC-DC converter, explain through circuit, its
uses & application? [6]
b) Explain working of ONINE Ups & OFF line UPS. [6]
c) Full-bridge series resonant inverter with bidirectional switches has
Cr = 6 m F, Lr = 50 mH, R = 2 W, f0 = 3.5 kHz and Edc = 220 V.
Calculate the average supply current. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Voltage & frequency control methods for 3 Phase induction
motor drive. [6]
b) A 3-pulse cycloconverter feeding a single-phase load of 200 V, 50 A at a
power factor of 0.8 lagging. Calculate the Power factor of the supply
current. [6]
c) How EMI will define? State various sources & minimizing techniques of
EMI. [6]
Q7) a) What are speed control techniques of DC Motor? Explain single phase
separately exited DC motor power circuit. [8]
b) Explain the operation of step down SMPS, Draw the diagram using
PWM IC LM 3524. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain & draw about the snubber circuit, explain through application to
power circuit. [8]
b) Explain the working of LED lamp driver circuit used for house hold
application explain through block diagram. [8]

[5870]-1561 2
[5870] - 1562
INFORMATION THEORY, CODING AND
COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
Q1) a) Define Entropy and explain Shannon's source coding theorem. [6]
é 1 0 0 1 0 1ù
ê ú
b) Consider a (6, 3) LBC whose generator matrix is ê0 1 0 0 1 1ú
ê ú
ê 0 0 1 1 1 0ú
ë û
find all possible codewords. If the received codeword is r = [0 0 1 1 1 0],
obtain the corrected codeword. [6]
c) Draw the hardware circuit for cyclic encoder with generator polynomial
g(x) = 1 + x2 + x3. Obtain the codeword for the message word [1 0 1 1]
using polynomial division method. [8]
OR
Q2) a) State the objectives of source coding & channel coding. State & explain
Shannon's channel coding theorem. [6]
b) State information capacity theorem. If a binary signal is sent over 3KHz
channel with SNR 20dB, what is maximum achievable rate? [6]
3 2
c) For the (7, 4) cyclic code, generator polynomial is g(x) = x + x + 1.
Find the syndrome for received codeword [1 1 0 1 1 0 1], If the parity
check matrix is given as below.
é 1 0 1 1 1 0 0ù
ê ú
H = ê1 1 1 0 0 1 0ú Draw the syndrome decoder circuit. [8]
ê ú
ê 0 1 1 1 0 0 1ú
ë û
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Find the generator polynomial for BCH code with block length n = 15
and error correcting capacity tc = 1, 2. Assume primitive polynomial
p(x) = x4 + x + 1. [9]
b) For the convolutional encoder shown in figure, draw state diagram and
trellies diagram. What is constraint length of given encoder? Encode the
sequence [1 0 1 1] [9]
OR
Q4) a) The received code polynomial for (7, 4) BCH code is r(x) = x6 + x4 + x3 + x2.
Find the corrected codeword if tc = 1 p(x) = x3 + x + 1. [9]
b) Find the generator polynomial for (7, 3) RS code. Also find the codeword
for m = [011, 001, 110]. [9]
Q5) a) Draw and explain the TCP/IP reference model. [8]

b) Define Network. Explain different network topologies. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Define transmission media. Explain guided and unguided transmission
media. [8]
b) Draw OSI model. Compare OSI & TCP model. [8]
Q7) a) State & explain in brief the functions associated with Data Link Layer in
OSI model. [8]
b) What is ARQ? Explain ARQ protocols types. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Draw and explain HDLC protocol and frame structure. [8]
b) What is framing? Explain character count and bit stuffing methods of
framing. [8]

[5870] - 1562 2
[5870]-1563
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Q1) a) Enlist the forms of organization and compare traditional organization

with modern organization. [6]
b) Describe break even analysis with graphical representation. [6]
c) A company producing a single product at Rs. 5 each. The marginal cost

of production is Rs. 3 and fixed cost is Rs. 200 P.A. Calculate (i) P/V
ratio (ii) Break Even Point (iii) The sales to earn a profit of Rs. 250. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Elaborate the concept of globalization. [6]
b) Define Kaizen system and write a short note on 5S quality management

standards. [6]
c) State the attributes of a project and Justify - fixed and working capitals
are important for setting up the business. [8]
Q3) a) State the objectives of HRM and explain the challenges to HR

professionals. [8]
b) Describe the human resource planning with neat schematic and list out
the objectives of it. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Define recruitment in HRD and explain the sources of recruitment. [8]
b) Enlist the steps in talent acquisition process and justify-recruitment

strategies are well designed to build the right team. [8]
Q5) a) Identify and describe the role of an entrepreneur in the economic

development. [8]
b) Explain business plan and state the reasons for preparing business plan.[8]
OR
Q6) a) Discuss on “Women Entrepreneur” and describe policies with schemes

for it in India. [8]
b) Compare : [8]
i) MOA and AOA.
ii) Proprietorship and Partnership.
Q7) a) Explain marketing environment and state the macro environmental factors
of marketing. [10]
b) Explain the need of market research and describe the salient features
of it. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on: [10]
i) Supply Chain Management.
ii) Customer Relationship Management.
b) Enlist the types of branding and enumerate the activities of sales force
management. [8]

[5870]-1563 2
[5870] - 1564
T.E. (E & TC)
ADVANCED PROCESSORS
4) Assume Suitable data wherever necessary.
Q1) a) What is TDMI? Compare ARM instruction set and thumb instruction set.
[6]
b) Write an ALP to Add & Multiply two numbers. [7]
c) Interface & LED's and write embedded C program to flash LED's
alternately. [7]
OR
Q2) a) Draw and explain programmers model of ARM7. [6]
b) Write an embedded C program to transmit & receive data using UARTO.
[7]
c) Explain the steps involved in PLL programming. [7]
Q3) a) Draw an interfacing diagram to display temperature on LCD. Write an

embedded C program for initialization of ADC. [8]
b) Draw interfacing diagram of SD card with LPC2148. Also write steps for
switching SD bus mode to SPI bus mode. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Interface EEPROM with LPC2148 using I2C protocol. Also write steps
for reading / writing from EEPROM. [8]
b) Interface GSM module with LPC2148 and write embedded C program
to send message "SPPU PUNE". [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the general purpose register files of TMS320C67X processor
with the help of example. [8]
b) Draw and explain the computer hardware architecture for digital signal
processing. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the concept of Extended parallelism. Also explain SIMD. [8]
b) Draw and explain Data path of TMS320C67X. [8]
Q7) a) Enlist on chip peripherals of TMS320C67X. Also explain concept of

timers. [10]
b) Explain functional units of TMS32C67X. With the help of instruction set.[8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the concept of pipeline operation of TMS320C67X. [10]
b) Explain the functions of following instructions in detail. [8]
i) MPYU .M1 or .M2
ii) LDBU .D1 or .D2
iii) MVKLH .S1 or .S2
iv) SADD .M1 or .M2

[5870] - 1564 2
[5870]-1565
T.E. (E & TC)
SYSTEM PROGRAMMING AND OPERATING SYSTEM

1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
Q1) a) Explain Lexical analysis, syntax analysis & semantic analysis with one
example. [7]
b) What is function of loader? Explain different loading schemes with
appropriate examples. [7]
c) Differentiate between pre-emptive & non-pre-emptive scheduling. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Consider the following process where the arrival and burst time as shown
below calculate average waiting time + turnaround time using FCFS
algorithm. [7]
Burst Time Arrival Time
P1 06 0
P2 04 1
P3 07 3
P4 02 5
b) Explain phases of compiler with one example. [7]
c) Explain the following terms: [6]
i) Macro defination
ii) Macro cell
iii) Nested Macro Call
P.T.O.
Q3) a) What is dead lock in operating system? Explain in brief dead lock
avoidance method. [6]
b) Explain Dinning Philosophers problem with solution. [6]
c) Find out the safe sequence for execution of 3 processes using bankers
algorithm. [6]
Maximum resources are:
R1 = 04
R2 = 04
Allocation Matrix Maximum Required Matrix
R1 R2 R1 R2
P1 1 0 P1 1 1
P2 1 1 P2 2 3
P3 1 2 P3 2 2
OR
Q4) a) Explain interprocess communication in detail. [6]
b) Write a short note on semaphore with one example. [6]
c) Find out the safe sequence for the execution of the following processes
using bankers algorithm. [6]
Maximum resources:
R1 = 15
R2 = 08
Allocation Matrix Maximum Required Matrix
R1 R2 R1 R2
P1 2 1 P1 5 6
P2 3 2 P2 8 5
P3 3 0 P3 4 8
[5870]-1565 2
Q5) a) Explain concept of paging & give significant advantages & disadvantages
of the paging mechanism. [6]
b) Write a note on virtual memory. [4]
c) Mention different page replacement algorithms & explain any one of

them. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Consider the following page reference string 1, 2, 3, 4, 2, 1, 5, 6, 1, 2, 3,

7, 6, 3, 2, 1, 3, 6. The number of pages frame = 3. Calculate page faults
using LPU. [6]
b) Differentiate between paging & segmentation. [4]
c) Consider the following page reference string 8, 1, 3, 5, 3, 1, 4, 8, 5, 7, 1,

2. The number of page frames = 3, calculate the page faults & the hit
ratio for first in first out page replacement algorithm. [6]
Q7) a) Write a note on: [6]
i) Directory structure in OS.
ii) File management system in OR.
b) Explain linux file system. [6]
c) Explain DMA concept in detail. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on RAID disc. [6]
b) Explain I/O software layer. [6]
c) Give difference between memory mapped I/O & I/O mapped I/O. [4]

[5870]-1565 3

[5870]-1566
T.E. (E & TC)
DIGITAL COMMUNICATION

Q1) a) Draw the detailed block diagram of digital communication system and
explain working of each block. [8]
b) In digital communication scrambler is needed, why? The data stream
s = 1010000 is the input to the scrambler shown in fig. Obtain scrambler
output. Draw the descrambler also. [8]
c) A WSS random process X (t) is passed through LTI system with impulse
response h (t) = 9e–3t u(t). Find mean value of output Y (t) if E[X (t)] = 3.
[4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) Draw the block diagram of Linear Predictive Coder (LPC) transmitter
and receiver and explain it. [8]
b) What is narrowband noise? Show the generation of narrowband noise
from its in-phase and quadrature components. [8]
c) What is ISI? Explain causes and remedies for it. [4]
Q3) a) Derive the expression of SNR for integrator and dump filter and explain
the working of it. [8]
b) A binary data is transmitted at a rate of 10 Mbps over a channel whose
bandwidth is 8 MHz. [8]
No
Find signal energy per bit at receiver input for Pe < 10–4. Assume = 10-10
2
watt/Hz. (erf (2.6)=.9998)
c) What is correlator? [2]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Gram-Schmitt procedure for Orthogonalization. [6]
b) A binary signal has amplitude ±2V held for a time T. The signal is
corrupted by white Gaussian noise having power spectral density 10–4
volt2/Hz. If the signal is processed by Integrator and dump filter, what
should be minimum time T of the signal so that error probability is not
above 10–4? (Q (3.71) = 10–4). [8]
c) State the properties of Matched filter. [4]
Q5) a) If a digital message input data rate is 8 kbps and average energy per bit is
0.001 unit. Find. [8]
i) Bandwidth required for transmission of message through BPSK,
QPSK, 16-PSK, orthogonal BFSK and 16-QAM
ii) Put these schemes in order of their susceptibility to noise after
calculating minimum separation in signal space.
b) Draw and explain QPSK receiver with required derivation of o/p. Also
draw PSD curve and calculate bandwidth for the same. [8]
OR
[5870]-1566 2
Q6) a) A BPSK signal is received at the input of a coherent optimal receiver with
amplitude 10mv and frequency 10 KHz. The signal is corrupted with
white noise of PSD 10–9 W/Hz. If data rate is 104 bits/sec. Find the error
probability and required average energy per bit. (erfc (1.58) =0.0254)[8]
b) Explain generation and reception of DPSK. Also draw the suitable
transmitted and received signal waveforms. [8]
Q7) a) Explain spread spectrum technique with block diagram and draw
waveforms at each step. [6]
b) PN sequence is generated using a feedback shift register of length m=4.
Chip rate is 107 chips/sec. Find the following [4]
i) PN sequence length
ii) Chip duration of the PN sequence
iii) PN sequence period
c) Explain slow and fast frequency hopping with the help of relevant diagram.
[6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain DSSS in detail and state the applications of the same. [4]
b) The information bit duration in DSSS-PSK system is 10 msec. while the
chipping rate is 1 MHz Assuming an average error probability is 10–6 for
proper detection of message signal, calculate the jamming margin and
processing gain. (Q(4.7)=10–6) [6]
c) Design a 4 bit PN sequence generator and verify the properties of Maximum
Length Sequence (MLS). Assume that initial condition is 1000. [6]

[5870]-1566 3
[5870]-1567
Q1) a) If x ( t ) = sin ( 70π ) + cos ( 55π ) is sampled by fs = 200 Hz frequency.

Then find out Nyquist rate, Nyquist interval and Nyquist frequency. [6]
b) Compute the DFT for the sequence {1, 2, 0, 0, 0, 2, 1, 1} using radix-2
DIT-FFT algorithm. [7]
c) State and prove the time shifting and time reversal properties of
z-transform. [7]
OR
Q2) a) Determine the 4 point DFT of the sequence x ( n ) = {1, 1, 1, 1} using

DITFFT. [6]
b) Derive and draw the radix-2 DIF algorithm for FFT of 8 points. [7]
c) Find the inverse z-transform of H ( z ) = z ( z + 2 ) / ( z − 0.2 )( z + 0.6 ) . [7]
Q3) a) Explain the procedural steps in the design of low pass digital Butterworth
filter and list its properties. [8]
b) Convert the analog filter in to a digital filter whose system function is
s + 0.2
H(s) =
( s + 0.2 ) + 9 . Use Impulse Invariant Transformation. Assume
2
T = 1 sec. [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) For a given specifications of the desired low pass filter given below. [8]
0.707 ≤ H (ω ) ≤ 1.0, 0 ≤ ω ≤ 0.2π

H (ω ) ≤ 0.08, 0.4π ≤ ω ≤ π
design a Butterworth filter using bilinear transformation.
2
b) Apply Bilinear Transformation to H ( s ) = with
( s + 2 )( s + 3)
T = 0.1 sec. [9]
Q5) a) Differentiate IIR filters and FIR filters. [8]
b) Design a linear phase FIR band filter using hamming window with cut
off frequencies 0.2 rad/sec & 0.3 rad/sec, M = 7. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What is Gibb’s phenomenon? How is it reduced? [8]
b) Show that the filter with symmetric impulse response has linear phase
response. [9]
Q7) a) Draw a block diagram of Digital crossover audio systems. Explain in

brief. [8]
b) Explain two band digital crossover in detail. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Discuss the interference cancellation in ECG using DSP. [8]
b) Explain Compact disc recording system in detail. [8]

[5870]-1567 2

[5870]-1568
T.E. (E & TC)
ELECTROMAGNETICS

Q1) a) Develop an expression for electric field intensity (E) at general point ‘P’
due to infinite line charge distribution along Z axis. [5]
b) For a line charge 1 = (10–9/2) C/m on the z axis, Find VAB, where A is
(2m, /2,0) and B is (4m, ,5m). [5]
OR
Q2) a) State and prove Gauss’s theorem for electrostatic field. [5]
b) Derive the expression for parallel plate capacitance. [5]
Q3) a) State and explain Biot -Savart’s law. [5]

b) Derive boundary conditions for dielectric-conductor interface. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Derive the expression for magnetic field intensity H due to infinite length
conductor carrying current I. [5]
b) A current sheet, K = 6.0 â x A/m, lies in the z = 0 plane and a current

filament is located at y = 0, z = 4m, Determine current I and its direction,
if H = 0 at (0,0,1.5)m. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write Maxwell’s equations in differential and integral form for time varying
fields. [8]
b) If E = 125 e(3x-kt) â y V/m in the free space, use Maxwell’s equations to

find magnetic field intensity and k. [8]
OR
Q6) a) State and prove Poynting theorem, interpret each term. [8]
b) What is Faraday’s law? Derive expression for EMF induced in conductor

in motion through time varying field. [8]
Q7) a) Define and explain primary and secondary parameters of transmission

line. [8]
b) A telephone line has R=6/km, L=2.2 mH/km, C=0.005F/km,

G=0.05mho/km. Determine Z0, ,  at 1 kHz. If the line length is
100km. determine the attenuation and phase shift of the signal. Also
calculate the phase velocity of the signal. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Derive expression for characteristic impedance, propagation constant

and velocity of propagation for distortion less line. [8]
b) A transmission line of length 100m and characteristics impedance 100 

is terminated by load ZL = (l00-j 200) . Using Smith chart, determine
line impedance and admittance at 0.25 from the load end. [10]
Q9) a) Derive the reflection coefficient for uniform plane wave, when it is
normally incident to the boundary. [8]
b) A plane wave travelling in air is normally incident on a block of paraffin

with r = 2.2. Find the reflection and transmission coefficient. [8]
OR
[5870]-1568 2
Q10)a) What do you mean by uniform plane wave? Obtain wave equation
travelling in free space in terms of E . [8]
b) A plane wave travelling in +Z direction in free space (Z<0) is normally
incident at Z = 0 on a conductor (Z>0) for which = 61.7MS/m, r=1.
The free space E wave has a frequency f = 1.5 MHz and an amplitude
of 1.0V/m; at the interface it is given by E (0,t) =1.0 sin (2ft) â y (V/m).
Find H (z,t) for Z>0. [8]

[5870]-1568 3
[5870]-1569
T.E. (E & TC)
MICROCONTROLLERS

Q1) a) Explain Program Status Word (PSW) of 8051 with example. [6]
b) Interface 8 LEDs with port 1 of 8051 write assembly language program
to flash alternate LEDs after every 1 sec. [8]
c) Explain Memory organization of 8051. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain instruction MUL, XOR and MOVx A, @ DPTR. [6]
b) Explain interface of ADC with 8051. Write a program to display hex
value on LEDs connected to port 2. [8]
c) Explain modes of operation of Timers available in 8051. [6]
Q3) a) State silent features of PIC18F458. [8]

b) Draw and explain the program memory and Data memory map of PIC18.
[8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain power down modes of PIC18F458 in detail. [8]
b) What are the various oscillator options? How can it be selected using
Config register. [8]
1 P.T.O.
[5870]-1569
Q5) a) Explain the concept of CCP modes of PIC 18F458. [9]
b) Explain different ports of PIC18Fxx microcontroller along with SFR.[9]
OR
Q6) a) Interface LEDs to PIC 18Fxx controller. Write embedded C Program to
flash LEDs after every 100 msec. [9]
b) State the programming steps for generation of time delay using Timer.[9]
Q7) a) Draw and explain MSSP structure of PIC18F458. [8]

b) Explain RS-232 and RS-485 Protocol in details. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain I2C Protocol in details and compare I2C, RS-232 and RS-485
protocols. [8]
b) Explain the step wise procedure and design methodology of PIC test
board. [8]

[5870]-1569 2

[5870]-1570
T.E. (E & TC)
MECHATRONICS

1) Answers Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
Q1) a) Mention the factors considered for the selection of transducers with
example. [6]
b) Compare positive displacement type and Non- Positive Displacement
type pump with appropriate example. [8]
c) Draw and explain a basic block diagram of Mechatronics system with
OR
Q2) a) Explain the construction & working principle of MEMS and Nano
Sensors. [8]
b) Draw and explain Washing Machine Mechatronics system used in daily
life. [6]
c) Explain block diagram of servomechanism and state its applications.[6]
Q3) a) Explain in detail the Fluid power system. [8]

b) Draw a neat labeled diagram to explain the working of a lubricator in a
Pneumatic System. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain pneumatic lift system by pilot operated 2/2 valves. [6]
b) Classify the actuators based on their design and principle of working.[6]
c) Explain in details : [4]
i) Air filter & water trap
ii) Axial Piston pump
Q5) a) What are Electromechanical relays? State its use. [6]

b) What is a stepper motor? With the help of a diagram explain its working.
[6]
c) Explain control of single-acting & double-acting cylinders. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Draw the symbol of [6]
i) 4/2 directional control valve
ii) 3/2 way spool valve
b) Explain the role of solenoids and relays as electrical actuators. [6]
c) Explain signal cables and Power cables. [6]
Q7) a) For a car parking system with appropriate inputs and outputs, explain
the working using PLC ladder diagram. [8]
b) Explain the necessity of autopilot system for boat. Also explain its
construction & working using diagram. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on CNC machine. Compare the conventional NC
with CNC machine. [8]
b) With the help of a block diagram explain the Anti Lock Braking system.
State its significance in a vehicle. [8]

[5870]-1570 2
[5870]-1571
COMPUTER NETWORK TECHNOLOGY

Q1) a) List and Explain four different timers in Transport Control Protocol
(TCP). [6]
b) Explain in brief working of Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP).
[4]
OR
Q2) a) A service provider has given you the Class C network range 209.50.1.0.
Your company must break the network into 20 separate subnets how
many usable subnets are possible & usable hosts/subnet are possible?
For the 15th usable sub network, give the IP address for : [6]
i) Network ID
ii) 1st Usable Host
iii) Last Usable Host
iv) Broadcast IP
b) Explain Domain Name System (DNS) resource records and its functions.
[4]
Q3) a) Explain the Transport Control Protocol (TCP) header with diagram. [6]
b) Why File Transfer Protocol (FTP) requires two TCP ports? List and
explain four FTP commands. [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) How Nagle algorithm helps in TCP transmission policy? Explain the
clark’s solution to overcome the silly window syndrome. [6]
b) Differentiate between File Transfer Protocol (FTP) and Trivial File
Transfer Protocol (TFTP). [4]
Q5) a) Explain the basic architecture of WLAN and discuss various components
in it. [8]
b) Explain with diagram the architecture of IEEE 802.15 (Bluetooth). [8]
OR
Q6) a) Compare IEEE 802.11 (WiFi) and IEEE 802.15 (Bluetooth). [8]
b) Explain 802.16 (WiMaX) protocol stack and its frame format. [8]
Q7) a) Explain design Goals of a transport Layer Protocol for Ad hoc Wireless
Networks. [8]
b) Explain how hidden and exposed station problem is overcome in
MACAW. [8]
OR
Q8) a) List routing protocols for Adhoc network and explain working of any
one in detail. [8]
b) Compare Table driven and On -demand routing protocol. List their
advantages and disadvantages. [8]
Q9) a) Write short note on following (any two) : [10]

i) Software Defined Networks (SDN).
ii) Internet of Things (IoT).
iii) LEACH
b) Define Internet of Things (IoT). What are the issues and challenges in
Internet of Things (IoT). [8]
OR
Q10) a) Describe each component of senor node architecture with diagram. [10]
b) Compare LEO, MEO and GEO. [8]

[5870]-1571 2

[5870]-1572
SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING

Q1) a) Enlist task of Pass-I and Pass-II of Two pass assembler. Also explain
the data structure required for design of Two Pass Assembler. [5]
b) How Literals are processed in Assembler. Explain with suitable examples.

[5]
OR
Q2) a) Write a short note on Compile and Go loader. [5]
b) What is Macro processor? With suitable example explain the working of

MEC. [5]
Q3) a) What is Loader? Explain task performed by loader [5]
b) Describe the data structures required in design of two pass Direct Linking
Loader with suitable example. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Using the algorithm convert the following regular expressions to DFA:
(a,b)*.a.# [6]
b) Describe single pass assembler. [4]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Construct Predictive Parser for the following Grammar and show the
working of parser for the input string id1 + id2 * id3. [8]
E  E +T | T
T  T*F | F
F  (E) | id
b) Write a note on Predictive Parser ( LL1 Parser). [4]
c) What is bottom-up parsing? Compare SLR and CLR parsers. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Recursive Decent Parser by considering appropriate example of
any CFG. [8]
i) Operator precedence parser.
ii) CLR
Q7) a) Define and give example the following. [8]

i) Syntax directed definition
ii) Syntax directed translation
iii) Synthesized attributes
iv) Inherited attributes
b) Translate the following into postfix form. three address code. syntax
tree and DAG. (a^b)*(c+d)+(a^b^c) [8]
OR
Q8) a) Construct quadruples, triples, for the expression [4]
- (a + b)*(c + d) - (a +b + c)
b) Explain implicit and explicit type conversion. [4]
c) Given the grammar below, write the syntax directed definition with the
synthesized attribute val. Also draw the annotated parse tree for the
expression (3+4)*(5+6). [8]
L  E, E  T
E  E1 + T, T  F
T  T1 * F F  (E) F  digit
[5870]-1572 2
Q9) a) With suitable example explain simple code generator. [6]
b) Compare Machine Dependent and Machine Independent Code
optimization. [6]
c) Explain Common Sub-expression elimination with example. [6]
OR
Q10)a) Discuss the factors affecting target code generation. [9]
b) With examples explain at least four machine independent code
optimization techniques. [9]

[5870]-1572 3
[5870]-1573
DESIGN & ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
Q1) a) Explain the proof by contradiction. Why do we need this proof technique?[5]
b) Solve the following instances of job sequencing with deadline
problem using greedy approach. Let n = 4, P[ ] = {100, 10, 15, 17},
D[ ] = {2, 1, 2, 1}. [5]
OR
Q2) a) List the properties of various asymptotic notations. [5]
b) Find the optimal solution for the fractional knapsack problem making
use of greedy approach. Consider –n = 5, w = 60 kg [5]
(w1, w2, w3, w4, w5)= (5, 10, 15, 22, 25)
(p1, p2, p3, p4, p5) = (30, 40, 45, 77, 90)
Q3) a) Explain Warshalls algorithm in detail? [5]

b) Write an algorithm for finding minimum cost binary search tree using
dynamic programming strategy? [5]
OR
Q4) N = 3 and {a1, a2, a3} = {do, if, while} Let P(1:3) = (0.5, 0.1, 0.05), Q(0:3)=
(0.15, 0.1, 0.05, 0.05). Compute and construct OBST for the above values
using Dynamic Programming. [10]
Q5) a) Discuss Queen problem by giving algorithmic layout for the same. [8]
b) What is difference between recursive backtracking and iterative
backtracking? What are implicit Rules for implementation of the same?
Give outline of Backtracking Algorithm. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Give algorithmic layout for sum-of-subset technique with worst case
analysis. [8]
b) What are the constraints for 0/1 knapsack problem? Discuss. [8]
Q7) a) Differentiate between backtracking & branch and bound. Illustrate with
example of Knapsack problem. [8]
b) Solve following Job sequencing with deadline problem using Branch
and Bound. [8]
Job P d t
1 5 1 1
2 10 3 2
3 6 2 1
4 3 1 1
OR
Q8) a) Solve the following instance of the knapsack problem by branch and
bound algorithm for W = 16. [8]
Item Weight Value in Rs.
1 10 100
2 7 63
3 8 56
4 4 12
b) Describe the following with respect to B & B: [8]
• The method
• LC search
• Control abstraction for LC search
• Bounding function
Q9) a) When do you claim that algorithm is polynomial time algorithm? Explain
with an example. [9]
b) Explain (i) Complexity classes (ii) Deterministic Algorithms. [9]
OR
Q10) a) Explain Vertex cover problem is in detail. [9]
b) What is deterministic algorithm? Write any one deterministic algorithm.[9]\

[5870]-1573 2

[5870]-1574
CLOUD COMPUTING

Q1) a) Explain advantages and disadvantages of Cloud Computing. [5]

b) What are different Cloud Delivery Models? Compare it with diagrams.[5]
OR
Q2) a) Compare private cloud verses public cloud. [4]
b) Write Short Notes On : [6]
i) Multitenant Technology
ii) Web Technology
Q3) a) Define Hypervisor. Explain and Differentiate its Types. [5]

b) Draw and explain XEN architecture. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Write short note on: Open Cloud Consortium [OCC]. [4]
b) Explain three types of virtualization. [6]
Q5) a) Explain virtualization attack in detail with suitable examples. [8]

b) List and describe three different threat agents. [8]
P.T.O.
OR
Q6) a) How are security policies and mechanisms used to counter threats. [8]
b) Explain the concept and use of hardened virtual server image. [8]
Q7) a) Explain architecture of NASA’s Nebula Cloud. [8]
b) Explain the concept of cloudlet.How is it different from cloud? [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the concept of cloud mashup with a suitable diagram. [8]
b) Explain architecture of Facebook platform. [8]
Q9) a) What is a Docker? Explain docker deployment workflow. [9]
b) Describe key issues related to energy efficiency in cloud computing.[9]
OR
Q10)Write short notes on :
a) Jungle computing [6]
b) Autonomic cloud engine [6]
c) Multimedia Cloud [6]

[5870]-1574 2
[5870]-1575
DATA SCIENCE & BIG DATA ANALYTICS

1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 or Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
4) Make suitable assumptions wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Explain data processing infrastructure challenges in Big data. [4]

b) Define random variable & give one example. [3]
c) Explain the process of reading a file in HDFS. [3]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss the processing complexities associated with big data. [3]
b) Determine the distinct element in the following stream using Flajolet Martin
algorithm. [3]
Input stream - 4, 2, 5, 9, 1, 6, 3, 7
Hash function - (x + 6) mod 32
c) Explain the role of following components in Hadoop system. [4]
i) Data node
ii) Secondary name node
Q3) a) How analyzing Big Data help the organizations prevent fraud? [3]
b) A company is considering using marker theory to analyze brand switching
between three different brands of floppy disks. Survey data has been
gathered & has been used to estimate following transition matrix for the
probability of moving between brands each month. [4]
1 P.T.O.
[5870]-1575
To Brand
1 0.80 0.10 0.10
From brand 2 0.03 0.95 0.02
3 0.20 0.05 0.75
The current (month 1) market shares are 45%, 25%, 30% for brands 1, 2
& 3 respectively what will be the expected market shares after two months
have elapsed (i.e. in month 3)?
c) Write a short note on Hadoop ecosystem. [3]
OR
Q4) a) Write a note on Enterprise data warehouse platform. [4]
b) Explain markor’s inequality with appropriate formula. [3]
c) Write a note on Google file system. [3]
Q5) a) Describe the data transformation process in brief. Enlist the challenges
& advantages of data transformation. [6]
b) Draw & explain architecture of HIVE. [6]
c) What is R markdown? What is the use of it? [4]
OR
Q6) a) Explain different steps in data analytics. [6]
b) How data can be ingested in Python. Write syntax in Python for the
same. [6]
c) Explain data cleaning in R or Python. [4]
Q7) a) Write a short note on :

i) Data visualization with Tableau.
ii) Analytical techniques (any 1) used in Big data visualization with
example. [8]
b) What are the different challenges for Big data visualization? Explain the
mechanism to overcome these challenges. [8]
OR
[5870]-1575 2
Q8) a) What is the need of data visualization? Explain advantages of data
visualization. [8]
b) Explain analytical techniques used in big data visualization. [8]
i) Classification
ii) Clustering
iii) Regression
iv) Association rule
Q9) a) Explain the process of social media analytics with example. [6]
b) What is mobile analytics? What is importance of mobile analytics? [6]
c) Explain data scientist role and responsibilities with suitable diagram. [6]
OR
Q10)a) Explain with suitable example the Big data user experience ramification.
[6]
b) Explain in brief the use cases of application of big data in
telecommunication & marketing industry resp. [6]
c) Explain Michael Porter’s Value chain analysis with diagram. [6]

[5870]-1575 3
[5870] - 1576
T.E. (IT)
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8. or Q.9 or Q.10.
Q1) a) Define : [4]

i) Symbol,
ii) RE
iii) Transitive Reflexive Closure with an example
b) Find CNF for the given grammar : [6]
S  ABAB
A  aA | €
B  bA | €
OR
Q2) a) Write RE for the following : [6]
i)  = {a, b}, Set of all string that have at least one a & any b's
ii)  = {0, 1}, Set of all string in which every 1 followed by immediately 00
iii)  = {0, 1}, Set of string begin or end with 01 or 10
b) Give the limitation of FA, FSM. [4]
Q3) a) Find DFA from given RE (1. 1 + 0)*.1*. [5]

b) Test whether the following grammars are ambiguous or not, if it is
ambiguous then remove it [5]
S  Ab, A  a, B  C | b, C  D, D  E, E  a
P.T.O.
OR
Q4) a) Design FA to accepts 'L'. Who L = {"String in which a always appear
tripled"} [4]
b) Find DAF from given NFA (Table) [6]
Q  0 1
q0 {q0, q1] {q1]
q1 {q1] {q0, q1]
Q5) a) Explain the Chomsky Hierarchy with help of an example of each. [9]
b) Show that the context free languages are closed under union, concatenation
and kleen star. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Design a PDA accepting by empty store / stack of the following language:
an b2n | n > = 1. [9]
b) Construct PDA for accepting following CFG :
S  bA | aB, A  bAA | aS | a, B  aBB | bS | b [8]
Q7) a) Construct TM to that can compute proper subtraction i.e. m – n, where

m and n are positive integer. m – n is defined as m – n if m > n and 0 if
m < = n. [9]
b) Give the short note on following : [8]
i) Type of TM ii) Halting problem of TM
OR
Q8) a) Prove that the recursiveness problem of type 0 grammar is unsolvable.[8]
b) Construct a TM that can accept language  = {0, 1}, [9]
L = W C WR | (W is in (0+1)*)
Q9) a) Prove that "It is undividable whether CFG is ambiguous". [8]

b) Prove that PCP with two list [8]
X = {b, bab3, ba), Y = (b3, ba, a} have a solution?
OR
Q10)a) Prove that following undividable [8]
= (M, W | The TM M accept W}
b) Prove that "It is undividable whether CFG is unambiguous". [8]

[5870] - 1576 2
[5870]-1577
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

1) Answers Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
Q1) a) Explain aggregation and specialization concept with the help of diagrams.[5]
b) Define Data independence and explain the concept of data independency

with level of abstraction in DBMS. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Specify the Codd’s norms to be satisfied by RDBMS. [5]
b) Draw ER diagram of college database application considering the

following requirements: [5]
• A college has many departments.
• Each department has multiple teachers (one person is head of the

department).
• A teacher belongs to only one department.
• Each department offers multiple courses, each subject is taught by

a single teacher.
• A student may enroll for many courses offered by different

departments.
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Consider the following employee database [5]
employee (employee-name, street, city)
works (employee-name, company-name, salary)
company (company-name, city)
manages (employee-name, manager-name)
Where the primary keys are underlined.
Give an expression in SQL for each of the following queries. (Any Two)
i) Find the names of all employees who work for Gold Bank
Corporation.
ii) Find the names and cities of residence of all employees who work
for Gold Bank Corporation.
iii) Find all employees in the database who live in the same cities and
on the same streets as do their managers.
b) Describe the concept of transitive dependency and explain how this
concept is used to define 3NF. [5]
OR
Q4) a) What is cursor? Why is it needed? Explain different phases of cursors
with suitable example. [5]
b) Differentiate between conflict and view serializability with suitable
precedence graph example. [5]
Q5) a) What is recoverable schedule? Why is recoverability of schedules

desirable to allow non recoverable schedule? [8]
b) Explain check point-based recovery mechanism with suitable example.[8]
OR
Q6) a) When do deadlock happen, how to prevent them and how to recover if
deadlock takes place? [8]
b) Explain and state difference between centralized and client server
architecture with suitable applications. [8]
[5870]-1577 2
Q7) a) What is mobile database? State the functionalities required for mobile
databases. [8]
b) Explain XML data model. Explain advantages of XML. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain NoSQL concept with suitable MongoDB example. [8]
i) SQLite Database
ii) Internet Database
iii) Cloud Database
iv) XML Database
Q9) a) Explain knowledge discovery phase in detail. [6]
b) Explain association rules with support and confidence measures. [6]
c) What is multi-dimensional data model? Explain with suitable example.[6]
OR
Q10) a) Draw and explain data mining architecture. [9]
b) Draw and explain key components of Data warehouse. [9]

[5870]-1577 3
[5870]-1578
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING & PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Q1) a) Contrast between Incremental Models & Evolutionary Models. [5]

b) Discuss the significance of Clean Room Software Engineering. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss in brief Personal and Team Process Models. [5]
b) Illustrate the significance of Verification and Validation with an example.
[5]
Q3) a) Discuss the need of prioritizing requirements and provide a brief

discussion on ways of prioritizing requirements. [5]
b) Discuss the PERT chart and CPM in the context of software project
management. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Illustrate with an example how Cost Estimation Tools and Techniques
are used in IT industry. [5]
b) Demonstrate how use case diagram and class diagram are contributing
to analyse the requirements. [5]
Q5) a) Discuss in brief agile manifesto & principles. [6]

b) How XP contributes to agile process model. [10]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Illustrate with example significance of XP and Scrum in agile
development. [8]
b) Discuss role refactoring & pair programming in agile development. [8]
Q7) a) Explain use of Microsoft project management tool for software project
management. [8]
b) Discuss the various attributes of Performing Quality Assurance. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Enlist the Tools and Techniques for Quality Control and explain them
in brief. [8]
b) Demonstrate with example various common Sources of Risk in IT
Projects. [8]
Q9) a) Discuss the role of SCM repository, SCM process, & SCM tools in
software Engineering. [9]
b) Contrast between collaborative development, & test-driven development
with help an example. [9]
OR
Q10) a) Discuss in detail Project Management trends in software development.
[9]
b) Enlist components of CASE and discuss in short. [9]

[5870]-1578 2
[5870]-1579
OPERATING SYSTEM

1) Answer Question 1 or 2, 3 or 4, 5 or 6, 7 or 8, 9 or 10.
Q1) a) Explain with neat diagram process states & transition. [5]
b) Explain different types of schedulers in operating system. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Write a shell program for Arithmetic operations. [5]
b) Explain the basic functions of Operating System. [5]
Q3) a) Enlist different IPC mechanisms. Differentiate between named pipes &
Unnamed pipe. [5]
b) Explain deadlock prevention techniques with example. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain deadlock free solution for Dinning Philosophers Problem. [5]
b) Explain with an appropriate example, how resource allocation graph
determines a deadlock. [5]
Q5) a) What is page fault? How Operating System handles occurrence of page
fault & what are the actions taken by Operating System. [8]
b) For the following reference string.
0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Count the number of page faults that occur with 3 frames using FIFO
and LRU page replacement methods. Discuss the result. [10]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain with the help of neat diagram how TLB can be used to improve
effective access time? [10]
i) Compaction
ii) Thrashing
Q7) a) A disk drive has 1000 cylinders, numbered 0 - 200. The drive is currently
serving the request at cylinder 100 & the head is moving towards track
0. The queue of pending requests is 55, 58, 39, 18, 90, 160, 150, 38,
184. Starting from the current head position what is the total distance
that disk arm moves to satisfy all the pending requests for the following
disk scheduling algorithms. [12]
i) FCFS
ii) SSTF
iii) SCAN
iv) C-SCAN
b) Define following terms: [4]
i) Seek time
ii) Rotational latency
OR
Q8) a) Explain free space management technique. [8]
b) Describe methods of record blocking with the help of neat diagram. [8]
Q9) a) Describe the steps for adding new system call in the Linux Kernel. [8]
b) Write short note on following: [8]
i) Process management in Linux
ii) Linux file system
OR
Q10) a) Explain in detail Linux Booting process. [8]
b) List and explain different inter-process communication mechanisms in
Linux operating system. [8]

[5870]-1579 2
[5870]-1580
HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION

Q1) a) What is HCI? Why HCI study is important? [5]

b) Explain disciplines contributing to HCI. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the User centered design with example. [5]
b) What is ergonomics? Explain in detail. [5]
Q3) a) List human Input-Output channels & discuss briefly about it. [5]
b) What is WIMP? Explain elements of WIMP interfaces? [5]
OR
Q4) a) What is reasoning? Explain different types of reasoning with examples.
[5]
b) Explain individual differences in detail. [5]
Q5) a) Enlist different interaction styles & describe different interaction styles
used to accommodate the dialog between user & computer. [8]
b) What is interaction design? Explain software design process. [8]
Q6) a) Explain various forms of navigation design. [8]

b) Write a short note on Interactivity. [8]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Write a short note on Interaction design. [8]
b) Explain the software design process and user focus. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Model-View-Controller(MVC) Framework. [8]
b) What is prototype? Explain various techniques for prototyping. [8]
Q9) a) Explain 8 Golden rules and discuss any one in detail with diagram. [9]
b) Explain user interface management system (UIMS). [9]
OR
Q10) a) Explain BNF Linguistic model with example. [9]
b) Explain GOMS. Create GOMS description of task of photocopying an
article from a journal. [9]

[5870]-1580 2

[5870]-1581
T.E. (Instrumentation & Control Engineering)

1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q. 10.
Q1) a) Derive Even and Odd component of DT sequence x(n). [6]
1
b) Find the Z-transform of the system with H ( s) = . [4]
s( s + 1)
OR
Q2) a) Check whether following signal is energy or power signal [6]
x ( n) = d (n) n = 0
b) Determine the Nyquist Rate of the signal x(t) = sin(200 t). [4]
p
Q3) a) Determine the magnitude and phase response at w = rad/sec for the
4
system with h(n) = {1, 2,1} . [4]
b) Determine the step response of the system if initial condition is given as

y (–1) = 1. [6]
y (n) –1/2 y(n–1) = x (n) –1/2 x(n–1)
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Determine the impulse response of the system describe by [4]
1
H ( z) =
3 1
1 - z -1 + z-2
4 8
b) Draw the Direct Form-I and Direct Form-II structure of the filter given
by [6]
1
1 - z -1
H ( z) = 4
1 -1 1 -2
1- z - z
6 6
ìï üï
Q5) a) Compute 4-point DFT of the sequence x (n) = ïí4 ,3, 2,1ïý using radix-2
ïîï  ïþï
DIT-FFT algorithm. [10]
b) Prove the following properties of the DFT. [8]
i) Periodicity
ii) Linearity
OR
Q6) a) Compute the linear convolution between the following sequences using
circular convolution method [10]
{ } {
x1 ( n) = 4,1,3 and x2 (n) = 2,5,0,1
 
}
b) 
{
Compute the 4-point IDFT of the sequence X (k ) = 1,0,1,0 using}
Matrix method. [8]
Q7) a) Distinguish between Impulse-invariant method and Bilinear transformation

method. [6]
b) Design an IIR low-pass Butterworth filter using impulse invariant method
(Assume T = 2 sec) for the following specification : [10]
passband : 0.8 |H (e j)|  1 for ||  0.2
stopband : |H (e j)|  0.2 for 0.6  ||  
OR
[5870]-1581 2
Q8) a) Determine the order of a Low-pass Butterworth filter with the folowing
specifications : [6]
Passband attenuation : 1 dB
Stopband attenuation :  30 dB
rad
Passband frequency : 200
sec
rad
Stopband frequency : 600
sec
b) Use the bilinear transformation method to convert the LPF [10]
1
H(s) = into HPF with pass-band edge at 100Hz and
s2 + 2s +1
Fs = 1kHz.
Q9) a) Explain the Gibbs phenomenon in FIR filter design. [6]

b) Design an linear-phase FIR LPF with the following desired frequency
response [10]
ìï - j 2 w p
ïïe 0 £| w |£
H d (e ) = ïí
jw 4
ïï p
ïï 0 | w |£ p
ïî 4
Use a Hamming window
OR
Q10) a) Explain Absolute Specifications of filter with neat diagram. [6]

b) Design an ideal FIR LPF of length M = 5 with a frequency response[10]
ì
ï p p
ï
ï1 - £w £
ï 2 2
H d ( e jw ) = í
ï
ï p
ï0 <| w |£ p
ï
ï
î 2
Use Fourier series method.

[5870]-1581 3
[5870]-1582
PROCESS LOOP COMPONENTS

Q1) a) Draw and explain Pressure control loop using standard P and ID
symbols. [6]
b) Explain the following terms related to various control actions. [4]
i) Proportional Gain ii) Rate before reset
OR
Q2) a) Explain the following process characteristics w.r.t. typical Level control
loop. [6]
i) Process Lag
ii) Manipulated Variable
iii) Distance/velocity lag
b) Explain the concept of offset in P mode. [4]
Q3) a) Explain Floating control action in detail. Give its suitable application. [6]
b) Explain any two advantages and disadvantages of PI and PID control
mode. [4]
OR
Q4) a) List various tuning methods & explain any one in detail. [6]
b) Explain following w. r. t. I/P convertor : [4]
i) Construction
ii) Application
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain following terms with respect to PLC : [8]
i) Rung ii) Output Module
iii) Timer iv) Counter
b) Compare Relay & PLC logic. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Develop the ladder diagram for Flashing a LED for 10 sec and it should
go off after 3 flashes. [8]
b) List out the different input & output field devices used in PLC. [8]
Q7) a) Write short notes on : [8]

i) Types of Control valve
ii) Selection criteria of control valve
b) Compare cavitations and flashing? List techniques to reduce it. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain w. r. t control valve : [8]
i) Equal percentage Characteristics
ii) Plug
iii) Stem
iv) Actuator
b) Compare double seated and single seated globe valves. [8]
Q9) a) Explain fail safe action Air to Open (ATO) and Air to Closed (ATC)
valve applications. [10]
b) Explain with neat sketch the working of globe valve. State its advantages
and disadvantages. [8]
OR
Q10) a) Explain the following terms w. r. t control valve : [10]
i) Fail safe action with suitable example.
ii) Application of 3 way globe valve.
b) What is the need of actuator? Explain with neat diagram pneumatic
actuator. [8]

[5870]-1582 2
[5870]-1583
UNIT OPERATIONS AND POWER PLANT INSTRUMENTATION

1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10, Q.11 or Q.12.
Q1) Enlist different pumps available? Explain principle of any one type of Pump?[6]
OR
Q2) What are various screening and sieving techniques? Explain one in detail
with diagram? [6]
Q3) Explain principle of flash distillation? Carry out the material and energy balance
for distillation? [8]
OR
Q4) Explain principle of evaporation? Write material balance equations for
evaporations. [8]
Q5) Explain the working of Small Hydro? Draw neat diagram of it? [6]
OR
Q6) Explain the working of Solar thermal power plant? Enlist their types? [6]
Q7) a) Explain layout of a typical thermal power generation plant? Explain in

brief functions of each book? [8]
b) Enlist various boiler ancillaries? Explain the water treatment unit of it?
Draw suitable block diagram to support your answer? [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q8) a) Explain Air pre-filter and Bag House filters in thermal power plant with
appropriate diagrams? [8]
b) Explain the burner management system and boiler interlocks? [8]
Q9) a) Explain the concept of Excess Air produced, Flue gases emission and
the Products of combustion? [9]
b) What are the types of Turbines? Explain the thermal stress control in
turbines? [9]
OR
Q10) a) What is the role of speed, vibration and shell temperature monitoring in
turbine? [9]
b) How does the optimization of boiler can be achieved? On what factors
the efficiency of boiler depends on? [9]
Q11) a) Compare hydroelectric power plant, thermal power plant, and windpower
plant on the basis of its Efficiency, site selection criterions, pollution
caused and capital and running cost? [10]
b) Write a note on Sound, Smoke and dust detector in thermal power plant?[6]
OR
Q12) a) Differentiate among hydroelectric power, nuclear power plant and wind
power, plant with respect to the points as follows? [10]
i) Performance.
ii) Effluent management.
iii) Site selection.
iv) Safety standards.
v) Economics.
b) Draw a typical diagram of Electrostatic Percipitator and Explain its
working? [6]

[5870]-1583 2
[5870]-1584
INSTRUMENT AND SYSTEM DESIGN

1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10,
Q.11 or Q.12.
Q1) a) Differentiate between NEMA and IP standards. [5]

b) What is prototyping? Give example. [5]
OR
Q2) a) What are the functional requirements of any instrument? [5]
b) Explain in detail about IP54 standard. [5]
Q3) a) What is difference between grounding and shielding? [5]

b) What are the sources of EMI noises? [5]
OR
Q4) a) What are the aspects of control panel design? [5]
b) What is ergonomics? [5]
Q5) a) Draw block diagram of instrumentation amplifier AD620. [6]

b) Explain an application using instrumentation amplifier AD620. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Draw block diagram of Phase angle control TCA785. [6]
b) Explain an application using Phase angle control TCA785. [6]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Draw block diagram of Phase Locked Loop CD4046. [7]
b) Explain an application using Phase Locked Loop CD4046. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Draw block diagram of Programmable counters ICM 7217. [7]
b) Explain an application using Programmable counters ICM 7217. [6]
Q9) a) What are the rules for PCB layout? [6]

b) What are the rules for analog PCB design? [6]
OR
Q10) a) Explain the different layers of PCB. [6]
b) What is a SMD PCB board? [6]
Q11) a) Distinguish between Quality and reliability. [6]

b) Explain MTBF? [5]
c) What is quality assurance? [2]
OR
Q12) a) What is importance of documentation in system design? [7]
b) What is Cumulative Distribution Function? [6]

[5870]-1584 2
[5870]-1585
BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION

Q1) a) What is Bio potential? State & explain mechanism of generation of Bio
potential in cells. [6]
b) Explain reference electrode. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Draw & explain basic biomedical instrumentation system. [6]
b) What is SA Node? Why it is called as natural pacemaker? [4]
Q3) a) Explain Phonocardiography with diagram. [5]

b) Compare invasive & noninvasive methods of blood pressure
measurement. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain dye dilution method in brief. [5]
b) Elaborate photo plesythmography with proper diagram. [5]
Q5) a) Draw the anatomy of brain & explain. [8]

b) Explain Somatic nervous system. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain muscle contraction mechanism in detail. [8]
b) Explain biofeedback of muscles. [8]
Q7) a) Explain mechanism of hearing. [8]
b) Explain air-bone conduction method in brief. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Draw the anatomy of eye & explain. [8]
b) Elaborate errors in vision. [8]
Q9) a) State the need of Spirometer. Elaborate spirometer in brief. [10]
b) Explain O2 & CO2 transportation in brief. [8]
OR
Q10) a) State the need of Oxygenator. Explain bubble type Oxygenator with
diagram. [10]
b) Draw the diagram of infrared gas analyzer & explain. [8]

[5870]-1585 2

[5870]-1586
EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN

1) Solve Q.1 OR Q.2, Q.3 OR Q.4, Q.5 OR Q.6, Q.7 OR Q.8 and Q.9 OR Q.10.
Q1) a) Draw and explain power on reset circuit of 8051 microcontroller. [6]
b) Explain in detail the SWAP instruction of 8051. [4]
OR
Q2) a) List the addressing modes of 8051. Explain Register addressing mode
with example. [6]
b) Explain following assembler directives of 8051 microcontroller. [4]
i) ORG ii) EQU
iii) END iv) DB
Q3) a) Explain Conditional Flags used in 8051 microcontroller. [6]

b) List the interrupts of 8051. Explain INT0 and INT1 interrupts. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Define Baud Rate. Calculate Baud rate of 8051 with crystal frequency
11.0592 MHz when Mode 1 of serial communication is used with
TH1 = FDH. [6]
b) Explain the working of STACK memory and its role in subroutines. [4]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) With a neat schematic, explain the interfacing of 16X2 LCD display to
8051 microcontroller. [10]
b) With a neat schematic, explain the interfacing of ADC 0808 to 8051
OR
Q6) Explain with circuit diagram to interfacing of stepper motor with 8051
microcontroller. Also explain how speed and direction of the stepper motor
is changed. [18]
Q7) a) What is Watch Dog timer? Explain the watch dog timer in AVR
microcontrollers. [8]
b) Explain the stack operation in AVR. Explain the situations when the
stack memory is used. [8]
OR
Q8) a) With an example, describe the following instructions of AVR
i) BREQ
ii) BRNE
b) Explain the addressing modes of AVR microcontroller giving an example
from the instruction set. [8]
Q9) a) The ADCSRA register of AVR microcontroller is shown below. Explain

the bits of this register. [8]
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
ADEN ADSC ADATE ADIF ADIE ADPS2 ADPS1 ADPSO
b) Describe the normal mode of operation of Timer 0 of ATmega 8535.
Draw a suitable diagram. [8]
OR
Q10)With a neat schematic, explain the interfacing of 16X2 LCD display to ATmega
8535 microcontroller. Write down the algorithm to program ADC using it.[16]

[5870]-1586 2
[5870]-1587
INSTRUMENTAL METHODS FOR CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
(2015 Patterm) (Semester - I) (306262)
1) Answers Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
Q1) a) What is Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis? Give examples. [4]

b) Define:
i) Electromagnetic Spectrum
ii) Electromagnetic Radiation
What are the various types of Electromagnetic Radiation? [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the principle and Setup of Coulometry. [6]
b) With sketches Derive Beers. [4]
Q3) a) Explain with neat sketch Single beam filter photometer. [4]
b) Explain the Instrumentation of Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer
(AAS). [6]
OR
Q4) a) State the principle of IR Spectroscopy. List the IR Sources. [4]
b) Compare: [6]
i) Inductively Coupled Plasma & Direct Coupled Plasma.
ii) AAS & AES.
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is Fluorescence and Phosphorescence? Explain the working of
Spectrofluorimeter with block diagram. [9]
b) Explain principle of NMR Spectroscopy along with Chemical Shift. Draw
and Explain instrumentation of Fourier Transform Nuclear Magnetic
Resonance Spectroscopy (FT-NMR). [9]
OR
Q6) a) What is Raman Effect? Explain working of Raman Spectrometer with
the help of suitable block diagram. [9]
b) What are the various types of Gas Analyzers? Explain any one with neat
sketch. [9]
Q7) a) Explain principle of Mass Spectrometer. With the help of neat sketches
explain the working of Magnetic Deflection type and Quadrupole Mass
Analyzer. [8]
b) Define the term Chromatography. With neat diagram explain Gas
Chromatography. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Write Short Note on: [8]
i) HPLC
ii) HPLC Detectors
b) State and Explain Bragg’s Law. [8]
Q9) a) Explain the principle and working of Auger Electron Spectroscopy with
neat diagram. [8]
b) Draw and explain X-Ray diffractometer. [8]
OR
Q10) a) Explain Geiger-Muller Counter with neat sketch and list the applications.[8]
b) Draw and explain the Scintillation Counter with different applications.[8]

[5870]-1587 2

[5870]-1588
T.E. (Instrumentation and Control Engineering)
CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS

Q1) a) List and explain different types of switches. [6]

b) Discuss the Concept of sequencing with suitable diagram in motor
control. [7]
c) List different components of pneumatic system and pneumatic cylinder
in detail. [7]
OR
Q2) a) Explain construction and working of electromechanical relay. [6]
b) Explain reversing direction of rotation in motor with electrical wiring
diagram. [7]
c) Describe Filter regulator Lubricator (FRL) in detail. [7]
Q3) a) Draw Standard Symbols used for developing hydraulic circuits. [8]
b) Discuss Meter in and Meter out hydraulic circuit. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain different types of hydraulic valves. [8]
b) Draw and explain speed control and direction control hydraulic circuit.[8]
Q5) a) Explain construction, working and applications of synchros. [8]

b) Explain operating principle and types of circuit breakers in detail. [10]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) List types of fuses and define fusing current, current rating of fuse
element, fusing factor. [8]
b) Explain working and application of alarm annunciator with suitable
diagram. [10]
Q7) a) Explain hazardous area and its classification as per NEC Standards.[8]
b) Explain explosion proof housing technique in safety instrumentation.[8]
OR
Q8) a) Discuss intrinsic safety technique in detail. [8]
b) Explain purging systems in safety instrumentation. [8]

[5870]-1588 2
[5870]-1589
CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN

1) All Questions are compulsory.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator and steam tables is allowed.
Q1) Design a phase lead compensator if the open loop transfer function is given
by G ( s ) H ( s ) = K/ {s ( s+ 3)} is 35%. Steady state error, peak time tp = 2.71
sec, Mp = 10%. [10]
OR
Q2) a) Derive transfer functions for Lag network. [6]
b) If required damping factor is 0.55 and natural frequency of oscillation is

20 radian/sec determine dominant poles. [4]
Q3) Find tuning parameters for P, PI, PID and write resulting equations for these
configuration if open loop transfer function is given by [10]
G ( s ) = 25 / ( s 2 + 3s+ 25 ) .
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) Apply Bode plot method to design a lag compensator for unity feedback
system having G ( s ) = k / ( s ( s+1)( s+ 3) ) Such that P.M ≈ 35° G M at least
20 dB and ess = 0.3 rad for unit ramp input. [10]
Q5) a) Design a controller if the process open loop transfer function is given by
G ( s ) = 1 / ( 3s+1) and desired close loop behavior is given by
G ( s ) = 1 / ( 5s+1) . [8]
b) Design a PI controller having a unity feedback forward path transfer

function as G ( s ) = 150 / ( s+1)( 2s+1) so that PM = 30° at w = 5 rad/sec.
[8]
OR
Q6) a) Design a PD controller for an open loop transfer function

G ( s ) = 15 / ( s ( s+1)( 2s+ 3) ) so that PM = 40° at w = 5 rad/sec. [8]
b) A unity feedback control system having an open loop transfer function

G ( s ) = 50 / ( s+1)( s+ 3)( s+ 5 ) required ess ≤ 0.06 for unit ramp unit and
Phase margin >30° at a frequency of 6 rad/sec. Design PID controller.[8]
Q7) a) Diagonalize the matrix given below and determine the state transition
 1 5
matrix A =  . [8]
 − 3 4 
b) The state space system is represented by [8]
 −1 −2 −3  2
A = 0 −1 −1 , B =  0  , C = [1 1 0]
 
   
 1 0 −1 1 
Determine whether system is completely controllable and observable or

not.
OR
[5870]-1589 2
 −1 −1
Q8) a) Determine state transition matrix using A =   Laplace
 3 −5
transformation method. [8]
b) Derive the equation for solution of state space equation. [8]
Q9) Design a full state observer for a system given so that desired poles are
–1, –3, –5. [18]
 x1   0 1 0   x1  0   x1 
 x  =  0 0 1   x2 + 0 u, y = [ 2 5 3]  x2  + 8u
  
  2      
 x3   −11 −21 −13  x3  1   x3 
OR
Q10) The state equations are given below [18]
x1 = x 2
x2 = x 3
x 3 = −8 x1 − 14 x 2 − 7 x 3 + u
The desired closed loop poles are to be located at, s = –3, s = –4 and s = –5.
Determine the state variable feedback gain matrix.

[5870]-1589 3

[5870]-1590
INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT

1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q. 10.
Q1) a) State and explain Porter's five forces. How they will be helpful in
competitive business? [5]
b) What are the different types of Business organizations? Explain any
two. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the following quality standards : [5]
i) ISO-9000
ii) ISO-14000
b) Explain BCG matrix. [5]
Q3) a) Can merging is used for business expansion? How? [5]

b) Determine EOQ for the following data. Annual requirement quantity (D)
is for a manufacturing industry is 10000 units. Cost of each unit is $8.
The cost of placing the order is Rs. $2. The carrying cost precentage
(h/c) = 0.02. [5]
OR
Q4) a) What is SPC? What are its advantages? [5]
b) Write a short note on ‘Supply chain management’. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is Finance? Also explain Sources of finance. [8]
b) Define manpower planning. Explain the functions and process of man
power planning. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain : [8]
i) Net present value
ii) Payback period
iii) Shares
iv) Debentures
b) What is performances appraisal? Explain its importance. [8]
Q7) a) Explain budgeting and different methods of capital budgeting. [8]

b) What is capital? What are the two types of capital? Give the different
source of finances. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on Assets management. [8]
b) What are the functions of Money market and Capital market. [10]
Q9) a) Explain basic Concept of Ethics. [8]

b) Explain Management Information System (MIS) in details? [8]
OR
Q10) a) Explain Need for professional and business ethics. [8]
b) Explain Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system with example. [8]

[5870]-1590 2
[5870]-1591
T.E. (Mechanical)
REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8. Q.9 or Q.10.
3) Use of scientific calculator, psychrometric chart is allowed.
Q1) a) How are halocarbon refrigerants designated. Write chemical formula of

R22 and Rl52. [4]
b) An ideal vapour compression refrigeration system works between the

pressures of 4.98 bar and 1.86 bar. The vapour is superheated at the end
of compression, its temperature being 25°C. The dry and saturated vapour
enters the compressor. Using the data given below find COP of refrigerator
and heat rejected by refrigerant. CPL= 0.97 kJ/kg.K & CPV = 0.65
kJ/kg.K. [6]
P bar T °C hf kJ/kg hfg kJ/kg
4.98 14.45 49.22 148.3
1.86 -15 21.74 162
OR
Q2) a) What is ODP and GWP and what are their sources to contribute? [4]
b) Draw the schematic and p-h diagram of two evaporator with individual
compressors and individual expansion valves and with a common
compressor vapour compression cycle. Formulate compression, power
and COP of the system. [6]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Draw practical ammonia water vapour absorption cycle. [3]
b) A refrigeration installation using R134a comprises one compressor, one
condenser and two evaporators with refrigerant flow rates of 2 kg/s, and
5 kg/s, operating temperatures 5°C and - 10°C, respectively. Each
evaporator is fitted with an individual expansion valve & back pressure
valves. The condenser is maintained at 40°C. Use p-h chart and determine:
(i) capacities of different evaporator units, and (ii) COP of the system.[7]
OR
Q4) a) Discuss the effect of heat exchange between liquid refrigerant after
condenser and refrigerant vapor before compression on performance of
Vapor compression cycle. Draw its schematic and p-h diagram. [4]
b) Draw schematic and T-s diagram for Linde Hampson System for
Liquefaction of Gases and explain the system operation. [6]
Q5) a) The moist air is passed through a cooling section where it is cooled and
dehumidified. How do the specific humidity and relative humidity of air
change during this process? Show the process on psychrometric chart.[6]
b) An office of 25 people in Mumbai is to be air-conditioned when outdoor
conditions are 30°C DBT and 70% RH. The required comfort conditions
are 23°C DBT and 55% RH with 0.5 m3/min/ person fresh air supply.
Air is first cooled, dehumidified and then heated. Show the process on
psychrometric chart and calculate : [10]
i) the cooling coil capacity,
ii) heating coil capacity and
iii) capacity of the dehumidifier.
OR
Q6) a) Define effective temperature. Discuss minimum four factors affecting
Optimum Effective Temperature from the following : [8]
i) Climate and seasonal variation,
ii) Clothing culture
iii) Age, Health and Gender
iv) Duration of stay
v) Kind of activity
vi) Density of Occupation
[5870]-1591 2
b) 142 m3/min moist air at 5°C with specific humidity of 0.002 kg/kg of dry
air is mixed adiabatically with 425 m3/min of moist air stream at 24°C
and 50% relative humidity. If the pressure is constant throughout at 1
bar. Determine (a) the humidity ratio, and (b) the temperature of the
mixed stream. Show the process on psychrometric diagram. [8]
Q7) a) Draw the schematic of winter air conditioning and explain its working.[6]
b) Classify the variable refrigerant flow air conditioning system and state
any four advantages of VRF. [6]
c) Draw schematic of flooded evaporator. Explain its working and
advantages over dry evaporator. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Draw schematic of thermostatic expansion valve and explain its operation.
[6]
b) Explain the working of scroll compressor with a schematic. [6]
c) Explain the working of a split air conditioner with a line diagram. [6]
Q9) a) Compare velocity reduction method with equal friction method of duct
design. [4]
b) State any four requirements of good room air distribution. [4]
c) A 12 m long duct passes air at a rate of 1.2 m3/s. If the friction factor is
0.0048, calculate the pressure drop in the following ducts [8]
i) Circular duct of 280 mm diameter, and
ii) Square duct of 280 mm side.
OR
Q10)a) Draw an air handling unit and state its minimum three components with
their function(s). [8]
b) A circular duct of 400 mm is selected to carry air at a velocity 440 m/min.
If duct is replaced by rectangular duct of aspect ratio 1.5, find the size of
rectangular duct for equal friction when : [8]
i) Velocity in two ducts is same
ii) Discharge in two ducts is same.
If f = 0.015, find the pressure loss per l00m length of duct. Take density
of air = 1.15kg/m3.
[5870]-1591 3

[5870]-1591 4

[5870]-1592
T.E. (Mechanical, Mechanical (Sandwich) & Automobile)
NUMERICAL METHODS AND OPTIMIZATION

1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q. 10, Q.11 or
Q.12.
3) Figures to the right indicate full Marks.
4) Use of programmable calculator is not permitted.
Q1) Using Newton Raphson method solve the following equation f(x) = e(x).
cos(x) – 1.4 = 0 upto accuracy of 0.01.
Take initial gauss 0.2 [6]
OR
Q2) Explain the convergence and divergence of Successive Iterative method with
graphical representation. [6]
Q3) Solve the following equation by Gauss Elimination method, [6]
x + 4y – z = – 5;
x + y – 6z = – 12;
3x – y – z = 4
OR
Q4) Solve by Jacobi's iteration method, the equations, [6]

20x + y – 2z = 17;
3x + 20y – z = – 18;
2x – 3y + 20z = 25
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Maximize Z = 14x + 11y [5]
Subjected to the constraints
3x + 2y  1800
x + 2y  1000
x, y  0
Use graphical method.
b) Write a short note on Simulated Annealing. [3]
OR
Q6) Maximize Z = 3x + 2y [8]
Subjected to the constraints
x+y4
x–y2
x, y  0
Use Simplex method.
Q7) a) Solve the Laplace equation uxx + uyy = 0 for the square mesh with the
boundary values as shown below: [10]
60 100 60 20
u4 u3
80 40
u1 u2
100 80
40 15
50 100
dy
b) Use Runge Kutta 4th order to solve 10 = x 2 + y 2 , y (0) =1 for the
dx
interval 0  x  0.5 with h = 0.10 [8]
OR
Q8) a) Draw the flowchart for Simultaneous Equations by RK 2nd order method.
[6]
¶ 2u ¶ u
b) Solve the equation 2 - =0
¶x ¶t
subjected to u (0, t) = u (5, t) = 0 and u (x, 0) = x2 (25 – x2)
Find values upto 3 sec. Take h=1 [12]
[5870]-1592 2
Q9) a) Draw the flow chart for straight line fit y = mx + c. [8]
b) Find the values of y for x = 0.5 for the following table of x, y, values
using Newton's forward interpolation. [8]
x 0 1 2 3 4
y 1 3 25 91 225
OR
Q10) a) It is know that the curve y = ab x fits the data given below. Find the best
values of a and b. [8]
x: 1 3 4 6 9
y: 0.84 0.4116 0.2888 0.141 0.048
b) Find the polynomial f (x) by using Lagrange's interpolation formula and
hence find f (1.1) dx for the following series : [8]
x 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.5
y = f (x) 1.000 1.0954 1.1402 1.2247
Q11) a) Draw the flowchart for Simpson's 1/3 rule. [8]

b) Using Gauss Legendre three-Point formula, [8]
1
find ò 0
e x (cos x - 2 x) dx
OR
6 dx
Q12) a) Find the integral ò 0 1 + x2
by using Trapezoidal rule. Do 6 iteration.[8]
2.6 4.4 dx dy
b) Find double integration I = ò2 ò Take h = 0.2 and k = 0.3,
4 xy
and m = n = 2. [8]

[5870]-1592 3
[5870]-1593
T.E. (Mechanical)
MANUFACTURING PROCESS - II

Q1) a) Specify radial drilling machine. [4]
b) Derive an expression between the chip thickness ration (r), shear plane
angle () and top rake angle (). [6]
OR
Q2) a) Taylor’s tool life equation for machining C-40 steel VTn = C. Feed is
0.2 mm/rev. Determine n, C and cutting speed for 60 minutes tool life.[4]
V (m/min) 25 35
T (min) 90 20
b) Calculate the index crank movement for 69 divisions by compound

indexing methods. [6]
Hole circles are,
Plate no. 1 : 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20
Plate no. 2 : 21, 23, 27, 29, 31, 33
Plate no. 3 : 37, 39, 41, 43, 47, 49
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Calculate machining time required to produce 10 holes on 40 mm thick
plate with following data. Cutting speed : 25 m/min, feed : 0.1 mm/rev,
Drill Diameter : 30 mm, overrun : 15 mm. [4]
b) Sketch Broach Tool geometry and discuss main parts. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Enlist advantages and limitations of Column and knee type-milling

machine. [4]
b) Explain Centre-less grinding operation with near sketch. [6]
Q5) a) Explain working principle of EDM process in detail with neat sketch.
Discuss the role of dielectric fluid. [8]
b) With neat sketch of USM process, discuss its principle and the effect of
followings with neat graph : [8]
i) Slurry concentration
ii) Grain size
iii) Frequency of vibration
iv) Amplitude on MRR
OR
Q6) a) Compare the principle of ECM and EDM along with various process
parameters. [8]
b) Explain LBM process principle with neat sketch. State its advantages,
limitations and applications. [8]
Q7) a) Differentiate between NC, CNC and DNC with neat sketch. Discuss
advantages of DNC. [8]
b) Explain automatic pallet changer with neat sketch. State its advantages,
limitations and applications. [8]
OR
[5870]-1593 2
Q8) a) Explain the machining center with neat sketch. How ATC will work on it?[8]
b) Explain following codes : G01, G02, G03, G70, G71, M02, M04, M05.[8]
Q9) a) Explain 3-2-1 principle of location with neat sketch. [6]

b) Draw a drill jig for drilling holes of radius 6.35 mm and diameter 31.7
mm for the component as shown in the Fig. 1 below. Suggest [12]
i) Types of drilling machine. ii) Locating devices.
iii) Clamping elements. iv) Drill bushes etc.
OR
Q10) a) What are the types of locators? Draw and explain diamond pin locator.[6]
b) Explain design principles of Jigs and Fixtures. [6]
c) List out main elements of Jigs and Fixtures. [6]

[5870]-1593 3

[5870]-1594
T.E. (Mechanical)
DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS - II

1) Answer five questions from following.
2) Neat sketch must draw wherever necessary.
4) Use of electronics pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Use of programmable calculator is not permitted.
Q1) a) State and explain different type of gear tooth failures. [4]
b) What are the advantages and disadvantages of straight bevel gears over
spiral bevel gears? [6]
OR
Q2) A single row deep groove ball bearing is subjected to a 30 second work cycle
that consists of the following two parts. [10]
Part I Part II
Duration (S) 10 20
Radial load (kW) 45 15
Axial load (kW) 12.5 6025
Speed (rpm) 720 1440
The static and dynamic load capacity of ball bearing is 50 and 68 kN

respectively. Calculate the expected life of the bearing in hours.
P.T.O.
Table : X and Y factors for single row deep groove ball bearings
æ Fa ö÷ æ Fa ö æ Fa ö
çç ÷
çè Co ÷ø ççèç ÷÷ø÷ £ e ççèç ÷÷ø÷ ³ e e
Fr Fr
X Y X Y
0.025 1 0 0.56 2 0.22
0.040 1 0 0.56 1.8 0.24
0.0170 1 0 0.56 1.6 0.27
0.130 1 0 0.56 1.4 0.31
0.250 1 0 0.56 1.2 0.37
0.500 1 0 0.56 1.0 0.44
Q3) a) Derive the equation for Virtual Number of teeth on bevel gear. [4]
b) A single-row deep groove ball bearing is subjected to a radial force of

8 kN and a thrust force of 3 kN. The values of X and Y factors are
0.56 and 1.5 respectively. The shaft rotates at 1200 rpm. The diameter
of the shaft is 75 mm and Bearing No. 6315 (C =112000 N) is selected
for this application. [6]
i) Estimate the life of this bearing, with 90% reliability.
ii) Estimate the reliability for 20000 hrs life.
OR
Q4) A pair of spur gears with 20° full-depth involute teeth consists of a 20 teeth
pinion meshing with a 41 teeth gear. The module is 3 mm while the face
width is 40 mm. The material for pinion as well as gear is steel with an
ultimate tensile strength of 600 N/mm2. The gears are heattreated to a surface
hardness of 400 BHN. The pinion rotates at 1450 rpm and the service
factor for the application is 1.75. Assume that velocity factor accounts for
the dynamic load and the factor of safety is 1.5. Determine the rated power
that the gears can transmit.
3
Use Lewis form factor Y = 0.484–2.87/Z, Velocity factor Cv = . [10]
3+ v
[5870]-1594 2
Q5) a) Why the soft material like phosphor bronze is chosen for worm gear
and alloy steel for worm [4]
b) What are the advantages of double-enveloping worm-gear drives over

single- enveloping worm gear drives? [4]
c) A pair of worm and worm wheel is designated as 3/60/10/6. The worm
is transmitting 5 kW power at 1440 rpm to the worm wheel. The
coefficient of friction is 0.1 and the normal pressure angle is 20°. Determine
the components of the gear tooth force acting on the worm and the
worm wheel. Also sketch the arrangement showing the component of
tooth forces. [8]
OR
Q6) a) A worm gear box with an effective surface area of 1.5 m2 is operating in
still air with a heat transfer coefficient of 15 W/m2°C. The temperature
rise of the lubricating oil above the atmospheric temperature is limited to
50°C. The worm gears are designated as, 1/30/10/8. The worm shaft is
rotating at 1440 rpm and the normal pressure angle is 20°. The coefficient
of friction is 0.024. Calculate efficiency of worm gear drive and power
transmitting capacity based on the thermal considerations. [6]
b) Derive equations for face width of worm wheel and length of the root of
the worm wheel teeth. [10]
Q7) a) Distinguish between open and cross belt drives. [4]

b) Explain step by step basic selection procedure of flat-belts from
manufacturer's catalogue. [8]
c) The layout of a double-ply leather belt drive is shown in Fig. The mass
of the belt is 2 kg per meter length and the coefficient of friction is 0.35.
Calculate [6]
i) the tensions on the tight and loose sides, and
ii) the length of the belt.
The belt is transmitting 35 kW of power.
OR
[5870]-1594 3
Q8) a) What is the polygonal action in roller chain? How will you reduce it?[6]
b) The layout of a crossed leather belt drive is shown in Fig. The belt,
6 mm thick, transmits 7.5 kW and operates at a velocity of 13 m/s
approximately. The coefficient of friction is 0.3 and the permissible tensile
stress for the belt material is 1.75 N/mm2. The density of leather is 0.95
g/cc. Calculate [12]
i) the diameters of pulleys.
ii) the length and width of the belt and
iii) belt tensions on the tight and loose sides.
Q9) a) State desirable properties of a good bearing material. [4]

b) Explain with sketches how to generate pressure within the system in
Hydrodynamic Bearing. [4]
c) Explain the parameters of bearing design, [8]
i) Length to Diameter ratio ii) Unit bearing Pressure
iii) Radial Clearance iv) Minimum oil film thickness
OR
Q10) The following data is given for a 360° hydrodynamic bearing: [16]
Radial load = 10 kN
Journal speed = 1440 rpm
Unit bearing pressure = 1000 kPa
Clearance ratio (r/c) = 800
Viscosity of lubricant = 30 mPa s
Assuming that the total heat generated in the bearing is carried by the total oil
flow in the bearing and 1/d = 1, calculate :
i) Dimensions of bearing ii) Coefficient of friction
iii) Power lost in friction iv) Total flow of oil
v) Side leakage and vi) temperature rise

[5870]-1594 4
[5870]-1595
T.E. (Mechanical /Mechanical(Sandwich))
MECHATRONICS

4) Make suitable assumptions whenever necessary.
Q1) a) Using a suitable sketch, explain the working of capacitive proximity sensor.
Determine the Transfer function by simplifying following block diagram.[6]
b) [7]
c) Write Specifications of Digital to Analog Converter. [7]
OR
Q2) a) Explain typical LVDT specifications. [6]
b) Explain with block diagram any one of the following Mechatronics system
used as household appliances. [7]
i) Washing Machine ii) Refrigerator
c) What is a 4-bit R-2R type DAC, if it is supplied with 2.56 volts dc

reference potential. Determine the full scale analog output potential. [7]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Draw a ladder diagram for the following sequence. [6]
i) Turn the green ON for 25 seconds.
ii) Turn yellow ON for 4 seconds.
iii) Turn red ON for 30 seconds
b) What are the different programming languages used in PLC? [6]
c) What are the different types of counters used in PLC? [6]
OR
Q4) a) Draw ladder diagram for the a small electric furnace which has two heating
elements that are energized in two stages 4 min apart i.e. when the furnace
is turned on first heating element comes on right away and the second
element comes on 4 min later. A temperature switch will shut down the
furnace if it gets too hot. [6]
b) What are the different components of PLC? [6]
c) What are the different types of PLC timers? [6]
Q5) a) Explain role of Pole Location on Stability. [5]
b) Construct Routh array and determine the stability of the system whose
characteristics equation is S3 + 6S2 +11S+ 6 = 0 . [6]
c) Explain Gain and Phase Margins with significance related to Bode plot?[5]
OR
Q6) a) Explain building blocks of thermal and fluid system. [5]
b) For a system with characteristic equation
F  s  = S4 + S4 + 2S3 + 2S2 + 3S+15 =  examine the stability. [6]
c) What is Routh stability criterion explain in detail? [5]
[5870]-1595 2
Q7) a) Explain the features of PI controller. [5]
b) An Integral controller is used for speed control with a set point of

12 rpm within a range of 8 to 16 rpm. The controller output is 20%
initially. The costant Ki = –0.15% controller output per second per
percentage error. If the speed jumps to 14.5 rpm, calculate the controller
output after 2 sec. for constant ep. [6]
c) Define steady state error and delay time. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain PI control mode, stating its characteristics. [5]
b) Explain the manual procedure for PID controller turning with suitable
example. [6]
c) A proportional controller is used to control temperature within 50°C to

130°C with a set point of 73.5°C. The set point is maintained with 50%
controller output. The offset error is corresponding to load change which
causes 55% controller output. If the proportional gain is 2. Find the
percentage controller output if the temperature is 61°C. [5]

[5870]-1595 3
[5870]-1596
T.E. (Mechanical)
DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS - I

1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10 from the
following.
4) Use of non pogrammable electronic calculator is permitted.
Q1) a) Write in brief use of standards in design on machine element. What are
three basic types of standards used in a design office? [4]
b) The Standard cross section for a flat key, which is fitted on a 50mm
diameter shaft, is 16 × 10 mm. The key is transmitting 475 Nm
torque from the shaft to the hub. The key is made of commercial
steel (Syt = Syc = 230 N/mm2) Determine the length of the key, if the
factor of safety is 3. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Classify the keys and explain it with neat diagram. [4]
b) Write design steps of cotter joint and state their applications. [6]
Q3) a) Explain different methods of reduction of stress concentration. [4]

b) A propeller shaft is required to transmit 45 kW power at 500 rpm. It is a
hollow shaft, having an inside diameter 0.6 times of outside diameter. It is
made of plain carbon steel and the permissible shear stress is 84 N/mm2.
Calculate the inside and outside diameters of the shaft. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the design procedure for rigid flange coupling. [6]
b) Explain the Soderberg and Goodman line diagram with neat sketch. [4]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain different forms of threads with neat sketch. [6]
b) A double threaded power screw, with ISO metric trapezoidal threads is
used to raise a load of 300 kN. The nominal diameter is 100 mm and the
pitch is 12 mm. The coefficient of friction at the screw threads is 0.15.
Neglecting collar friction. Calculate : [10]
i) Torque required raising the load;
ii) Torque required to lower the load;
iii) Efficiency of the screw.
OR
Q6) a) Explain Re-circulating ball screw with neat sketch and its applications.
[6]
b) The lead screw of a lathe has single start ISO metric trapezoidal threads
of 52 mm nominal diameter and 8 mm pitch. The screw is required to
exert an axial force of 2 kN in order to drive the tool carriage during
turning operation. The thrust is carried on a collar of 100 mm outer
diameter and 60 mm inner diameter, The values of coefficient of friction
at the screw threads and the collar are 0.15 and 0.12 respectively. The
lead screw rotates at 30 rpm. Calculate : [10]
i) The power required to drive the lead screw.
ii) The efficiency of the screw.
Q7) a) What are the advantages of welded joints and threaded joints? [8]
b) Explain eccentrically loaded bolted joints in shear. [10]
OR
Q8) a) A steel plate 100 mm wide and 10 mm thick is welded to another steel
plate by means of double parallel fillet welds. The plates are subjected
to a static tensile force of 50 kN. Determine the required length of welds
if the permissible shear stress in the weld is 94 N/mm2. [10]
b) Explain and draw the neat sketch of Cap screws. [8]
[5870]-1596 2
Q9) a) Explain and draw the neat sketch of the styles of ends of helical
compression spring. [6]
b) Design a helical compression spring subjected to a maximum force of
1250 N. The deflection of the spring corresponding to the maximum
force should be approximately 30 mm. The spring index can be taken
as 6. The spring is made of patented and cold drawn steel wire. The
ultimate tensile strength and modulus of rigidity of the spring material
are 1090 and 81370 N/mm2 respectively. The permissible shear stress
for the spring wire should be taken as 50% of the ultimate tensile strength.
Design the spring and calculate, [10]
i) Wire diameter; ii) Mean coil diameter;
iii) Number of active coils; iv) Total number of coils;
v) Free length of the spring; vi) Pitch of the coil
OR
Q10) a) What is meant by spring surge and explain its effect. [6]
b) A railway wagon moving at a velocity of 1.5 m/s is brought to rest by a
bumper consisting of two helical springs arranged in parallel. The mass
of the wagon is 1500 kg. Springs are compressed by 150 mm in bringing
the wagon to rest. The spring index can be taken as 6. The springs are
made of oil hardened and tempered steel wire with ultimate tensile strength
of 1250 N/mm2 and modulus of rigidity of 81370 N/mm2. The permissible
shear stress for the spring wire can be taken as 50% of the ultimate
tensile strength. Calculate; [10]
i) Wire diameter;
ii) Mean coil diameter;
iii) Number of active coils;
iv) Total number of coils;
v) Solid length of the spring;
vi) Free length of the spring;
vii) Pitch of the coil;
viii) Required spring rate;
ix) Actual spring rate.

[5870]-1596 3
[5870]-1597
T.E. (Mechanical/Automobile/Mechanical Sandwich)
HEAT TRANSFER
3) Figures to the right of each question indicate full marks.
5) Use of steam tables, Mollier chart and non programmable calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) A rod of 5 mm dia. and 100 mm length is used as a fin. The convection
coefficient is 30 W/m2K. Determine for what value of thermal conductivity
above which the fin can be considered as in infinite or long fin. Assume
1 to 2% difference. [6]
b) What do you mean by fins? Describe types of fins and its applications.[4]
OR
Q2) a) A copper pipe carrying refrigerant at - 20°C is 10 mm in OD and is
exposed to convection at 50 W/m2K to air at 25°C. It is proposed to
apply insulation of conductivity 0.5 W/mK. Determine the thickness
beyond which the heat gain will be reduced. Calculate the heat gains for
2.5 mm, 5.0 mm and 7.5 mm thicknesses for 1 m length. The convection
coefficient remains constant. [6]
b) Explain the concept of thermal resistance and thermal contact resistance.[4]
Q3) a) An average convective heat transfer coefficient for flow of 90°C air over
a flat plate is measured by observing the temperature time history of a
40 mm thick copper slab (ρ= 9000 kg/m3, c = 0.38 kJ/kg °C, k = 370 W/m °C),
exposed to 90° C air. In one test run, the initial temperature of the plate
was 200°C, and in 4.5 minutes the temperature decreased to 35° C. Find
the heat transfer coefficient for this case. [6]
b) What do you mean by transient heat conduction? What is lump capacity
analysis? What are criteria for use of lump capacity analysis? [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) A cylindrical ingot 10 cm diameter and 30 cm long passes through a heat
treatment furnace which is 6 m in length. The ingot must reach temperature
of 800°C before it comes out of the furnace. The furnace gas is at
1250°C and initial temperature of ingot is 90°C. What is the maximum
speed with which the ingot should move in the furnace to attain the
required temperature? The combined relative and convective surface heat
transfer coefficient is 100 W/m2 °C. Take k(ingot) = 40 W/m °C and
α (thermal diffusivity) = 1.16 × 10–3 m2/sec. [6]
b) Discuss the Economic, cost considerations and Payback period of
insulating Materials. [4]
Q5) a) A plate type 200 mm × 300 mm heater is immersed in water bath at

40°C. The larger side of heater is maintained vertical. The heater rating is
3.5 kW. Determine the steady state temperature attended by the heater
using following thermo physical properties. Consider heat transfer from
one side of the plate k = 0.667 W/m °C, v = 0.415 × 10–6 m2/s, ρ = 977.8 kg/m3,
Cp = 4187 KJ/kg °C, β = 4.15 × 10–4 per degree Kelvin. For heat transfer
by convection use following correlation. Nu = 0.13 (Ra)(0.33) [8]
b) Explain in brief: [10]
i) Local and average Heat Transfer coefficient
ii) Mechanism of Natural and Forced convection
iii) Define and write significance of Nusselt Number and Prandtl Number
OR
Q6) a) Water enters a tube with fully developed velocity and uniform temperature
of 20°C. The inside diameter of the tube is 4 cm and its length is 9 m. It
is desired to heat the water to 60°C by maintaining the surface at 90°C
uniform temperature. Determine the mass flow rate to satisfy the above
condition. Take k = 0.64 W/m °C, v = 0.62 × 10–6 m2/s, ρ = 995 Kg/m3.
Cp = 4187 KJ/kg °C, β = 4.25 × 10–4 per degree kelvin. Use following
correlations Nu = 0.023 Red0.8Pr0.4 [8]
b) Explain the following terms in boundary layer [10]
i) Boundary Layer Thickness
ii) Displacement Thickness
iii) Momentum Thickness
iv) Thermal Boundary layer
v) Hydrodynamic entrance region
[5870]-1597 2
Q7) a) The energy received from the sun at the earth’s atmosphere has been
measured as 1353 W/m2. The diameter of the earth = 1.29 × 107 m.
Diameter of the sun = 1.39 × 109 m. Mean distance = 1.5 × 1011 m.
Estimate the emissive power of the sun and the surface temperature
assuming it to be black. Assuming that the source of energy for the earth
is from the sun and earth to be black, estimate the temperature of the
earth. [8]
b) Explain in brief: [8]
i) Kirchoff’s Law ii) Stefan Boltzmans law
iii) Wiens Displacement law iv) Emissivity
OR
Q8) a) Two large parallel plates with ε = 0.5 each are maintained at different
temperatures and are exchanging heat only by radiation. Two equally
large radiation shields with surface emissivity 0.05 are introduced in parallel
to the plates; find the percentage reduction in net radiative heat transfer.[8]
b) Define shape factor. Explain any 4 salient features of shape factor. Explain
rules for determination of shape factor. [8]
Q9) a) Derive LMTD for parallel flow heat exchanger. Write assumptions also.[8]
b) In a double pipe heat exchanger hot water flows at the rate of 5000 kg/h
and gets cooled from 95°C to 65°C. At the same time 50000 kg/h of
cooling water at 30°C enters heat exchanger. The flow conditions are
such that overall heat transfer coefficient remains constant at 2270 W/m2K.
Determine the heat transfer area required and the effectiveness,
assuming two streams are in parallel flow. Assume for both the streams
Cp = 4.2 kJ/kgK. [8]
OR
Q10) a) A counter flow double pipe heat exchanger uses superheated steam to
heat water at the rate of 10500 kg/h. The steam enters the heat exchanger
at 180°C, and leaves at 130°C. The inlet and exit temperatures of water
are 30°C and 80°C, If the overall heat transfer coefficient from steam to
water is 814 W/m2°C. Calculate the heat transfer area. What would be
the increase in area if the fluid passes are in parallel? [8]
b) Explain different regimes of pool boiling with neat sketch. What are
different factors which affect nucleate boiling? [8]

[5870]-1597 3
[5870]-1598
T.E. (Mechanical / Automobile Engineering)
THEORY OF MACHINES - II
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10
3) Use of electronic non programmable calculator is allowed.
Q1) a) Define the following terms : [4]

i) Pitch Point
ii) Module
iii) Circular pitch
iv) Backlash
b) A two start worm rotating at 800 rpm drives a 26 tooth worm. The worm
has a pitch diameter of 54 mm and a pitch of 18mm. If a coefficient of
friction is 0.06, find. [6]
i) The helix angle of worm
ii) The speed of gear
iii) The center distance
iv) The lead angle of maimum efficiency
v) The efficiency
OR
Q2) a) Two gears in mesh have a module of 8mm and a pressure angle of 20o.
The larger gear has 57 while the pinion has 23 teeth. If the addenda on
pinion and gear wheel are equal to one module, find number of pairs of
teeth in contact and angle of action of pinion. [6]
b) Find the relation to determine velocity ration of helical gears. [4]
P.T.O.
Q3) In an epicyclic gear train, the internal gears A and B and compound gears C
and D rotate independently about point O. All the gears have same module
and the number of teeth are TC = 28 TD = 26, TE = TF = 18. the gear E and F
rotate on pins fixed to the arm G. Gear E gear A and C whereas gear F meshes
with B and D. [10]
Draw the arrangement and find
a) Number of teeth on gears A and B
b) Speed of gear B if arm G makes 200 rpm clockwise and gear A is fixed.
c) Speed of gear B if arm G makes 200 rpm clockwise and gear A makes
20 rpm in anticlockwise direction.
OR
Q4) a) A compound gear train consist of four gears. The number of teeth on
gears A, B, C and D are 54, 75, 36 and 81 respectively. The gears B and
C forms a compound gear. If the gear A transmits 9 KW power at 200
rpm and gear train is 80%. Calculate output power. [6]
b) Explain in detail difference between gearbox and gear train. [4]
Q5) a) How the cams are classified? Describe in detail. [6]

b) An eccentric plate circular cam of eccentricity 40 mm provides motion
to a spring loaded follower of mass 2 kg whose axis is perpendicular to
the axis of a cam and passes through its center. The spring has a stiffness
of 25N/mm. It is found that at certain speed the follower ceases contact
with cam when it is rotate through 110o from its lowest position. Determine
the speed if initial compression of the spring is 32 mm determine also the
limiting speed of the cam to avoid jump. [10]
OR
Q6) a) Draw a cam profile using following data : [12]
i) Radial roller follower with diameter 20 mm.
ii) Minimum radius of the cam 40 mm.
iii) Maximum displacement of the follower 50 mm.
iv) Cam rotation angle during rise of follower 60o.
[5870]-1598 2
v) Type of follower motion during rise Unifrom Acceleration and
Retardation.
vi) Cam rotation angle during return of follower 180o.
vii) Type of follower motion during return SHM.
viii) Dwell at highest position of the follower 20o.
ix) Cam rotates clockwise.
b) Explain cam jump phenomenon with diagram [4]
Q7) a) Explain the following terms. [6]

i) Type synthesis
ii) Number synthesis
iii) Dimensional synthesis
b) Determine the Chebychev spacing for the function y = x1.4 for the range
1 < x < 4 where there precision points are required. For these points,
determine 2, 3 and 2, 3 if  = 30° and 90°. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the following terms [6]
i) Function generation
ii) Path generation
iii) Motion generation
b) Design a four bar mechanism with input link a and output link c, angle 
and  for three successive positions are given in table below. [10]
Position 1 2 3
   -
   -
If the grounded link 40 mm using Freudenstein’s equation find out length
of other links to satisfy the given positional conditions.
[5870]-1598 3
Q9) a) Describe axially displaceable cone CVT. [6]
b) The rotor of the turbine of a ship has a mass of 30 tonnes, a radius of

gyration of 600 mm and rotates at a speed of 2400 rpm in clockwise
direction when viewed from the aft. The ship pitches through angle of
15o 7.5o above and 7.5o below the horizontal, the motion being simple
harmonic and having a period of 12 sec. Determine the maximum
gyroscopic couple and its effect when bow rises. [12]
OR
Q10)a) Write short note on spheroidal and cone variators. [6]
b) An aero plane flying at 250 Km/h turns towards right and completes a
quarter circle of 75 m radius. The mass moment of inertia of rotary
engine and propeller is 80 kg-m2 The engine speed is 2400 rpm clockwise
when viewed from rear end. Find the gyroscopic couple on the air craft
and state its effect on it. Also explain. [12]
The effect if the aeroplane performs a loop in the vertical plane.

[5870]-1598 4
[5870]-1599
T.E. (Mechanical Engineering)
TURBO MACHINES

3) Draw neat and suitable figure wherever necessary.
4) Use of non-Programmable Scientific Calculator is allowed.
5) Use of steam table is permitted.
Q1) a) A 6 mm diameter jet of water having a velocity of 30 m/s strikes a flat

plate, the normal from which is inclined at 33° to the axis of the jet. Find
the force exerted by jet on plate in the direction of motion of plate when[6]
i) the plate is stationary and
ii) the plate is moving with a velocity of 18 m/s away from the jet.
Determine the power and efficiency of the jet when the plate is moving.
b) Derive the relation for force exerted by jet of water on inclined fixed
plate in the direction of jet. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Define turbo machine. Explain salient features of turbo machines. [4]
b) A Pelton wheel of 2.5 m diameter operates under the following conditions:
Net available head = 300 m; speed = 300 rpm. Blade angle at outlet =
165 °; Cv of nozzle = 0.98; Mechanical Efficiency = 95%. Determine:[6]
i) The Power developed
ii) Specific speed
iii) Hydraulic Efficiency
Q3) a) Define the term: Degree of reaction and explain the meaning of pure
reaction and 50% reaction turbines. [4]
b) A Kaplan turbine develops 1500 kW under a head of 6 m. The turbine is
set 2.5 m above the tailrace level. A vacuum gauge inserted at the turbine
outlet records a suction head of 3.2 m. If the turbine efficiency is 85%,
what will be efficiency of the draft tube having inlet diameter of 3 m.
(Neglect losses in draft tube). [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) The following particulars refer to a stage if Parson’s turbine comprising one
ring of fixed blade and one blade of moving blades; Mean diameter of the
blade ring = 70 cm, RPM = 3000, steam velocity at exit from blade = 160 m/s,
blade outlet angle = 20°, steam flow through blades = 7 kg/s. Draw the velocity
diagram and find following: [10]
i) Blade inlet angle,
ii) Tangential force on the ring of a moving blade,
iii) Power developed in a stage.
Q5) a) Derive an expression for diagram efficiency of single stage Impulse

Turbine. Obtain the Condition for Maximum efficiency & its value. [8]
b) In a single stage impulse turbine the mean diameter of the blade ring is 1 m
and the rotational speed is 3000 rpm. The steam is issued from the
nozzle at 300 m/sec and nozzle angle is 20°. The blades are equiangular.
If the friction loss in the blade channel is 19% of the kinetic energy
corresponds to relative velocity at the inlet to the blades. What is the
power developed in the blading when the axial thrust on the blades is 98 N.
Solve the problem graphically. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Write difference between throttle and nozzle governing used in steam
turbines and explain with neat sketch of nozzle governing. [8]
b) Steam issues from the nozzles of an angle of 20° at a velocity of 440 m/
s, the friction factor is 0.9, for a single stage turbine designed for a
maximum efficiency determine: [8]
i) Blade velocity
ii) Moving blade angles for equiangular blades
iii) Blade efficiency
iv) Stage efficiency if the nozzle efficiency is 93% & power developed
for mass flow rate of 3 kg/s
Q7) a) Name the various types of casings used in centrifugal pump. Explain
briefly any two types of casings with neat sketches. [6]
b) A centrifugal pump running at 800 rpm is working against a total head of
20.2 m. The external diameter of the impeller is 480 mm and outlet width
60 mm. If the vanes angle at outlet is 40 degree and manometric efficiency
is 70%, Determine: [10]
i) Flow velocity at outlet
ii) Absolute velocity of water leaving the vane
iii) Angle made by the absolute velocity at outlet with direction of motion
at outlet and
iv) Rate of flow through pump
v) Specific speed
OR
[5870]-1599 2
Q8) a) Write a short note on main and operating characteristics of Centrifugal
Pump. [6]
b) i) What is NPSH? Discuss available and required NPSH.
ii) A centrifugal pump running at 900 rpm has an impeller diameter of
500 mm and eye diameter of 300 mm. The blade angle at outlet is
350 with the tangent. Determine assuming zero whirl at inlet, the
inlet blade angle, absolute velocity at outlet and its direction, and
the manometric head, The flow velocity is constant at 3 m/s.
[10]
Q9) a) Explain slip and pre whirl, surging and choking in rotary compressor.[8]
b) A centrifugal compressor delivers 10 m3/s of air when running at 10000 rpm.
The air is drawn in at 1 bar and 300 K and delivered at 4 bar. The
isentropic efficiency is 80%. The blades are radial at outlet and constant
flow velocity is 64 m/s. The outer dia. of the impeller is twice the inner
dia. and slip factor may be taken as 0.9. Calculate: [10]
i) Temperature of air at outlet of impeller
ii) Power required driving the compressor
iii) Impeller diameters at inlet and outlet
iv) Impeller blade angle at inlet
v) Diffuser blade angle at inlet
OR
Q10) a) Explain pressure coefficient, flow coefficient and work input factor. [8]
b) Represent and explain process involved in axial flow compressor on h-s
diagram and derive an expression for isentropic efficiency and stage
pressure ratio. [10]

[5870]-1599 3
[5870]-1600
T.E. (Mechanical & Automobile)
METROLOGY AND QUALITY CONTROL
1) Solve Q.No.1 or 2, Q.No 3 or 4, Q.No.5 or 6, Q.No.7 or 8 & Q.No.9.
Q1) a) Write a note on ‘Pneumatic Comparator’. [5]

b) Explain sources of error and types of error. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Find the shaft and hole dimensions with tolerance for a 60H8f8 pair.
Use the following data with standard notations: [6]
i) Diameter step 50 to 80 mm.
ii) Fundamental deviation for ‘f’ shaft = - 5.5 D0.41
iii) IT8 = 25i
iv) i = 0.45 3 D + 0.001D
b) Explain Tool maker’s microscope and their application. [4]
Q3) a) Explain working of Gear Tooth Vernier Caliper. [5]

b) Write short note on Machine Vision System. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain hole basis and shaft basis system. [4]
b) Explain laser interferometer and its application. [6]
Q5) a) Write a note on Cost of Quality and value of Quality. [8]

b) Explain Juran’s trilogy approach with diagram. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) Explain the following :
a) Quality Circle. [4]
b) Seven Quality New Tools. [6]
c) Deming’s 14 points for improve quality. [6]
Q7) a) Write short note on OC curve and it’s characteristics. [8]

b) What are advantages of sampling inspection over 100% inspections?
Explain the difference between single sampling and double sampling plan.
[8]
OR
Q8) a) The numbers of defects found in each sample of cloth of 1 square meter
area are noted down as follows. Draw appropriate control chart & state
whether the process is under control or not. [8]
Sample Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Number of defects found 8 9 5 8 5 9 9 11 8 7 6 4
b) Enlist different types of control charts & their applications/uses. Elaborate
on ‘Control Chart Patterns’. [8]
Q9) Write note on (Any 3) : [18]

a) Poka yoke
b) Kaizen
c) 5S
d) Zero defect
e) Six sigma
f) TPM

[5870]-1600 2

[5870]-1601
MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING
(2015 Pattern) (Self-Study-I) (Semester - II) (302066)

5) No separate drawing sheet will be provided.
Q1) a) How Metal Matrix Composites are prepared? [4]

b) Discuss some biomaterials used for implant of human joints and dental
implants. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What are carbon nanotubes? Explain different application of CNT. [4]
b) What are composites materials? Classify composites and name at least
four engineering applications of composite material. [6]
Q3) a) What is corrosion? Classify and explain different types of corrosion.[4]

b) What are the different methods of prevention of corrosion? Discuss. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Discuss the need of modern materials and their processing. [4]
b) Differentiate between dry corrosion and wet corrosion. [6]
Q5) a) Explain the broaching, its applications and how do you specify Broaching
machine? [6]
b) Explain the working principle of gear shaping with neat sketch. [6]
c) Write a note on Tread Tapping. [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Differentiate between push and pull broaching and broaches. [6]
b) Explain in details Gear Hobbing with neat sketch. [6]
c) Write a note on Thread Rolling. [4]
Q7) a) Describe the construction and working of a universal “Tool and Cutter
Grinder”. [6]
b) Explain with neat sketch abrasive flow machining. [6]
c) Explain honing process. Discuss honing tools. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Differentiate lapping and honing processes. [4]
b) Explain Magneto-rheological Finishing process with neat sketch. [6]
c) How a grinding wheel is specified according to Indian Standard Marking
System? Explain with suitable example. [6]
Q9) a) What is the use of drill bush? State their types. Enumerate materials used
for manufacturing of drill bushes. [6]
b) Differentiate between jigs and fixtures. [6]
c) What is fixture? Discuss various locating and clamping devices. [6]
OR
Q10)a) What is 3-2-1 principle? Apply 3-2-1 principle to a cube and a rectangle
and draw position of all 5 pins. [6]
b) Explain the use and selection criteria for different clamping and locating
devices while designing a jig or Fixture. [6]
c) What is quick acting clamp? Sketch any one and explain. [6]

[5870]-1601 2
[5870]-1603
T.E. (Mechanical-Sandwich)
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
(Self Study - II)

Q1) a) What are the basic techniques of Industrial Engineering? Explain. [5]
b) Define organization. Explain principles of organization. [5]
OR
Q2) a) What is meant by Management? Describe various functions of

Management. [5]
b) What is motivation? Explain theory of motivation in detail. [5]
Q3) a) Discuss in detail the steps involved in Layout Planning. [5]
b) What do you mean by Industrial Safety? State the objectives of safety

programme in industry. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Describe the relationship between Material handling and plant layout.[5]
b) State and explain objectives and principles of good plant layout. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the need of Production Planning and control in modern industry.
With the help of suitable example explain role of Capacity planning in
PPC. [8]
b) A production department for a company requires 3600 Kg of raw material
for Manufacturing a particular item per year. It has been estimated that
cost of placing an order is Rs. 35 cost of carrying an inventory is 25%
of investment in inventories. The price is Rs. 10 Kg. The Purchase
Manager wishes to determine an ordering policy for raw material. Find
out : [8]
i) The Optimal lot size
ii) The optimal order cycle time
iii) The minimum yearly variable inventory cost
iv) The minimum yearly total cost
OR
Q6) a) Explain the types of Inventories. Describe Cost associated with different
types of inventories. [8]
b) Define the term “Production Planning and Control”. Describe advantages
of better Production planning and control. [8]
Q7) a) What is Method study? How will you define the areas those are required
to apply method study in Industrial Practice? Describe various charts
used in recording phase of methods study. [8]
b) A work sampling study was carried out which has provided following
facts: [8]
i) Total time observed = 6500 min
ii) Number of working observations = 2500
iii) Number of ideal observations = 250
iv) Performance rating during observations = 90
v) Number of parts produced = 400
vi) Allowances = 10 percentage
Calculate :
1) Standard Time.
2) Estimate the accuracy of 95% confidence level.
3) Comment on result for accuracy of (+) (–) 10 percentage.
OR
[5870]-1603 2
Q8) a) Describe various phases of process planning. [8]
i) Process chart.
ii) Network technique.
Q9) a) Explain Fulkerson’s rule for numbering events in CPM/PERT. Describe

the difference between CPM and PERT. [9]
b) Discuss the role and significance of Technology and Management.

Discuss the growth of Technology. [9]
OR
Q10) Write short note on the following (Any three): [18]
a) Evolution of Technology.
b) Mission Flow Diagrams.
c) Scope of Technology Strategy.
d) Intellectual property right.
e) Role of Government in Technology Development.

[5870]-1603 3

[5870]-1606
APPLIED COMPUTER AIDED ENGINEERING

3) Use of Scientific calculators is allowed.
Q1) a) Calculate the composite transformation matrix for the following operations
performed in sequence as below for a triangle PQR with vertices P(4.4),
Q(8,4), and R(6,8) : [6]
i) Translation by 4 and 5 units along the X and Y axis;
ii) Scaling by 2 units in the X direction and 4 units in the Y direction.
iii) Rotation by 60° in CCW direction about Z axis passing through the
point (4,4).
b) Explain geometry and topology in solid modeling. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Line L1 has endpoints (3,4,7) and (5,6,1), while line L2 has endpoints
(1,5,-2) and (2,9,0). [6]
Find : i) the parametric equations of the lines;
ii) the tangent vectors of the lines;
iii) Are the two lines perpendicular?
b) Explain the Constructive solid geometry (CSG) approach used for solid
modeling with suitable examples. List softwares that use this approach.[4]
Q3) a) List different types of end effectors and explain hook and scoop types of
end effectors in detail. [6]
b) Explain four islands of automation of computer integrated manufacturing.
[4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain Group Technology and its advantages over process layout. [6]
b) Explain various types of robot joints. [4]
Q5) a) Write an NC program for the part shown in the figure. Take spindle
speed as 200 RPM and feed rate 0.25 mm/rev. [10]
b) Explain the classification of CNC machines according to the type of tool

motion control. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Develop a part program for the part as shown in Fig. The part is 15 mm
thick. Use end mill cutter diameter of 1 5mm, cutting speed of 700 RPM,
and feed rate of 100 mm/min. [10]
b) Write a short note on tool length compensation and cutter radius

compensation. [6]
[5870]-1606 2
Q7) a) Explain the stereolithography (SLA) process with a neat sketch. State its
limitations. [10]
b) Classify various rapid prototyping processes and give examples of each
category. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the fused deposition modeling (FDM) process with a neat sketch.
State its applications. [10]
b) Compare Selective Laser Sintering and 3D printing process on following
basis: (i) Material used;(ii) surface finish;(iii) dimensional accuracy;
(iv) Support structures; (v) Post processing; (vi) Post curing. [6]
Q9) a) Determine the nodal displacements, element stresses, and support reactions
for the stepped bar shown in the below figure using finite element analysis.
[12]
b) The 1-D element has a length of 200mm. The temperatures at nodes 1

and 2 are 100°C and 40°C respectively. Evaluate the shape functions
associated with nodes 1 and 2, if the temperature is to be estimated at
point P within the element, situated at 150mm from node 1. Also, calculate
the temperature at point P. [6]
OR
[5870]-1606 3
Q10)a) The arrangement of the truss element is shown in the below figure. Using
the finite element method, determine: [12]
i) Nodal displacements
ii) Stress in each element
iii) Reaction force at the support.
b) Explain the potential energy approach in finite element analysis. [6]

[5870]-1606 4
[5870]-1607
MACHINE DESIGN

1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8 and Q.9 or Q.10.
Q1) a) Explain the causes and remedies and remedies for Stress Concentration.
[4]
b) With neat sketch explain the Modified Goodman Approach. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Draw neat diagram of knuckle joint and explain its construction. [4]
b) A 40 mm shaft is made of steel 50C4 (σut=660 MPa) & has a machined

surface. The expected reliability is 99%. The theoretical stress
concentration factor for the shape of the shaft is 1.6 & the notch sensitivity
factor is 0.9. Determine the endurance limit of the shaft Ka = 0.76,
Kb = 0.85, Kc = 1, Kg = 0.814. [6]
Q3) a) Explain the meaning of self-locking and overhauling of power screws.[5]
b) Explain in detail springs in series and parallel. [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) A shaft is supported by two bearings placed 1 m apart. A 600mm
diameterpulley is mounted at a distance of 300 mm to the right of left hand
bearing and this drives a pulley directly below it with the help of belt having
maximum tension of 2.25 kN. Another pulley 400 mm diameter is placed
200 mm to the left of right hand bearing is driven with the help of electric
motor and belt, which is placed horizontally to the right. The angle of contact
for both the pulleys is 180° and μ = 0.24. Determine the suitable diameter for
a solid shaft, allowing stress of 42 MPa in shear for material of shaft. Assume
that the torque on one pulley is equal to that on the other pulley. [10]
Q5) a) Explain different causes of gear tooth failure with remedial action. [4]
b) The P.C.D. of spur pinion and gear are 100 mm and 300 mm respectively.
The pinion is made of plain carbon steel 40C8 (Sut = 600 N/mm2) while
gear is made of Cast Iron FG300. The pinion receives 5 KW power at
500 rpm through its shaft. The service factor and factor of safety is 1.5
each. The face width of gear is ten times of module. If velocity factor
accounts the dynamic load, calculate the module and the number of
teeth on pinion and gear. Specify the surface hardness for a gear pair.
(Assume Km = 1, 20° full depth involute system) [12]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the term effective load with reference of spur gear. How to estimate
effective load of spur gear tooth? [6]
b) Define formative or virtual number of teeth on a helical gear. Derive the

expression for the same. [6]
c) What are the various forces acting on worm and worm gears? Explain in
brief. [4]
[5870]-1607 2
Q7) a) Explain failures in rolling contact bearing with causes and remedies. [4]
b) A ball bearing operates on work cycle consisting of three parts: a radial
load of 3000 N at 720 rpm for 30% of the cycle, a radial load of 7000 N
at 1440 pm for 40% of the cycle and radial load of 5000 N at 900 rpm
for remaining part of the cycle. The dynamic capacity of the bearing is
30700 N. [12]
Calculate:
i) The rating life of bearing in hours.
ii) The average speed of rotation;
iii) The life of bearing with 95% reliability.
OR
Q8) a) Derive the stribecks equation for rolling contact bearing. [6]
b) A ball bearing subjected to a radial load of 5 kN, is expected to have a
life of 8000 hours at 1450 rpm with a reliability of 99%. Calculate the
dynamic load capacity of the bearing, so that it can be selected from
manufacturer’s catalogue based on reliability of 90%. [10]
Q9) a) It is stated that the speed at which a belt should be run to transmit
maximum power is that at which the maximum allowable tension is three
times the centrifugal tension in the belt at that speed. Prove the statement.
[6]
b) Explain the different types of stresses induced in the wire ropes. [6]
c) Explain the polygon effect in case of chain drives. [6]
OR
Q10) a) Explain the procedure to select the V-belt from manufacturer’s catalogue.[6]
b) Two parallel shafts whose centre lines are 4.8 m apart, are connected by
an open flat belt drive. The diameter of the larger pulley is 1.5 m and that
of smaller pulley 1 m. The initial tension in the belt when stationary is
3 KN. The mass of the belt is 1.5 kg/m. The coefficient of friction between
the belt and the pulley is 0.3. Taking centrifugal tension into account,
calculate the power transmitted, when the smaller pulley rotates at
400 RPM. [12]

[5870]-1607 3
[5870]-2001
DATA COMMUNICATION AND WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS
Q1) a) Explain Go Back N ARQ protocol with neat diagram. [5]

b) Justify the use of Wireless Sensor Network in Internet of Things. [5]
OR
Q2) a) How Character oriented approach of framing differs from Bit oriented
approach of framing. [5]
b) List the properties a line code should have. Draw the following bit pattern
in RZ, NRZ, AMI and Manchester code. [5]
Q3) a) Describe how Delta Modulation system works. What is meant by slope
overload? [6]
b) Explain sensor network organization and tracking. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Explain how adaptive delta modulation improves systems tolerance to
slope overload. [6]
b) Describe the working of Piconet. [4]
Q5) a) What is the main purpose of leach protocol? List and explain various
approaches for the cluster selection in LEACH protocol. [6]
b) How hidden station and exposed station problem affects the
communication in wireless network. Explain in brief. [5]
c) SMAC protocol is used for efficient energy utilization in WSN. Explain
how? [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain techniques to handle Address and name management in wireless
sensor networks. [6]
b) Differentiate between Contention-based protocols and Schedule-based
protocols. [5]
c) With neat diagram, explain ZigBee technology. [5]
Q7) a) State with TRUE or FALSE with justification “SPIN uses attribute value
pairs for data and queries”. [6]
b) What are different routing challenges and design issues in WSN? [5]
c) Write a short note on: [5]
i) Directed diffusion
ii) Rumor routing
OR
Q8) a) Explain Attribute based routing in WSN. [6]
b) Explain the Flooding technique and its drawbacks. [5]
c) Explain in detail data dissemination and gathering. [5]
Q9) a) Why localization is needed. Explain phases localization in detail. [8]

b) Write a note on joint routing and information aggregation in sensors. [5]
c) Explain information based sensor tracking with neat diagram. [5]
OR
Q10) a) Explain in detail the operating system design issues in WSN with reference
to architecture, function etc. [8]
b) Explain the impact of anchor placement in WSN. [5]
c) How big data is handled in sensor network. [5]

[5870]-2001 2
[5870]-2002
PRINCIPLES OF CONCURRENT AND DISTRIBUTED
PROGRAMMING
Q1) a) Explain Platform Model in OpenCL in detail with suitable diagram. [6]
b) Explain the structure of YACC file. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Explain how to count task dependency. [6]
b) Explain how to send and receive a message in MPI. [4]
Q3) a) Explain the mechanism of process migration. [6]

b) Compare GPU and CPU. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Describe two ways of creating threads in Java. [6]
b) Explain : [4]
i) YYTEXT ii) YYLVAL
iii) YYPARSE( ) iv) YYWRAP( )
Q5) a) Explain the following terms with respect to operating system: [8]
i) System image
ii) Autonomy
iii) Fault Tolerance Capability
b) Compare workstation model with workstation server model. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain the processor pool model along with advantages and
disadvantages of it. [8]
b) Write short note on DCE Components. [8]
Q7) a) Explain Xen architecture with neat diagram. [8]

b) What is the need of Virtualization? [4]
c) Explain para virtualization. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Dom0 and DomU Communication in Xen. [8]
b) Differentiate between Virtual Machine and Distributed Machine. [4]
c) Explain full virtualization. [4]
Q9) a) Write a CUDA program for addition of two matrices. [8]

b) What is meant by single node and multiple nodes systems, with respect
to multi CPU and multi GPU? [10]
OR
Q10) a) What are different types of data storage in CUDA? [8]
b) Explain the concept of mobile computing with respect to the following
points: [10]
i) Mobile computing classification
ii) Advantages
iii) Future trends
iv) Limitations
v) Security issues before mobile computing

[5870]-2002 2
[5870]-2003
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
1) Solve question number 1 or 2, 3 or 4, 5 or 6 and 7 or 8.
Q1) a) Explain the characteristics of SRS? [6]

b) What do you mean by CRC? Write the steps for identifying analysis
classes using CRC modeling. [7]
c) Explain Component - Level Design for WebApp. [7]
OR
Q2) a) Describe the different box specification in Clean room engineering?
Explain. [7]
b) For banking system make your assumptions about the scope of the
system, identify four use cases and depict them in diagram. [7]
c) Explain data centered layered architectures with neat diagrams. [6]
Q3) a) What do you understand by the term integration testing? Which types of
defects and uncovered during integration testing. [6]
b) Distinguish between: [6]
i) Alpha testing and beta testing
ii) Verification and Validation
c) Describe User Interface Testing, Positive testing and Negative testing.[5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain Boundary value analysis testing and orthogonal Array testing.[5]
b) Explain the Testing Concepts for WebApps. [6]
c) What are the objectives of testing? What are Testing strategies for
conventional and object oriented software? [6]
Q5) a) What is process decomposition? What are the work tasks for
communication process using process decompositions? [5]
b) Explain metric for object oriented projects. [6]
c) Explain Process-Based Estimation. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What is the difference between Measure and Metric? What are attributes
of effective Software Metric? [5]
b) What is software configuration management? Explain the change control
mechanism is software configuration management. [5]
c) What is Risk identification? What are the different categories of risks?[7]
Q7) a) Explain Service - oriented architecture? [5]

b) What is OCL? Where it is used? [5]
c) Discuss architectural patterns in detail. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Discuss client server computing? Explain. [5]
b) What are the benefits and problems of reusing software when developing
new systems. [5]
c) Explain Distributed software engineering? [6]

[5870]-2003 2
[5870]-2004
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING APPLICATIONS

Q1) a) Define mean, standard deviation, SNR, histogram and probability density
function. [5]
b) State and explain sampling theorem and aliasing effect. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Find the circular convolution of x ( n ) = {1,2, 2,1} and h ( n ) = {1, 2,3,1}
using any one method. [5]
b) State and define the periodic and non-periodic signal, even and odd
signal also energy and power signal. [5]
Q3) a) Explain the Radix-2 DIT FFT algorithms. [5]
b) Obtain the Z Transform of sequence x ( n ) = a nu ( n ) and sketch the ROC.

[5]
OR
Q4) a) State and explain any three properties in terms of Fourier transform. [5]
b) Describe the characteristic of filter and all pass filters. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the Radix-2 DIF FFT algorithms and consider N = 8. [9]
b) State and explain causality, stability and initial value theorem in terms of
z-transform. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What are filter structures? Explain the any application filters. [9]
b) Derive the Direct Form - II IIR filter structure from system function
H(Z) and represent it using multipliers, adders and delay elements. [9]
Q7) a) Explain important components of ADSP 21XXX family. [8]
b) Explain the application of DSP in telecommunication and biomedical.[8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the features of SHARC DSP processor. List the number of DAGs
with its capabilities and memory pointer registers supported by DAG.[8]
b) Write short note on OMAP multimedia applications. [8]
Q9) a) Explain in brief the digital image processing. Write short note on image
enhancement. [8]
b) Explain the important components of DSPs. [8]
OR
Q10) a) Explain the high fedelity audio in brief and also explain limitation of DSP.
[8]
b) Explain the brightness, contrast adjustment and gray scale transformation

in brief. [8]

[5870]-2004 2
[5870]-2005
EMBEDDED OPERATING SYSTEMS

Q1) a) Explain the RISC architectural features of ARM. [6]

b) What are the qualities of Good RTOS? [4]
OR
Q2) a) What is deadlock? List the necessary conditions for a deadlock to occur.
How it is resolved? [6]
b) What is Readers-Writers problem? [4]
Q3) a) What is Busy Box? How to configure it? Explain its usefulness in
embedded systems. [6]
b) What is cross development enviornment for Linux? [4]
OR
Q4) a) Name and explain different components of bootstrap loader? [6]
b) What are the main categories of kernel releases? [4]
Q5) a) What is core dump? How to debug a core dump? [6]

b) What are the different types of device drivers? Explain depmod and
rmmod. [6]
c) Name and explain a Linux utility used for partitioning the block devices.[5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain the following Linux utilities used: [6]
i) fdisk ii) mount iii) mkfs
b) How to build device drivers in Embedded Linux? [6]
c) What are the types of file systems used for flash memory? [5]
Q7) a) How do modern processors and compilers make it difficult to debug

Linux kernel? [6]
b) What are binutils? Name and explain three of them. [6]
c) What is JTAG probe debugging? [5]
OR
Q8) a) Why tracing and profiling tools are required? Name and explain 3 such
tools. [6]
b) Explain in detail Embedded Graphics Processing. [5]
c) Discuss the challenges in debugging a Linux application code. [6]
Q9) a) What are real-time processes? Which latency periods affect their
performance? [6]
b) What are the issues involved in preempting the Linux kernel? [6]
c) Give details of bootloader for embedded Android. [4]
OR
Q10) a) What are the scheduling policies used by Linux to schedule real time
processes? [6]
b) Explain the role of Zygote, system server in embedded andriod. [6]
c) What are the types of real-time systems? [4]

[5870]-2005 2
[5870]-2007
T.E. (Mechanical)
HYDRAULICS AND PNEUMATICS
Q1) a) Draw ISO symbols for the following components: [6]

i) 4×3 Solenoid tandem center operated DCV.
ii) Pressure and temperature compensated flow control valve.
iii) Gas charged accumulator.
iv) Counter balance valve with bypass check valve.
v) Hydraulic actuator wit both end cushion.
vi) Bi-directional fixed displacement hydraulic pump.
b) Classify pumps used in fluid power applications. [6]
c) A 6000 N weight is to be lifted upward in a vertical direction for the
system shown in Figure 6b. Find the cylinder force required to [8]
i) Move the weight at a constant velocity of 1.75 m/s.
ii) Accelerate the weight from zero velocity to 1.75 m/s in 0.5 s.
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) Differentiate between hydraulics system and pneumatics system. [6]
b) What are the functions of reservoirs? Draw a neat sketch of standard

reservoir showing its Internal and external features. [6]
c) Explain with neat sketch what is a double rod end and telescopic cylinder.
State their applications. [8]
Q3) a) Explain with neat sketch working of pressure relief valve. Draw an ISO
symbol of it. [6]
b) Draw any two speed controlling methods and label the components.[6]
c) Draw a neat sketch of punching press circuit and label the components.[6]
OR
Q4) a) Differentiate between ‘closed centre’ and ‘tandem centre’ valve position
of directional control valve with their ISO symbols, it’s importance and
their applications. [6]
b) Draw and label any two methods of regenerative circuit with a neat sketch.
State its advantages. [6]
c) Draw a two methods of hydraulic cylinder synchronization circuit. State

which one is the perfect synchronization method. [6]
Q5) a) Draw and explain circuit involving time delay valve used in pneumatics.[6]
b) Draw and Explain any typical pneumatic circuit for a control of Double
acting Cylinder. [6]
c) Write in brief on applications of pneumatics in low cost Automation.[4]
OR
Q6) a) Draw a typical circuit showing the application of twin pressure valve.[6]
b) Sketch compressed air generation and distribution system. [6]
c) Write typical applications in industry requiring vacuum for their operation.[4]
[5870]-2007 2
Q7) Analyze and label the given hydraulic circuit. [16]
OR
Q8) a) A pneumatic cylinder is needed to press-fit a pin in a hole. Design a
circuit diagram with a precondition that while actuating, both the hands
of the operator should be engaged. [10]
b) Analyze the circuit and label the components in given circuit as shown in
Figure 8b. [6]

[5870]-2007 3
[5870]-2008
OPERATING SYSTEM DESIGN
Q1) a) What is Kernel? Explain Monolithic and Micro Kernel. [5]

b) Write a short note on OS booting process. [5]
OR
Q2) a) How hybrid system of Swapping and demand paging works? [6]
b) What is thread? How it is different than the process. [4]
Q3) a) A process references pages in the following order: 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0,

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. Use LRU and FIFO page replacement algorithms to
find out number of page faults for this reference string using 3 page
frames. [6]
b) Explain Process State transitions with suitable diagram. [4]
OR
Q4) a) What is deadlock? What are the necessary conditions to occur deadlock?[5]
b) What is deadlock recovery? Explain Resource Preemption method to
recover from deadlock. [5]
Q5) a) What is socket? What are different types of socket? Explain following
system calls with parameters of socket mechanism. [8]
i) connect ii) listen iii) getsockname
b) Explain the problem of Multiprocessor Systems. How this problem is
solved by using Master and Slave processors? [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) What is Semaphore? How multiprocessor system is solved using
Semaphore? [8]
b) Write a short note on Pipes. [4]
c) Write a short note on Tunis System. [4]
Q7) a) Write a short note on UEFI Boot and U-Boot. [8]
b) Explain Fedora-19 EFI files: grubx64.efi, MokManager.efi. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Write a note on Make Tools: make, nmake, cmake. [8]
b) Write a short note on AWK tool and Sorting tool. [8]
Q9) a) Write a short note on Google Android. [6]
b) What is Handheld operating system? How it is secured. [6]
c) Write a note on Linux Scheduling. [6]
OR
Q10) Write note on following: [18]
a) Palm OS.
b) Unix Free BSD Scheduling.
c) Microsoft Windows Mobile.

[5870]-2008 2
[5870]-2009
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APPLICATIONS
Q1) a) Compare SQL and NOSQL Databases with suitable examples of each?[5]
b) Define the term Normalization. Explain how 3NF treats the functional
dependencies? [5]
OR
Q2) a) Elaborate query optimization with suitable example? [5]
b) Explain 1NF and 2NF in normalization. Give suitable example of each?[5]
Q3) a) Create the University Database having following specifications: [5]

i) Department table (dept_no,dept_name, building_name)
Apply Unique constraint on name field.
ii) Instructor table (ins id, ins_name, dept_no, salary, mob_no)
Apply NOT NULL constraint on name field.
iii) Course table (course id, title, dept_no, credits)
iv) Teaches table (teacher id, course id, semester, year)
Create tables as per requirements (Mandatory)
Write the following queries with respect to above relations. (any 2)
i) Increase the size of the title field of course relation.
ii) Create a view by showing a instructor name with a department name
and its salary.
iii) Update salary of particular instructor using update view.
iv) Display details of employee having second highest salary.
b) Describe croud sourcing with respect to database? [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What are the advantages of allowing multiple transaction to run
concurrently? [5]
b) BASE Transactions ensures the properties like Basically Available, Soft
State, Eventual Consistency. What is soft state of any system, how it is
depend on Eventual consistency property? [5]
Q5) a) Explain concept of distributed Database. How distributed Transaction

Works? [8]
b) What is the concept of Parallel databases and Distributed databases?
Explain in detail? [8]
OR
Q6) a) Write a program in java/php/python to demonstrate the database
connectivity for MySQL/oracle database? [8]
b) Explain Speedup and Scale up in Parallel Databases. Explain with respect
to Parallel Databases Operations. [8]
Q7) a) Write a short note on XML and its uses. Explain Querying in XML? [8]
b) Explain different components of Hadoop in detail? [9]
OR
Q8) a) Write XML Document for Book Data (Category, Title, Author, and Price).
Write XQuery to retrieve all book information with price > 30. [8]
i) JSON
ii) R programming
Q9) a) Explain supervised and unsupervised techniques in Machine Learning?

Also state and explain different supervised and unsupervised ML
algorithms? [8]
b) Write a short note on following? [9]
i) Operational Database and Data warehouse.
ii) Map Reduce in Hadoop.
OR
Q10) a) Write a short note clustering applications in Data mining? Explain
K-means clustering algorithm? [8]
b) Explain the need of ETL Process (Extract-Transform-Load) in data
warehouse building? [9]

[5870]-2009 2
[5870]-2010
COMPUTER FORENSIC AND CYBER APPLICATIONS

1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 ro Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Draw suitable diagrams wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Draw OSI reference model and write function of each layer. [8]
b) What are different types of topology? Explain any one. [6]
c) Write short note on cyber attacks. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain following network hardware components : [8]
i) Repeater
ii) Hub
iii) Bridge
iv) Switch
b) Explain guided transmission media with example. [6]
c) Write short note on digital evidence as Alibi. [6]
Q3) a) Explain different types of cyber stalker with example cases? [8]
b) How will you apply forensic science to computer? [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain in brief Indian IT Act. [8]
b) Write a short note on Email Encryption. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Compare digital evidence on window system & Unix system. [8]
b) Explain patents, trademark & copyrights in details. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Describe Unix file system. [8]
b) Explain in detail types of evidences on mobile devices. [8]
Q7) a) Explain role of sniffer in evidence collection at physical layer. [9]
b) Write short note on fraud detection in mobile and wireless network. [9]
OR
i) Ethernet
ii) ATM network
b) Enlist the steps applied in forensic science to the network. [9]

[5870]-2010 2

T.E (2019 Pattern)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

T.E (2019 Pattern)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

T.E (2019 Pattern)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No.

Q1) a) Explain Q-GIS and its application in hydrology. [10]

P719 [Total No. of Pages : 2

Q3) a) Enlist any 06 factors affecting bacterial removal efficiency of chlorine.

b) Enlist any 05 criteria for selecting a disinfectant. Explain in brief:

P3832 [Total No. of Pages : 2

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Q3) a) Design laterally supported beam of effective span 6m which is subjected

Q1) a) Explain how construction financial management is different. [5]

Q2) a) Who is responsible for construction financial management? Explain the

Q3) a) What is Budget? What are essential elements of budget? [6]

Period Project A Project B

Q6) a) What is Working capital? Why working capital is required? [6]

Q1) a) A jet of water issuing from an orifice 25 mm diameter under a constant

b) Explain one complete cycle of water phenomenon. [6]

Q7) a) Differentiate between a single stage and multistage pump. Describe

Q8) a) Draw a neat sketch of centrifugal pump. Explain function of each

Q1) a) What is Working capital? Explain in detail. [6]

b) Explain Minimum Wages act 1948 and its importance. [6]

Q2) a) Write short note on Project balance sheet. [6]

b) Explain Workman compensation Act 1923 and its importance. [6]

c) Write short note on Profit loss account statement. [6]

Q3) a) Explain Value engineering along with its applications. [6]

b) Explain the importance of insurance in risk management. [6]

c) Explain Sensitivity analysis. [5]

b) What is energy cost escalation? Comment on impacts of energy cost

c) What are the principals of risk management? [5]

Q5) a) Explain the role of material management in construction management. [6]

Q8) a) Explain the role of ERP in human resource management. [6]

Q5) a) How can plastic shrinkage be minimized? [9]

Q7) a) Explain the working of ultrasonic pulse velocity meter. [8]

b) A square bar of 20 mm side is held between two rigid supports and

Q3) a) A beam AC with overhang of 1 m is loaded and supported as shown in

b) Explain the significance of transformation matrix. Derive the standard

b) Derive the standard stiffness matrix of beam element. [9]

b) A simply supported beam has a span of 16m is subjected to a UDL (dead

Q3) a) A truck with axle loads of 40 kN and 60 kN on a wheel base of 5m rolls

P727 [Total No. of Pages : 3

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Q1) a) Explain the purpose of biological treatment of wastewater? [4]

Q7) a) Write the different techniques for dewatering of sludge? [3]

P997 [Total No. of Pages : 6

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

i) Floor to floor height = 3.3m

ii) Rise = 150mm; Tread = 300mm; Width of flight = 1.5m

iii) Width of mid level landing = 1.5m

iv) width of floor level landing = 1.8m

v) Width of supporting beams = 300mm

vii) Material = M30, Fe 500

viii) Draw details of reinforcement. USe LSM approach.

b) Cantilever reinforced concrete floor beam with following data : [13]

P728 [Total No. of Pages : 2

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Q1) a) Describe Global Navigation satellite system in detail. [6]

c) Define Database? Name the types of data base. [5]

P729 [Total No. of Pages : 2

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Q1) a) Write a note on amygdaloidal basalt as construction material. [6]

Q3) a) Define rock mechanics. Explain the importance of it in civil engineering.[6]